Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 1, 2011
Registration No. 333-172007
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, DC 20549
AMENDMENT NO. 2
TO
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
THERMON GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware | 3629 | 27-2228185 | ||
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization) |
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number) |
(IRS Employer
Identification Number) |
100 Thermon Drive, San Marcos, Texas 78666, (512) 396-5801
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)
Rodney Bingham
President and Chief Executive Officer
Thermon Group Holdings, Inc.
100 Thermon Drive
San Marcos, Texas 78666
(512) 396-5801
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale of the securities to the public:
As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box: o
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering: o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering: o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering: o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer o | Accelerated filer o |
Non-accelerated filer
ý
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) |
Smaller reporting company o |
The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We and the selling stockholders may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and neither we nor the selling stockholders are soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
Subject to Completion, dated April 1, 2011
PROSPECTUS
Shares
Thermon Group Holdings, Inc.
Common Stock
This is the initial public offering of the common stock of Thermon Group Holdings, Inc. We are offering shares of the common stock and the selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are offering shares. We will not receive any proceeds from sale of shares held by the selling stockholders. No public market currently exists for our common stock.
We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "THR."
We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $ and $ per share.
Investing in our common stock involves risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 15 of this prospectus.
|
Per Share | Total | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Price to the public |
$ | $ | ||||
Underwriting discounts and commissions |
$ | $ | ||||
Proceeds to us (before expenses) |
$ | $ | ||||
Proceeds to the selling stockholders (before expenses) |
$ | $ |
We and certain of the selling stockholders have granted the underwriters the option to purchase up to additional shares of common stock on the same terms and conditions as set forth above if the underwriters sell more than shares of common stock in this offering.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed on the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares on or about , 2011.
Barclays Capital |
Jefferies
|
William Blair & Company | BMO Capital Markets | KeyBanc Capital Markets |
Prospectus dated , 2011
You should rely only on information contained in this prospectus, any amendment or supplement to this prospectus or any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us, or to which we have referred you. Neither we nor any of the selling stockholders has authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell, or a solicitation of an offer to buy, any of the shares of common stock offered hereby by any person in any jurisdiction in which it is unlawful for such person to make such an offering or solicitation. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the common stock.
Unless otherwise indicated, all information contained in this prospectus concerning the industry in general, including information regarding our market position and market share within our industry and expectations regarding future growth of sales in our industry, is based on management's estimates using internal data, data from industry related publications, consumer research and marketing studies and other externally obtained data. Industry and market data involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the caption "Risk Factors" in this prospectus.
Through and including , 2011 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This requirement is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
The following summary highlights selected information contained in this prospectus and may not contain all the information that may be important to you. You should read this entire prospectus, including the section entitled "Risk Factors," before making an investment decision. Unless otherwise specified or the context otherwise requires, references to "$" or "dollars" in this prospectus are to United States dollars, and the terms "we," "our," "us" and the "Company," as used in this prospectus, refer to Thermon Group Holdings, Inc. and its directly and indirectly owned subsidiaries as a combined entity.
Our Business
We are one of the largest providers of highly engineered thermal solutions for process industries. For over 50 years, we have served a diverse base of thousands of customers around the world in attractive and growing markets, including energy, chemical processing and power generation. We are a global leader and one of the few thermal solutions providers with a global footprint and a full suite of products (heating cables, tubing bundles and control systems) and services (design optimization, engineering, installation and maintenance services) required to deliver comprehensive solutions to complex projects. We serve our customers locally through a global network of sales and service professionals and distributors in more than 30 countries and through our four manufacturing facilities on three continents. These capabilities and longstanding relationships with some of the largest multinational energy, chemical processing, power and engineering, procurement and construction, or EPC, companies in the world have enabled us to diversify our revenue streams and opportunistically access high growth markets worldwide.
Our thermal solutions, also referred to as heat tracing, provide an external heat source to pipes, vessels and instruments for the purposes of freeze protection, temperature and flow maintenance and environmental monitoring. Customers typically purchase our products when constructing a new facility, which we refer to as Greenfield projects, or when performing maintenance, repair and operations on a facility's existing heat-traced pipes or upgrading or expanding a current facility, which we refer to collectively as MRO/UE. Our products are low in cost relative to the total cost of a typical processing facility, but critical to the safe and profitable operation of the facility.
Our customers' need for MRO/UE solutions provides us with an attractive recurring revenue stream. Customers typically use the incumbent heat tracing provider for MRO/UE projects to avoid complications and compatibility problems associated with switching providers. We typically begin to realize meaningful MRO/UE revenue from new Greenfield installations one to three years after completion of the project as customers begin to remove and replace our products during routine and preventative maintenance on in-line mechanical equipment, such as pipes and valves. As a result, our growth has been driven by new facility construction, as well as by servicing our continually growing base of solutions installed around the world, which we refer to as our installed base.
Our revenues have grown in 17 of the past 21 fiscal years, and our gross margins have averaged 44% over that period. In addition, we have generated significant growth in both revenue and profitability in recent years. Our revenue grew by 59% to $192.7 million for fiscal 2010 from $121.4 million for fiscal 2007, and gross profit grew by 65% to $91.3 million from $55.3 million over the same period. For the nine months ended December 31, 2010, we achieved revenue of $179.0 million, gross profit of $73.7 million, a net loss of $11.2 million and Adjusted EBITDA of $43.8 million and 71% of our revenues were generated outside of the United States. See note 9 to the "Summary Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial and Operating Data" table.
1
Our Industry
Alvarez & Marsal Private Equity Performance Improvement Group, LLC, or A&M, estimates that the market for industrial electric heat tracing is approximately $1 billion in annual revenues and estimates that it is growing its share of the overall heat tracing market as end users appear to continue to favor electric heat tracing solutions over steam heat tracing solutions for new installations. When revenues for steam heat tracing parts are included, A&M estimates the overall addressable market for heat tracing is approximately $2 billion in annual revenues. The industrial electric heat tracing industry is fragmented and consists of approximately 40 companies that typically only serve discrete local markets with manufactured products and provide a limited service offering. Large multinational companies drive the majority of spending for the types of major industrial facilities that require heat tracing, and we believe that they prefer providers who have a global footprint and a comprehensive suite of products and services.
The major end markets that drive demand for heat tracing include energy, petrochemical and power generation. We believe that there are attractive near- to medium-term trends in each of these end markets.
2
Our Competitive Strengths
We believe that the following strengths differentiate us from our competitors:
We have access to attractive high growth sectors of our global addressable market. We have a network of sales and service professionals and distributors in more than 30 countries and a manufacturing footprint that includes four facilities on three continents. This footprint allows us to diversify our revenue streams and opportunistically access the most attractive regions and sub-sectors of our markets. For example, growing demand for energy is pushing the search for resources to increasingly harsh cold weather countries, including Canada and Russia, where demand for our products is magnified, and strong petrochemical demand in China and India has led to a shift in chemical production to the Asia-Pacific region. We have a strong, established local presence in each of these markets.
We are a global market leader. We believe that we are the second largest industrial electric heat tracing company in the world, significantly larger than our next largest competitor and one of only a few solutions providers with a comprehensive suite of products and services, global capabilities and local on-site presence. Over our 56-year history, we have developed an installed base operated by thousands of customers and long-standing relationships with some of the largest companies in the world that drive the spending decisions for the major facilities that require our products. We believe these multinational companies prefer providers with our scale, global presence and comprehensive product and service offering.
Our highly engineered solutions are "mission critical" to our customers. Reliable thermal solutions are critical to the safe and profitable operation of our customers' facilities. These facilities are often complex, with numerous classified areas that are inherently hazardous and where product safety concerns are paramount. Therefore, we believe that our customers consider safety, reliability and customer service to be the most important purchase criteria for our products. We are a leader in the national and international standards setting process for the heat tracing industry and hold leadership positions on numerous industry standards development organizations.
Our favorable business model positions us to achieve attractive financial results. The following features of our business model contribute to our attractive financial results:
3
of Greenfield project construction, and therefore, historically, purchase orders have rarely been cancelled.
Our management team has a proven track record. Our senior management team averages approximately 22 years of experience with us and is responsible for growing Thermon through a variety of business cycles, building our global platform and developing our reputation for quality and reliability in the heat tracing industry. Our senior management and key employees will continue to have a significant equity stake in Thermon following this offering.
Our Growth Strategy
Our business strategy is designed to capitalize on our competitive strengths. Key elements of our strategy include:
Capitalize on our leading market position to continue pursuing organic growth opportunities. Our primary growth engine has traditionally been organic expansion. We will continue to focus on strategically building the necessary global sales infrastructure to expand our footprint in high growth markets. We believe that this footprint and our local presence are attractive to our customers and differentiate us from other industry participants. We expect to continue to pursue growth opportunities in emerging markets and across industry sectors in the future.
Leverage our installed base to expand our recurring revenue stream. Once the MRO/UE cycle begins, we typically realize MRO/UE revenues, which are typically higher margin than Greenfield revenues, over the life of each installation. As we continue to grow our large, global installed base with new Greenfield projects, we expect to generate incremental MRO/UE revenues related to these new projects. Since the beginning of fiscal 2008 through December 31, 2010, we estimate that we have realized approximately $290 million in revenues from Greenfield projects, which represents a meaningful opportunity for us to create MRO/UE revenues in the future.
Drive growth through alliances with major customers and suppliers. We have developed strategic alliances with other industry participants in order to enhance our growth opportunities, and we are a "pre-qualified" heat tracing provider for several of our key customers. These relationships provide us with an advantage in identifying and bidding for new Greenfield and MRO/UE projects, and we intend to target additional opportunities with suppliers of complementary products that will allow us to take mutual advantage of our customer relationships and enhance our cross-selling opportunities.
Continue to offer solutions that support evolving environmental applications. A portion of our recent growth has been driven by the use of our products in alternative energy initiatives, including carbon capture, thermal solar and coal gasification facilities. In addition, our products help our customers monitor their facilities' environmental or other regulatory compliance. We intend to continue to focus on driving growth by providing solutions that address our customers' evolving environmental application needs.
Selectively pursue investment opportunities.
4
by augmenting our geographic footprint, broadening our product offerings, expanding our technological capabilities and capitalizing on potential operating synergies.
Risk Factors
There are a number of risks related to our business, this offering and our common stock that you should consider before you decide to participate in this offering. You should carefully consider all the information presented in the section entitled "Risk Factors" in this prospectus. Some of the principal risks related to our business include the following:
These and other risks are more fully described in the section entitled "Risk Factors" in this prospectus. If any of these risks actually occur, they could materially harm our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations. In this event, you could lose part or all of your investment in our common stock offered hereby.
Our Principal Stockholder
Our principal stockholder, CHS Capital LLC, or CHS, acquired its interest in us on April 30, 2010, which we refer to as the Acquisition. CHS beneficially owns 50% of our outstanding shares of common
5
stock on a fully-diluted basis. Two other private equity firms also acquired stakes in us at the time of the Acquisition. We refer to CHS and such other firms collectively in this prospectus as our sponsors.
CHS is a Chicago-based private equity firm with 23 years of experience investing in the middle market. Targeting well-managed companies with enterprise values between $75 and $500 million, CHS partners with management teams to focus on accelerating growth, enhancing capabilities and resources and positioning companies for attractive exits. CHS has specialized expertise in the consumer and business services; distribution; and industrial, infrastructure and energy sectors and has completed 74 platform investments and 237 add-on investments. Founded in 1988, CHS has formed five private equity funds and has $2.3 billion of committed capital in active investment funds. CHS currently manages 16 portfolio investments with combined annual revenues in excess of $4.5 billion.
Our Corporate Information
We are incorporated in Delaware and our corporate offices are located at 100 Thermon Drive, San Marcos, TX 78666. Our telephone number is (512) 396-5801. Our website address is www.thermon.com. None of the information on our website or any other website identified herein is part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which it forms a part.
Our Organizational Chart
The following chart summarizes our corporate structure:
6
Total common stock offered |
shares | |
Common stock offered by us |
shares |
|
Common stock offered by selling stockholders |
shares |
|
Common stock to be outstanding after this offering |
shares |
|
Over-allotment option |
We and certain of the selling stockholders have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to and , respectively, of additional shares of our common stock to cover over-allotments, if any. |
|
Use of proceeds |
We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $ million (or approximately $ million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full), after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions in connection with this offering and estimated offering expenses payable by us, based on an assumed offering price of $ per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. We expect to use $ million of the net proceeds to prepay a portion of the $189.0 million principal amount of our 9.500% Senior Secured Notes that will be outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, which mature on May 1, 2017, which we refer to as our senior secured notes, and the balance for general corporate purposes. See "Use of Proceeds." |
|
|
We will not receive any proceeds from the shares sold by the selling stockholders. |
|
Risk factors |
You should carefully read the "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus for a discussion of factors that you should consider before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock. |
|
Proposed New York Stock Exchange symbol |
We have applied to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "THR." |
The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding following this offering is based on 24,933,407 shares of our common stock outstanding as of the date of this prospectus, but excludes shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans, of which options to purchase 2,757,524 shares have been granted.
Concurrently with the pricing of this offering, we intend to grant to our executive officers and certain other employees options to purchase shares with an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price from the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans.
7
Unless otherwise expressly stated or the context otherwise requires, all information in this prospectus gives effect to and assumes the following:
8
SUMMARY HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
The following tables set forth certain summary historical and pro forma consolidated financial and operating data for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2008, March 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010, for the nine months ended December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2010, and as of December 31, 2010, and certain pro forma financial information for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010 and for the nine months ended December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2010. The data set forth below should be read in conjunction with the sections entitled "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Capitalization," "Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements," and "Selected Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial and Operating Data," each of which is contained elsewhere in this prospectus, and our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2008, March 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010 and for the nine months ended December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2010, each of which is contained elsewhere in this prospectus.
In this prospectus, we have included the condensed consolidated financial statements of Thermon Group Holdings, Inc. as of December 31, 2010 and for the period from May 1, 2010 through December 31, 2010 ("successor") and the condensed consolidated financial statements of Thermon Holdings, LLC for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2010 and March 31, 2009, for the period from August 30, 2007 through March 31, 2008, for the nine months ended December 31, 2009 ("predecessor"), and for the period from April 1, 2007 through August 29, 2007 ("pre-predecessor"). Concurrent with the consummation of the Acquisition on April 30, 2010, Thermon Holdings, LLC no longer owned any interest in us, and, beginning with the period from May 1, 2010 through December 31, 2010, we reported the consolidated financial statements of Thermon Group Holdings, Inc. We do not anticipate that there would have been any material difference in our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2008, March 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010 and for the nine months ended December 31, 2009 had such statements been prepared for Thermon Group Holdings, Inc., except as it relates to purchase accounting in connection with the Acquisition.
The presentation of fiscal 2008 includes the combined results of the pre-predecessor and predecessor owners for fiscal 2008 and the predecessor and successor owners for the nine months ended December 31, 2010, respectively. We have presented the combination of these respective periods because it provides an easier-to-read discussion of the results of operations and provides the investor with information from which to analyze our financial results in a manner that is consistent with the way management reviews and analyzes our results of operations. In addition, the combined results provide investors with the most meaningful comparison between our results for prior and future periods. Please refer to notes 1 and 2 to the "Selected Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial and Operating Data" table and our historical consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the year ended March 31, 2008 and the nine months ended December 31, 2010 included elsewhere in this prospectus for a separate presentation of the results for the pre-predecessor and predecessor and predecessor and successor periods.
The summary unaudited pro forma data have been prepared to give effect to the CHS Transactions (as defined below), this offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as if they had occurred on April 1, 2009. Assumptions underlying the pro forma adjustments are described in the section entitled "Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial StatementsNotes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements" contained elsewhere in this prospectus. The pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable. Please see "Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial StatementsNotes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements" for a more detailed discussion of how pro forma adjustments are presented in our unaudited pro forma
9
condensed consolidated financial statements. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated data is provided for informational purposes only. The summary unaudited pro forma data do not purport to represent what our results of operations actually would have been if the CHS Transactions, this offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom had occurred at any date, nor do such data purport to project the results of operations for any future period.
As used in this prospectus, the CHS Transactions refer collectively to the equity investment in us by CHS, our other sponsors and certain members of our management team, the entry into our revolving credit facility, the repayment of amounts owed under, and the termination of, certain then-existing revolving credit and term loan facilities, the issuance of our senior secured notes and the application of the gross proceeds from the offering of our senior secured notes and the equity investment to complete the Acquisition and to pay related fees and expenses of these transactions.
|
Pre-Predecessor/
Predecessor Combined (Non-GAAP)(1) |
Predecessor |
Predecessor/
Successor Combined (Non-GAAP)(2) |
||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Fiscal Year Ended March 31, | Nine Months Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||
|
2008 | 2009 | 2010 | 2009 | 2010 | ||||||||||||
|
(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)
|
||||||||||||||||
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data: |
|||||||||||||||||
Sales |
$ | 185,811 | $ | 202,755 | $ | 192,713 | $ | 142,905 | $ | 178,968 | |||||||
Cost of sales |
102,946 | 105,456 | 101,401 | 73,966 | 97,723 | ||||||||||||
Purchase accounting adjustments(3) |
7,146 | | | | 7,519 | ||||||||||||
Gross profit |
$ | 75,719 | $ | 97,299 | $ | 91,312 | $ | 68,939 | $ | 73,726 | |||||||
Operating expenses: |
|||||||||||||||||
Marketing, general and administrative and engineering expenses |
46,569 | 48,982 | 46,481 | 33,099 | 40,078 | ||||||||||||
Management fees |
475 | 825 | 862 | 671 | 1,412 | ||||||||||||
Amortization of intangible assets |
6,716 | 6,627 | 2,426 | 1,803 | 15,341 | ||||||||||||
Income from operations |
$ | 21,959 | $ | 40,865 | $ | 41,543 | $ | 33,366 | $ | 16,895 | |||||||
Interest expense, net |
(8,207 | ) | (9,531 | ) | (7,351 | ) | (5,516 | ) | (23,323 | )(4) | |||||||
Gain/(loss) on disposition of PP&E |
(116 | ) | (18 | ) | (1 | ) | | | |||||||||
Miscellaneous income/(expense)(5) |
(12,937 | ) | (3,120 | ) | (1,285 | ) | (881 | ) | (21,306 | ) | |||||||
Income (loss) from continuing operations before taxes |
$ | 699 | $ | 28,196 | $ | 32,906 | $ | 26,969 | $ | (27,734 | ) | ||||||
Income tax benefit (expense) |
(21,712 | ) | (1,795 | ) | (13,966 | ) | (12,241 | ) | 16,507 | ||||||||
Net income (loss)(6) |
$ | (21,013 | ) | $ | 26,401 | $ | 18,940 | $ | 14,728 | $ | (11,227 | ) | |||||
10
|
Pre-Predecessor/
Predecessor Combined (Non-GAAP)(1) |
Predecessor |
Predecessor/
Successor Combined (Non-GAAP)(2) |
||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Fiscal Year Ended March 31, | Nine Months Ended December 31, | |||||||||||||||
|
2008 | 2009 | 2010 | 2009 | 2010 | ||||||||||||
|
(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)
|
||||||||||||||||
Pro Forma Statement of Operations Data:(7) |
|||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 18,940 | $ | 14,728 | $ | (11,227 | ) | ||||||||||
Pro forma adjustments to net income (loss): |
|||||||||||||||||
Purchase accounting adjustment |
| | 7,519 | ||||||||||||||
Management fees |
750 | 563 | 1,396 | ||||||||||||||
Amortization of purchase intangibles |
(12,386 | ) | (9,306 | ) | 3,973 | ||||||||||||
Net interest expense |
|||||||||||||||||
CHS Transactions costs |
309 | | 21,605 | ||||||||||||||
Tax effect of adjustments |
|||||||||||||||||
Pro forma net income (loss) |
$ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
Pro forma net income per share |
|||||||||||||||||
Basic and diluted |
$ | $ | $ | ||||||||||||||
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding |
|||||||||||||||||
Basic and diluted |
|||||||||||||||||
Other Financial Data: |
|||||||||||||||||
Adjusted gross margin(8) |
44.6 | % | 48.0 | % | 47.4 | % | 48.2 | % | 45.4 | % | |||||||
Adjusted EBITDA(9) |
$ | 38,023 | $ | 48,322 | $ | 46,555 | $ | 36,379 | $ | 43,772 | |||||||
Capital expenditures |
5,315 | 2,708 | 1,587 | 976 | 1,246 | ||||||||||||
Operating Data: |
|||||||||||||||||
Backlog at end of period(10) |
$ | 77,497 | $ | 66,779 | $ | 82,459 | $ | 79,473 | $ | 79,749 |
|
As of December 31, 2010 | ||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Actual | As Adjusted(11) | |||||
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
||||||
Balance Sheet Data: |
|||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 35,201 | $ | ||||
Accounts receivable, net |
47,073 | ||||||
Inventory, net |
27,600 | ||||||
Total assets |
434,061 | ||||||
Total debt, including current portion |
210,000 | ||||||
Total shareholders' equity |
121,062 |
11
combining the two periods into a single period for comparative purposes gives the most clarity for the users of this financial information. Please refer to note 1 to the "Selected Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial and Operating Data" table and our historical consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the year ended March 31, 2008 included elsewhere in this prospectus for a separate presentation of the results for the pre-predecessor and predecessor periods in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, which we refer to as GAAP.
12
share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the use of proceeds as set forth under "Use of Proceeds," the termination of our management fee and other items described in "Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements," in each case as if they had occurred as of April 1, 2009. In accordance with Rule 11-02(c)(2) of Regulation S-X, we have only presented the pro forma statement of operations data for the most recent fiscal year ( i.e. , fiscal 2010) and the period from the most recent fiscal year end to the most recent interim date for which a balance sheet is required and the corresponding interim period of the preceding fiscal year ( i.e. , the nine months ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009).
13
14
Investing in our common stock involves substantial risks. In addition to the other information in this prospectus, you should carefully consider the following risk factors before investing in our common stock. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us, or that we currently deem immaterial, may also materially adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. We cannot assure you that any of the events discussed in the risk factors below, or other risks, will not occur. If they do, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In such case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. Certain statements in "Risk Factors" are forward-looking statements. See "Forward-Looking Statements" elsewhere in this prospectus.
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry
The markets we serve are subject to general economic conditions and cyclical demand, which could harm our business and lead to significant shifts in our results of operations from quarter to quarter that make it difficult to project long-term performance.
Our operating results have been and may in the future be adversely affected by general economic conditions and the cyclical pattern of certain industries in which our customers and end users operate. Demand for our products and services depends in large part upon the level of capital and maintenance expenditures by many of our customers and end users, in particular those in the energy, chemical processing and power generation industries, and firms that design and construct facilities for these industries. These customers' expenditures historically have been cyclical in nature and vulnerable to economic downturns. Prolonged periods of little or no economic growth could decrease demand for oil and gas which, in turn, could result in lower demand for our products and a negative impact on our results of operations and cash flows. In addition, this historically cyclical demand may lead to significant shifts in our results of operations from quarter to quarter, which limits our ability to make accurate long-term predictions about our future performance.
A sustained downturn in the energy industry, due to oil and gas prices decreasing or otherwise, could decrease demand for some of our products and services, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
A significant portion of our revenue historically has been generated by end-users in the upstream oil and gas markets. The businesses of most of our customers in the energy industry are, to varying degrees, cyclical and historically have experienced periodic downturns. Profitability in the energy industry is highly sensitive to supply and demand cycles and commodity prices, which historically have been volatile, and our customers in this industry historically have tended to delay large capital projects, including expensive maintenance and upgrades, during industry downturns. Customer project delays may limit our ability to realize value from our backlog as expected and cause fluctuations in the timing or the amount of revenue earned and the profitability of our business in a particular period. In addition, such delays may lead to significant fluctuations in results of operations from quarter to quarter, making it difficult to predict our financial performance on a quarterly basis.
Demand for a significant portion of our products and services depends upon the level of capital expenditure by companies in the energy industry, which depends, in part, on energy prices. Prices of oil and gas have been very volatile over the past three years, with significant increases until achieving historic highs in July 2008, followed immediately by a steep decline through 2009 and a moderate increase throughout 2010. A sustained downturn in the capital expenditures of our customers, whether due to a decrease in the market price of oil and gas or otherwise, may delay projects, decrease demand for our products and services and cause downward pressure on the prices we charge, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Such
15
downturns, including the perception that they might continue, could have a significant negative impact on the market price of our common stock.
As a global business, we are exposed to economic, political and other risks in a number of countries, which could materially reduce our revenues, profitability or cash flows or materially increase our liabilities. If we are unable to continue operating successfully in one or more foreign countries, it may have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.
For fiscal 2010, approximately 66% of our revenues were generated by outside of the United States, and approximately 40% were generated outside North America. In addition, one of our key growth strategies is to continue to expand our global footprint in emerging and high growth markets around the world, although we may not be successful in expanding our international business.
Conducting business outside the United States is subject to additional risks, including the following:
One or more of these factors could prevent us from successfully expanding our presence in international markets, could have a material adverse effect on our revenues, profitability or cash flows or cause an increase in our liabilities. We may not succeed in developing and implementing policies and strategies to counter the foregoing factors effectively in each location where we do business.
A failure to deliver our backlog on time could affect our future sales and profitability and our relationships with our customers, and if we were to experience a material amount of modifications or cancellations of orders, our sales could be negatively impacted.
Our backlog is comprised of the portion of firm signed purchase orders or other written contractual commitments received from customers that we have not recognized as revenue. The dollar amount of backlog as of December 31, 2010 was $79.7 million. The timing of our recognition of revenue out of our backlog is subject to a variety of factors that may cause delays, many of which, including fluctuations in our customers' delivery schedules, are beyond our control. Such delays may lead to significant fluctuations in results of operations from quarter to quarter, making it difficult to predict our financial performance on a quarterly basis. For example, a delay in the completion of a
16
large Greenfield project resulted in approximately several million dollars in revenue attributable to such project being realized in the quarter ended September 30, 2010, which was one quarter later than expected. Further, while we have historically experienced few order cancellations and the amount of order cancellations has not been material compared to our total contract volume, if we were to experience a significant amount of cancellations of or reductions in purchase orders, it would reduce our backlog and, consequently, our future sales and results of operations.
Our ability to meet customer delivery schedules for our backlog is dependent on a number of factors including, but not limited to, access to raw materials, an adequate and capable workforce, engineering expertise for certain projects, sufficient manufacturing capacity and, in some cases, our reliance on subcontractors. For example, we are currently evaluating the expansion of our principal manufacturing facility in San Marcos, Texas, which we expect will serve our production capacity needs at that location for at least five years based on our current business plan. We cannot, however, provide any assurance that such expansion will be undertaken in a timely fashion, or at all, or that we will realize the gain in capacity we expect. The availability of these factors may in some cases be subject to conditions outside of our control. A failure to deliver in accordance with our performance obligations may result in financial penalties and damage to existing customer relationships, our reputation and a loss of future bidding opportunities, which could cause the loss of future business and could negatively impact our financial performance.
Our future revenue depends in part on our ability to bid and win new contracts. Our failure to effectively obtain future contracts could adversely affect our profitability.
Our future revenue and overall results of operations require us to successfully bid on new contracts and, in particular, contracts for large Greenfield projects, which are frequently subject to competitive bidding processes. For example, for fiscal 2010, approximately 17% of our revenue consisted of designing, engineering, supplying and/or installing equipment for large Greenfield projects pursuant to competitive bids. Our revenue from major projects depends in part on the level of capital expenditures in our principal end markets, including the energy, chemical processing and power generation industries. The number of such projects we win in any year fluctuates, and is dependent upon the number of projects available and our ability to bid successfully for such projects. Contract proposals and negotiations are complex and frequently involve a lengthy bidding and selection process, which is affected by a number of factors, such as competitive position, market conditions, financing arrangements and required governmental approvals. For example, a client may require us to provide a bond or letter of credit to protect the client should we fail to perform under the terms of the contract. If negative market conditions arise, or if we fail to secure adequate financial arrangements or required governmental approvals, we may not be able to pursue particular projects, which could adversely affect our profitability.
We may be unable to compete successfully in the highly competitive markets in which we operate.
We operate in competitive domestic and international markets and compete with highly competitive domestic and international manufacturers and service providers. The fragmented nature of the industrial electric heat tracing industry, which consists of approximately 40 companies, makes the market for our products and services highly competitive. A number of our direct and indirect competitors are major multinational corporations, some of which have substantially greater technical, financial and marketing resources than us, and additional competitors may enter these markets. Our competitors may develop products that are superior to our products, develop methods of more efficiently and effectively providing products and services, or adapt more quickly than we do to new technologies or evolving customer requirements. Any increase in competition may cause us to lose market share or compel us to reduce prices to remain competitive, which could result in reduced sales and earnings.
17
Volatility in currency exchange rates may adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
We may not be able to effectively manage our exchange rate and/or currency transaction risks. Volatility in currency exchange rates may decrease our revenues and profitability, adversely affect our liquidity and impair our financial condition. We have not historically entered into hedging instruments to manage our exchange rate risk.
Our non-U.S. subsidiaries generally sell their products and services in the local currency, but obtain a significant amount of their products from our facilities located in another country, primarily the United States, Canada or Europe. In particular, significant fluctuations in the Canadian Dollar, the Russian Ruble, the Euro or the Pound Sterling against the U.S. Dollar could adversely affect our results of operations. We also bid for certain foreign projects in U.S. Dollars or Euros. If the U.S. Dollar or Euro strengthens relative to the value of the local currency, we may be less competitive in bidding for those projects. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsQuantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk" for additional information regarding our foreign currency exposure relating to operations.
In order to meet our global cash management needs, we often transfer cash between the United States and foreign operations and sometimes between foreign entities. In addition, our debt service requirements are primarily in U.S. Dollars and a substantial portion of our cash flow is generated in foreign currencies, and we may need to repatriate cash to the United States in order to meet our U.S. debt service obligations, including on our senior secured notes. These transfers of cash expose us to currency exchange rate risks, and significant changes in the value of the foreign currencies relative to the U.S. Dollar could limit our ability to meet our debt obligations, including under our senior secured notes, and impair our financial condition.
Because our consolidated financial results are reported in U.S. Dollars, and we generate a substantial amount of our sales and earnings in other currencies, the translation of those results into U.S. Dollars can result in a significant decrease in the amount of those sales and earnings. In addition, fluctuations in currencies relative to the U.S. Dollar may make it more difficult to perform period-to-period comparisons of our reported results of operations.
Due to the nature of our business, we may be liable for damages based on product liability claims. We are also exposed to potential indemnity claims from customers for losses due to our work or if our employees are injured performing services.
We face a risk of exposure to claims in the event that the failure, use or misuse of our products results, or is alleged to result, in death, bodily injury, property damage or economic loss. Although we maintain quality controls and procedures, we cannot be sure that our products will be free from defects. If any of our products prove to be defective, we may be required to replace the product. In addition, we may be required to recall or redesign such products, which could result in significant unexpected costs. Some of our products contain components manufactured by third parties, which may also have defects. In addition, if we are installing our products, we may be subject to claims that our installation caused damage or loss. Our products are often installed in our customers' or end users' complex and capital intensive facilities in inherently hazardous or dangerous industries, including energy, chemical processing and power generation, where the potential liability from risk of loss could be substantial. Although we currently maintain product liability coverage, which we believe is adequate for the continued operation of our business, we cannot be certain that this insurance coverage will continue to be available to us at a reasonable cost or, if available, will be adequate to cover any potential liabilities. With respect to components manufactured by third-party suppliers, the contractual indemnification that we seek from our third-party suppliers may be insufficient to cover claims made against us. In the event that we do not have adequate insurance or contractual indemnification, product
18
liabilities could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Under our customer contracts, we often indemnify our customers from damages and losses they incur due to our work or services performed by us, as well as for losses our customers incur due to any injury or loss of life suffered by any of our employees or our subcontractor's personnel occurring on our customer's property. Many, but not all, of our customer contracts include provisions designed to limit our potential liability by excluding consequential damages and lost profits from our indemnity obligations. However, substantial indemnity claims may exceed the amount of insurance we maintain and could have a material adverse affect on our reputation, business, financial condition or results of operations.
A material disruption at any of our manufacturing facilities could adversely affect our results of operations.
If operations at any of our manufacturing facilities were to be disrupted as a result of significant equipment failures, natural disasters, power outages, fires, explosions, terrorism, adverse weather conditions, labor disputes or other reasons, we may be unable to fill customer orders and otherwise meet customer demand for our products, which could adversely affect our financial performance. For example, our marketing and research & development buildings, located on the same campus as our corporate headquarters and primary manufacturing facility in San Marcos, Texas, were destroyed by a tornado in January 2007.
Interruptions in production, in particular at our manufacturing facilities in San Marcos, Texas, or Calgary, Canada, at which we manufacture the majority of our products, could increase our costs and reduce our sales. Any interruption in production capability could require us to make substantial capital expenditures to fill customer orders, which could negatively affect our profitability and financial condition. We maintain property damage insurance that we believe to be adequate to provide for reconstruction of facilities and equipment, as well as business interruption insurance to mitigate losses resulting from any production interruption or shutdown caused by an insured loss. However, any recovery under our insurance policies may not offset the lost sales or increased costs that may be experienced during the disruption of operations, which could adversely affect our financial performance.
Our international operations and non-U.S. subsidiaries are subject to a variety of complex and continually changing laws and regulations and, in particular, export control regulations.
Due to the international scope of our operations, we are subject to a complex system of laws and regulations, including regulations issued by the U.S. Department of Justice, or the DOJ, the SEC, the Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS, Customs and Border Protection, or CBP, the Bureau of Industry and Security, or BIS, the Office of Antiboycott Compliance, or OAC, and the Office of Foreign Assets Control, or OFAC, as well as the counterparts of these agencies in foreign countries. While we believe we are in material compliance with these regulations and maintain programs intended to achieve compliance, we may currently or may in the future be in violation of these regulations. In 2009, we entered into settlement agreements with BIS and OFAC, and in 2010, we entered into a settlement agreement with OAC, in each case with respect to matters we voluntarily disclosed to such agencies.
Any alleged or actual violations may subject us to government scrutiny, investigation and civil and criminal penalties and may limit our ability to export our products or provide services outside the United States. Additionally, we cannot predict the nature, scope or effect of future regulatory requirements to which our international operations might be subject or the manner in which existing laws might be administered or interpreted.
19
In addition, our geographically widespread operations, coupled with our relatively smaller offices in many countries and our reliance on third party subcontractors, suppliers and manufacturers in the completion of our projects, make it more difficult to oversee and ensure that all our offices and employees comply with our internal policies and control procedures. We have in the past experienced employee theft, although the amounts involved have not been material, and we cannot assure you that we can ensure compliance with our internal control policies and procedures.
We operate in many different jurisdictions and we could be adversely affected by violations of the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and similar foreign anti-corruption laws.
The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, which we refer to as the FCPA, and similar foreign anti-corruption laws generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments or providing anything of value to influence foreign government officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business or obtaining an unfair advantage. Recent years have seen a substantial increase in the global enforcement of anti-corruption laws, with more frequent voluntary self-disclosures by companies, aggressive investigations and enforcement proceedings by both the DOJ and the SEC resulting in record fines and penalties, increased enforcement activity by non-U.S. regulators, and increases in criminal and civil proceedings brought against companies and individuals. Because many of our customers and end users are involved in infrastructure construction and energy production, they are often subject to increased scrutiny by regulators. Our internal policies mandate compliance with these anti-corruption laws. We operate in many parts of the world that are recognized as having governmental corruption problems to some degree and where strict compliance with anti-corruption laws may conflict with local customs and practices. Our continued operation and expansion outside the United States, including in developing countries, could increase the risk of such violations in the future. Despite our training and compliance programs, we cannot assure you that our internal control policies and procedures always will protect us from unauthorized reckless or criminal acts committed by our employees or agents. In the event that we believe or have reason to believe that our employees or agents have or may have violated applicable anti-corruption laws, including the FCPA, we may be required to investigate or have outside counsel investigate the relevant facts and circumstances, which can be expensive and require significant time and attention from senior management. Violations of these laws may result in severe criminal or civil sanctions, which could disrupt our business and result in a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations or financial condition.
Our dependence on subcontractors could adversely affect our results of operations.
We often rely on third party subcontractors as well as third party suppliers and manufacturers to complete our projects. To the extent that we cannot engage subcontractors or acquire supplies or materials, our ability to complete a project in a timely fashion or at a profit may be impaired. If the amount we are required to pay for these goods and services exceeds the amount we have estimated in bidding for fixed-price contracts, we could experience losses on these contracts. In addition, if a subcontractor or supplier is unable to deliver its services or materials according to the negotiated contract terms for any reason, including the deterioration of its financial condition or over-commitment of its resources, we may be required to purchase the services or materials from another source at a higher price. This may reduce the profit to be realized or result in a loss on a project for which the services or materials were needed.
We may lose money on fixed-price contracts, and we are exposed to liquidated damages risks in many of our customer contracts.
We often agree to provide products and services under fixed-price contracts, including our turnkey solutions. Under these contracts, we are typically responsible for all cost overruns, other than the amount of any cost overruns resulting from requested changes in order specifications. Our actual costs
20
and any gross profit realized on these fixed-price contracts could vary from the estimated costs on which these contracts were originally based. This may occur for various reasons, including errors in estimates or bidding, changes in availability and cost of labor and raw materials and unforeseen technical and logistical challenges, including with managing our geographically widespread operations and use of third party subcontractors, suppliers and manufacturers in many countries. These variations and the risks inherent in our projects may result in reduced profitability or losses on projects. Depending on the size of a project, variations from estimated contract performance could have a material adverse impact on our operating results. In addition, many of our customer contracts, including fixed-price contracts, contain liquidated damages provisions in the event that we fail to perform our obligations thereunder in a timely manner or in accordance with the agreed terms, conditions and standards.
If we lose our senior management or other key employees, our business may be adversely affected.
Our ability to successfully operate and grow our global business and implement our strategies is largely dependent on the efforts, abilities and services of our senior management and other key employees. If we lose the services of our senior management or other key employees and are unable to find qualified replacements with comparable experience in the industry, our business could be negatively affected. Our future success will also depend on, among other factors, our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel, such as engineers and other skilled labor, and in particular management and skilled employees for our foreign operations.
Our business strategy includes acquiring smaller, value-added companies and making investments that complement our existing business. These acquisitions and investments could be unsuccessful or consume significant resources, which could adversely affect our operating results.
Acquisitions and investments may involve cash expenditures, debt incurrence, operating losses and expenses that could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results. Acquisitions involve numerous other risks, including:
We have limited experience in acquiring or integrating other businesses or making investments or undertaking joint ventures with others. It may be difficult for us to complete transactions quickly and to integrate acquired operations efficiently into our current business operations. Any acquisitions or investments may ultimately harm our business or financial condition, as such acquisitions may not be successful and may ultimately result in impairment charges.
We are subject to numerous environmental and health and safety laws and regulations, as well as potential environmental liabilities, which may require us to make substantial expenditures.
Our operations and properties are subject to a variety of federal, state, local and foreign environmental laws and regulations, including those governing the discharge of pollutants into the air or water, the management and disposal of hazardous substances or wastes, the cleanup of contaminated sites and workplace health and safety. As an owner or operator of real property, or generator of waste, we could become subject to liability for environmental contamination, regardless of whether we caused such contamination. Certain environmental laws, including the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, or CERCLA, impose joint and several liability for cleanup
21
costs, without regard to fault, on persons who have disposed of or released hazardous substances into the environment. In addition, we could become liable to third parties for damages resulting from the disposal or release of hazardous substances into the environment. Some of our operations require environmental permits and controls to prevent and reduce air and water pollution, and these permits are subject to modification, renewal and revocation by issuing authorities. From time to time, we could be subject to requests for information, notices of violation, and/or investigations initiated by environmental regulatory agencies relating to our operations and properties. Violations of environmental and health and safety laws can result in substantial penalties, civil and criminal sanctions, permit revocations, and facility shutdowns. Environmental and health and safety laws may change rapidly and have tended to become more stringent over time. As a result, we could incur costs for past, present, or future failure to comply with all environmental and health and safety laws and regulations. In addition, we could become subject to potential regulations concerning the emission of greenhouse gases, and while the effect of such future regulations cannot be determined at this time, they could require us to incur substantial costs in order to achieve and maintain compliance. In the ordinary course of business, we may be held responsible for any environmental damages we may cause to our customers' premises.
Additional liabilities related to taxes or potential tax adjustments could adversely impact our financial results, financial condition and cash flow.
We are subject to tax and related obligations in the jurisdictions in which we operate or do business, including state, local, federal and foreign taxes. The taxing rules of the various jurisdictions in which we operate or do business often are complex and subject to varying interpretations. Tax authorities may challenge tax positions that we take or historically have taken, and may assess taxes where we have not made tax filings or may audit the tax filings we have made and assess additional taxes, as they have done from time to time in the past. Some of these assessments may be substantial, and also may involve the imposition of substantial penalties and interest. In particular, in the years eligible for future audit, we consummated certain significant business transactions that we treated or intend to treat as not resulting in immediate gain for income tax purposes. Significant judgment is required in evaluating our tax positions and in establishing appropriate reserves. The resolutions of our tax positions are unpredictable. The payment of substantial additional taxes, penalties or interest resulting from any assessments could materially and adversely impact our results of operations, financial condition and cash flow.
Even though we have increased and may in the future increase our repatriation of cash earned by our non-U.S. subsidiaries to fund one-time redemptions of our outstanding senior secured notes or other extraordinary corporate events in the United States, we will leave a portion of such cash outside the United States as permanently reinvested earnings and profits. Accordingly, our current estimated annual effective tax rate is based on partial, and not full, repatriation of cash earned by our non-U.S. subsidiaries. If we underestimate our need for repatriated cash, or our needs change, significant tax adjustments may result.
We have anticipated the need for a valuation reserve against deferred tax assets that are expected to arise this year as we repatriate earnings to fund one-time redemptions of our outstanding senior secured notes in the United States. We expect the deferred tax asset to arise from limitations on our ability to recover the foreign taxes paid on repatriated earnings. This calculation is complex and we may have underestimated or overestimated the need for a valuation reserve and significant tax adjustments may result.
22
The obligations associated with being a public company will require significant resources and management attention.
As a public company with listed equity securities, we will need to comply with new laws, regulations and requirements, including the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which we refer to the Exchange Act, certain corporate governance provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which we refer to as the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, related regulations of the SEC and requirements of the New York Stock Exchange, which we refer to as the NYSE, with which we were not required to comply as a private company. Complying with these statutes, regulations and requirements will occupy a significant amount of time of our board of directors and management and will significantly increase our legal, accounting and other expenses. The Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we establish and maintain effective internal controls and procedures for financial reporting. Furthermore, the need to establish the corporate infrastructure demanded of a public company may divert management's attention from implementing our growth strategy, which could prevent us from improving our business, results of operations and financial condition. We have made, and will continue to make, changes to our internal controls and procedures for financial reporting and accounting systems to meet our reporting obligations as a public company. However, the measures we take may not be sufficient to satisfy our obligations. In addition, we cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur in order to comply with these requirements.
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires annual management assessments and attestation by our independent registered public accounting firm of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Starting with the annual report for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2012, we will be required to file an annual management assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting with the SEC. For the fiscal year ending March 31, 2013, in addition to the management assessment, we will have to file an attestation by our independent registered public accounting firm of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting with the SEC. In connection with the implementation of the necessary procedures and practices related to internal control over financial reporting, we or our independent registered public accounting firm may identify deficiencies that we may not be able to remediate in time to meet the deadline imposed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act for compliance with the requirements of Section 404. If we fail to comply with Section 404, or if we or our independent registered public accounting firm identify and report a material weakness, it may affect the reliability of our internal control over financial reporting, which could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and subject us to sanctions or investigations by the NYSE, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources.
Our current or future indebtedness could impair our financial condition and reduce the funds available to us for other purposes. Our debt agreements impose certain operating and financial restrictions, with which failure to comply could result in an event of default that could adversely affect our results of operations.
We have substantial indebtedness. On a pro forma basis, after giving effect to this offering, the redemption of $21.0 million aggregate principal amount of our senior secured notes scheduled to occur on April 29, 2011 and the prepayment of $ million of our senior secured notes, as of December 31, 2010, we would have had aggregate indebtedness, net of current portion, of $ million, all of which was secured. In the nine months ended December 31, 2010, our consolidated interest expense on our senior secured notes was approximately $13.3 million (which excludes interest expense resulting from debt costs relating to the CHS Transactions, our revolving credit facility and amortization). Following the redemption of our senior secured notes scheduled to
23
occur on April 29, 2011 and the completion of this offering, we expect annual interest expense on our senior secured notes to be reduced by approximately $ , assuming net proceeds to us in this offering of approximately $ , based on an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, the midpoint of the range on the cover of this prospectus. If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund these and other debt service obligations and keep us in compliance with the covenants under our debt agreements or to fund our other liquidity needs, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets or operations, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness. We cannot ensure that we would be able to take any of these actions, that these actions would permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations or that these actions would be permitted under the terms of our existing or future debt agreements, which may impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us and could adversely affect our ability to finance our future operations or capital needs; obtain standby letters of credit, bank guarantees or performance bonds required to bid on or secure certain customer contracts; make strategic acquisitions or investments or enter into alliances; withstand a future downturn in our business or the economy in general; engage in business activities, including future opportunities, that may be in our interest; and plan for or react to market conditions or otherwise execute our business strategies.
If we cannot make scheduled payments on our debt, or if we breach any of the covenants in debt agreements, we will be in default and, as a result, our debt holders could declare all outstanding principal and interest to be due and payable, the lenders under our revolving credit facility could terminate their commitments to lend us money and foreclose against the assets securing our borrowings, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation.
In addition, we and certain of our subsidiaries may incur significant additional indebtedness, including additional secured indebtedness. Although the terms of our debt agreements contain restrictions on the incurrence of additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions, and additional indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be significant. Incurring additional indebtedness could increase the risks associated with our substantial indebtedness, including our ability to service our indebtedness.
A significant portion of our business is conducted through foreign subsidiaries and our failure to generate sufficient cash flow from these subsidiaries, or otherwise repatriate or receive cash from these subsidiaries, could result in our inability to repay our indebtedness.
For the nine months ended December 31, 2010, 71% of our revenues were generated outside of the United States. While we have been able to meet the regular interest payment obligations on our senior secured notes to date from cash generated through our U.S. operations, we may not be able to do so in the future or may seek to repatriate cash for other uses, and our ability to withdraw cash from foreign subsidiaries will depend upon the results of operations of these subsidiaries and may be subject to legal, contractual or other restrictions and other business considerations. Our foreign subsidiaries may enter into financing arrangements that limit their ability to make loans or other payments to fund payments of our debt. In particular, to the extent our foreign subsidiaries incur additional indebtedness, the ability of our foreign subsidiaries to provide us with cash may be limited. In addition, dividend and interest payments to us from our foreign subsidiaries may be subject to foreign withholding taxes, which could reduce the amount of funds we receive from our foreign subsidiaries. Dividends and other distributions from our foreign subsidiaries may also be subject to fluctuations in currency exchange rates and legal and other restrictions on repatriation, which could further reduce the amount of funds we receive from our foreign subsidiaries.
In general, when an entity in a foreign jurisdiction repatriates cash to the United States, the amount of such cash is treated as a dividend taxable at current U.S. tax rates. Accordingly, upon the distribution of cash to us from our foreign subsidiaries, we will be subject to U.S. income taxes. Although foreign tax credits may be available to reduce the amount of the additional tax liability, these
24
credits may be limited based on our tax attributes. Therefore, to the extent that we must use cash generated in foreign jurisdictions, there may be a cost associated with repatriating cash to the United States.
We rely heavily on trade secrets to gain a competitive advantage in the market and the unenforceability of our nondisclosure agreements may adversely affect our operations.
The heat tracing industry is highly competitive and subject to the introduction of innovative techniques and services using new technologies. While we have patented some of our products and processes, we historically have not relied upon patents to protect our design or manufacturing processes or products, and our patents are not material to our operations or business. Instead, we rely significantly on maintaining confidential our trade secrets and other information related to our operations. Accordingly, we require all employees to sign a nondisclosure agreement to protect our trade secrets, business strategy and other proprietary information. If the provisions of these agreements are found unenforceable in any jurisdiction within which we operate, the disclosure of our proprietary information may place us at a competitive disadvantage. Even where the provisions are enforceable, the confidentiality clauses may not provide adequate protection of our trade secrets and proprietary information in every jurisdiction.
We may be unable to prevent third parties from using our intellectual property rights, including trade secrets and know-how, without our authorization or from independently developing intellectual property that is the same as or similar to ours, particularly in those countries where the laws do not protect our intellectual property rights as fully as in the United States. The unauthorized use of our trade secrets or know-how by third parties could reduce or eliminate any competitive advantage we have developed, cause us to lose sales or otherwise harm our business or increase our expenses as we attempt to enforce our rights.
Our intellectual property rights may not be successfully asserted in the future or may be invalidated, circumvented or challenged.
We have obtained and applied for some U.S. and, to a lesser extent, foreign trademark registrations and will continue to evaluate the registration of additional trademarks. We cannot guarantee that any of our pending applications will be approved. Moreover, even if the applications are approved, third parties may seek to oppose or otherwise challenge them. In addition, we rely on a number of significant unregistered trademarks, primarily abroad, but also in the United States, in the day-to-day operation of our business. Without the protections afforded by registration, our ability to protect and use our trademarks may be limited and could negatively affect our business.
In addition, while we have not faced intellectual property infringement claims from others in recent years, in the event successful infringement claims are brought against us, particularly claims (under patents or otherwise) against our product design or manufacturing processes, such claims could have a material adverse affect on our business, financial condition or results of operation.
Risks Related to This Offering and Our Common Stock
There is currently no public market for our common stock and an active trading market for our common stock may never develop following this offering.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Although we have applied to list our common stock on the NYSE, an active public market for our shares may not develop or be sustained after this offering and there can be no assurance as to they liquidity of any market that may develop for our common stock. If an active market does not develop, the market price and liquidity of our common stock may be adversely affected. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between the underwriters, the selling stockholders and our board of
25
directors and may not be representative of the market price at which our shares of common stock will trade after this offering. In particular, we cannot assure you that you will be able to resell our shares at or above the initial public offering price.
The price of our common stock could be volatile.
The overall market and the price of our common stock may fluctuate greatly. The trading price of our common stock may be significantly affected by various factors, including:
Future sales of our common stock may lower our stock price.
If our existing stockholders sell a large number of shares of our common stock following this offering, the market price of our common stock could decline significantly. In addition, the perception in the public market that our existing stockholders might sell shares of common stock could depress the market price of our common stock, regardless of the actual plans of our existing stockholders. Immediately after this offering, approximately shares of our common stock will be outstanding. This includes the shares of common stock that we and the selling stockholders are selling in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately after this offering (unless purchased by an "affiliate," as such term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which we refer to as the Securities Act, in which case such affiliate will be subject to the restrictions imposed by Rule 144).
We expect that the remaining shares, representing % of our total outstanding shares of our common stock following this offering, will become available for resale in the public market as shown in the chart below. Our directors and executive officers, the holders of all of our outstanding shares and vested options and participants in the directed share program, have signed lock-up agreements for a period of 180 days following the date of this prospectus, subject to extension in the case of an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to us. Barclays Capital Inc. and Jefferies & Company, Inc. may, in their sole discretion and without notice, release all or any portion of the shares of common stock subject to lock-up agreements. As restrictions on resale end, the market price of our shares of common stock could drop significantly if the holders of these restricted shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. These factors could also
26
make it more difficult for us to raise additional funds through future offerings of our shares of common stock or other securities.
Number of Shares and % of Total Outstanding
|
Date Available for Sale Into Public Market | |
---|---|---|
shares or % | On the date of this prospectus | |
shares or % | Up to and including 180 days after the date of this prospectus | |
shares or % | More than 180 days after the date of this prospectus, of which , or %, are subject to volume, manner of sale and other limitations under Rule 144, and of which , or % (including shares purchased by affiliates in this offering pursuant to the directed share program described under "UnderwritingDirected Share Program"), are subject to the restrictions on open market transfers pursuant to the terms of our Securityholder Agreement (as described below under "Shares Available for Future SaleLock-up Agreements") |
In addition, 2,757,524 shares of common stock will be eligible for sale upon exercise of vested options 180 days following the date of this prospectus, subject to extension as described under "Underwriting." Following this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all of the shares of common stock subject to outstanding options under our existing option plan as well as all shares of our common stock that may be covered by additional options and other awards granted under the our new 2011 long-term incentive plan. See "Compensation Discussion and Analysis2011 Long-Term Incentive Plan." Once these shares are registered, they can be sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to restrictions under the securities laws applicable to resales by affiliates.
In addition, commencing 180 days following this offering, the holders of shares of common stock will have the right, subject to certain exceptions and conditions, to require us to register their shares of common stock under the Securities Act, and they will have the right to participate in future registrations of securities by us. Registration of any of these outstanding shares of common stock would result in such shares becoming freely tradable without compliance with Rule 144 upon effectiveness of the registration statement. See "Shares Available for Future Sale."
Investors in this offering will suffer immediate and substantial dilution.
The initial public offering price per share of common stock will be substantially higher than our pro forma net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering. As a result, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the book value of our assets after subtracting our liabilities. At an offering price of $ per share, the midpoint range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in an amount of $ per share of common stock. See "Dilution."
Moreover, we issued options in the past to acquire common stock at prices significantly below the assumed initial public offering price. As of the date of this prospectus, 2,757,524 shares of common stock were issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock options. To the extent that these outstanding options are ultimately exercised, you will incur further dilution.
An increase in interest rates may cause the market price of our common stock to decline.
Like all equity investments, an investment in our common stock is subject to certain risks. In exchange for accepting these risks, investors may expect to receive a higher rate of return than would otherwise be obtainable from lower-risk investments. Accordingly, as interest rates rise, the ability of
27
investors to obtain higher risk-adjusted rates of return by purchasing government-backed debt securities may cause a corresponding decline in demand for riskier investments generally, including yield-based equity investments. Reduced demand for our common stock resulting from investors seeking other more favorable investment opportunities may cause the trading price of our common stock to decline.
Anti-takeover provisions contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as well as provisions of Delaware law, could impair a takeover attempt that our stockholders may find beneficial.
Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation, amended and restated bylaws and Delaware law contain provisions that could have the effect of rendering more difficult or discouraging an acquisition deemed undesirable by our board of directors. Our corporate governance documents include provisions:
These provisions, alone or together, could delay hostile takeovers and changes in control of our company or changes in our management.
As a Delaware corporation, we are also subject to provisions of Delaware law, which may impair a takeover attempt that our stockholders may find beneficial. Any provision of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws or Delaware law that has the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of our common stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for our common stock.
Our existing stockholders will exert significant influence over us after the completion of this offering, and their interests may not coincide with yours.
After this offering, CHS and its affiliates will own, in the aggregate, approximately % of our outstanding common stock. CHS and its affiliates, together with the investment funds associated with the other sponsors, will own, in the aggregate, approximately % of our outstanding common stock. These percentages will decrease to % and %, respectively, if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full. As a result, these stockholders, acting individually or together, could control substantially all matters requiring stockholder approval for the foreseeable future, including approval of significant corporate transactions. In addition, following this offering, pursuant to the terms of our Securityholder Agreement (as described below in "Certain Relationships and Related Party TransactionsSecurityholder Agreement"), CHS will continue to have the ability to designate one
28
member of our board of directors and to require all other parties to the Securityholder Agreement to sell their respective shares of our common stock, on substantially the same terms and conditions as CHS is selling its shares, in the event that CHS approves a sale of us. After giving effect to this offering, the parties to the Securityholder Agreement, other than CHS, will own in the aggregate % of our outstanding common stock (or % if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full). The interests of these stockholders may not always coincide with our interests as a company or the interest of other stockholders. In addition, this concentration of ownership may delay or prevent a change in control of our company, even if that change in control would benefit our stockholders. This significant concentration of stock ownership and voting power may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock due to investors' perception that conflicts of interest may exist or arise. See "Principal and Selling Stockholders" and "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions" for further information about the equity interests held by our sponsors and their respective affiliates.
Under the NYSE rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by another person or group of persons acting together is a "controlled company" and may elect not to comply with certain NYSE corporate governance requirements. We may be eligible to take advantage of the "controlled company" exception in light of the collective voting power of our sponsors and their respective affiliates after giving effect to this offering. We currently do not intend to rely on this exception even if we are so eligible, but may elect to do so in the future. If we were to elect to be treated as a "controlled company" in the future, we would be exempt from certain NYSE corporate governance requirements, including the requirements that our board of directors consist of a majority of independent directors and that we have compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees comprised entirely of independent directors, and our stockholders would not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements.
Moreover, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains a provision renouncing our interest and expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any business opportunity that may be presented to the sponsors or any of their respective affiliates (other than us and our subsidiaries), subsidiaries, officers, directors, agents, stockholders, members, partners and employees and that may be a business opportunity for such sponsor, even if the opportunity is one that we might reasonably have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so. None of the sponsors has any duty to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us or any of our subsidiaries. See "Description of Capital StockAnti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Our Amended and Restated Bylaws and Delaware LawCorporate Opportunity."
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, if they adversely change their recommendations regarding our common stock or if our operating results do not meet their expectations, our common stock price could decline.
The market price of our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause the market price of our common stock or its trading volume to decline. Moreover, if one or more of the analysts who cover our company downgrade our common stock or if our operating results or prospects do not meet their expectations, the market price of our common stock could decline.
29
This prospectus includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of the U.S. federal securities laws in addition to historical information. These forward-looking statements are included throughout this prospectus, including in the sections entitled "Prospectus Summary," "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business" and include, without limitation, statements regarding our industry, business strategy, plans, goals and expectations concerning our market position, future operations, margins, profitability, capital expenditures, liquidity and capital resources and other financial and operating information. When used in this discussion, the words "anticipate," "assume," "believe," "budget," "continue," "could," "estimate," "expect," "intend," "may," "plan," "potential," "predict," "project," "will," "future" and similar terms and phrases are intended to identify forward-looking statements in this prospectus.
Forward-looking statements reflect our current expectations regarding future events, results or outcomes. These expectations may or may not be realized. Some of these expectations may be based upon assumptions, data or judgments that prove to be incorrect. In addition, our business and operations involve numerous risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control, which could result in our expectations not being realized or otherwise materially affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. The statements include but are not limited to statements regarding: (i) our plans to strategically pursue emerging growth opportunities in diverse regions and across industry sectors; (ii) our plans to secure more Greenfield project bids; (iii) our ability to generate more MRO/UE revenue from our existing and future installed base; (iv) our ability to timely deliver backlog; (v) our ability to respond to new market developments and technological advances; (vi) our expectations regarding energy consumption and demand in the future and its impact on our future results of operations; (vii) our plans to develop strategic alliances with major customers and suppliers; (viii) our expectations that our revenues will continue to increase; (ix) our belief in the sufficiency of our cash flows to meet our needs for the next year; (x) our expectations regarding our expansion of our principal manufacturing facility in San Marcos, Texas; and (xi) our intended use of proceeds from this offering.
Actual events, results and outcomes may differ materially from our expectations due to a variety of factors. Although it is not possible to identify all of these factors, they include, among others, (i) general economic conditions and cyclicality in the markets we serve; (ii) future growth of energy and chemical processing capital investments; (iii) changes in relevant currency exchange rates; (iv) our ability to comply with the complex and dynamic system of laws and regulations applicable to international operations; (v) a material disruption at any of our manufacturing facilities; (vi) our dependence on subcontractors and suppliers; (vii) our ability to obtain standby letters of credit, bank guarantees or performance bonds required to bid on or secure certain customer contracts; (viii) competition from various other sources providing similar heat tracing products and services, or other alternative technologies, to customers; (ix) our ability to attract and retain qualified management and employees, particularly in our overseas markets; (x) our ability to continue to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our liquidity needs; (xi) the extent to which federal, state, local and foreign governmental regulation of energy, chemical processing and power generation products and services limits or prohibits the operation of our business; and (xii) other factors discussed in more detail under the caption "Risk Factors." Any one of these factors or a combination of these factors could materially affect our future results of operations and could influence whether any forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus ultimately prove to be accurate. See also "Risk Factors" included elsewhere in this prospectus regarding the additional factors that have impacted or may impact our business and operations.
Our forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance, and actual results and future performance may differ materially from those suggested in any forward-looking statements. We do not intend to update these statements unless we are required to do so under applicable securities laws.
30
Based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, which is the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, we estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $ million (or approximately $ million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full), after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions in connection with this offering and estimated offering expenses payable by us of $ million. See "Underwriting."
We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering received by us to prepay $ million of the $189.0 million principal amount of our 9.500% Senior Secured Notes that will be outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, which mature on May 1, 2017, and for general corporate purposes. We expect to use $ million of the net proceeds to prepay percent of aggregate outstanding principal amount of the senior secured notes at a redemption price of % of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the redemption date. The 9.500% Senior Secured Notes were issued in connection with the Acquisition by our wholly owned subsidiary, Thermon Industries, Inc. The proceeds were used to fund a portion of the purchase price for the Acquisition.
We will not receive any proceeds from the shares sold by the selling stockholders.
For additional information regarding our liquidity and outstanding indebtedness, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsLiquidity and Capital Resources."
A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price per share would increase (decrease) the estimated net proceeds to us by approximately $ million (or approximately $ million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full), assuming that the number of shares of common stock sold by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A 1.0 million share increase (decrease) in the number of shares of common stock sold by us in this offering would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $ million, assuming an initial public offering price per share equal to the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
Since the consummation of the CHS Transactions on April 30, 2010, we have not declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock, and we do not currently intend to pay any cash dividends on our common stock. We currently intend to retain earnings to finance the growth and development of our business and for working capital and general corporate purposes. Any payment of dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon earnings, financial condition, capital requirements, level of indebtedness, contractual restrictions with respect to payment of dividends, restrictions imposed by applicable law and other factors. In particular, the indenture governing our senior secured notes and our revolving credit facility limit our ability to pay dividends from cash generated from operations. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsLiquidity and Capital Resources."
31
The following table sets forth our total capitalization as of December 31, 2010:
The table below should be read in conjunction with "Use of Proceeds," "Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements," "Selected Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial and Operating Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
As of December 31, 2010 | ||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Actual | As Adjusted(1) | |||||||
|
(unaudited)
(in thousands) |
||||||||
Total debt: |
|||||||||
U.S. commercial and standby letter of credit facility(2) |
$ | | |||||||
Revolving credit facility |
| ||||||||
Senior secured notes |
210,000 | ||||||||
Total debt |
$ | 210,000 | |||||||
Shareholders' equity(3): |
|||||||||
Common stock, $0.001 par value per share; 150,000,000 shares authorized and 24,933,407 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 150,000,000 shares authorized and shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted |
| ||||||||
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share; no shares authorized and no shares issued and outstanding, actual; shares authorized and shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted |
| ||||||||
Paid in capital |
130,236 | ||||||||
Accumulated comprehensive income |
1,786 | ||||||||
Retained earnings |
(10,960 | ) | |||||||
Total stockholders' equity |
121,062 | ||||||||
Total capitalization(4) |
$ | 331,062 | |||||||
32
1.0 million shares in the number of shares offered by us would decrease or increase total debt by $ million, would increase or decrease additional paid-in capital by $ million, and would decrease or increase total shareholders' equity and would increase or decrease total capitalization each by approximately $ million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information discussed above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering.
33
If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the per share offering price of the common stock is substantially in excess of the book value per share attributable to the existing stockholders for the presently outstanding stock.
Our net tangible book value at December 31, 2010 was $(0.2) million, and our net tangible book value per share was $(0.01). Net tangible book value per share before the offering has been determined by dividing net tangible book value (total book value of tangible assets less total liabilities) by the number of shares of common stock outstanding after the automatic conversion of our common stock into one class of voting stock.
After giving effect to the sale of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $ per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma net tangible book value at December 31, 2010 would have been $ million, or $ per share. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value per share of $ to the existing stockholders and dilution in net tangible book value per share of $ to new investors who purchase shares in the offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution to new investors:
Assumed initial public offering price per share |
$ | ||||
Net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2010 |
|||||
Increase per share attributable to new investors in this offering |
|||||
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering |
|||||
Dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering |
$ | ||||
The dilution information discussed above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full, the pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering would be $ per share, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors in this offering would be $ per share, in each case calculated as described above.
The following table summarizes, on the same pro forma basis as of December 31, 2010, the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid by the existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering, before deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us (amounts in thousands, except percentages and per share data):
If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full, our existing stockholders would own % and our new investors would own % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after this offering, and our existing
34
stockholders would have paid $ , or %, of the total consideration and new investors would have paid $ , or % of the total consideration, in each case calculated as described above.
The information in the preceding table has been calculated using an assumed public offering price of $ per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price per share would increase or decrease, respectively, the consideration paid by new investors and in total by approximately $ million (or by $ million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in full) and the percentage of total consideration paid by new investors by approximately %, and would decrease or increase, respectively, the percentage of total consideration paid by existing stockholders by approximately %, in each case calculated as described above and assuming that the number of shares sold by us and the selling stockholders, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. A 1.0 million share increase or decrease in the number of shares of common stock that we sell in this offering would increase or decrease, respectively, the percentage of shares purchased by new investors by approximately %, the amount of consideration paid by new investors and in total by approximately $ million and the percentage of total consideration paid by new investors by approximately % and would decrease or increase, respectively, the percentage of shares purchased by existing stockholders by approximately % and the percentage of total consideration paid by existing stockholders by approximately %, in each case calculated as described above. A 1.0 million share increase or decrease in the number of shares of common stock that the selling stockholders sell in this offering would increase or decrease, respectively, the percentage of shares purchased by new investors by approximately %, the amount of consideration paid by new investors and in total by approximately $ million and the percentage of total consideration paid by new investors by approximately %, and would decrease or increase, respectively, the percentage of shares purchased by existing stockholders by approximately % and the percentage of total consideration paid by existing stockholders by approximately %, in each case calculated as described above.
The tables above exclude the following shares:
To the extent that any of these options are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors participating in this offering. Assuming the exercise in full of the 2,648,402 stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2010, the pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering would be $ per share, representing an immediate increase in net tangible book value of $ per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution to net tangible book value of $ per share to new investors, and our existing stockholders would own % and our new investors would own % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding immediately after this offering, and our existing stockholders would have paid $ , or %, of the total consideration and new investors would have paid $ , or % of the total consideration, in each case calculated as described above.
35
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2010 and unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations for the year ended March 31, 2010, the period from April 1, through April 30, 2010 ("predecessor"), the period from May 1, through December 31, 2010 ("successor") and the nine months ended December 31, 2009 ("predecessor") are based on our historical consolidated financial statements and give effect to the CHS Transactions and this offering, including the issuance by us of shares of our common stock at a price of $ per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the use of proceeds as set forth under "Use of Proceeds" and the termination of our management fee, as if they had occurred as of April 1, 2009.
The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial data includes unaudited pro forma adjustments that are directly attributable to the CHS Transactions and this offering. In addition, with respect to the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements, the unaudited pro forma adjustments are expected to have a continuing impact on the consolidated results.
Pro forma adjustments were made to reflect the:
The Acquisition has been accounted for as a purchase in accordance with the applicable Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Accounting Standards Codification, or ASC, guidance. We have allocated the excess of the purchase price over the net assets acquired to intangible assets and goodwill. The preliminary allocation to intangible assets and goodwill is based on management's best estimate of the fair value of the intangible assets (including trademarks, developed technology, customer list, backlog, certifications and non-compete agreements) and is consistent with the methodology applied during 2007 in connection with the Audax Transaction. We have not allocated any of the excess purchase price to the acquired tangible assets or liabilities assumed, except for inventory, but rather utilized their current carrying value as we believe these carrying values approximate fair value, although we have not completed a third party valuation of the acquired assets or liabilities. The pro forma data presented will be revised based upon final calculations and the resolution of purchase price adjustments as additional information becomes available. The final allocation of the purchase price in the Acquisition will be determined at a later date and depends on a number of factors, including the final valuation of the tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the Acquisition. An independent third-party appraiser will perform a valuation of these assets as of the
36
closing date of the Acquisition, and upon a final valuation the purchase allocation will be adjusted. Such final adjustments, including changes to depreciation and amortization resulting from the allocation of purchase price to amortizable tangible and intangible assets, may be material. This valuation will be based on the net tangible and intangible assets and liabilities as of the closing date of the Acquisition.
We believe that the assumptions used to derive the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial data are reasonable given the information available; however, such assumptions are subject to change and the effect of any such change could be material. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," and the historical consolidated financial statements and related notes of Thermon Holdings, LLC and Thermon Group Holdings, Inc., as applicable, included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial data is presented for informational purposes only and is not intended to represent or be indicative of the consolidated results of operations or financial position that we would have reported had the CHS Transactions or this offering been completed as of the dates and for the periods presented, and should not be taken as representative of our consolidated results of operations or financial condition following the completion of the CHS Transactions or this offering.
37
Thermon Group Holdings, Inc.
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet
As of December 31, 2010
|
Thermon
Historical(a) |
Offering
Adjustments |
Thermon
Pro Forma |
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Assets |
|||||||||||
Current assets: |
|||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 35,201 | $ | $ | |||||||
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $1,331 and $1,835 as of December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2010, respectively |
47,073 | | 47,073 | ||||||||
Notes receivable and other |
| | |||||||||
Inventories, net |
27,600 | | 27,600 | ||||||||
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts |
1,245 | | 1,245 | ||||||||
Income taxes receivable |
1,999 | | 1,999 | ||||||||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
7,883 | | 7,883 | ||||||||
Deferred income taxes |
1,421 | | 1,421 | ||||||||
Total current assets |
122,422 | ||||||||||
Property, plant and equipment, net |
23,404 | | 23,404 | ||||||||
Goodwill |
116,626 | | 116,626 | ||||||||
Intangible assets, net |
159,346 | | 159,346 | ||||||||
Debt issuance costs, net |
12,263 | | 12,263 | ||||||||
|
$ | 434,061 | $ | $ | |||||||
Liabilities and Shareholder's/Members' Equity |
|||||||||||
Current liabilities: |
|||||||||||
Accounts payable |
$ | 16,319 | $ | | $ | 16,319 | |||||
Accrued liabilities |
16,789 | | 16,789 | ||||||||
Advance payment |
10,248 | | 10,248 | ||||||||
Obligations due to settle the CHS Transaction |
3,754 | | 3,754 | ||||||||
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts |
| | | ||||||||
Income taxes payable |
129 | | 129 | ||||||||
Total current liabilities |
47,239 | | 47,239 | ||||||||
Long-term debt, net of current maturities |
210,000 | ||||||||||
Deferred income taxes |
53,916 | | 53,916 | ||||||||
Other noncurrent liabilities |
1,844 | | 1,844 | ||||||||
Common stock, 24,933,407 shares issued and outstanding $.001 par value, 150,000,000 authorized |
| ||||||||||
Additional paid-in capital |
130,236 | ||||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustment |
1,786 | | 1,786 | ||||||||
Retained deficit |
(10,960 | ) | | (10,960 | ) | ||||||
Shareholder's/Members' equity |
121,062 | ||||||||||
|
$ | 434,061 | $ | $ | |||||||
See accompanying notes.
38
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations
Year Ended March 31, 2010
|
Thermon
Historical(a) |
CHS
Transaction Adjustments |
Offering
Adjustments |
Total
Pro Forma Adjustments |
Thermon
Pro Forma |
||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Sales |
$ | 192,713 | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | 192,713 | |||||||
Cost of sales |
101,401 | | | | 101,401 | ||||||||||||
Gross profit |
91,312 | | | | 91,312 | ||||||||||||
Operating Expenses |
|||||||||||||||||
Management fees |
862 | 1,250 | (c) | (2,000 | )(h) | (750 | ) | 112 | |||||||||
Other marketing, general and administrative and engineering |
46,481 | | | | 46,481 | (j) | |||||||||||
Amortization of other intangible assets |
2,426 | 12,386 | (d) | | 12,386 | 14,812 | |||||||||||
Income from operations |
41,543 | (13,636 | ) | 2,000 | (11,636 | ) | 29,907 | ||||||||||
Other income/(expense) |
|||||||||||||||||
Interest income |
6 | | | | 6 | ||||||||||||
Interest expense |
(7,357 | ) | (15,571 | )(e) | (i) | ||||||||||||
Gain/(loss) on disposition of property, plant and equipment |
(1 | ) | | | | (1 | ) | ||||||||||
Miscellaneous income/(expense) and costs related to the CHS Transactions |
(1,285 | ) | 309 | (f) | | 309 | (976 | ) | |||||||||
|
(8,637 | ) | (15,262 | ) | |||||||||||||
Income before provision for income taxes |
32,906 | (28,898 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Income taxes |
(13,966 | ) | 10,114 | (g) | |||||||||||||
Net income/(loss) |
$ | 18,940 | $ | (18,784 | ) | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
Net income (loss) per share: |
|||||||||||||||||
Basic |
$ | 401.23 | $ | (397.92 | ) | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
Diluted |
$ | 362.47 | $ | (358.80 | ) | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
Weighted-average share outstanding: |
|||||||||||||||||
Basic |
47,205 | 47,205 | 47,205 | ||||||||||||||
Diluted |
52,253 | 52,352 | 52,253 |
See accompanying notes
39
Thermon Group Holdings, Inc.
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations
Nine Months Ended December 31, 2010
|
Successor |
Predecessor |
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
For the Period From
May 1, through December 31, 2010(a) |
For the Period From
April 1 through April 30, 2010(a) |
CHS
Transaction Adjustments |
Offering
Adjustments |
Total
Pro Forma Adjustments |
Thermon
Pro Forma |
||||||||||||||
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
||||||||||||||||||
Sales |
$ | 165,905 | $ | 13,063 | $ | | | $ | | $ | 178,968 | |||||||||
Cost of sales |
98,795 | 6,447 | (7,519 | )(b) | | (7,519 | ) | 97,723 | ||||||||||||
Gross profit |
67,110 | 6,616 | 7,519 | | 7,519 | 81,245 | ||||||||||||||
Operating Expenses |
||||||||||||||||||||
Management fees |
1,412 | 79 | 104 | (c) | (1,500 | )(h) | (1,396 | ) | 95 | |||||||||||
Other marketing, general and administrative and engineering |
35,815 | 4,184 | | | | 39,999 | (j) | |||||||||||||
Amortization of other intangible assets |
15,126 | 215 | (3,973 | )(d) | | (3,973 | ) | 11,368 | ||||||||||||
Income from operations |
14,757 | 2,138 | 11,388 | 1,595 | 12,888 | 29,783 | ||||||||||||||
Other income/expense |
||||||||||||||||||||
Interest income |
10 | 7 | | | | 17 | ||||||||||||||
Interest expense |
(17,111 | ) | (6,229 | ) | 6,341 | (e) | (i) | |||||||||||||
Miscellaneous income/(expense) and costs related to the CHS Transactions |
(7,689 | ) | (13,617 | ) | 21,605 | (f) | | 21,605 | (299 | ) | ||||||||||
|
(24,790 | ) | (19,839 | ) | 27,129 | 27,129 | ||||||||||||||
Income before provision for income taxes |
(10,033 |
) |
(17,701 |
) |
38,517 |
|||||||||||||||
Income taxes |
(927 | ) | 17,434 | (13,481 | )(g) | |||||||||||||||
Net income/(loss) |
$ | (10,960 | ) | $ | (267 | ) | $ | 25,036 | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
Net income (loss) per share: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Basic |
$ | (0.44 | ) | $ | (5.11 | ) | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||
Diluted |
$ | (0.44 | ) | $ | (5.11 | ) | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||
Weighted-average shares outstanding: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Basic |
24,887,987 | 52,253 | ||||||||||||||||||
Diluted |
24,887,987 | 52,253 |
See accompanying notes
40
Thermon Group Holdings, Inc.
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations
Nine Months Ended December 31, 2009
|
Thermon
Historical(a) |
CHS
Transaction Adjustments |
Offering
Adjustments |
Total
Pro Forma Adjustments |
Thermon
Pro Forma |
||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Sales |
$ | 142,905 | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | 142,905 | |||||||
Cost of sales |
73,966 | | | | 73,966 | ||||||||||||
Gross profit |
68,939 | | | | 68,939 | ||||||||||||
Operating Expenses |
|||||||||||||||||
Management fees |
671 | 937 | (c) | (1,500 | )(h) | (563 | ) | (108) | |||||||||
Other marketing, general and administrative and engineering |
33,099 | | | | 33,099 | ||||||||||||
Amortization of other intangible assets |
1,803 | 9,306 | | 9,306 | 11,109 | ||||||||||||
Income from operations |
33,366 | (10,243 | ) | 1,500 | (8,743 | ) | 24,623 | ||||||||||
Other income/expense |
|||||||||||||||||
Interest income |
54 | | | | 54 | ||||||||||||
Interest expense |
(5,570 | ) | (11,627 | )(e) | (i) | ||||||||||||
Miscellaneous income/(expense) |
(881 | ) | | | | (881 | ) | ||||||||||
|
(6,397 | ) | (11,627 | ) | |||||||||||||
Income before provision for income taxes |
26,969 | (21,869 | ) | 12,387 | |||||||||||||
Income taxes |
(12,241 | ) | 7,654 | (g) | |||||||||||||
Net income/(loss) |
$ | 14,728 | $ | (14,215 | ) | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
Net income (loss) per share: |
|||||||||||||||||
Basic |
$ | 312.00 | $ | (301.13 | ) | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
Diluted |
$ | 281.86 | $ | (272.04 | ) | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||
Weighted-average shares outstanding: |
|||||||||||||||||
Basic |
47,205 | 47,205 | 47,205 | ||||||||||||||
Diluted |
52,253 | 52,352 | 52,253 |
See accompanying notes
41
Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements:
Note 1Basis of Presentation
On March 26, 2010, Thermon Group, Inc., which we refer to as TGI, entered into a stock purchase agreement with Thermon Holdings, LLC, which we refer to as Seller, and Thermon Holding Corp., which we refer to as THC, Seller's wholly owned subsidiary, providing for the Acquisition. Upon the closing of the Acquisition on April 30, 2010, THC became a wholly owned subsidiary of TGI, which in turn is a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. The Company is currently owned by the equity investors. The purchase price was $320.9 million (subject to finalization of a post-closing income tax adjustment and restricted cash payment obligations of approximately $1.8 million).
The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of the assets and liabilities assumed:
Assets acquired: |
||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 2,852 | ||||
Accounts receivable, net |
40,595 | |||||
Inventories, net |
32,325 | |||||
Other current assets |
10,676 | |||||
Property, plant and equipment |
23,983 | |||||
Identifiable intangible assets |
173,711 | |||||
Goodwill |
115,775 | |||||
Other noncurrent assets |
284 | |||||
Total assets |
400,201 | |||||
Liabilities assumed: |
||||||
Current liabilities |
21,281 | |||||
Other long-term debt |
||||||
Noncurrent deferred tax liability |
56,757 | |||||
Other noncurrent liabilities |
1,263 | |||||
Total liabilities |
79,301 | |||||
Purchase price |
320,900 | |||||
Less: cash |
(2,852 | ) | ||||
Purchase price net of cash |
$ | 318,048 | ||||
We allocated the purchase price in connection with the Acquisition to the tangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed and intangible assets acquired based on their estimated fair values. The excess of the purchase price over these fair values is recorded as goodwill. We engaged an independent third-party appraisal firm to assist us in determining the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Such valuations require management to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets. Our management ultimately takes responsibility for valuations assigned to the assets and liabilities assumed in connection with the purchase combination. The significant purchased intangible assets recorded by us include trademarks, customer relationships, backlog and developed technology. See note 6 to our unaudited consolidated financial statements for the nine months ended December 31, 2010 for further detail regarding the adjustments to net tangible and intangible assets and liabilities.
The accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared to give effect to the CHS Transactions and this offering and related transactions, including the issuance by us of shares of our common stock at a price of $ per share, the midpoint of the estimated price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the use of
42
Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements:(continued)
Note 1Basis of Presentation(continued)
proceeds as set forth under "Use of Proceeds", the termination of the management fee and the redemption of $21.0 million aggregate principal amount of our senior secured notes scheduled to occur on April 29, 2011, as if they had occurred as of April 1, 2009. Management believes the assumptions used to prepare these unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements provide a reasonable basis for presenting the significant effects directly attributable to the transaction.
Note 2Pro Forma Adjustments
|
|
Nine Months
Ended December 31, |
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Year Ended
March 31, 2010 |
|||||||||
|
2009 | 2010 | ||||||||
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|||||||||
Sponsors Management Fee(i) |
$ | 2,000 | $ | 1,500 | $ | 167 | ||||
Less: Historical Management Fee(ii) |
(750 | ) | (563 | ) | (63 | ) | ||||
Net adjustment to Management Fee |
$ | 1,250 | $ | 937 | $ | 104 | ||||
43
Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements:(continued)
Note 2Pro Forma Adjustments(continued)
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsCritical Accounting Policies and Estimates."
Other intangible assets at December 31, 2010 consist of the following:
|
Estimated Life |
Net Carrying
Amount |
|||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Trademarks |
| $ | 48,280 | ||||
Developed technology |
20 years | 10,614 | |||||
Customer list |
10 years | 97,953 | |||||
Backlog |
3-16 months | | |||||
Certification |
| 504 | |||||
Other |
| 1,995 | |||||
Total |
$ | 159,346 | |||||
|
|
Nine Months Ended
December 31, |
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Year Ended
March 31, 2010 |
|||||||||
|
2009 | 2010 | ||||||||
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|||||||||
Interest expense on our senior secured notes(i) |
$ | (19,950 | ) | $ | (14,963 | ) | $ | (1,663 | ) | |
Interest expense on our revolving credit facility(ii) |
(300 | ) | (225 | ) | (25 | ) | ||||
Amortization of debt issuance costs related to our senior secured notes and our revolving credit facility(iii) |
(2,678 | ) | (2,009 | ) | (223 | ) | ||||
Pro forma additional interest expense |
(22,928 | ) | 17,197 | (1,911 | ) | |||||
Elimination of historical interest expense(iv) |
7,357 | 5,570 | 8,252 | |||||||
Net adjustment to interest expense |
$ | (15,571 | ) | $ | (11,627 | ) | $ | 6,341 | ||
44
Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements:(continued)
Note 2Pro Forma Adjustments(continued)
45
SELECTED HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED
FINANCIAL AND OPERATING DATA
The following tables set forth certain selected historical and pro forma consolidated financial and operating data as of and for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2006, March 31, 2007, March 31, 2008, March 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010 and for the nine months ended December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2010, as of December 31, 2010 and certain pro forma financial information for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010 and for the nine months ended December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2010. The data set forth below should be read in conjunction with the sections entitled "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Capitalization," and "Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements," each of which is contained elsewhere in this prospectus, and our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2008, March 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010 and for the nine months ended December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2010, each of which is contained elsewhere in this prospectus.
In this prospectus, we have included the condensed consolidated financial statements of Thermon Group Holdings, Inc. as of December 31, 2010 and for the period from May 1, 2010 through December 31, 2010 ("successor") and the condensed consolidated financial statements of Thermon Holdings, LLC for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2010 and March 31, 2009, for the period from August 30, 2007 through March 31, 2008, for the nine months ended December 31, 2009 ("predecessor"), and for the period from April 1, 2007 through August 29, 2007 ("pre-predecessor"). Concurrent with the consummation of the Acquisition on April 30, 2010, Thermon Holdings, LLC no longer owned any interest in us, and, beginning with the period from May 1, 2010 through December 31, 2010, we reported the consolidated financial statements of Thermon Group Holdings, Inc. We do not anticipate that there would have been any material difference in our consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2008, March 31, 2009 and March 31, 2010 and for the nine months ended December 31, 2009 had such statements been prepared for Thermon Group Holdings, Inc., except as it relates to purchase accounting in connection with the Acquisition.
The presentation of fiscal 2008 includes the combined results of the pre-predecessor and predecessor owners for fiscal 2008 and the predecessor and successor owners for the nine months ended December 31, 2010, respectively. We have presented the combination of these respective periods because it provides an easier-to-read discussion of the results of operations and provides the investor with information from which to analyze our financial results in a manner that is consistent with the way management reviews and analyzes our results of operations. In addition, the combined results provide investors with the most meaningful comparison between our results for prior and future periods. Please refer to notes 1 and 2 to the "Selected Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial and Operating Data" table and our historical consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the year ended March 31, 2008 and the nine months ended December 31, 2010 included elsewhere in this prospectus for a separate presentation of the results for the pre-predecessor and predecessor and predecessor and successor periods.
The unaudited pro forma data have been prepared to give effect to the CHS Transactions, this offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as if they had occurred on April 1, 2009. Assumptions underlying the pro forma adjustments are described in the section entitled "Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial StatementsNotes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements" contained elsewhere in this prospectus. The pro forma adjustments are based upon available information and certain assumptions that we believe are reasonable. Please see "Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial StatementsNotes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements" for a more detailed discussion of how pro forma adjustments are presented in our unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated data is provided
46
for informational purposes only. The unaudited pro forma data do not purport to represent what our results of operations actually would have been if the CHS Transactions, this offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom had occurred at any date, nor do such data purport to project the results of operations for any future period.
|
Pre-Predecessor |
Pre-Predecessor/
Predecessor Combined (Non-GAAP)(1) |
Predecessor |
Predecessor/
Successor Combined (Non-GAAP)(2) |
||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Year Ended March 31, |
Nine Months Ended
December 31, |
||||||||||||||||||||||
|
2006 | 2007 | 2008 | 2009 | 2010 | 2009 | 2010 | |||||||||||||||||
|
(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sales |
$ | 120,362 | $ | 121,410 | $ | 185,811 | $ | 202,755 | $ | 192,713 | $ | 142,905 | 178,968 | |||||||||||
Cost of sales |
64,421 | 66,102 | 102,946 | 105,456 | 101,401 | 73,966 | 97,723 | |||||||||||||||||
Purchase accounting adjustments(3) |
| | 7,146 | | | | 7,519 | |||||||||||||||||
Gross profit |
$ | 55,941 | $ | 55,308 | $ | 75,719 | $ | 97,299 | $ | 91,312 | $ | 68,939 | $ | 73,726 | ||||||||||
Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Marketing, general and administrative and engineering |
38,837 | 37,361 | 46,569 | 48,982 | 46,481 | 33,099 | 40,078 | |||||||||||||||||
Management fees |
| | 475 | 825 | 862 | 671 | 1,412 | |||||||||||||||||
Amortization of intangible assets |
| | 6,716 | 6,627 | 2,426 | 1,803 | 15,341 | |||||||||||||||||
Income from operations |
$ | 17,104 | $ | 17,947 | $ | 21,959 | $ | 40,865 | $ | 41,543 | $ | 33,366 | $ | 16,895 | ||||||||||
Interest income |
35 | 64 | 167 | 94 | 6 | 54 | 17 | |||||||||||||||||
Interest expense |
(935 | ) | (882 | ) | (8,374 | ) | (9,625 | ) | (7,357 | ) | (5,570 | ) | (23,340 | )(4) | ||||||||||
Gain/(loss) on disposition of property, plant and equipment |
74 | 428 | (116 | ) | (18 | ) | (1 | ) | | | ||||||||||||||
Success fees to owners related to the CHS Transactions(5) |
| | | | | | (7,738 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Miscellaneous income/(expense)(5) |
79 | (1,400 | ) | (12,937 | ) | (3,120 | ) | (1,285 | ) | (881 | ) | (13,568 | ) | |||||||||||
Income (loss) from continuing operations before provision for income taxes |
$ | 16,357 | $ | 16,157 | $ | 699 | $ | 28,196 | $ | 32,906 | $ | 26,969 | $ | (27,734 | ) | |||||||||
Income tax benefit (expense) |
(5,148 | ) | (5,429 | ) | (21,712 | ) | (1,795 | ) | (13,966 | ) | (12,241 | ) | 16,507 | |||||||||||
Income (loss) from continuing operations |
$ | 11,209 | $ | 10,728 | $ | (21,013 | ) | $ | 26,401 | $ | 18,940 | $ | 14,728 | $ | (11,227 | ) | ||||||||
Discontinued operations: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Income from operations (less applicable income tax provision (benefit) of ($79) and $229 in 2006 and 2007) |
(153 | ) | 446 | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||
Gain on disposal of discontinued operations (less applicable income tax of $112 in 2007) |
| 219 | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss)(6) |
$ | 11,056 | $ | 11,393 | $ | (21,013 | ) | $ | 26,401 | $ | 18,940 | $ | 14,728 | $ | (11,227 | ) | ||||||||
47
|
Pre-Predecessor |
Pre-Predecessor/
Predecessor Combined (Non-GAAP)(1) |
Predecessor |
Predecessor/
Successor Combined (Non-GAAP)(2) |
||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Year Ended March 31, |
Nine Months Ended
December 31, |
||||||||||||||||||||||
|
2006 | 2007 | 2008 | 2009 | 2010 | 2009 | 2010 | |||||||||||||||||
|
(dollars in thousands, except share and per share data)
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Pro Forma Statement of Operations Data(7): |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pro forma adjustments to net income (loss): |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 18,940 | $ | 14,728 | $ | (11,227 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Purchase accounting adjustment |
| | 7,519 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Management fees |
750 | 563 | 1,396 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Amortization of purchase intangibles |
(12,386 | ) | (9,306 | ) | 3,973 | |||||||||||||||||||
Net interest expense |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
CHS Transactions costs |
309 | | 21,605 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Tax effect of adjustments |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pro forma net income (loss) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pro forma net income per share |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic and diluted |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic and diluted |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other Financial Data: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted gross margin(8) |
46.5 | % | 45.5 | % | 44.6 | % | 48.0 | % | 47.4 | % | 48.2 | % | 45.4 | % | ||||||||||
Adjusted EBITDA(9) |
$ | 18,608 | $ | 19,548 | $ | 38,023 | $ | 48,322 | $ | 46,555 | $ | 36,379 | $ | 43,772 | ||||||||||
Capital expenditures |
1,246 | 6,432 | 5,315 | 2,708 | 1,587 | 976 | 1,246 | |||||||||||||||||
Operating Data: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Backlog at end of period(10) |
$ | 34,093 | $ | 52,229 | $ | 77,497 | $ | 66,779 | $ | 82,459 | $ | 79,473 | $ | 79,749 |
|
Pre-Predecessor |
Pre-Predecessor/
Predecessor Combined (Non-GAAP)(1) |
Predecessor |
Predecessor/Successor
Combined (Non-GAAP) |
||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
As of March 31, | As of December 31, 2010 | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
2006 | 2007 | 2008 | 2009 | 2010 | Actual | As Adjusted(11) | |||||||||||||||
|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Balance Sheet Data: |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 3,142 | $ | 2,062 | $ | 6,474 | $ | 13,402 | $ | 30,147 | $ | 35,201 | $ | |||||||||
Accounts receivable, net |
26,524 | 27,924 | 45,016 | 37,874 | 41,882 | 47,073 | ||||||||||||||||
Inventory, net |
14,360 | 18,766 | 25,136 | 25,103 | 22,835 | 27,600 | ||||||||||||||||
Total assets |
65,046 | 72,769 | 213,301 | 193,736 | 221,116 | 434,061 | ||||||||||||||||
Total debt |
15,081 | 11,809 | 120,951 | 99,032 | 109,249 | 210,000 | ||||||||||||||||
Total shareholders' equity |
26,371 | 30,515 | 20,345 | 38,214 | 55,074 | 121,062 |
48
separate presentation of the results for the pre-predecessor and predecessor periods in accordance with GAAP.
|
For the Period
From April 1, Through August 29, 2007 (Pre-Predecessor) |
For the Period
From August 30, 2007 Through March 31, 2008 (Predecessor) |
Year Ended
March 31, 2008 (Pre-Predecessor/ Predecessor Combined) |
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
||||||||||
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data: |
|||||||||||
Revenues |
$ | 61,615 | $ | 124,196 | $ | 185,811 | |||||
Cost of revenues |
33,801 | 76,291 | 110,092 | ||||||||
Gross profit |
27,814 | 47,905 | 75,719 | ||||||||
Marketing, general and administrative and engineering |
17,182 | 29,862 | 47,044 | ||||||||
Amortization of intangible assets |
| 6,716 | 6,716 | ||||||||
Income from operations |
10,632 | 11,327 | 21,959 | ||||||||
Interest income |
13 | 154 | 167 | ||||||||
Interest expense |
(440 | ) | (7,934 | ) | (8,374 | ) | |||||
Gain/(loss) on disposition of property, plant and equipment |
(75 | ) | (41 | ) | (116 | ) | |||||
Miscellaneous income/(expense) |
(9,222 | ) | (3,715 | ) | (12,937 | ) | |||||
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes |
908 | (209 | ) | 699 | |||||||
Income tax expense |
(1,693 | ) | (20,019 | ) | (21,712 | ) | |||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | (785 | ) | $ | (20,228 | ) | $ | (21,013 | ) | ||
Statement of Cash Flows Data: |
|||||||||||
Net cash provided by (used in): |
|||||||||||
Operating activities |
$ | (10,573 | ) | $ | 9,328 | $ | (1,245 | ) | |||
Investing activities |
194 | (150,150 | ) | (149,956 | ) | ||||||
Financing activities |
10,870 | 147,280 | 158,150 | ||||||||
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents |
1,147 | 16 | 1,163 | ||||||||
Capital expenditures |
1,085 | 4,229 | 5,315 | ||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
654 | 15,629 | 16,283 |
49
the nine months ended December 31, 2010 included elsewhere in this prospectus for a separate presentation of the results for the predecessor and successor periods in accordance with GAAP.
|
For the
Period From April 1, Through April 30, 2010 (Predecessor) |
For the
Period From May 1, 2010 Through December 31, 2010 (Successor) |
Nine Months
Ended December 31, 2010 (Predecessor/ Successor Combined) |
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
||||||||||
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data: |
|||||||||||
Revenues |
$ | 13,063 | $ | 165,905 | $ | 178,968 | |||||
Cost of revenues |
6,447 | 91,276 | 97,723 | ||||||||
Purchase accounting non-cash adjustment |
7,519 | 7,519 | |||||||||
Gross profit |
6,616 | 67,110 | 73,726 | ||||||||
Marketing, general and administrative and engineering |
4,263 | 37,227 | 41,490 | ||||||||
Amortization of intangible assets |
215 | 15,126 | 15,341 | ||||||||
Income from operations |
2,138 | 14,757 | 16,895 | ||||||||
Interest income |
7 | 10 | 17 | ||||||||
Interest expense |
(6,229 | ) | (17,111 | ) | (23,340 | ) | |||||
Success fees to owners related to the CHS Transactions |
(4,716 | ) | (3,022 | ) | (7,738 | ) | |||||
Miscellaneous income/(expense) |
(8,901 | ) | (4,667 | ) | (13,568 | ) | |||||
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes |
(17,701 | ) | (10,033 | ) | (27,734 | ) | |||||
Income tax benefit |
17,434 | (927 | ) | 16,507 | |||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | (267 | ) | $ | (10,960 | ) | $ | (11,227 | ) | ||
Statement of Cash Flows Data: |
|||||||||||
Net cash provided by (used in): |
|||||||||||
Operating activities |
$ | (6,402 | ) | $ | 26,072 | $ | 19,670 | ||||
Investing activities |
(1,494 | ) | (319,197 | ) | (320,691 | ) | |||||
Financing activities |
(19,385 | ) | 327,783 | 308,398 | |||||||
Capital expenditures |
(97 | ) | (1,149 | ) | (1,246 | ) | |||||
Depreciation and amortization |
392 | 24,040 | 24,432 | ||||||||
Purchase accounting adjustment to cost of goods sold |
| 7,519 | 7,519 | ||||||||
Amortization of deferred debt cost to interest expense |
2,586 | 3,365 | 5,951 | ||||||||
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents |
(14 | ) | 543 | 529 |
50
We believe this measure is meaningful to our investors to enhance their understanding of our financial performance. Although Adjusted EBITDA is not necessarily a measure of our ability to fund our cash needs, we understand that it is frequently used by securities analysts, investors and other interested parties as a measure of financial performance and to compare our performance with the performance of other companies that report Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for, income from operations, net income (loss) and other measures of financial performance reported in accordance with GAAP. Our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled
51
measures reported by other companies. The following table reconciles net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented in this table and elsewhere in this prospectus:
52
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The discussions in this section contain forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, those described in the "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus. Actual results could differ materially from those discussed below.
Overview
We are one of the largest providers of highly engineered thermal solutions for process industries. For over 50 years, we have served a diverse base of thousands of customers around the world in attractive and growing markets, including energy, chemical processing and power generation. We are a global leader and one of the few thermal solutions providers with a global footprint and a full suite of products and services required to deliver comprehensive solutions to complex projects. We serve our customers locally through a global network of sales and service professionals and distributors in more than 30 countries and through our four manufacturing facilities on three continents. These global capabilities and longstanding relationships with some of the largest multinational energy, chemical processing, power and EPC companies in the world have enabled us to diversify our revenue streams and opportunistically access high growth markets worldwide. For the nine months ended December 31, 2010, 71% of our revenues were generated outside of the United States.
Revenue. Our revenues are derived from providing customers with a full suite of innovative and reliable heat tracing solutions, including electric and steam heat tracing, tubing bundles, control systems, design optimization, engineering services and installation services. Our sales are primarily to industrial customers for petroleum and chemical plants, oil and gas production facilities and power generation facilities. Demand for industrial heat tracing solutions falls into two categories: (i) new facility construction, which we refer to as Greenfield projects, and (ii) recurring maintenance, repair and operations and facility upgrades or expansions, which we refer to as MRO/UE. Greenfield construction projects often require comprehensive heat tracing solutions. We believe that Greenfield revenue consists of sales revenues by customer in excess of $1 million annually (excluding sales to agents, who typically resell our products to multiple customers), and typically includes most orders for projects related to facilities that are new or that are built independent of existing facilities. We refer to sales revenues by customer of less than $1 million annually, which we believe are typically derived from MRO/UE, as MRO/UE revenue. Based on our experience, we believe that $1 million in annual sales is an appropriate threshold for distinguishing between Greenfield revenue and MRO/UE revenue. However, we often sell our products to intermediaries or subcontract our services; accordingly, we have limited visibility into how our products or services may ultimately be used and can provide no assurance that our categorization may accurately reflect the sources of such revenue. Furthermore, our customers do not typically enter into long-term forward maintenance contracts with us. In any given year, certain of our smaller Greenfield projects may generate less than $1 million in annual sales, and certain of our larger plant expansions or upgrades may generate in excess of $1 million in annual sales, though we believe that such exceptions are few in number and insignificant to our overall results of operations.
We believe that our robust pipeline of planned projects, as evidenced by our growing backlog of signed purchase orders, provides us with strong visibility into our future revenue, as historically we have experienced few order cancellations, and the cancellations that have occurred in the past have not been material compared to our total contract volume or total backlog. The small number of order cancellations is attributable in part to the fact that a large portion of our solutions are ordered and installed toward the end of Greenfield project construction. Our backlog at December 31, 2010 was $79.7 million, an increase of 17%, as compared to $68.4 million at December 31, 2008. The timing of
53
recognition of revenue out of backlog is not always certain, as it is subject to a variety of factors that may cause delays, many of which are beyond our control (such as customers' delivery schedules and levels of capital and maintenance expenditures). When delays occur, the recognition of revenue associated with the delayed project is likewise deferred.
Cost of sales. Our cost of revenues includes primarily the cost of raw material items used in the manufacture of our products, cost of ancillary products that are sourced from external suppliers and construction labor cost. Additional costs of revenue include contract engineering cost directly associated to projects, direct labor cost, external sales commissions, and other costs associated with our manufacturing/fabrication shops. The other costs associated with our manufacturing/fabrication shops are mainly indirect production costs, including depreciation, indirect labor costs, and the costs of manufacturing support functions such as logistics and quality assurance. Key raw material costs include polymers, copper, stainless steel, insulating material, and other miscellaneous parts related to products manufactured or assembled as part of our heat tracing solutions. Historically, the costs of our primary raw materials have been stable and readily available from multiple suppliers, and we have been generally successful with passing along raw material cost increases to our customers. Therefore, increases in the cost of key raw materials of our products have not generally affected our gross margins. We cannot provide any assurance, however, that we may be able to pass along such cost increases to our customers in the future, and if we are unable to do so, our results of operations may be adversely affected.
Operating expenses. Our marketing, general and administrative and engineering expenses are primarily comprised of compensation and related costs for sales, marketing, pre-sales engineering and administrative personnel, as well as other sales related expenses and other costs related to research and development, insurance, professional fees, the global integrated business information system, provisions for bad debts and warranty.
Key drivers affecting our results of operations. Our results of operations and financial condition are affected by numerous factors, including those described above under "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus and those described below:
54
have been cyclical in nature and vulnerable to economic downturns. Greenfield projects, and in particular large Greenfield projects ( i.e. , new facility construction projects generating in excess of $5 million in annual sales), have been a substantial source of revenue growth in recent years, and Greenfield revenues tend to be more cyclical than MRO/UE revenues. In recent years we have noted particular cyclicality in capital spending for new facilities in Asia, Eastern Europe and the Middle East. Revenues derived from Europe (including the Middle East, which have historically comprised a relatively minor portion of such revenues) accounted for 27% and 25% of our total revenues during fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, respectively, and revenues derived from the Asia-Pacific region accounted for 12% and 14% of our total revenues during fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, respectively. A sustained decrease in capital and maintenance spending or in new facility construction by our customers could have a material adverse effect on the demand for our products and services and our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We estimate that Greenfield and MRO/UE have each made the following contribution as a percentage of revenue in the periods listed:
|
Fiscal Year Ended March 31, |
Nine Months Ended
December 31, |
||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2008 | 2009 | 2010 | 2009 | 2010 | |||||||||||
Greenfield |
31 | % | 32 | % | 39 | % | 38 | % | 53 | % | ||||||
MRO/UE |
69 | % | 68 | % | 61 | % | 62 | % | 47 | % |
We believe that our analysis of Greenfield and MRO/UE is an important measurement to explain the trends in our business to investors. Greenfield revenue is an indicator of both our ability to successfully compete for new contracts as well as the economic health of the industries we serve. Furthermore, Greenfield revenue is an indicator of potential MRO/UE revenue in future years.
For MRO/UE orders, the sale of our manufactured products typically represents a higher proportion of the overall revenues associated with such order than the provision of our services. Greenfield projects, on the other hand, require a higher level of our services than MRO/UE orders. Therefore, we typically realize higher margins from MRO/UE revenues than Greenfield revenues.
55
third fiscal quarter, as most of our customers perform preventative maintenance prior to the winter season.
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth our statements of operations as a percentage of sales for the periods indicated.
|
Pre-
Predecessor/ Predecessor Combined (Non-GAAP)(1) |
Predecessor |
Predecessor/
Successor Combined (Non-GAAP)(2) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Fiscal Year Ended March 31, |
Nine Months Ended
December 31, |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
2008 | 2009 | 2010 | 2009 | 2010 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Consolidated Statements of Operations Data: |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sales |
$ | 185,811 | 100 | % | $ | 202,755 | 100 | % | $ | 192,713 | 100 | % | $ | 142,905 | 100 | % | $ | 178,968 | 100 | % | |||||||||||||
Cost of sales |
102,946 | 55 | 105,456 | 52 | 101,401 | 53 | 73,966 | 52 | 97,723 | 55 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Purchase accounting adjustments(3) |
7,146 | 4 | | 0 | | 0 | | 0 | 7,519 | 4 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Gross profit |
$ | 75,719 | 41 | % | $ | 97,299 | 48 | % | $ | 91,312 | 47 | % | $ | 68,939 | 48 | % | $ | 73,726 | 41 | % | |||||||||||||
Operating Expenses: |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Marketing, general and administrative and engineering |
$ | 46,569 | 25 | % | $ | 48,982 | 24 | % | $ | 46,481 | 24 | % | $ | 33,099 | 23 | % | $ | 40,078 | 22 | % | |||||||||||||
Management fees |
475 | 0 | 825 | 0 | 862 | 0 | 671 | 0 | 1,412 | 1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Amortization of intangible assets |
6,716 | 4 | 6,627 | 3 | 2,426 | 1 | 1,803 | 1 | 15,341 | 9 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Income from operations |
$ | 21,959 | 12 | % | $ | 40,865 | 20 | % | $ | 41,543 | 22 | % | $ | 33,366 | 23 | % | $ | 16,895 | 9 | % | |||||||||||||
Interest expense, net |
(8,207 | ) | (4 | ) | (9,531 | ) | (5 | ) | (7,351 | ) | (4 | ) | (5,516 | ) | (4 | ) | (23,323 | )(4) | (13 | ) | |||||||||||||
Success fees to owners related to the CHS Transactions |
| 0 | | 0 | | 0 | | 0 | (7,738 | )(5) | (4 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
Miscellaneous income/(expense) net of gain (loss) on disposition of property, plant and equipment |
(13,053 | ) | (7 | ) | (3,138 | ) | (2 | ) | (1,286 | ) | (1 | ) | (881 | ) | 1 | (13,568 | )(5) | (8 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Income (loss) from continuing operations before provision for income taxes |
$ |
699 |
0 |
% |
$ |
28,196 |
14 |
% |
$ |
32,906 |
17 |
% |
$ |
26,969 |
19 |
% |
$ |
(27,734 |
) |
(16 |
)% |
||||||||||||
Income tax benefit (expense) |
(21,712 | ) | (12 | ) | (1,795 | ) | (1 | ) | (13,966 | ) | (7 | ) | (12,241 | ) | (9 | ) | 16,507 | (9 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Income (loss) from continuing operations |
$ |
(21,013 |
) |
(11 |
)% |
$ |
26,401 |
13 |
% |
$ |
18,940 |
10 |
% |
$ |
14,728 |
10 |
% |
$ |
(11,227 |
) |
(6 |
)% |
|||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ |
(21,013 |
) |
(11 |
)% |
$ |
26,401 |
13 |
% |
$ |
18,940 |
10 |
% |
$ |
14,728 |
10 |
% |
$ |
(11,227 |
) |
(6 |
)% |
56
Nine Months Ended December 31, 2010 (Combined) Compared to the Nine Months Ended December 31, 2009 (Non-GAAP)
We have prepared our consolidated and combined financial statements as if Thermon Group Holdings, Inc. ("successor") had been in existence throughout all relevant periods. The historical financial and other data prior to the Acquisition, which occurred on April 30, 2010 and which established a new basis of accounting, have been prepared using the historical results of operations and bases of the assets and liabilities of Thermon Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries ("predecessor"). Our historical financial data prior to April 30, 2010 may not necessarily be indicative of our future performance. For comparability to the periods discussed herein, please refer to note (2) to the table presented in "Selected Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial and Operating Data."
Revenues. Revenues for the nine months ended December 31, 2010 combined, which we refer to as YTD 2011, were $179.0 million, compared to $142.9 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2009, which we refer to as YTD 2010, an increase of $36.1 million, or 25.3%, mostly due to an increase in large Greenfield project activity in YTD 2011, which accounted for $23.1 million of the increase. Separately, revenues increased in all geographies in which we operate during YTD 2011, with revenue in Canada accounting for $18.3 million of the increase.
Gross profit and margin. Gross profit totaled $73.7 million in YTD 2011, compared to $68.9 million in YTD 2010, an increase of $4.8 million. As a percentage of revenues, gross profit decreased to 41.2% in YTD 2011 from 48.2% in YTD 2010. In YTD 2011 there was a non-cash $7.5 million negative impact to gross profit due to a purchase accounting adjustment related to the CHS Transactions. Under purchase accounting rules, inventories that were carried at lower of cost or market are stepped up to fair value, which eliminates gross profit in the period in which the units are sold. Excluding the purchase accounting adjustment, gross margin would have been 45.4% in YTD 2011. In addition, YTD 2010 gross margin was positively affected by a $1.8 million favorable adjustment related to the release of contingencies on long-term projects in Russia. After taking into account this adjustment, gross margin would have been 47.0% in YTD 2010. Adjusted gross margin decreased marginally by 1.6% in YTD 2011 as compared to YTD 2010. These adjusted gross margins of 45.4% and 47.0% for YTD 2011 and YTD 2010, respectively, are within our expected range of gross margins based on our historical results. The slightly lower gross margin in YTD 2011 is reflective of a larger proportion of Greenfield sales, which carry an overall lower gross margin than MRO/UE sales.
Marketing, general and administrative and engineering. Marketing, general and administrative and engineering costs were $41.5 million in YTD 2011, compared to $33.8 million in YTD 2010, an increase of $7.7 million, or 22.9%. The overall increase is primarily related to an increase in expenses to address personnel needs to meet growing customer demand. The expenses contributing to this increase include $2.9 million in increased incentive compensation as well as an increase in salaries and benefits of $3.8 million. In addition, there is an increase of $0.8 million in professional fees associated with SEC
57
reporting and administration requirements. As a percentage of revenues, marketing, general and administrative and engineering expenses decreased to 23.2% in YTD 2011 from 23.6% in YTD 2010.
Amortization of intangible assets. Amortization of intangible assets was $15.3 million in YTD 2011, compared to $1.8 million in YTD 2010, an increase of $13.5 million, due to the amortization of certain intangible assets associated with the CHS Transactions.
Interest expense. Interest expense was $23.3 million in YTD 2011, compared to $5.6 million in YTD 2010, an increase of $17.7 million. This was partially due to the higher levels of indebtedness incurred in the CHS Transactions and, to a lesser extent, the higher interest rates on our senior secured notes, which increased our monthly interest expense by approximately $1.2 million. The one-time financing costs included $2.0 million in full amortization of our bridge loan fee, $2.6 million in accelerated amortization of deferred debt costs associated with repaid debt and $3.1 million in prepayment penalties.
Miscellaneous expense. Miscellaneous expense was $13.6 million in YTD 2011, compared to miscellaneous expense of $0.9 million in YTD 2010, an increase of $12.7 million. Miscellaneous expense in YTD 2011 consisted primarily of $9.5 million of professional fees and expenses related to the CHS Transactions, $0.6 million income related to adjustment of compliance liabilities and foreign exchange transaction gains and other miscellaneous income of $0.9 million. Miscellaneous expense in YTD 2010 consisted primarily of nominal charges for professional fees and expenses related to a proposed sale and other extraordinary corporate transactions and foreign exchange transaction losses offset by a small gain in sales of fixed assets.
Income taxes. Income taxes were a benefit of $16.5 million in YTD 2011, compared to a $12.2 million tax expense in YTD 2010, a decrease of $28.7 million from YTD 2010. The effective tax rates were (59.5)% in YTD 2011 and 45.4% in YTD 2010. Our anticipated annual effective tax rate of approximately (3.9)% has been applied to our consolidated pre-tax loss for the period from May 1, 2010 through December 31, 2010. This tax rate is less than the U.S. statutory rate primarily due to the amount of buyer's expenses incurred in connection with the CHS Transactions that is estimated to be nondeductible, valuation reserves taken against our anticipated foreign tax credit and other carryforwards for U.S. taxation purposes, and differences between foreign and U.S. tax rates. See Note 16, Income Taxes, to our unaudited consolidated financial statements for the nine months ended December 31, 2010, included elsewhere in this prospectus, for further detail on income taxes.
Net income. Net loss was $11.2 million in YTD 2011 as compared to net income of $14.7 million in YTD 2010, a decrease of $25.9 million. The primary reason for the decrease in net income was as a result of the CHS Transactions. Because of the CHS Transactions in YTD 2011, amortization of intangible assets increased $21.0 million (including $7.5 million in purchase accounting adjustments negatively affecting cost of sales) over the same period in the prior year. In addition, interest expense increased $17.8 million over the prior period. During YTD 2011, we also incurred $21.6 million in transaction costs directly related to the CHS Transactions. These charges to income represent a total of $60.4 million (before tax) offset by a decrease in tax expense of $28.7 million due to the tax benefit of $16.5 million recorded in YTD 2011 and an increase in gross profit of $4.8 million due to higher sales.
Year Ended March 31, 2010 Compared to Year Ended March 31, 2009
Revenues. Revenues for fiscal 2010 were $192.7 million, compared to $202.8 million for fiscal 2009, a decrease of $10.1 million or 5.0%. Revenues from large Greenfield projects decreased by $7.6 million in fiscal 2010. Smaller Greenfield projects and MRO/UE combined for a decline of $2.5 million in fiscal 2010. The reduction in large Greenfield projects is primarily related to the completion of several oil and gas projects during fiscal 2010 that were largely realized in fiscal 2009 and
58
therefore generated less revenue in fiscal 2010. The reduction of MRO/UE revenue in fiscal 2010 was due to an $11.2 million decrease in the Eastern Hemisphere revenue offset by increased MRO/UE revenue in the Western Hemisphere of $8.7 million.
Revenues in our Western Hemisphere area decreased to $117.3 million in fiscal 2010 from $124.6 million in fiscal 2009, a decrease of $7.3 million or 5.8%, mainly due to the near completion of a large Greenfield project located in Canada. Specifically, we had one large Greenfield project in Canada that accounted for a $17.2 million decrease in revenue in fiscal 2010 as compared to fiscal 2009. This reduction was offset by increased MRO/UE revenue of $8.7 million and other Canadian projects that began in fiscal 2010 and accelerated in YTD 2011. Revenues from our Eastern Hemisphere area decreased to $75.3 million in fiscal 2010 from $78.1 million in fiscal 2009, a decrease of $2.8 million or 3.5%. Eastern Hemisphere revenues were marked by an overall a decline in MRO/UE revenue offset by an increase in Greenfield revenue. The decrease in Eastern Hemisphere MRO/UE revenue is attributable to a downturn in capital spending in our end markets, which tends to be due to the cyclical nature of capital spending in Asia and in Eastern Europe.
Gross profit and margin. As a percentage of revenues, gross profit was 47.4% for fiscal 2010 as compared to 48.0% for fiscal 2009. Gross profit totaled $91.3 million for fiscal 2010, compared to $97.3 million for fiscal 2009, a decrease of $6.0 million, or 6.2%, from fiscal 2009, which is largely attributable to a decrease in revenues over the same period. The gross margins of 47.4% and 48.0% for fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, respectively, are in line with our expected range of gross margins based on our historical results. No discernible series of events or factors were responsible for the negligible decline in gross margin over such period.
Marketing, general and administrative and engineering. As a percentage of revenues, marketing, general and administrative and engineering expenses totaled 24.6% for both fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009. Marketing, general and administrative and engineering expenses were $47.3 million for fiscal 2010, compared to $49.8 million for fiscal 2009, a decrease of $2.5 million, or 5.0%, from fiscal 2009. The decrease in operating expense is primarily due to the decrease in incentive expense due to lower business activity in fiscal 2010 from that of fiscal 2009.
Amortization of intangible assets. Amortization of intangible assets was $2.4 million in fiscal 2010, compared to $6.6 million in fiscal 2009, a decrease of $4.2 million from fiscal 2009, due to the amortization of certain intangible assets associated with the Audax Transaction. The decrease in amortization expense was due to certain short-term intangible assets that were fully amortized prior to fiscal 2010.
Interest expense. Interest expense was $7.4 million in fiscal 2010, compared to $9.6 million in fiscal 2009, a decrease of $2.2 million, or 22.9%, from fiscal 2009. The decrease is a primarily due to higher debt levels during fiscal 2009 and a reduction in interest rates during fiscal 2010.
Miscellaneous expense. Miscellaneous expense was $1.3 million in fiscal 2010 compared to $3.1 million in fiscal 2009, a decrease of $1.8 million, or 58.1%, from fiscal 2009. Miscellaneous expense in fiscal 2010 consisted primarily of $1.0 million of professional fees and expenses related to capital transactions and miscellaneous expenses of $0.3 million. Miscellaneous expense in fiscal 2009 consisted primarily of $1.3 million of professional fees and expenses related to capital transactions, $0.8 million of foreign exchange transaction losses and a $1.2 million charge related to self-reported export compliance violations, partially offset by $0.2 million of miscellaneous income.
Income taxes. Income taxes were $14.0 million in fiscal 2010 compared to $1.8 million in fiscal 2009, an increase of $12.2 million. The effective tax rate was 42.6% in fiscal 2010 and 6.4% in fiscal 2009. Excluding the effects of the non-cash change in the deferred tax liability related to deemed
59
foreign income, the effective tax rates would be approximately 33.4% and 35.0% in fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009, respectively. The deemed foreign income relates to the debt outstanding of our Canadian subsidiary that originated in the Audax Transaction. The swings in the effective tax rates is primarily due to the deemed foreign income related to debt outstanding of our Canadian subsidiary and the impact of rate differences of international subsidiaries.
Net income. Net income was $19.0 million in fiscal 2010 as compared to $26.4 million in fiscal 2009, a decrease of $7.4 million. The decrease in net income was primarily related to a non-cash charge to deferred taxes. The effect of the deferred taxes related to our Canadian debt and represented a decrease in net income of $11.4 million.
Year Ended March 31, 2009 Compared to Year Ended March 31, 2008 (Combined) (Non-GAAP)
We have prepared our consolidated and combined financial statements as if Thermon Holdings, LLC ("predecessor") had been in existence throughout all relevant periods. The historical financial and other data prior to the Audax Transaction, which established a new basis of accounting, have been prepared using the historical results of operations and bases of the assets and liabilities of Thermon Industries, Inc. and its subsidiaries ("pre-predecessor"). Our historical financial data prior to August 30, 2007 may not necessarily be indicative of our future performance. For comparability to the periods discussed herein, please refer to note (1) to the table presented in "Selected Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial and Operating Data."
Revenues. Revenues for fiscal 2009 were $202.8 million, compared to $185.8 million for fiscal 2008, an increase of $17.0 million, or 9.1%. The increase in revenue in fiscal 2009 is mostly attributable to a large Greenfield project in Canada. Sales to several of our customers associated with this project accounted for a $19.7 million increase in revenue in fiscal 2009 as compared to fiscal 2008. This revenue increase was offset by a decrease in other Greenfield projects of $3.2 million. MRO/UE revenue worldwide was comparable at approximately $160 million for both fiscal 2009 and fiscal 2008.
Revenues in our Western Hemisphere area increased to $124.6 million in fiscal 2009 from $117.0 million in fiscal 2008, an increase of $7.6 million, or 6.5%, mainly due to the aforementioned project in Canada, partially offset by lower Greenfield sales within the United States. The decline in U.S. Greenfield revenue was due to the completion of a large refinery modernization project in fiscal 2008. Revenues from our Eastern Hemisphere area increased to $78.1 million in fiscal 2009 from $68.8 million in fiscal 2008, an increase of $9.3 million, or 13.5%, mainly due to growth in MRO/UE revenue of approximately $11.8 million, which we believe was due to the cyclical nature of capital spending in Asia and in Eastern Europe, which increase was offset in part by a decrease in Eastern Hemisphere Greenfield revenue of $2.5 million.
Gross profit and margin. As a percentage of revenues, gross profit improved to 48.0% for fiscal 2009 from 40.8% for fiscal 2008. Gross profit totaled $97.3 million for fiscal 2009, compared to $75.7 million for fiscal 2008, an increase of $21.6 million or 28.5% from fiscal 2008. In fiscal 2008 there was a non-cash charge of $7.1 million that adversely affected gross profit due to a purchase accounting adjustment related to the Audax Transaction. Under purchase accounting rules, inventories that were carried at lower of cost or market are stepped up to fair value which eliminates the gross profit in the period in which the units are sold. Excluding the purchase accounting adjustment, gross margin would have been 44.6% in fiscal 2008, which is in line with our expected range of gross margins based on our historical results. The relative improvement in gross margin during fiscal 2009 was due partly to the number of significant ongoing Greenfield projects in their middle, material requirements phases.
Marketing, general and administrative and engineering. As a percentage of revenues, marketing, general and administrative and engineering expenses decreased slightly to 24.6% for fiscal 2009 from
60
25.3% for fiscal 2008. Marketing, general and administrative and engineering expenses were $49.8 million for fiscal 2009, compared to $47.0 million for fiscal 2008, an increase of $2.8 million, or 6.0%, for fiscal 2008. The increase is primarily due to higher salaries expense related to headcount additions and additional incentive compensation expense related to the increase in revenues and profits.
Amortization of intangible assets. Amortization of intangible assets was $6.6 million in fiscal 2009, compared to $6.7 million in fiscal 2008, a decrease of $0.1 million from fiscal 2008, due to the amortization of certain intangible assets associated with the Audax Transaction.
Interest expense. Interest expense was $9.6 million in fiscal 2009, compared to $8.4 million in fiscal 2008, an increase of $1.2 million, or 14.3%, from fiscal 2008. The increase is a result of the outstanding borrowings for the entire year in fiscal 2009 as compared to fiscal 2008 where the borrowings were outstanding for only part of the year.
Miscellaneous expense. Miscellaneous expense was $3.1 million in fiscal 2009 compared to $12.9 million in fiscal 2008, a decrease of $9.8 million, or 76.0%, from fiscal 2008. Miscellaneous expense in fiscal 2009 consisted primarily of $1.3 million of professional fees and expenses related to proposed capital transactions, a $1.2 million charge related to self-reported export compliance violations and $0.8 million of foreign exchange transaction losses, partially offset by $0.2 million of miscellaneous income. Miscellaneous expense in fiscal 2008 consisted primarily of $8.8 million of non-recurring expenses related to the Audax Transaction, a $3.9 million employee compensation transaction bonus related to the Audax Transaction, $0.3 million of foreign exchange transaction losses and $0.3 million of compliance fees and related costs, partially offset by $0.4 million net miscellaneous income.
Income taxes. Income taxes were $1.8 million in fiscal 2009 compared to $21.7 million in fiscal 2008, a decrease of $19.9 million, or 91.7%, from fiscal 2008. The effective tax rate was 6.4% in fiscal 2009 and was not meaningful in fiscal 2008. Excluding the effects of the non-cash change in the deferred tax liability related to deemed foreign income, the effective tax rates would be approximately 35% in fiscal 2009. The deemed foreign income relates to the debt outstanding of our Canadian subsidiary that originated in the Audax Transaction (see discussion above). The high effective tax rate in fiscal 2008 was primarily due to the deemed foreign income related to debt outstanding of our Canadian subsidiary, the impact of rate differences of international subsidiaries and permanent differences on certain transaction costs expensed for book purposes but not for tax purposes.
Net income. Net income for fiscal 2009 was $26.4 million as compared to a net loss in fiscal 2008 of $21.0 million, an increase of $47.4 million. Of the $47.4 million change in net income, $20.0 million was related to the non-cash charge to deferred tax expense related to U.S. tax issues in connection with our Canadian debt issued in fiscal 2008. In addition, during fiscal 2008, the Company incurred $12.7 million (before tax) in transaction expenses (including $3.9 million in employee compensation expense and $7.1 million (before tax) in cost of sale expenses related to purchase accounting entries).
61
Quarterly Results of Operations and Seasonality
The following tables set forth our historical unaudited quarterly condensed consolidated statement of operations data and other financial data and our net sales for the following periods, expressed in dollars and as a percentage of net sales. This information should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited information on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, the table includes normal recurring adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of our financial position and operating results for the quarters presented. The quarterly statement of operations data and other financial data are not indicative of operating results for any future period.
|
Three Months Ended | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Jun. 30,
2008 |
Sep. 30,
2008 |
Dec. 31,
2008 |
Mar. 31,
2009 |
Jun. 30,
2009 |
Sep. 30,
2009 |
Dec. 31,
2009 |
Mar. 31,
2010 |
Jun. 30,
2010 |
Sep. 30,
2010 |
Dec. 31,
2010 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
(Predecessor)
|
|
|
|
|
(Predecessor/
Successor Combined) (Non-GAAP) |
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
(dollars in thousands, except for per share data)
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Successor)
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sales |
$ | 53,398 | $ | 52,060 | $ | 52,766 | $ | 44,531 | $ | 50,812 | $ | 44,745 | $ | 47,348 | $ | 49,808 | $ | 50,576 | $ | 63,451 | $ | 64,941 | |||||||||||||
Gross profit |
22,875 | 25,657 | 26,712 | 22,055 | 22,837 | 22,906 | 23,196 | 22,373 | 18,786 | (1) | 25,332 | (1) | 29,608 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Income (loss) from operations |
8,347 | 10,969 | 12,122 | 9,427 | 11,670 | 11,665 | 10,031 | 8,177 | 632 | 5,061 | 11,203 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 4,288 | $ | 6,341 | $ | 7,119 | $ | 8,653 | $ | 5,243 | $ | 5,304 | $ | 4,182 | $ | 4,212 | $ | (12,440 | )(2) | $ | (1,797 | )(2) | $ | 3,009 | (2) | ||||||||||
Other Financial Data: |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Adjusted gross
|
42.8 | % | 49.2 | % | 50.6 | % | 49.5 | % | 44.9 | % | 51.1 | % | 48.9 | % | 44.9 | % | 47.1 | % | 43.8 | % | 45.6 | % | |||||||||||||
Net income (loss) per share(4): |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic |
$ | 90.84 | $ | 134.33 | $ | 150.81 | $ | 183.31 | $ | 111.07 | $ | 112.36 | $ | 88.59 | $ | 89.23 | $ | | $ | (0.07 | ) | $ | 0.12 | ||||||||||||
Diluted |
$ | 79.65 | $ | 117.79 | $ | 132.24 | $ | 165.60 | $ | 100.34 | $ | 101.51 | $ | 80.03 | $ | 80.61 | $ | | $ | (0.07 | ) | $ | 0.11 | ||||||||||||
Weighted average shares outstanding(4): |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic |
47,205 | 47,205 | 47,205 | 47,205 | 47,205 | 47,205 | 47,205 | 47,205 | | 24,875,669 | 24,908,772 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Diluted |
53,835 | 53,835 | 53,835 | 52,253 | 52,253 | 52,253 | 52,253 | 52,253 | | 24,875,669 | 27,557,174 |
The following table presents, for the periods given, selected unaudited quarterly financial data as a percentage of our sales.
|
Three Months Ended | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Jun. 30,
2008 |
Sep. 30,
2008 |
Dec. 31,
2008 |
Mar. 31,
2009 |
Jun. 30,
2009 |
Sep. 30,
2009 |
Dec. 31,
2009 |
Mar. 31,
2010 |
Jun. 30,
2010 |
Sep. 30,
2010 |
Dec. 31,
2010 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
(Predecessor)
|
|
|
|
(Predecessor/
Successor Combined) (Non-GAAP) |
(Successor)
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sales |
100 | % | 100 | % | 100 | % | 100 | % | 100 | % | 100 | % | 100 | % | 100 | % | 100 | % | 100 | % | 100 | % | ||||||||||||
Gross profit |
43 | % | 49 | % | 51 | % | 50 | % | 45 | % | 51 | % | 49 | % | 45 | % | 37 | %(1) | 40 | %(1) | 46 | %(1) | ||||||||||||
Income (loss) from operations |
16 | % | 21 | % | 23 | % | 21 | % | 23 | % | 26 | % | 21 | % | 16 | % | 1 | % | 8 | % | 17 | % | ||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
8 | % | 12 | % | 14 | % | 19 | % | 10 | % | 12 | % | 9 | % | 8 | % | (25 | )%(2) | (3 | )%(2) | 5 | %(2) | ||||||||||||
62
presented herein. Please refer to our historical consolidated financial statements and notes thereto for the nine months ended December 31, 2010 included elsewhere in this prospectus for a separate presentation of the net loss per share and the weighted average shares outstanding for the predecessor and successor periods.
Our quarterly revenues are impacted by the level of large Greenfield projects that may be occurring at any given time. Demand for our products depends in large part upon the level of capital and maintenance expenditures by many of our customers and end users, in particular those customers in the oil and gas, refining, and chemical processing markets. These customers' expenditures historically have been cyclical in nature and vulnerable to economic downturns.
Our operating expenses remain relatively consistent with some variability related to overall headcount of the company which increased slightly in the year ended December 31, 2010. Fluctuations in operating expense are partly due to changes in management's estimates for items such annual bonus attainment and reserves for bad debt.
Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate based on the cyclical pattern of industries to which we provide heat tracing solutions and the seasonality of MRO/UE demand for our products. Most of our customers perform preventative maintenance prior to the winter season, thus in our experience making the months of October and November typically our largest for MRO/UE revenue. However, revenues from Greenfield projects are not seasonal and tend to be level throughout the year, depending on the capital spending environment. Overall, seasonality has a minor effect on the company's business.
Contractual Obligations and Contingencies
Contractual Obligations. The following table summarizes our material contractual payment obligations as of December 31, 2010.
|
|
Payment Due By Period | ||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
TOTAL |
Less than
1 Year |
1 - 3 Years | 3 - 5 Years |
More than
5 Years |
|||||||||||
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|||||||||||||||
Senior secured notes |
$ | 210,000 | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | 210,000 | ||||||
Estimated interest payments on above indebtedness(1) |
129,675 | 19,950 | 39,900 | 39,900 | 29,925 | |||||||||||
Operating lease obligations(2) |
3,070 | 1,490 | 1,167 | 413 | | |||||||||||
Obligations in settlement of the CHS Transactions(3) |
3,754 | 3,754 | | | | |||||||||||
Information technology services agreement(4) |
1,412 | 804 | 608 | | | |||||||||||
Management fees payable to sponsors(5) |
17,930 | 1,535 | 3,729 | 4,000 | 8,666 | |||||||||||
Total |
$ | 365,841 | $ | 27,533 | $ | 45,404 | $ | 44,313 | $ | 248,591 | ||||||
63
also agreed to reimburse the out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the sponsors in connection with the provision of such services. The amounts reflected in this table do not reflect any potential expense reimbursement obligations, as we are unable to estimate the amount of such obligations with any certainty. The amount reflected in the "More than 5 Years" column is prepared on the basis of the initial ten-year term of the management services agreement, though we note that the agreement automatically extends on a year-to-year basis after the expiration of the initial term.
There are no contingent gains or losses or litigation settlements that are not provided for in the accounts.
The following table summarizes our material contractual payment obligations as of December 31, 2010 on a pro forma basis assuming our receipt of the net proceeds from our sale of common stock in this offering, the redemption of $21.0 million aggregate principal amount of our senior secured notes scheduled to occur on April 29, 2011 and the payment of $ of premiums and accrued interest in connection with such redemption, the redemption of $ million aggregate principal amount of our senior secured notes from the net proceeds of this offering and the payment of $ of premiums and accrued interest in connection with such redemption and the termination of the management fee payable to the sponsors, as if those transactions had occurred as of December 31, 2010:
|
|
Payment Due By Period | ||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
TOTAL |
Less than
1 Year |
1 - 3 Years | 3 - 5 Years |
More than
5 Years |
|||||||||||
|
(dollars in thousands)
|
|||||||||||||||
Senior secured notes |
$ | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | ||||||||
Estimated interest payments on above indebtedness(1) |
||||||||||||||||
Operating lease obligations(2) |
3,070 | 1,490 | 1,167 | 413 | | |||||||||||
Obligations in settlement of the CHS Transactions(3) |
3,754 | 3,754 | | | | |||||||||||
Information technology services agreement(4) |
1,412 | 804 | 608 | | | |||||||||||
Termination fee payable to sponsors(5) |
7,357 | 7,357 | | | | |||||||||||
Total |
$ | $ | $ | $ | $ | |||||||||||
Contingencies. We are involved in various legal and administrative proceedings and disputes that arise from time to time in the ordinary course of doing business. Some of these proceedings may result in fines, penalties or judgments being assessed against us, which, from time to time, may adversely affect our financial results. For a discussion of contingencies that may adversely affect our results of operations, see note 11 to our audited consolidated financial statements and note 12 to our unaudited consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus. We have considered these
64
proceedings and disputes in determining the necessity of any reserves for losses that are probable and reasonably estimable. Our recorded reserves are based on estimates developed with consideration given to the potential merits of claims or quantification of any performance obligations. In doing so, we take into account our history of claims, the limitations of any insurance coverage, advice from outside counsel, the possible range of outcomes to such claims and obligations and their associated financial impact (if known and reasonably estimable), and management's strategy with regard to the settlement or defense of such claims and obligations. While the ultimate outcome of those claims, lawsuits or performance obligations cannot be predicted with certainty, we believe, based on our understanding of the facts of these claims and performance obligations, that adequate provisions have been recorded in the accounts where required. In addition, we do not believe that the outcome of any of these proceedings would have a significant adverse effect on our financial position, long-term results of operations, or cash flows. It is possible, however, that charges related to these matters could be significant to our results or cash flows in any one accounting period.
To bid on or secure certain contracts, we are required at times to provide a performance guaranty to our customers in the form of a surety bond, standby letter of credit or foreign bank guaranty. On December 31, 2010, we had in place standby letters of credit and bank guarantees totaling $5.5 million and performance bonds totaling $3.0 million to back performance obligations under customer contracts. As of December 31, 2010, we also had in place a $0.3 million letter of credit as collateral for the revolving facility for our subsidiary in Japan. Our Indian subsidiary also has $2.9 million in customs bonds outstanding.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our primary sources of liquidity are cash flows from operations and funds available under our revolving credit facility and other revolving lines of credit. Our primary liquidity needs are to finance our working capital, capital expenditures and debt service needs.
Cash and cash equivalents. At December 31, 2010, we had $35.2 million in cash and cash equivalents. We maintain cash and cash equivalents at various financial institutions located in many countries throughout the world. Approximately $5.2 million, or 15%, of these amounts was held in domestic accounts with various institutions and approximately $29.6 million, or 85%, of these amounts was held in accounts outside of the United States with various financial institutions.
Revolving credit facility and senior secured notes.
Revolving credit facility. Simultaneously with the closing of the Acquisition and the sale of our senior secured notes, our wholly owned subsidiary, Thermon Industries, Inc., entered into a five-year, $40.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility, which we refer to as our revolving credit facility, of which up to $20.0 million is available to our Canadian subsidiary, subject to borrowing base availability. Availability of funds under our revolving credit facility is determined by a borrowing base equal to the sum of 85% of eligible accounts receivable, plus 60% of eligible inventory, plus 85% of the net orderly liquidation value of eligible equipment, plus 50% of the fair market value of eligible owned real property. In no case shall availability under our revolving credit facility exceed the commitments thereunder. As of December 31, 2010, we had $34.8 million of capacity available under our revolving credit facility after taking into account the borrowing base, outstanding loan advances and letters of credit. In addition to our revolving credit facility, we have various short term revolving lines of credit available to us at our foreign affiliates, and no borrowings were outstanding under any such lines of credit at December 31, 2010.
The revolving credit facility will mature in 2015. Any borrowings on our revolving credit facility will incur interest expense that is variable in relation to the LIBOR rate. Borrowings denominated in Canadian Dollars under the Canadian facility bear interest at a variable rate in relation to the bankers'
65
acceptance rate, as set forth in the revolving credit facility. In addition to paying interest on outstanding borrowings under our revolving credit facility, we are required to pay a 0.75% per annum commitment fee to the lenders in respect of the unutilized commitments thereunder and letter of credit fees equal to the LIBOR margin or the bankers' acceptance rate, as applicable, on the undrawn amount of all outstanding letters of credit. At December 31, 2010, we had no outstanding borrowings under our revolving credit facility. Had there been outstanding borrowings, the interest rate on the facility would have been 5.75%.
Senior secured notes. We have incurred substantial indebtedness in connection with the senior secured notes. As of December 31, 2010, we had $210.0 million of indebtedness outstanding under the senior secured notes with annual cash interest expense of approximately $20.0 million. Our senior secured notes mature on May 1, 2017 and accrue interest at a fixed rate of 9.500%. We pay interest in cash semi-annually on May and November 1 of each year. Our senior secured notes were issued by our wholly-owned subsidiary Thermon Industries, Inc. in a Rule 144A exempt senior secured note offering to qualified institutional investors. The proceeds were used to fund the purchase price for the Acquisition and related transaction costs. In January 2011, we consummated an offer to exchange the old restricted senior secured notes for new, SEC-registered senior secured notes. On March 30, 2011, we gave notice to the holders of our senior secured notes that, in accordance with the terms of our senior secured note indenture, we will be redeeming $21.0 million aggregate principal amount of the $210.0 million outstanding principal amount at a redemption price equal to 103% of the principal amount redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, on April 29, 2011.
As described above under "Use of Proceeds," we intend to use the net proceeds from this offering received by us to prepay $ million of the $189.0 million principal amount of our senior secured notes that will be outstanding at the consummation of this offering. We expect to use $ million of the net proceeds to prepay percent of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the senior secured notes at a redemption price of % of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to the redemption date.
Guarantees; security. The obligations under our revolving credit facility and our senior secured notes are guaranteed on a senior secured basis by THC and each of its existing and future domestic restricted subsidiaries, other than Thermon Industries, Inc., the issuer of the senior secured notes. The obligations under our revolving credit facility are secured by a first priority perfected security interest in substantially all of our and the guarantors' assets, subject to certain exceptions, permitted liens and encumbrances reasonably acceptable to the agent under our revolving credit facility. Our senior secured notes and guarantees are also secured by liens on substantially all of our and the guarantors' assets, subject to certain exceptions; provided, however, that the liens are contractually subordinated to the liens thereon that secure our revolving credit facility.
Restrictive covenants. The revolving credit facility and senior secured notes contain various restrictive covenants that include restrictions or limitations on our ability to: incur additional indebtedness or issue disqualified capital stock unless certain financial tests are satisfied; pay dividends, redeem subordinated debt or make other restricted payments; make certain investments or acquisitions; issue stock of subsidiaries; grant or permit certain liens on our assets; enter into certain transactions with affiliates; merge, consolidate or transfer substantially all of our assets; incur dividend or other payment restrictions affecting certain of our subsidiaries; transfer or sell assets, including capital stock of our subsidiaries; and change the business we conduct. However, all of these covenants are subject to exceptions.
Credit risk. The credit ratings assigned to our senior secured notes reflect the rating agencies' assessments of our ability to make payments on our senior secured notes when due. Actual or anticipated changes to our credit rating by any rating agency may negatively impact the market value
66
and liquidity of our senior secured notes. In addition, any downgrade in our credit ratings may affect our ability to obtain additional financing in the future and may affect the terms of any such financing.
Repatriation considerations. A substantial portion of our cash flows are generated by our non-U.S. subsidiaries. At December 31, 2010, approximately 85%, or $29.6 million, of our cash was held outside of the United States including $19.0 million in Europe and $8.4 million in Canada. We had no other liquid investments at December 31, 2010. In general, when an entity in a foreign jurisdiction repatriates cash to the United States, the amount of such cash is treated as a dividend taxable at current U.S. tax rates. Accordingly, upon the distribution of cash to us from our non-U.S. subsidiaries, we will be subject to U.S. income taxes. Although foreign tax credits may be available to reduce the amount of the additional tax liability, these credits may be limited based on our tax attributes.
Since the issuance of our senior secured notes on April 30, 2010, we have been able to meet our regular debt service obligations through cash generated through our U.S. operations, and it is our expectation that we will continue to be able to do so in the future. As a result, we do not expect to repatriate cash from our non-U.S. subsidiaries for our regular debt service obligations. We may, however, repatriate cash in the form of incremental dividends from our non-U.S. subsidiaries from time to time for events occurring outside the ordinary course of business, such as one-time redemptions of our outstanding senior secured notes.
On March 31, 2011, we received dividends from certain of our foreign subsidiaries in an aggregate amount of $34.3 million to be used to fund the redemption of $21.0 million aggregate principal amount of our senior secured notes scheduled to occur on April 29, 2011 and to pay certain transaction costs incurred in connection with this offering. The receipt of these dividends will have an impact on our tax expense for the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011. The amount of the expense has not yet been determined and will be subject to the completion of our fiscal 2011 accounting, which includes a complete estimation of taxable income in all jurisdictions. However, the tax expense may be approximated by multiplying the amount of the dividend by the statutory U.S. tax rate of 35% and crediting any taxes paid in foreign jurisdictions on the earnings giving rise to the dividend, which we estimate to be in the range of 20% to 25%. As a result of the interest expense on our senior secured notes and transaction costs from the CHS Transactions, we have incurred a taxable loss in the United States for fiscal 2011 and the cash impact of the taxes on repatriated dividends will be significantly reduced.
Additionally, in connection with the payment of these dividends and as part of the completion of our fiscal 2011 accounting, we anticipate that we will reevaluate our position that undistributed earnings of certain of our foreign subsidiaries are permanently reinvested. In the event that we conclude that those undistributed earnings are no longer permanently reinvested, we would be required to accrue the estimated U.S. tax on those earnings and earnings in future periods, and likely at a higher annual effective tax rate than the rate that has been applied to our consolidated pre-tax loss from May 1, 2010 through December 31, 2010. Subject to finalization of our fiscal 2011 results and the related tax analysis, we estimate that less than $10 million of foreign earnings remain as of March 31, 2011 following the payment of these dividends that may be subject to U.S. tax rates.
In addition, our ability to repatriate cash from our foreign subsidiaries may be subject to legal, contractual or other restrictions and other business considerations. See "Risk FactorsRisks Related to Our Business and IndustryA significant portion of our business is conducted through foreign subsidiaries and our failure to generate sufficient cash flow from these subsidiaries, or otherwise repatriate or receive cash from these subsidiaries, could result in our inability to repay our indebtedness."
Future capital requirements. Based on our current level of operations, however, we believe that cash flow from operations and available cash, together with available borrowings under our revolving credit facility, will be adequate to meet our liquidity needs for the next 12 months. We cannot assure you, however, that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future
67
borrowing will be available to us in an amount sufficient to enable us to service our indebtedness, including the senior secured notes or our revolving credit facility, or to fund our other liquidity needs. In addition, upon the occurrence of certain events, such as a change of control, we could be required to repay or refinance our indebtedness. We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness, including the senior secured notes or our revolving credit facility, on commercially reasonable terms or at all.
For fiscal 2011, we are expecting $2.0 million of capital expenditures for furniture and fixture replacements, minor plant equipment replacement and minor maintenance. In fiscal 2012, we anticipate the construction of a new manufacturing building in San Marcos, Texas. We estimate that approximately $5.0 million in capital expenditures will be incurred during fiscal 2012 in connection with such expansion.
Nine Months Ended December 31, 2010 (Combined) Compared to the Nine Months Ended December 31, 2009 (Non-GAAP)
Net cash provided by operating activities totaled $19.7 million for the combined YTD 2011 period, compared to $23.2 million for YTD 2010. The decrease in cash flows from operating activities in YTD 2011 compared with YTD 2010 was due in large part to our YTD 2011 net loss of $11.2 million as compared to YTD 2010 net income of $14.8 million, a decrease of $26.0 million. Net income (loss) is adjusted for the non-cash effects of depreciation and amortization, debt cost amortization, stock-based compensation expense and the accounting for deferred income taxes. The effects of these adjustments increased cash flows by $6.5 million in YTD 2011 as compared to YTD 2010. Cash flows from operations in YTD 2011 were negatively impacted by a net increase in operating assets of $16.4 million as compared to YTD 2010. Increases in assets included accounts receivable of $5.1 million as we generated higher accounts receivable due to increased sales and $4.7 million in inventory as we purchased inventory to meet our customers' needs. Cash flows for YTD 2011 were positively impacted by a net combined increase of $32.4 million from accounts payable and accrued liabilities and other noncurrent liabilities in YTD 2011 as compared to YTD 2010. Included in the increase in payables and liabilities is a prepayment of $10.2 million for the purchase of our products by one of our customers. We expect to deliver these products by June 30, 2011. Also included within the overall increase of payables and liabilities were accounts payable of $6.7 million, obligations to settle the CHS Transactions of $3.8 million and accrued compensation expense of $4.1 million.
Net cash used in investing activities totaled $320.7 million for YTD 2011 compared to $1.0 million for YTD 2010. The significant change in cash flows used in investing activities was $318.0 million that represented the purchase price in the Acquisition. Investing activities in YTD 2011 consisted of $1.3 million of capital expenditures and the CHS Transactions. Investing activities in YTD 2010 consisted of $1.0 million of capital expenditures.
Net cash provided by financing activities totaled $308.4 million for YTD 2011, compared to $8.6 million used in financing activities for YTD 2010. Financing activities in YTD 2010 consisted of proceeds from the issuance of $210.0 million of our senior secured notes, $129.2 million received from equity investments in us and $3.8 million in additional obligations related to the CHS Transactions. In YTD 2010, we paid a dividend to our former owners of $8.6 million.
Year Ended March 31, 2010 Compared to Year Ended March 31, 2009 and Year Ended March 31, 2009 Compared to Year Ended March 31, 2008 (Combined) (Non-GAAP)
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities totaled $24.7 million for fiscal 2010 compared to $23.7 million for fiscal 2009 and $(1.2) million for the combined fiscal 2008 periods. Cash from operations for both fiscal 2010 and fiscal 2009 was largely the result of net operating income of $18.9 million and $26.4 million, respectively. Fiscal 2008 had a net loss of $21.0 million. The loss in fiscal 2008 was due largely to additional interest expense and transaction fees associated with the
68
Audax Transaction. The loss in fiscal 2008 was offset by an add-back of significant non-cash charges, including depreciation and amortization expense of $15.9 million and deferred income tax expense of $15.3 million. These items resulted largely from purchase price accounting of the Audax Transaction. In fiscal 2008, there was a significant use of cash in the form of increased accounts receivable in the amount of $16.2 million as we incurred revenue growth of $64 million between fiscal 2007 and fiscal 2008. The fiscal 2009 income from operations included the effect of a deferred tax gain of $11.6 million which was generated when debt was transferred to our Canadian affiliate. This had the effect of reconciling net income downward as a use of cash. This was partially offset favorably by the collection of receivables of $6.4 million. In fiscal 2010, cash was generated through net income after an adjustment of $4.0 million from deferred tax expense.
Net cash used in investing activities totaled $1.6 million for fiscal 2010 compared to $2.3 million for fiscal 2009 and $150.0 million for fiscal 2008. Investing activities in fiscal 2010 consisted of $1.6 million of capital expenditures. Investing activities in fiscal 2009 consisted of $2.7 million of capital expenditures, partially offset by $0.4 million of other investing transactions. Investing activities in fiscal 2008 consisted of $145.9 million net cash paid for Thermon Industries, Inc. associated with the successor acquisition and $4.2 million of capital expenditures primarily due to construction of the Marketing/R&D building in the United States and the mineral insulated cable plant in Canada.
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities totaled $(8.6) million for fiscal 2010 compared to $(12.3) million for fiscal 2009 and $158.2 million for fiscal 2008. Financing activities in fiscal 2010 consisted of a $8.6 million dividend paid to former equityholders of Thermon Holdings, LLC. Financing activities in fiscal 2009 consisted of $12.3 million of payments on debt and notes payable. Financing activities in fiscal 2008 consisted of $113.0 million of net proceeds from revolving lines of credit, long-term debt and short-term notes payable less debt issuance costs and $34.3 million in proceeds from the issuance of common stock in 2008.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
As of December 31, 2010, we do not have any off balance sheet arrangements. In addition, we do not have any interest in entities referred to as variable interest entities, which includes special purposes entities and other structured finance entities.
Effect of Inflation
While inflationary increases in certain input costs, such as wages, have an impact on our operating results, inflation has had minimal net impact on our operating results during the last three years, as overall inflation has been offset by increased selling prices and cost reduction actions. We cannot assure you, however, that we will not be affected by general inflation in the future.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
Our primary market risk exposures include the effect of fluctuations in foreign exchange rates, interest rates and commodity prices.
Foreign currency risk relating to operations. We transact business globally and are subject to risks associated with fluctuating foreign exchange rates. Approximately 71% of our YTD 2011 consolidated revenue was generated by sales from our non-U.S. subsidiaries. Our non-U.S. subsidiaries generally sell their products and services in the local currency, but obtain a significant amount of their products from our facilities located in another country, primarily the United States, Canada or Europe. Significant changes in the relevant exchange rates could adversely affect our margins on foreign sales of products. Our non-U.S. subsidiaries incur most of their expenses (other than intercompany expenses) in their local functional currency. These currencies include the Canadian Dollar, Euro, British Pound, Russian Ruble, Australian Dollar, South Korean Won, Chinese Renminbi, Indian Rupee, Mexican Peso, and Japanese Yen.
69
During fiscal 2010, our largest exposures to foreign exchange rates consisted primarily of the Canadian Dollar and the Euro against the U.S. Dollar. The market risk related to the foreign currency exchange rates is measured by estimating the potential impact of a 10% change in the value of the U.S. Dollar relative to the local currency exchange rates. The rates used to perform this analysis were based on a weighted average of the market rates in effect during the relevant period. A 10% appreciation of the U.S. Dollar relative to the Canadian Dollar would result in a net decrease in net income of $0.6 million for fiscal 2010. Conversely, a 10% depreciation of the U.S. Dollar relative to the Canadian Dollar would result in a net increase in net income of $0.7 million for fiscal 2010. A 10% appreciation of the U.S. Dollar relative to the Euro would result in a net decrease in net income of $0.4 million for fiscal 2010. Conversely, a 10% depreciation of the U.S. Dollar relative to the Euro would result in a net increase in net income of $0.4 million for fiscal 2010.
The geographic areas outside the United States in which we operate are generally not considered to be highly inflationary. Nonetheless, these foreign operations are sensitive to fluctuations in currency exchange rates arising from, among other things, certain intercompany transactions that are generally denominated in U.S. Dollars rather than their respective functional currencies. The impact of foreign currency transaction gains and losses on our condensed consolidated statements of operations for YTD 2011 was a $0.5 million gain compared to a loss of $1.1 million in YTD 2010.
In order to meet our global cash management needs, we often transfer cash between the U.S. and foreign entities and on occasion between foreign entities. In addition, our debt service requirements are primarily in U.S. Dollars and a substantial portion of our cash flow is generated in foreign currencies, and we may need to repatriate cash to the United States in order to meet our U.S. debt service obligations, including on our senior secured notes. These transfers of cash expose us to currency exchange rate risks, and significant changes in the value of the foreign currencies relative to the U.S. Dollar could limit our ability to meet our debt obligations and impair our financial condition.
Because our consolidated financial results are reported in U.S. Dollars, and we generate a substantial amount of our sales and earnings in other currencies, the translation of those results into U.S. Dollars can result in a significant decrease in the amount of those sales and earnings. In addition, fluctuations in currencies relative to the U.S. Dollar may make it more difficult to perform period-to-period comparisons of our reported results of operations. The unrealized effect of foreign currency translation was a gain of $1.2 million in YTD 2011, compared to a gain of $6.9 million in YTD 2010 that was recorded in shareholders' equity as other comprehensive income.
We do not currently use options, forward contracts or any derivatives to hedge cash flow currency exposures.
Interest rate risk and foreign currency risk relating to debt. The interest rate for the senior secured notes is fixed at 9.500% while any borrowings on our revolving credit facility will incur interest expense that is variable in relation to the LIBOR rate. At December 31, 2010, the interest rate on amounts outstanding on our revolving credit facility was 5.75%; however, no amounts were outstanding under the facility. Since there were no amounts outstanding on our various revolving lines of credit at December 31, 2010, any change in the interest rate would not have an impact on interest expense for the year.
The senior secured notes are denominated and payable in the U.S. Dollar. Approximately 71% of our consolidated revenue was generated in foreign currency in YTD 2011; therefore, we expect to have to repatriate our cash earnings in foreign locations in order to make interest payments on the senior secured notes. In the event that the U.S. Dollar strengthens relative to the foreign currencies we are repatriating to make scheduled interest payments, we may incur exchange rate losses that are larger than those that we have reported historically.
70
Commodity price risk. We use various commodity-based raw materials in our manufacturing processes. Generally, we acquire such components at market prices and do not typically enter into long-term purchase commitments with suppliers or hedging instruments to mitigate commodity price risk. As a result, we are subject to market risks related to changes in commodity prices and supplies of key components of our products. Historically, the costs of our primary raw materials have been stable and readily available from multiple suppliers. Typically, we have been able to pass on raw material cost increases to our customers. We cannot provide any assurance, however, that we may be able to pass along such cost increases to our customers or source sufficient amounts of key components on commercially reasonable terms or at all in the future, and if we are unable to do so, our results of operations may be adversely affected.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The preparation of our financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. We base our estimates on past experience and other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, and we evaluate these estimates on an ongoing basis. Our critical accounting policies are those that materially affect our financial statements and involve difficult, subjective or complex judgments by management. Our most significant financial statement estimates include revenue recognition, allowances for bad debts, warranty reserves, inventory reserves and potential litigation claims and settlements.
Although these estimates are based on management's best knowledge of current events and actions that may impact the company in the future, actual results may be materially different from the estimates.
Revenue recognition. Revenues from sales of products are recognized when persuasive evidence of an agreement exists, delivery of the product has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable, and collectability is probable.
Construction contract revenues are recognized using the percentage-of-completion method, primarily based on contract costs incurred to date compared with total estimated contract costs. Changes to total estimated contract costs or losses, if any, are recognized in the period they are determined. Revisions in cost estimates as contracts progress have the effect of increasing or decreasing profits in the current period. Revenues recognized in excess of amounts billed are classified as costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts. Essentially all of such amounts are expected to be billed and collected within one year and are classified as current assets. Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts are classified as current liabilities. When reasonably dependable estimates cannot be made, construction contract revenues are recognized using the completed contract method.
Estimating allowances, specifically the allowance for doubtful accounts and the adjustment for excess and obsolete inventories. We make estimates about the uncollectability of our accounts receivable. We specifically analyze accounts receivable, historical bad debts, customer concentrations, customer credit-worthiness and current economic trends when evaluating the adequacy of our allowance for doubtful accounts. Our allowance for doubtful accounts was $1.3 million and $1.8 million at December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2010, respectively.
We also write down our inventory for estimated obsolescence or unmarketable inventory equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and estimated fair value based on assumptions of future demand and market conditions. Our allowance for excess and obsolete inventories was $1.5 million and $1.2 million at December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2010, respectively.
Our allowance for the warranty on our sold products and installations was $1.0 million and $0.7 million at December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2010, respectively.
71
Significant judgments and estimates must be made and used in connection with establishing these allowances. If our assumptions used to calculate these allowances do not comport with our future ability to collect outstanding receivables, actual demand for our inventory, or the number of products and installations returned under warranty, additional provisions may be needed and our future results of operations could be adversely affected.
Valuation of long-lived, goodwill and other intangible assets. Separable intangible assets that have finite lives are amortized over their useful lives. Goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets are not amortized, but are reviewed for impairment annually, or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. In making this assessment, management relies on a number of factors including operating results, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows, transactions and market place data. There are inherent uncertainties related to these factors and management's judgment in applying them to the analysis of goodwill impairment. GAAP requires that "push down" accounting be applied for wholly owned subsidiaries if the ownership is 95 percent or more. In connection with the CHS Transactions, goodwill has been allocated to our entities in the United States, Canada and Europe accordingly. As such, we have identified three reporting units: United States, Canada and Europe, for goodwill impairment testing, which are at a level below our one operating segment. Factors considered important which could trigger an impairment review include the following:
When testing for goodwill impairment, we follow the guidance prescribed in ASC 350, IntangiblesGoodwill and Other . First, we perform a step I goodwill impairment test to identify a potential impairment. In doing so, we compare the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, goodwill may be impaired and a step II goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the amount of any impairment loss. In the step II goodwill impairment test, we compare the implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. If the carrying amount of reporting unit goodwill exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner that the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination is determined. We allocate the fair value of a reporting unit to all of the assets and liabilities of that unit, including intangible assets, as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. Any excess of the value of a reporting unit over the amounts assigned to its assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill.
Estimates about fair value used in the step I goodwill impairment tests have been calculated using an income approach based on the present value of future cash flows of each reporting unit. The income approach has been generally supported by additional market transaction and guideline analyses. These approaches incorporate a number of assumptions including future growth rates, discount rates, and income tax rates in assessing fair value. Changes in economic and operating conditions impacting these assumptions could result in goodwill impairments in future periods.
When it is determined that the carrying value of intangibles, long-lived assets and related goodwill may not be recoverable based upon the existence of one or more of the above indicators of impairment, the measurement of any impairment is determined and the carrying value is reduced as appropriate. As of December 31, 2010, we had goodwill of approximately $116.6 million, including the impact of the CHS Transactions. There have been no impairments of goodwill during the nine months ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.
72
Business combinations. We allocated the purchase price in connection with the CHS Transactions to the tangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed and intangible assets acquired based on their estimated fair values. The excess of the purchase price over these fair values is recorded as goodwill. We engage independent third-party appraisal firms to assist us in determining the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Such valuations require management to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets. The significant purchased intangible assets recorded by us include trademarks, customer relationships, backlog and developed technology. The fair values assigned to the identified intangible assets are discussed in detail in note 6 to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Critical estimates in valuing certain intangible assets include, without limitation, future expected cash flows from customer relationships, acquired developed technologies and trademarks and discount rates. While we use our best estimates and assumptions as a part of the purchase price allocation process to accurately value assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date, our estimates are inherently uncertain and subject to refinement. As a result, during the measurement period, which may be up to one year from the acquisition date, we record adjustments to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with the corresponding offset to goodwill. Upon the conclusion of the measurement period or final determination of the values of assets acquired or liabilities assumed, whichever comes first, any subsequent adjustments are recorded to our consolidated statements of operations.
Accounting for business combinations requires our management to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially at the acquisition date with respect to intangible assets, support obligations assumed, estimated restructuring liabilities and pre-acquisition contingencies. Although we believe the assumptions and estimates we have made in the past have been reasonable and appropriate, they are based in part on historical experience and information obtained from the management of the acquired companies and are inherently uncertain.
Unanticipated events and circumstances may occur that may affect the accuracy or validity of such assumptions, estimates or actual results.
For a given acquisition, we may identify certain pre-acquisition contingencies as of the acquisition date and may extend our review and evaluation of these pre-acquisition contingencies throughout the measurement period (up to one year from the acquisition date) in order to obtain sufficient information to assess whether we include these contingencies as a part of the purchase price allocation and, if so, to determine their estimated amounts.
If we determine that a pre-acquisition contingency (non-income tax related) is probable in nature and estimable as of the acquisition date, we record our best estimate for such a contingency as a part of the preliminary purchase price allocation. We often continue to gather information for and evaluate our pre-acquisition contingencies throughout the measurement period and if we make changes to the amounts recorded or if we identify additional pre-acquisition contingencies during the measurement period, such amounts will be included in the purchase price allocation during the measurement period and, subsequently, in our results of operations.
In addition, uncertain tax positions and tax related valuation allowances assumed in connection with a business combination are initially estimated as of the acquisition date and we reevaluate these items quarterly with any adjustments to our preliminary estimates being recorded to goodwill provided that we are within the measurement period and we continue to collect information in order to determine their estimated values. Subsequent to the measurement period or our final determination of the uncertain tax positions estimated value or tax related valuation allowances, changes to these uncertain tax positions and tax related valuation allowances will affect our provision for income taxes in our consolidated statement of operations and could have a material impact on our results of operations and financial position.
73
See note 6 to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further discussion related to subsequent adjustments.
Accounting for income taxes. We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method that requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our financial statements or tax returns. Judgment is required in assessing the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in our financial statements or tax returns. Variations in the actual outcome of these future tax consequences could materially impact our financial position, results of operations or effective tax rate.
Significant judgment is required in determining our worldwide income tax provision. In the ordinary course of a global business, there are many transactions and calculations where the ultimate tax outcome is uncertain. Some of these uncertainties arise as a consequence of revenue sharing and cost reimbursement arrangements among related entities, the process of identifying items of revenues and expenses that qualify for preferential tax treatment, and segregation of foreign and domestic earnings and expenses to avoid double taxation. Although we believe that our estimates are reasonable, the final tax outcome of these matters could be different from that which is reflected in our historical income tax provisions and accruals. Such differences could have a material effect on our income tax provision and net income in the period in which such determination is made.
In estimating future tax consequences, all expected future events are considered other than enactments of changes in tax laws or rates. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to amounts which are more likely than not to be realized. We consider future growth, forecasted earnings, future taxable income, the mix of earnings in the jurisdictions in which we operate, historical earnings, taxable income in prior years, if carryback is permitted under the law, and prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in determining the need for a valuation allowance. In the event we were to determine that we would not be able to realize all or part of our net deferred tax assets in the future, an adjustment to the deferred tax assets valuation allowance would be charged to earnings in the period in which we make such a determination, or goodwill would be adjusted at our final determination of the valuation allowance related to an acquisition within the measurement period. If we later determine that it is more likely than not that the net deferred tax assets would be realized, we would reverse the applicable portion of the previously provided valuation allowance as an adjustment to earnings at such time. We expect to establish a valuation allowance in the 2011 fiscal year, as we expect a comparable amount of foreign taxes paid on repatriated earnings will not be currently recoverable against U.S. income taxes, and future recoverability is not reasonably assured at this time.
The amount of income tax we pay is subject to ongoing audits by federal, state and foreign tax authorities, which often result in proposed assessments. Our estimate of the potential outcome for any uncertain tax issue is highly judgmental. A description of our accounting policies associated with tax related contingencies assumed as a part of a business combination is provided under "Business Combinations" above. For those tax related contingencies that are not a part of a business combination, we account for these uncertain tax issues pursuant to ASC 740, Income Taxes , which contains a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The first step is to determine if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. Although we believe we have adequately reserved for our uncertain tax positions, no assurance can be given with respect to the final outcome of these matters. We adjust reserves for our uncertain tax positions due to changing facts and circumstances, such as the closing of a tax audit, judicial rulings, refinement of estimates or realization of earnings or deductions that differ from our estimates. To the extent that the final outcome of these matters is different than the amounts recorded, such differences generally will impact
74
our provision for income taxes in the period in which such a determination is made. Our provisions for income taxes include the impact of reserve provisions and changes to reserves that are considered appropriate and also include the related interest and penalties.
Loss contingencies. We accrue for probable losses from contingencies including legal defense costs, on an undiscounted basis, when such costs are considered probable of being incurred and are reasonably estimable. We periodically evaluate available information, both internal and external, relative to such contingencies and adjust this accrual as necessary. Disclosure of a contingency is required if there is at least a reasonable possibility that a loss has been incurred. In determining whether a loss should be accrued we evaluate, among other factors, the degree of probability of an unfavorable outcome and the ability to make a reasonable estimate of the amount of loss. Changes in these factors could materially impact our financial position or our results of operation. In the nine months ended December 31, 2010, we reduced our reserve for compliance costs from $0.7 million to $0.1 million due to the settlement with OAC of allegations that certain of our subsidiaries had committed apparent violations of antiboycott laws.
Stock-based compensation expense. We account for share-based payments to employees in accordance with ASC 718, CompensationStock Compensation , which requires that share-based payments (to the extent they are compensatory) be recognized in our consolidated statements of operations based on their fair values. In addition, we have applied certain of the provisions of the SEC's guidance contained in ASC 718 in our accounting for stock-based compensation awards.
As required by ASC 718, we recognize stock-based compensation expense for share-based payments that are expected to vest. In determining whether an award is expected to vest, we use an estimated, forward-looking forfeiture rate based upon our historical forfeiture rates. Stock-based compensation expense recorded using an estimated forfeiture rate is updated for actual forfeitures quarterly. To the extent our actual forfeitures are different than our estimates, we record a true-up for the differences in the period that the awards vest, and such true-ups could materially affect our operating results. We also consider on a quarterly basis whether there have been any significant changes in facts and circumstances that would affect our expected forfeiture rate.
We are also required to determine the fair value of stock-based awards at the grant date. This determination requires judgment, including estimating expected volatility. If actual results differ significantly from these estimates, stock-based compensation expense and our results of operations could be impacted.
On October 20, 2010 and October 27, 2010, our board of directors granted employees options to purchase 2,648,402 shares of our common stock, each with an exercise price of $5.20 per share, pursuant to the terms of our existing restricted stock and stock option plan. In March 2011, our board of directors granted employees additional options to purchase 109,122 shares of our common stock pursuant to the terms of our existing restricted stock and stock option plan. Due to the small number of options, the compensation expense related to this grant is not material to our results of operations.
All such options become eligible for vesting in five equal tranches, with the portion of each tranche that vests determined by the board of directors based on the attainment of our annual financial performance objectives as established by the board of directors on an annual basis. Accordingly, we estimate the likelihood of vesting based on periodic performance. We determined that the commencement of vesting in fiscal 2011 was likely and therefore recorded an initial stock-based compensation expense of $0.7 million during the nine months ended December 31, 2010 (which included $50,000 of stock-based compensation expense related to 9,623 shares of common stock issued to an employee of one of our foreign subsidiaries under our restricted stock and stock option plan during the nine months ended December 31, 2010). As of December 31, 2010, the estimated unrecognized stock-based compensation expense for the remainder of fiscal 2011 was $0.6 million.
75
We estimate the fair values of employee stock options using a Black-Scholes-Merton valuation model. The fair value of an award is affected by the fair value of our common stock on the date of grant as well as other assumptions including the estimated volatility of our stock price over the term of the awards and the estimated period of time that we expect employees to hold their stock options. Fair value of our common stock at the time of the October 20, 2010 and October 27, 2010 option grants was estimated to be $5.20 per share, which was equivalent to the per share price of our common stock in the Acquisition and determined in arm's length negotiations between the Audax Group and our sponsors in connection with the Acquisition. We believe that $5.20 per share continued to represent the fair value of our common stock at the time such options were granted as our business had not fundamentally changed since the Acquisition. Due to the fact that the common stock underlying the options is not publicly traded, the expected volatility is based on a comparable group of companies. The expected term is based on the simplified method due to the lack of historical exercise data. As discussed below under "ManagementCompensation of directors," during the quarter ended December 31, 2010, our two outside independent directors purchased a total of 48,115 shares of our common stock for $5.20 per share. No other new issuances of shares of our common stock have occurred since the closing of the Acquisition on April 30, 2010. Other assumptions included an estimated volatility of 45%, life of option of 6.66 years, risk free rate of 2.02% and no dividend assumption. The weighted-average estimated grant date fair value for employee stock options granted was $2.47 per share during the nine months ended December 31, 2010. No stock options were granted in any prior period presented.
Pursuant to the outstanding stock option agreements, all outstanding option awards will vest and become exercisable immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. In the event that the offering is completed, we will record stock-based compensation expense for all unvested outstanding option awards in the period in which the offering is completed. Assuming this offering is completed in the first quarter of fiscal 2012, we estimate that the total stock-based compensation expense we will record will be in the range of approximately $5 to $6 million.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In October 2009, the FASB issued an Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, that amended the accounting rules addressing revenue recognition for multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements by eliminating the criterion for objective and reliable evidence of fair value for the undelivered products or services. Instead, revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables should be divided into separate units of accounting provided the deliverables meet certain criteria. Additionally, the ASU provides for elimination of the use of the residual method of allocation and requires that arrangement consideration be allocated at the inception of the arrangement to all deliverables based on their relative selling price. A hierarchy for estimating such selling price is included in the update. This ASU will be effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating whether this update will have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.
76
Our Business
We are one of the largest providers of highly engineered thermal solutions for process industries. For over 50 years, we have served a diverse base of thousands of customers around the world in attractive and growing markets, including energy, chemical processing and power generation. We are a global leader and one of the few thermal solutions providers with a global footprint and a full suite of products (heating cables, tubing bundles and control systems) and services (design optimization, engineering, installation and maintenance services) required to deliver comprehensive solutions to complex projects. We serve our customers locally through a global network of sales and service professionals and distributors in more than 30 countries and through our four manufacturing facilities on three continents. These capabilities and longstanding relationships with some of the largest multinational energy, chemical processing, power and EPC companies in the world have enabled us to diversify our revenue streams and opportunistically access high growth markets worldwide. For the nine months ended December 31, 2010, 71% of our revenues were generated outside of the United States.
Our thermal solutions, also referred to as heat tracing, provide an external heat source to pipes, vessels and instruments for the purposes of freeze protection, temperature and flow maintenance, environmental monitoring, and surface snow and ice melting. Customers typically purchase our products when constructing a new facility, which we refer to as Greenfield projects, or when performing maintenance, repair and operations on a facility's existing heat-traced pipes or upgrading or expanding a current facility, which we refer to collectively as MRO/UE. A large processing facility may require our thermal solutions for a majority of its pipes, with the largest facilities containing hundreds of thousands of feet of heat-tracing cable and thousands of control points. Our products are low in cost relative to the total cost of a typical processing facility, but critical to the safe and profitable operation of the facility. These facilities are often complex, with numerous classified areas that are inherently hazardous and where product safety concerns are paramount. We believe that our strong brand and established reputation for safety, reliability and customer service are critical contributors to our customers' purchasing decisions.
Our customers' need for MRO/UE solutions provides us with an attractive recurring revenue stream. Customers typically use the incumbent heat tracing provider for MRO/UE projects to avoid complications and compatibility problems associated with switching providers. We typically begin to realize meaningful MRO/UE revenue from new Greenfield installations one to three years after completion of the project as customers begin to remove and replace our products during routine and preventative maintenance on in-line mechanical equipment, such as pipes and valves. As a result, our growth has been driven by new facility construction, as well as by servicing our continually growing base of solutions installed around the world, which we refer to as our installed base. Approximately 60% of our revenues for fiscal 2010 were derived from such MRO/UE activities.
We have a long history of strong organic revenue growth and stable gross margins through a variety of economic cycles. Specifically, as depicted in the chart below, our revenues have grown in 17 of the past 21 fiscal years, and our gross margins have averaged 44% over that period. In addition, we have generated significant growth in both revenue and profitability in recent years. Our revenue grew by 59% to $192.7 million for fiscal 2010 from $121.4 million for fiscal 2007, and gross profit grew by 65% to $91.3 million from $55.3 million over the same period. For the nine months ended December 31, 2010, we achieved revenue of $179.0 million, gross profit of $73.7 million, a net loss of $11.2 million and Adjusted EBITDA of $43.8 million and 71% of our revenues were generated outside of the United States. See note 9 to the "Selected Historical and Pro Forma Consolidated Financial and Operating Data" table. Furthermore, our backlog of signed purchase orders has grown significantly in recent years, fueled by growing global energy demand. As of December 31, 2010, we reported backlog of signed purchase orders of approximately $79.7 million, an increase of 53% from $52.2 million as of March 31, 2007.
77
The following table summarizes our sales, gross margins and median gross margins from 1990 to 2010:
We were founded as a partnership in October 1954 and later incorporated in Texas in 1960. At that time, our primary product was a thermally conductive heat transfer compound invented by our founder, Richard Burdick. Under Mr. Burdick's leadership, we experienced steady growth by diversifying our products and expanding our geographic reach. Mr. Burdick and his family maintained a controlling interest in us until August 2007, when the controlling interest was sold to an affiliate of the Audax Group private equity firm in the Audax Transaction. During Audax's tenure as our majority owner, we positioned ourselves to take advantage of rising demand in the energy end market and secured significant capital projects. On April 30, 2010, the Audax Group sold its controlling interest in us in the Acquisition. Over the last five years, our management team has focused on significant organic growth opportunities, particularly in high growth markets such as the Canadian oil sands region and Russia.
Our Industry
Alvarez & Marsal Private Equity Performance Improvement Group, LLC, or A&M, estimates that the market for industrial electric heat tracing is approximately $1 billion in annual revenues and estimates that it is growing its share of the overall heat tracing market as end users appear to continue to favor electric heat tracing solutions over steam heat tracing solutions for new installations. When revenues for steam heat tracing parts are included, A&M estimates the overall addressable market for heat tracing is approximately $2 billion in annual revenues. The industrial electric heat tracing industry is fragmented and consists of approximately 40 companies that typically only serve discrete local markets with manufactured products and provide a limited service offering. We believe that we are the second largest participant in the industrial electric heat tracing market and significantly larger than our next largest competitor. Heat tracing providers differentiate themselves through the quality and reputation of their products, the length and quality of their customer relationships and their ability to provide comprehensive solutions. Large multinational companies drive the majority of spending for the types of major industrial facilities that require heat tracing, and we believe that they prefer providers who have a global footprint and a comprehensive suite of products and services. We believe we are one of only a few companies that meets these criteria.
Favorable industry trends in our principal end markets. The major end markets that drive demand for heat tracing include energy, petrochemical and power generation. We believe that there are attractive near- to medium-term trends in each of these end markets. In addition, we believe that the
78
growth rate of the electric heat tracing market is accelerating as end-users continue to favor electric-based heat tracing solutions over steam-based heat tracing solutions for new installations.
79
new and existing power generation infrastructure will be required to meet this demand. In addition, compliance with stricter regulatory environmental standards is also driving demand for heat tracing equipment used in emissions testing applications in segments of the power generation end-market. The Clean Air Act, the Clean Air Mercury Rule, the European Union Emissions Trading System, China's National Climate Change Program and the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change are examples of recent rule changes, proposals and other initiatives aimed at improving emissions standards.
Our Competitive Strengths
We believe that the following strengths differentiate us from our competitors:
We have access to attractive high growth sectors of our global addressable market. We have a network of sales and service professionals and distributors in more than 30 countries and a manufacturing footprint that includes four facilities on three continents. This footprint allows us to diversify our revenue streams and opportunistically access the most attractive regions and sub-sectors of our markets. Global growth and development has driven increased demand for energy, chemical products and electricity worldwide, particularly in emerging markets. Largely as a result of this growing demand, our revenue grew at a compound annual growth rate of 8% from fiscal 1990 to fiscal 2009 with a significant portion generated by end-users in upstream oil and gas markets. Going forward, we expect that the continuing industrialization of the developing world will push the search for energy resources to increasingly harsh cold weather countries, including Canada and Russia, where demand for our products is magnified, and strong petrochemical demand in China and India has led to a shift in chemical production to the Asia-Pacific region. We have a strong, established local presence in each of these markets.
We are a global market leader. We believe that we are the second largest industrial electric heat tracing company in the world, significantly larger than our next largest competitor and one of only a few solutions providers with a comprehensive suite of products and services, global capabilities and local on-site presence. Over our 56-year history, we have developed an installed base operated by thousands of customers and long-standing relationships with some of the largest multinational energy, chemical processing, power and EPC companies in the world that drive the majority of spending decisions for the major facilities that require our products. We believe these multinational companies prefer providers with our scale, global presence and comprehensive product and service offering. We believe such strengths create significant barriers to entry and position us well to take advantage of positive industry trends in high growth markets around the world.
Our highly engineered solutions are "mission critical" to our customers. Reliable thermal solutions are critical to the safe and profitable operation of our customers' facilities. These facilities are often complex, with numerous classified areas that are inherently hazardous and where product safety concerns are paramount. Therefore, we believe that our customers consider safety, reliability and customer service to be the most important purchase criteria for our products. We are a leader in the national and international standards setting process for the heat tracing industry and hold leadership positions on numerous industry standards development organizations, such as the Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, or the IEEE, where one of our employees currently chairs the IEEE
80
Standards Association's Standards Board. Our participation with these organizations helps us to better serve our customers by promoting the development of internationally recognized specifications for products that ensure safety, reliability and functionality. We believe that our favorable industry reputation and long track record of safety, reliability and technological innovation create competitive benefits, including long-standing customer relationships, a defensible market position and significant barriers to entry.
Our favorable business model positions us to achieve attractive financial results. The following features of our business model contribute to our attractive financial results:
Our management team has a proven track record. Our senior management team averages approximately 22 years of experience with us and is responsible for growing Thermon through a variety of business cycles, building our global platform and developing our reputation for quality and reliability in the heat tracing industry. Our senior management and key employees will continue to have a significant equity stake in Thermon following this offering.
81
Our Growth Strategy
Our business strategy is designed to capitalize on our competitive strengths. Key elements of our strategy include:
Capitalize on our leading market position to continue pursuing organic growth opportunities. Our primary growth engine has traditionally been organic expansion. We will continue to focus on strategically building the necessary global sales infrastructure to expand our footprint in high growth markets. We believe that this footprint and our local presence are attractive to our customers and differentiate us from other industry participants. We expect to continue to pursue growth opportunities in emerging markets and across industry sectors in the future.
Leverage our installed base to expand our recurring revenue stream. Once the MRO/UE cycle begins, we typically realize MRO/UE revenues, which are typically higher margin than Greenfield revenues, over the life of each installation. As we continue to grow our large, global installed base with new Greenfield projects, we expect to generate incremental MRO/UE revenues related to these new projects as a result of our incumbent position and existing relationships with such customers. We typically begin to realize meaningful MRO/UE revenue streams from our new Greenfield installations one to three years after completion of the project as customers begin to discard our products in order to perform routine and preventative maintenance on in-line mechanical equipment. Since the beginning of fiscal 2008 through December 31, 2010, we estimate that we have realized approximately $290 million in revenues from Greenfield projects, which represents a meaningful opportunity for us to create MRO/UE revenues in the future. A key component of our strategy will be to continue to focus our sales organization on systematically pursuing the addressable aftermarket revenue opportunity associated with our installed base.
Drive growth through alliances with major customers and suppliers. We have developed strategic alliances with other industry participants in order to enhance our growth opportunities. We have entered into framework agreements with several of our largest, multinational customers that typically designate us as the sole or a "pre-qualified" heat tracing provider for projects in which such customers are involved. As a result, these agreements have facilitated our involvement in, and provided us with a competitive advantage over our competitors when bidding for, new Greenfield and MRO/UE projects and helped us identify incremental revenue opportunities for our solutions. We intend to enter into similar agreements with certain suppliers of complementary products that will allow us to take mutual advantage of our customer relationships and enhance our cross-selling opportunities.
Continue to offer solutions that support evolving environmental applications. A portion of our recent growth has been driven by the use of our products in alternative energy initiatives, including carbon capture, thermal solar and coal gasification facilities. In addition, our products help our customers monitor their facilities' environmental or other regulatory compliance. For example, we offer specialized heat traced tube bundles that allow our customers with coal fired power plants to effectively monitor their emissions under recent U.S. Environmental Protection Agency guidelines. We believe these end markets have the potential for high growth in the United States and abroad, and we intend to continue to focus on driving growth by providing solutions that address our customers' evolving environmental application needs.
Selectively pursue investment opportunities.
82
Segments
We have defined our one operating segment based on geographic regions. See Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2010, March 31, 2009 and March 31, 2008 contained elsewhere in this prospectus for geographic financial data relating to our business.
Products and Services
Our products include a wide range of electric heat tracing cables, steam tracing components, and tubing bundles, as well as instrument and control products, including:
Electric Heat Tracing Applications
We manufacture critical components of an electric heat tracing system, including heating cables, control and monitoring systems and heating systems for tanks and hoppers. We customize these products to fit the specific design parameters for each client's installation. We offer various electric heating cables, including conductive polymer self-regulating heating cables, power limiting cables and MI high temperature heating cables.
Self-regulating heating cables Our self-regulating heating cables are thermoplastically insulated and engineered to automatically increase or decrease heat output as pipe or vessel temperature changes. BSX self-regulating cables are designed to provide freeze protection or process temperature maintenance to metallic and non-metallic piping, vessels and equipment. HTSX self-regulating heating cable is suitable for heat tracing applications involving crude oil and most chemicals. VSX premium self-regulating cable is rated for maintenance temperatures of 300°F/149°C and exposure temperatures of up to 450°F/232°C and has among the highest self-regulating temperature ratings in the industry. VSX is well suited for the heating of complex sulfur piping systems that are located in hazardous environments.
Power-limiting and constant watt heating cables Power limiting and constant watt heating cables are thermoplastically insulated parallel resistance cables used to heat trace piping in lengths longer than 200 feet. Such intermediate lengths of pipe are commonly found in pipe racks that connect process units within the plant. These heaters allow longer lengths between power supply points than self-regulating cables.
83
TEK HTEK and MIQ cables The TEK and HTEK series resistance, constant watt, thermoplastically insulated heating cables are used where circuit lengths exceed the limitations of parallel resistance heating cables. By using series constant watt heating cables, a single power supply point can energize circuit lengths up to 12,000 feet. MIQ high performance mineral insulated heating cables are used for high temperature maintenance, high temperature exposure and/or high watt density applications that exceed the limitations of thermoplastic insulated cables. MIQ cables are composed of a high nickel/chromium alloy sheath, which is well-suited for high temperature service and offers high resistance to stress corrosion in chloride, acid, salt and alkaline environments.
Steam Heat Tracing
In 1954, we began manufacturing heat transfer compounds that greatly improved the heat delivery of steam tracing systems. Today, in addition to the broad range of heat transfer compounds, we also offer steam tracers and tubing bundles that provide our customers with comprehensive steam tracing solutions. We manufacture our heat transfer compounds in various configurations so that they can be applied to different surfaces, which increases the heat transfer rate of steam or fluid tracers.
Our heat transfer compounds create an efficient thermal connection between the heat tracing system and the process equipment. Through the elimination of air voids, heat is directed into the pipe wall primarily through conduction rather than convection and radiation. This requires fewer tracing pipes to maintain specified temperature requirements, substantially reducing operating and investment cost. Steam tracing offers the most cost effective solution for certain heavy oil and natural gas processing applications.
Temperature Controls and Monitoring
We supply a wide range of control and monitoring products, from simple mechanical thermostats to sophisticated microprocessor-based systems that control and monitor the status of electric heat tracing systems. We provide individual units for smaller projects, as well as multi-point controllers that can be integrated into and communicate with a plant's central operating controls.
A facility's pipes, tanks and other heat-traced equipment can be monitored through various sensors that assess temperature, monitor current usage and detect any potential problems, such as ground faults. Our TraceView control system software, first introduced over 15 years ago, collects and analyzes data from all heat tracing sensors of a facility, which is then analyzed and controlled by a single technician at a workstation.
We are developing a next generation of control system software, which will provide three crucial improvements over currently available applications:
Instrumentation
We specialize in pre-insulated and heat-traced tubing bundles with accessories that offer a complete instrument heating system. Our complete range of products includes both electric- and steam-heated bundles containing various types of tubing (such as copper, stainless steel and polymer) to meet the needs of process and environmental applications. Such applications include transporting samples of
84
gas or liquid in our customized, temperature-controlled tubing bundles to an instrument that typically performs an analysis for purposes of process management or ensuring compliance with internal requirements or applicable environmental laws and regulations.
Tank Insulation and Heating Systems
In 1992, we introduced the ThermaSeam Tank Insulation System, which provides a product for insulating large vessels that commonly contain petroleum, chemical, asphalt, anhydrous ammonia, beverages or chilled water for HVAC storage. The design of the ThermaSeam Tank Insulation Systems enables installation without the use of scaffolding and is durable, low maintenance and cost-effective. The machine-formed, double-locking standing seams between adjacent panels that create a weatherproof barrier and also extend the entire height of the tank enhance the system's strength and durability. The system's external banding eliminates traditional weak spots in the tank insulation process. In addition to ThermaSeam, we also offer the RT FlexiPanel® flexible heating panel, designed specifically for use on metallic tanks or vessels.
Hopper Heating
The HT Hopper Heating Module is a self-contained heater designed for operation on surfaces prone to vibration. In cement plants and fossil fuel power facilities, hoppers facilitate the filtering of a facility's ash emissions. Hopper heaters maintain the walls of the hopper at a temperature above the dew point to prevent moisture from combining with ash, thus clogging the filtering equipment. We engineer each system based on the heating requirements of the specific application. The HT Hopper Heating Module has multiple flow paths for electrical current, which eliminates the burnout potential common with series wire-based designs. Protection of the heating element from vibration is accomplished with a cushion layer of insulation that also directs the flow of heat from the module to the surface being heated. The module provides mechanical protection during handling, installation and operation, and its low profile design helps facilitate installation.
VisiTrace Workflow Software
VisiTrace , our proprietary 3D engineering software system, allows us to design and engineer heat tracing systems in a virtual environment. It fully integrates with our customers' 3D modeling software systems. This software is designed to create efficiencies for us and our customers by collecting and centralizing a facility's engineering and design plans, saving time during the design and construction phase through the software's instantaneous change updates. VisiTrace optimizes the design of the heat tracing system, reduces our customers' up-front costs and on-going operating costs, which in turn creates goodwill for future projects.
Turnkey Services
We provide customers with complete turnkey solutions for their heat tracing needs. Turnkey services include front-end optimization, product supply, engineering deliverables, system integration, installation, commissioning and maintenance. Specialized, turnkey heat tracing services meet the needs of many of our industrial customers who have downsized and outsourced their non-core competencies and are requiring their vendor base to have multi-service and multi-site capabilities.
Our turnkey business in the United States is based in Houston, Texas and Baton Rouge, Louisiana. We employ approximately 25 full-time supervisory personnel, as well as a number of part-time installation specialists who focus on turnkey installations. We have over 1,000 turnkey clients; the largest project is approximately $8 million. Engineering and construction companies in the United States often subcontract their heat tracing projects to outside parties, including us, because of the field's highly specialized nature.
85
Value-Added Services
We offer heat tracing design and engineering services during every stage of a project. Offering these value-added services, especially during the early stages of a project, is a core element of our business strategy. Based on past experience, the performance of design and engineering services during the early stages of a project leads to subsequent sales of heat tracing products for that project.
We are focused on providing a comprehensive solution to fulfill the heat tracing needs of our customers. As a manufacturer of a wide range of heat tracing products, we believe that we are well positioned to evaluate and optimize a system for a customer without bias towards a particular product, and rely on more than 56 years of experience to craft the most appropriate heat tracing solution for a customer's situation and demands.
We provide value-added design and engineering services to our customers through our full-time staff of engineers and technicians. Through the design and engineering process, our engineers and technicians located throughout the world provide our customers with design optimization studies, product selection assistance, computer-generated drawing packages and detailed wiring diagrams.
Manufacturing and Operations
We have four manufacturing facilities on three continents. We manufacture the products that generate a majority of our total sales at our principal facility in San Marcos, Texas. We produce our flexible heating cables, heat tracing compound and tubing bundles in San Marcos. Our facilities are highly automated, which reduces labor costs. Our facilities incorporate numerous manufacturing processes that utilize computer-controlled equipment and laser technology. We maintain a ready supply of spare parts and have on-site personnel trained to repair and perform preventative maintenance on our specialized equipment, reducing the likelihood of long term interruptions at our manufacturing facilities. Our manufacturing facilities are equipped to provide us with maximum flexibility to manufacture our products efficiently and with short lead times. This in turn allows for lower inventory levels and faster responses to customer demands. Site planning for expansion of heater cable production facilities at the San Marcos facility is now underway, and we anticipate the construction of a new approximately 50,000 square foot manufacturing building in San Marcos, Texas in fiscal 2012, which we expect will serve our production capacity needs at that location for at least five years based on our current business plan.
Our Electronic Cross Linking Facility, which we refer to as ECLF, is also located at the San Marcos facility. Cross-linking enhances the thermal, chemical and electrical stability of our low-temperature self-regulating heater cables. By performing cross-linking in-house, we condense the overall manufacturing cycle by approximately six weeks. This enhances our ability to ensure a high level of product quality and to better control the production process. We also process third party materials, including diamonds, in our ECLF under toll processing agreements in order to increase utilization and generate incremental revenues.
Our pre-insulated tubing products are manufactured in our facilities in San Marcos and the Netherlands. The majority of our pre-insulated tubing product is custom ordered and made to customers' specifications in a two-part process. The thermal insulation is first applied over the heating cable and process tubing, and a protective plastic outer jacket is extruded onto the bundle to protect the insulation.
Our MI cable manufacturing facility in Calgary, Canada gives us adequate capacity to service the demands of clients in the oil sands projects of Western Canada in a time efficient manner. The facility's strategic location has enabled us to expand the use of the MI cable, which is well-suited for high temperature applications and harsh, arctic environments, into a global business.
86
We maintain quality control testing standards in all of our manufacturing operations and perform various quality control checks on our products during the manufacturing process. We believe that our highly automated manufacturing process and multiple quality control checkpoints create high levels of operational efficiency.
Purchasing Strategy We have multiple suppliers for all of our critical raw materials, including polymer, graphite, copper and stainless steel. For each of these raw materials, a minimum of two suppliers are selected and approved. We evaluate pricing and performance of these suppliers annually. For our low-volume custom-built electronic controller components, we select a single supplier based on past performance reliability and monitor the process closely as volumes are too low to divide this product over multiple suppliers. Our purchase specifications are usually based on industry or manufacturer standards. Testing of the raw materials is performed and documented by our suppliers and is reviewed by us at the time of receipt.
Distribution We maintain three central distribution centers located in San Marcos, Texas, Calgary, Alberta and the Netherlands. Inventory is typically shipped directly from these distribution centers to customers, the construction site or our regional sales agents or distributors. Our sales agents may maintain "safety stocks" of core products to service the immediate MRO/UE requirements of customers who are time-sensitive and cannot wait for delivery from one of the central distribution centers. In the United States, a network of agents maintains safety stocks of core products. In Canada, customers are serviced from the central distribution center in Calgary. In Europe, customers are serviced from the central distribution center in the Netherlands. In Asia, a safety stock of materials are kept in Yokohama, Japan; Seoul, Korea; Shanghai, China; Pune, India and Melbourne, Australia. Safety stocks are also warehoused in Moscow, Russia.
Customers
We serve a broad base of large multinational customers, many of which we have served for more than 50 years. We have a diversified revenue mix with thousands of customers. None of our customers represented more than 6% of total revenues in fiscal 2010.
Sales and Marketing
Our direct sales force, consisting of 77 employees in 16 countries, is focused on positioning us with major end-users and engineering, procurement and construction companies during the development phase of Greenfield projects with the goal of providing reliable, cost-effective heat tracing solutions. We utilize a network of more than 100 independent sales agents and distributors in over 30 countries. In markets such as Eastern Europe, South America and Africa, we operate through independent agents that are supported by our direct sales offices in the United States and Europe. We also use independent agents to provide local support to customer facilities for MRO/UE requirements.
We actively participate in the growth and development of the domestic and international heat tracing standards established in the countries in which we sell products. We believe that we have established credibility as a reliable provider of high quality heat tracing products. In addition, we believe that our 15 registered trademarks in the United States and numerous additional brand names are recognized globally, giving us excellent brand recognition.
Standards and Certifications We continually test our products to demonstrate that they can withstand harsh operating environments. Our heating cable products and associated design practices are subjected to various tests, including heat output, thermal stability and long-term aging, with the goal of producing products capable of performing at or beyond the expectations of our customers. All products are further tested and certified by various approval agencies to verify compliance with applicable industry standards.
87
Our products comply with national and international heat tracing industry standards such as ANSI/IEEE-515 in the United States, Canadian Standards Association 130.03 in Canada; International Electrical Commission 60079-30-1 in Europe, IECEx in Australia and ANSI/IEC in the Middle East. We also hold product certifications from approval agencies around the world.
Competition
The global industrial electric heat tracing industry is fragmented and consists of approximately 40 companies, that typically only serve discrete local markets and provide a limited service offering. We believe that we are the second largest participant in the industrial electric heat tracing market and one of only a few solutions providers with a comprehensive suite of products and services, global capabilities and local on-site presence. Our most significant competitor is Tyco Thermal Controls, a subdivision of Tyco International Ltd.
Heat tracing providers differentiate themselves through value-added services, long-term customer relationship management and the ability to provide a full range of solutions. We differentiate ourselves from local providers by a global footprint, a full suite of products and services and a track record with some of the largest multinational energy, chemical processing, power and EPC companies in the world. In addition, we are dedicated solely to providing thermal solutions, whereas some of our competitors' thermal solutions operations constitute only one of numerous operating segments.
Intellectual Property and Technology
The heat tracing industry is highly competitive and subject to the introduction of innovative techniques and services using new technologies. We have at least 40 registered patents in the United States, some of which have foreign equivalents. Of the United States registered patents, six remain active, along with several foreign equivalents. While we have patented some of our products and processes, we historically have not relied upon patents to protect our design or manufacturing processes or products, and our patents are not material to our operations or business. Instead, we rely significantly on maintaining confidential our trade secrets, manufacturing know-how and other proprietary rights and other information related to our operations. Accordingly, we require all employees to sign a nondisclosure agreement to protect our trade secrets, business strategy and other proprietary information. We have 15 registered trademarks in the United States and an additional 20 recognized brand names. We also rely on a significant number of unregistered trademarks, primarily abroad, but also in the United States, in the day-to-day operation of our business.
Research and Development
Our research and development group is focused on identifying new technologies to enhance our industrial heat tracing solutions through identifying opportunities to maximize product reliability and reduce the customer's total cost of ownership, which consists of capital expenses, maintenance costs and energy costs. Current initiatives include conductive polymer technology research and the development of integrated control systems and advanced communication software for our electric heat tracing systems.
88
Facilities
With our global manufacturing facilities, we are capable of supplying heat tracing products to meet the needs of customers around the world. We have manufacturing facilities in the United States, Canada, Europe and India. Most of our operations are registered to International Organization for Standardization (ISO) 9001 quality standards.
Location
|
Country |
Approximate
Size |
Function |
Owned/
Leased |
||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Corporate Headquarters San Marcos, TX* |
United States |
150,000 sq. ft.
on 30 acres |
Manufacturing, fabrication, sales, engineering, marketing, research & development, warehouse and Corporate Headquarters | Owned | ||||
Hunter Road Facility San Marcos, TX |
United States |
26,800 sq. ft. |
Fabrication, engineering and warehouse |
Leased |
||||
McCarty Lane Property San Marcos, TX |
United States |
6.6 acres |
Storage |
Owned |
||||
Houston, TX |
United States |
44,000 sq. ft.
|
Fabrication, sales, engineering and warehouse |
Owned |
||||
Baton Rouge, LA |
United States |
10,000 sq. ft. |
Sales, engineering and warehouse |
Owned |
||||
Newark, DE |
United States |
850 sq. ft. |
Sales |
Leased |
||||
OfficeCalgary, AB |
Canada |
34,000 sq. ft. |
Fabrication, sales, engineering and warehouse |
Leased |
||||
MI PlantCalgary, AB |
Canada |
46,000 sq. ft. |
Manufacturing, fabrication and warehouse |
Leased |
||||
Edmonton, AB |
Canada |
4,250 sq. ft. |
Sales and warehouse |
Leased |
||||
Sarnia, ON |
Canada |
4,500 sq. ft. |
Sales and warehouse |
Leased |
||||
Mexico City |
Mexico |
2,000 sq. ft. |
Sales and engineering |
Leased |
||||
Pijnacker |
Netherlands |
35,000 sq. ft.
|
Manufacturing, fabrication, sales, engineering, warehouse, marketing and European Headquarters |
Owned |
||||
Moscow |
Russia |
3,050 sq. ft. |
Sales and engineering |
Leased |
||||
Paris |
France |
2,000 sq. ft. |
Sales and engineering |
Leased |
||||
Gateshead, Tyne & Wear |
United Kingdom |
5,000 sq. ft. |
Sales and engineering |
Leased |
||||
Bergisch Gladbach |
Germany |
2,750 sq. ft. |
Sales and engineering |
Leased |
||||
Manama |
Bahrain |
700 sq. ft. |
Sales and engineering |
Leased |
||||
Shanghai |
China |
2,500 sq. ft. |
Sales and engineering |
Leased |
||||
Beijing |
China |
1,500 sq. ft. |
Sales and engineering |
Leased |
||||
Mumbai |
India |
3,750 sq. ft. |
Sales and engineering |
Leased |
||||
Koregon Bhima |
India |
15,000 sq. ft.
|
Manufacturing, fabrication and warehouse |
Owned |
||||
Caringbah, New South Wales |
Australia |
200 sq. ft. |
Sales |
Leased |
||||
Bayswater, Victoria |
Australia |
1,350 sq. ft. |
Fabrication, sales, engineering and warehouse |
Owned |
||||
Kuala Lumpur |
Malaysia |
475 sq. ft. |
Sales and engineering |
Leased |
||||
Yokohama |
Japan |
1,500 sq. ft. |
Sales and engineering |
Leased |
||||
Seoul |
South Korea |
3,000 sq. ft. |
Sales and engineering |
Leased |
89
Employees
As of December 31, 2010, we employed approximately 640 persons on a full-time basis worldwide. None of our employees is covered by a collective-bargaining agreement and we have never experienced any organized work stoppage or strike. We consider our employee relations to be good.
|
Western
Hemisphere |
Eastern
Hemisphere |
Total | |||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Sales |
41 | 36 | 77 | |||||||
Engineering/Technical Sales Support |
88 | 54 | 142 | |||||||
Production |
214 | 29 | 243 | |||||||
Administration |
47 | 26 | 73 | |||||||
Construction |
29 | | 29 | |||||||
Marketing |
12 | | 12 | |||||||
Finance & Legal |
27 | 20 | 47 | |||||||
Research & Development |
17 | | 17 | |||||||
Total |
475 | 165 | 640 | |||||||
Governmental Regulation
Due to the international scope of our operations, we are subject to complex United States and foreign laws governing, among others, anti-corruption matters, export controls, economic sanctions, antiboycott rules, currency exchange controls and transfer pricing rules. These laws are administered, among others, by the DOJ, SEC, IRS, CBP, BIS, OAC and OFAC, as well as the counterparts of these agencies in foreign countries. Our policies mandate compliance with these laws. Despite our training and compliance programs, no assurances can be made that we will be found to be operating in full compliance with, or be able to detect every violation of, any such laws. For example, we paid penalties of $176,000 and $14,613 in 2009 to BIS and OFAC, respectively, to settle allegations that certain of our subsidiaries had committed apparent export control and economic sanctions violations that we voluntarily disclosed to the agencies. In August 2010, we paid a penalty of $32,500 to OAC to settle allegations that certain of our subsidiaries had committed apparent violations of antiboycott laws. We cannot predict the nature, scope or effect of future regulatory requirements to which our international operations might be subject or the manner in which existing laws might be administered or interpreted.
Environmental Compliance
Our operations and properties are subject to a variety of federal, state, local and foreign environmental laws and regulations, including those governing the discharge of pollutants into the air or water, the management and disposal of hazardous substances or wastes, the cleanup of contaminated sites, the emission of greenhouse gases, and workplace health and safety. Certain environmental laws, including CERCLA, impose joint and several liability for cleanup costs, without regard to fault, on persons who have disposed of or released hazardous substances into the environment. In addition, we could become liable to third parties for damages resulting from the disposal or release of hazardous substances into the environment. Some of our sites are affected by soil and groundwater contamination relating to historical site operations, which could require us to incur expenses to investigate and remediate the contamination in compliance with environmental laws. Some of our operations require environmental permits and controls to prevent and reduce air and water pollution, and these permits are subject to modification, renewal and revocation by issuing authorities. A failure to obtain, maintain, and comply with these permit requirements could result in substantial penalties, including facility shutdowns. From time to time, we could be subject to requests for information, notices of violation, and/or investigations initiated by environmental regulatory agencies relating to our operations and properties, Violations of environmental and health and safety laws can result in substantial penalties,
90
civil and criminal sanctions, permit revocations, and facility shutdowns. Environmental and health and safety laws may change rapidly and have tended to become more stringent over time. As a result, we could incur costs for past, present, or future failure to comply with all environmental and health and safety laws and regulations. In addition, we could become subject to potential regulations concerning the emission of greenhouse gasses, and while the effect of such future regulations cannot be determined at this time, they could require us to incur substantial costs in order to achieve and maintain compliance. In the ordinary course of business, we may be held responsible for any environmental damages we may cause to our customers' premises.
Legal Proceedings
The Company has no outstanding legal matters outside of matters arising in the ordinary course of business, except as described below.
Asbestos Litigation Since 1999, we have been named as one of many defendants in 16 personal injury suits alleging exposure to asbestos from our products. None of the cases alleges premises liability. Five cases are currently pending. Insurers are defending us in two of the five lawsuits, and we expect that an insurer will defend us in the remaining three matters. Of the concluded suits, there were five cost of defense settlements and the remainder were dismissed without payment. All amounts paid in connection with such settlements were immaterial. There are no claims unrelated to asbestos exposure for which coverage has been sought under the policies that are providing coverage. We can give no assurances that we will prevail in any of these matters.
91
The following table sets forth certain information about our executive officers and directors as of the date of this prospectus.
Name
|
Age | Position | |||
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Rodney Bingham |
59 | President and Chief Executive Officer; Director | |||
George P. Alexander(1) |
60 | Executive Vice President, Global Sales; Director | |||
Jay Peterson |
54 | Chief Financial Officer; Senior Vice President, Finance; Secretary | |||
René van der Salm |
47 | Senior Vice President, Global Operations | |||
Daniel J. Hennessy(2)(3) |
53 | Chairman of the Board; Director | |||
James A. Cooper(4) |
55 | Director | |||
Marcus J. George(4) |
41 | Director | |||
Richard E. Goodrich(5) |
67 | Director | |||
Brian P. Simmons(2)(6) |
50 | Director | |||
Charles A. Sorrentino(7)(8) |
66 | Director |
Executive Officers
Rodney Bingham , President and Chief Executive Officer and Director has served as a director since April 2009 and has worked for the Company for 39 years in various management positions in the following areas: Research and Development, Engineering, Product Management, Sales, Marketing and Administration. Mr. Bingham has been instrumental in the development and introduction of several key heat tracing products which advanced the state of the industry, including the first parallel resistance, cut-to-length heating cables and the first pipe-mounted power termination assemblies in the industry. Prior to accepting his current position in January 2009, Mr. Bingham held senior management positions for Thermon including the Senior Vice President of Western Hemisphere Operations, Vice President of Thermon's International Operations, Vice President of Construction Operations and President of Thermon Heat Tracing Services. During his tenure, Mr. Bingham was responsible for the conception and development of Thermon's cornerstone marketing philosophy for the 1990s. This effort has resulted in millions of dollars of savings to Thermon customers through an altered buying process emphasizing "Early Involvement" in the customer's project engineering phase, incorporating "Value Added Services" into the turnkey systems pioneered by Thermon in the late 1970s. This philosophy is being utilized on a global basis today. Mr. Bingham has been involved in the IEEE since 1974, and has been a member of the Petroleum and Chemical Industry Committee within the IEEE for over 15 years. He also served on the Power Engineering Society Working Group for the Development of Heat Tracing Standards (IEEE 622).
92
George P. Alexander, Executive Vice President, Global Sales and Director joined us in August 1971 working in the Production Department. He then spent time in Research and Development, Engineering and as General Sales Manager prior to assuming the role of Vice President Sales and Marketing in May 1983. Mr. Alexander has served as a director since the closing of the Acquisition on April 30, 2010. He is a graduate of Texas State University with a B.S. degree in Mathematics. During Mr. Alexander's tenure as General Sales Manager, he established the Company as the primary supplier for heat tracing systems to the nuclear power generation industry. He was an author of IEEE 622 "IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design and Installation of Electric Pipe Heating Systems for Nuclear Power Generating Stations" published in November 1979. From 1983 to 1995 during Mr. Alexander's tenure as Vice President of Sales and Marketing, corporate sales revenue grew at a compound rate of 8.1%. Mr. Alexander has directed the formulation and execution of the Company's marketing plans and strategies in Asia Pacific for over ten years by studying economic indicators, identifying customer's current and future needs and monitoring the competition. Mr. Alexander initiated the formation of Thermon's Customer Advisory Council. This Council consists of twelve representatives of major corporations from the refining and chemical industries. They, along with the Company's Distributor Council, provide management with essential feedback regarding current and future industry practices and needs. In 1996, Mr. Alexander accepted the dual role of Vice President, Strategic Alliances and Vice President, Far East operations. From 1996 to 1998 he established several global partnerships with key customers that positively affected Thermon's revenue growth worldwide. In 1999, Mr. Alexander accepted the position of Senior Vice President, Asia Pacific Operations, one of four Strategic Business Units. From 2005 to 2011, as Senior Vice President, Eastern Hemisphere, Mr. Alexander assumed responsibility for operations in Europe as well. In 2011, Mr. Alexander was promoted to Executive Vice President, Global Sales and assumed responsibility of global sales, project management, application engineering, field services and training. Mr. Alexander has indicated to us his intention to resign from our board of directors upon completion of this offering.
Jay Peterson, Chief Financial Officer, Senior Vice President, Finance, and Secretary joined the Company in July 2010 as Chief Financial Officer and was appointed Senior Vice President, Finance in October 2010. Prior to joining Thermon, Mr. Peterson held positions as Chief Financial Officer, Vice President of Finance, Senior Director of Finance, Secretary and Treasurer at Forgent Networks, Inc, a NASDAQ listed company. Mr. Peterson started with Forgent Networks in 1995 and was named Chief Financial Officer in 2001. Before joining Forgent Networks, Mr. Peterson was Assistant Controller in Dell Computer Corporation's Direct division. He also spent 11 years in various financial management positions with IBM Corporation. Mr. Peterson holds an M.B.A. and a B.A. from the University of Wisconsin.
René van der Salm, Senior Vice President, Global Operations joined us in October 2001. In 1987, Mr. van der Salm graduated from the Amsterdam Technical University with a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering. After fulfilling his military service, he worked as Sales Engineer, Project Manager and Production Manager in supplying the (Petro) Chemical Industry before joining Thermon. Mr. van der Salm started with Thermon as the European Logistics Manager and was responsible for the implementation of a European wide logistics and financial ERP software. In 2006, Mr. van der Salm was promoted to Vice President Manufacturing and Logistics. During that period he divided his time between the U.S. and European operations and was instrumental in the U.S. implementation of the ERP software. In 2007, Mr. van der Salm relocated to the U.S. and was promoted to Senior Vice President, Operations. In 2011, Mr. van der Salm was promoted to Senior Vice President, Global Operations.
Directors
Daniel J. Hennessy, Chairman of the Board was a founder of CHS in 1988 and now serves as a Partner of CHS. CHS is an affiliate of the Company. Prior to founding CHS, Mr. Hennessy was a Vice
93
President with Citicorp Mezzanine Investments and Citicorp Leveraged Capital Group in Chicago. Before joining Citicorp, he was employed by Continental Illinois National Bank. Mr. Hennessy has extensive experience managing private equity investments and portfolio companies focused on infrastructure and industrial products. He holds a B.A. from Boston College and an M.B.A. from the University of Michigan. Mr. Hennessy serves on the Board of Directors of Gundle/SLT Environmental, Inc., where he is a member of the compensation committee, and has served as a director of Waddington North America, Inc. Mr. Hennessy has served as a director since the closing of the Acquisition on April 30, 2010. Mr. Hennessy has indicated to us his intention to resign from our board of directors upon the completion of this offering. Mr. Hennessy will be a non-voting observer upon such resignation.
James A. Cooper founded Thompson Street Capital Partners LP, which we refer to as TSCP, in 2000, where as Managing Principal he oversees acquisition activity of the firm and is involved in managing the firm's portfolio companies. Thompson Street Capital Partners II, L.P., an affiliate of TSCP, owns 19.35% of our outstanding common stock. Mr. Cooper has been involved in middle-market acquisitions for more than 15 years. Prior to founding Thompson Street Capital Partners, Mr. Cooper spent seven years with JPMorgan in New York City, seven years with Harbour Group in St. Louis and was affiliated with GSC Capital in New York. Mr. Cooper has extensive experience in overseeing investment decisions and managing portfolio companies. TSCP has invested in a wide array of industries, including manufacturing and energy related end markets. Mr. Cooper holds an M.B.A. from the Darden School at the University of Virginia, and both an M.S. and B.S. from the University of Missouri-Columbia. Currently, he serves on the St. Louis Children's Hospital Foundation Development Board, and is a member of both the Foundation Finance Committee and the University of Missouri MBA Advisory Board. Additionally, Mr. Cooper is a Director of First Banks Inc. where he serves on the Audit and Compensation committees, and has served as a director of Waddington North America, Inc. Mr. Cooper has served as a director since the closing of the Acquisition on April 30, 2010.
Marcus J. George joined CHS in 1997 and was promoted to Partner in 2007. Prior to joining CHS, an affiliate of the Company, he was employed by Heller Financial, Inc. in the Corporate Finance Group. He also worked for KPMG. Mr. George brings to the board of directors substantial experience in private equity investments focused on infrastructure and industrial products. He holds a B.B.A. from the University of Notre Dame and an M.B.A. from the University of Chicago. Mr. George serves on the Board of Directors of Gundle/SLT Environmental, Inc. and KB Alloys, LLC, and has served as a director of Waddington North America, Inc. Mr. George has served as a director since the closing of the Acquisition on April 30, 2010.
Richard E. Goodrich is a retired Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Chicago Bridge & Iron Company N.V. (NYSE: CBI), which we refer to as CB&I, an engineering, procurement and construction company that provides services to customers in the chemicals and energy industries. Prior to retiring, Mr. Goodrich served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of CB&I from 2001 to 2005, and as acting Chief Financial Officer until June 2006. Mr. Goodrich also serves as a director of Gundle/SLT Environmental, Inc. and Chart Industries (NASDAQ: GTLS). Mr. Goodrich is a Certified Public Accountant having been certified in the District of Columbia in November 1970. Mr. Goodrich brings to the board of directors the experience and international operations insight of a chief financial officer of a large multinational company. Mr. Goodrich has served as a director since the closing of the Acquisition on April 30, 2010.
Brian P. Simmons was a founder of CHS in 1988 and now serves as its Managing Partner. CHS is an affiliate of the Company. Prior to founding CHS, Mr. Simmons was a Vice President with Citicorp's Leveraged Capital Group in Chicago. Before joining Citicorp, he was employed by Mellon Bank in Pittsburgh and Chicago. Mr. Simmons has extensive experience managing private equity investments and portfolio companies focused on infrastructure and industrial products. He serves on the Board of
94
Directors of Gundle/SLT Environmental, Inc. and LVI Parent Corp., and has served as a director of Waddington North America, Inc. He holds an A.B. from Cornell University. Mr. Simmons has served as a director since the closing of the Acquisition on April 30, 2010. Mr. Simmons has indicated to us his intention to resign from our board of directors upon the completion of this offering.
Charles A. Sorrentino has served at Houston Wire & Cable Co. (NASDAQ: HWCC) as President and Chief Executive Officer since 1998. Prior to joining Houston Wire & Cable Co., Mr. Sorrentino served as President of Pameco Corporation (NYSE: PCN), a national heating, ventilation, air conditioning and refrigeration distributor, from 1994 to 1998. Pameco was a $600 million distributor that was listed on the NYSE following an initial public offering in 1997 and was later merged into a larger company. Prior to working with Pameco, Mr. Sorrentino served with PepsiCo, Inc. (NYSE: PEP) for nine years. During this time, he held a variety of positions, including Subsidiary President, Division Vice President and Region Vice President. After completing college, Mr. Sorrentino served twelve years with United Technologies (Sundstrand Corporation) (NYSE: UTX), a manufacturer of industrial, heating and air conditioning components in a variety of engineering, sales, marketing and executive management functions. Mr. Sorrentino has served as an executive of several large manufacturing companies and brings a diversity of both public and privately held company experience to the board of directors. Mr. Sorrentino earned a M.B.A. from the University of Chicago and a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering from Southern Illinois University. He also served in the United States Marine Corps. Mr. Sorrentino has served as a director since the closing of the Acquisition on April 30, 2010. Our board of directors intends to appoint Mr. Sorrentino as Chairman of the Board upon Mr. Hennessy's resignation from our board of directors following completion of this offering.
Composition of the board of directors after this offering
Our board of directors currently consists of eight directors. Our board of directors has affirmatively determined that Messrs. Goodrich and Sorrentino are independent directors under the rules of the NYSE. We expect to add two additional independent directors prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. We expect to add a sufficient number of independent directors to our board of directors and/or reduce the size of the current board of directors such that the majority of the members of our board of directors are independent by the first anniversary of the listing date with the NYSE, pursuant to the transitional rules of the NYSE. Failure to comply with this independence requirement, or any of the NYSE independence requirements applicable to the committees of the board of directors, in each case within the applicable transitional periods as permitted by the NYSE, could result in the suspension or delisting of our common stock by the NYSE. We do not intend to rely on the "controlled company" exemption from certain NYSE corporate governance requirements.
The composition of our board of directors after the consummation of this offering will be balanced among independent directors, directors affiliated with the sponsors and a management director. That balance, to which each of our directors contributes, is important to us for several reasons, including:
95
Committees of the board of directors
Our board of directors has established an audit committee and a compensation committee. In connection with this offering, we intend to establish a nominating and corporate governance committee.
Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the audit committee, which is available on our website. The audit committee has responsibility for, among other things, reviewing our financial reporting and other internal control processes, our financial statements, the independent auditors' qualifications and independence, the performance of our internal audit function and independent auditors, and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and our code of ethics. Messrs. Goodrich (Chair), Cooper and George are members of the audit committee. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Goodrich is an independent director under Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act and the rules of the NYSE, and qualifies as an "audit committee financial expert" as such term is defined in Item 407(d)(5)(ii) of Regulation S-K based on his education and experience in his respective fields. Messrs. Cooper and George are not independent under Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act and the rules of the NYSE. We intend that our audit committee will have a majority of independent members within 90 days of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and become a fully independent committee comprised of three members within one year of the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, pursuant to the transitional rules of the NYSE and Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. Our board of directors has determined that all of our audit committee members are financially literate and qualified to address any issues that are likely to come before the audit committee, including the evaluation of our financial statements and supervision of our independent auditors.
Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the compensation committee, which is available on our website. The compensation committee has responsibility for, among other things, reviewing and approving the compensation and benefits of our employees, directors and consultants, administering our employee benefit plans, authorizing and ratifying stock option grants and other incentive arrangements and authorizing employment and related agreements. Messrs. Sorrentino (Chair), Hennessy and Simmons are members of the compensation committee. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Sorrentino is an independent director under the rules of the NYSE. Messrs. Hennessy and Simmons are not independent under the rules of the NYSE. We intend that our compensation committee will have a majority of independent members within 90 days of the listing date with the NYSE and become a fully independent committee comprised of three members within one year of the listing date with the NYSE, pursuant to the transitional rules of the NYSE.
Our board of directors will adopt a written charter for the nominating and corporate governance committee in connection with this offering, which will be posted to our website when it becomes available. The nominating and corporate governance committee will have responsibility for, among other things, identifying, evaluating and recommending nominees for appointment or election as directors, developing and recommending a set of corporate governance guidelines, and overseeing the evaluation of our board of directors and management. We are currently evaluating who will serve on the nominating and corporate governance committee. We intend that our nominating and corporate governance committee will have at least one independent member as of the listing date with the NYSE and a majority of independent members within 90 days of the listing date with the NYSE, and become a fully independent committee comprised of three members within one year of the listing date with the NYSE, pursuant to the transitional rules of the NYSE.
Compensation of directors
During fiscal 2010, members of our board of directors did not receive any retainer fees or other cash or equity-based compensation for their services as a director, other than reimbursements for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with rendering such services. Mark Burdick, our former
96
chief executive officer and president, received medical and dental continuation coverage following his retirement from employment with Thermon Holdings, LLC and through his tenure as a member of our board of directors. The total cost of this coverage was approximately $14,000 during fiscal 2010.
Our board of directors was comprised of the following members during fiscal 2010: Mark Burdick, Donald G. Bramley, Oliver C. Ewald, Steven R. Loose and John J. Mitchell. Mr. Bramley, Mr. Loose and Mr. Ewald were managing directors of the Audax Group and Mr. Mitchell was a principal of the Audax Group. Pursuant to the terms of the Audax management services agreement (which is no longer in effect), we paid $750,000 in management fees and $112,167 for reimbursement out-of-pocket expenses to an affiliate of the Audax Group in fiscal 2010. Affiliates of the Audax Group rendered the following services to us in consideration for the aforementioned management fees: financial and strategic planning and analysis, consulting services, advice in connection with our operations, advice in connection with the negotiation of financing from banks or other financial institutions and advice and assistance in connection with the identification, negotiation and consummation of potential recapitalizations, restructurings, financings, refinancing, mergers, acquisitions, consolidations and dispositions.
We will pay Chuck Sorrentino and Rich Goodrich (i) $1,500 per meeting for attendance at in-person meetings of the board of directors and $750 per meeting for participation in telephonic meetings of the board of directors, (ii) $1,000 per meeting for attendance at in-person meetings of the committees of the board of directors and $500 per meeting for participation in telephonic meetings of the of committees of the board of directors, (iii) an annual retainer of $25,000, payable quarterly, for serving as a member of the board of directors and (iv) an annual retainer of $5,000, payable quarterly, for serving as a member or chairman of any committee of the board of directors. In addition, Messrs. Sorrentino and Goodrich are eligible to participate in our stock option plan, and on July 28, 2010, the board of directors granted to each of Messrs. Sorrentino and Goodrich options to purchase 16,358 shares of our common stock. Messrs. Sorrentino and Goodrich also have an opportunity to invest directly in our common stock. On October 18, 2010, Mr. Sorrentino purchased 28,869 shares of our Class B non-voting common stock for $150,000 in cash and on December 20, 2010, Mr. Goodrich purchased 19,246 shares of our Class B non-voting common stock for $100,000 in cash. We do not pay our other directors fees for services as directors. The sponsors are entitled to receive an annual management fee of $2.0 million, in the aggregate, in connection with ongoing advisory services and board level services provided by the sponsors to us. In connection with this offering, the services to be provided by the sponsors, and the management fee payable in connection therewith, will be terminated and the sponsors will receive a one-time cash termination fee in the aggregate amount of $7.4 million. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party TransactionsTransaction Fee and Management Fee." All of our directors are reimbursed for their reasonable expenses, if any, of attendance at meetings of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors.
Indemnification of directors and officers
Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, which we refer to as the DGCL, provides that a corporation may indemnify its directors and officers against liabilities actually and reasonably incurred in such capacities, including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement, with respect to any matter in which the director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the person's conduct was unlawful. Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we shall indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL. Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that this right to indemnification is a contract right, and we may, from time to time, and in the ordinary course of business, enter into contracts under which our directors and officers are provided with such rights of indemnification
97
against liability that they may incur in their capacities as such and in connection with activities performed under the terms of such contracts. We will enter into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors and certain officers which will require us, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities which may arise by reason of his status or service as a director or officer (other than liabilities arising from willful misconduct of a culpable nature).
Our amended and restated bylaws further provide that we shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any person who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was one of our directors or officers or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture or other enterprise, against any and all liability and loss (including judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement) suffered or incurred and expenses reasonably incurred by such person; provided, however, that we shall not be required to indemnify a person in connection with any action, suit or proceeding that is initiated by such person unless such action, suit or proceeding was authorized by our board of directors.
Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation also eliminates the personal liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by Section 102 of the DGCL, which provides that a corporation may eliminate the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. Section 102 does not, however, permit a corporation to eliminate or limit liability for (i) any breach of the duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) liability of directors for unlawful payment of dividend or unlawful stock purchase or redemption or (iv) any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
We have purchased liability insurance covering our directors and officers and certain other management personnel.
98
COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
Introduction
This Compensation Discussion and Analysis provides a discussion of the background and objectives of our compensation programs for senior management, including the following officers, whom we refer to as our named executive officers:
Name
|
Title | |
---|---|---|
Rodney Bingham | President and Chief Executive Officer | |
George P. Alexander |
|
Executive Vice President, Global Sales |
Jay Peterson(1) |
|
Chief Financial Officer; Senior Vice President, Finance; Secretary |
René van der Salm |
|
Senior Vice President, Global Operations |
Richard Hageman(2) |
|
Former Senior Vice President, Marketing and Technology |
David Ralph(3) |
|
Former Senior Vice President, Finance |
Prior to the Acquisition, the Audax Group had the overall responsibility for monitoring and approving the compensation programs for our named executive officers and making decisions regarding compensation to be paid or awarded to them. The Audax Group historically did not seek input from outside compensation consultants with respect to compensation decisions and did not retain a compensation consultant with respect to fiscal 2011 compensation decisions. In making compensation decisions, the Audax Group relied on the input and recommendations of the Company's named executive officers.
Following the Acquisition, our compensation committee has the responsibility for determining the compensation of our named executive officers. As was the case prior to the Acquisition, in making compensation decisions, our compensation committee has relied on the input and recommendations of the named executive officers. The named executive officer's recommendations are generally based on the assessment of each individual's performance compared against the strategic operational plan objectives established for the fiscal year as well as historical compensation practices at the Company. With respect to fiscal 2011 compensation decisions, the compensation committee did not retain a compensation consultant; however, in connection with this offering, the compensation committee retained the services of Longnecker & Associates to assist the compensation committee in reviewing and evaluating the Company's executive compensation program.
Objectives of Our Compensation Program
Our executive compensation program is designed to attract, retain, and reward talented executives who can contribute to our long-term success and is based on the following general principles:
99
Elements of Our Compensation Program
Base Salaries
Base salaries are intended to provide a level of compensation sufficient to attract and retain an effective management team, when considered in combination with the other components of our executive compensation program. The relative levels of base salary for our named executive officers are designed to reflect each executive officer's scope of responsibility and accountability with us. The fiscal 2011 base salaries for Messrs. Bingham and Alexander are set forth in their respective employment agreements, each of which was negotiated in connection with the Acquisition. The fiscal 2011 base salary for Mr. Peterson is also set forth in his employment agreement, the terms of which were negotiated at the time Mr. Peterson joined the Company. Mr. van der Salm received a base salary increase of 2.5% from the base salary level established for fiscal 2010 and there were no changes to the base salary levels of Messrs. Ralph and Hageman in light of their respective retirements from the Company.
Bonuses
Annual Bonuses
For fiscal 2011, the Company established a bonus pool to be allocated among all employees based on the board of director's subjective assessment of the Company's performance in fiscal 2011, including the Company's achievement against its fiscal 2011 budget. The allocation of the fiscal 2011 bonus pool among employees, including the Company's named executive officers, has not been determined as of the date of this prospectus. Under the terms of Mr. Peterson's employment agreement, he is eligible to receive a target bonus equal to 40% of his base salary, prorated based on the portion of the year in which Mr. Peterson was employed by the Company; however, as of the date of this prospectus, the compensation committee has not determined the bonus to be paid to Mr. Peterson.
Transaction Bonuses
In connection with the Acquisition, certain key employees of the Company, including Messrs. Hageman, Ralph and van der Salm, received transaction-based bonuses pursuant to transaction bonus agreements. These transaction-based bonuses were recommended to the Audax Group by Messrs. Bingham, Alexander and Ralph and were contingent upon the successful closing of the Acquisition and the recipient investing the after-tax proceeds into our equity. Consistent with the Company's compensation philosophy, the transaction-based bonuses that were ultimately paid to the named executive officers were less than those originally approved by the Audax Group and the amounts that would have been paid to the named executive officers were distributed to other non-executive employees of the Company. Messrs. Hageman, Ralph and van der Salm each received a transaction-based bonus in the amount of $60,000, $150,000 and $140,000, respectively. The after-tax proceeds of these transaction-based bonuses were rolled over into our equity. Messrs. Bingham and Alexander did not receive a transaction-based bonus.
100
Long-Term Incentives
Profits-Interest Program
Following the Audax Transaction in late 2007, the Company established a "profits-interest program" under which the Company granted Class P Units to certain employees, including each of the named executive officers with the Company at the time of the transaction. Profits-interest programs such as that represented by the P Units are common practice in portfolio companies of private equity firms and allow participants to share in the increase in value of the Company above the aggregate purchase price paid in the transaction. The program was intended to provide an incentive to management to keep focused on the long-term value of the Company.
In connection with the Acquisition, the P Unit program was cancelled and the outstanding P Units became vested and were exchanged for the right to receive cash consideration per P Unit. The following table sets forth the value of the P Units held by each named executive officer that vested in connection with the Acquisition and the approximate percentage of the value of the P Units that was reinvested into the surviving company by each named executive officer:
Named Executive Officers(1)
|
Value of Accelerated Vesting of P Units | % of P Unit Value Reinvested(2) | |||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Rodney Bingham |
$ | 1,897,265 | 24.3% | ||||
George P. Alexander |
$ | 1,897,265 | 17.8% | ||||
Richard Hageman |
$ | 1,045,355 | 3.4% | ||||
David Ralph |
$ | 1,045,355 | 9.0% | ||||
René van der Salm |
$ | 851,929 | 33.8% |
Restricted Stock and Stock Option Plan
On July 28, 2010, our board of directors adopted the Thermon Group Holdings, Inc. Restricted Stock and Stock Option Plan, which was amended by our board of directors on October 27, 2010 and which we refer to as the 2010 Equity Plan. The purpose of the 2010 Equity Plan is to encourage selected members of management to acquire or, in some cases, further develop a proprietary interest in our growth and performance and enhance our ability to attract, retain and reward qualified individuals for management positions. Under the 2010 Equity Plan, 2,767,147 shares of our common stock are available for awards, subject to adjustment for changes in capitalization or certain corporate transactions. Awards may be issued in the form of non-qualified stock options and restricted stock. As of the date of this prospectus, no shares remain available for issuance under the 2010 Equity Plan.
The 2010 Equity Plan is administered by the compensation committee of our board of directors. Under the 2010 Equity Plan, the compensation committee has the authority to designate participants in the plan, determine the form of awards, the number of shares subject to individual awards, and the terms and conditions, including the vesting schedule, of each award granted under the 2010 Equity Plan. The term of any option shall be fixed by the compensation committee and shall not exceed ten years from the date of grant.
In the event of any merger, consolidation, reorganization or liquidation of Thermon or other similar transaction or in the event of a sale of Thermon, the board of directors, in its discretion, may
101
(i) require outstanding options to be surrendered by the participant and to be immediately cancelled, and to provide for the participant to receive a cash payment in an amount equal to the number of our shares then subject to the option, whether vested or unvested, multiplied by the excess, if any, of the fair market value of a share of our common stock as of the date of the transaction, over the exercise price; (ii) require that the option be assumed, or an equivalent option substituted, by the acquiring entity or its parent; (iii) require that the exercisable portion of an option be exercised by the participant within a specified period preceding the transaction; (iv) provide for the repurchase of any shares of restricted stock that will remain unvested at the time of the transaction; or (v) provide that all or a portion of any option or restricted stock award become exercisable or vested immediately prior to the transaction. In addition, pursuant to the outstanding stock option agreements, all outstanding option awards shall vest and become exercisable immediately prior to the consummation of this offering.
On October 20, 2010, Rodney Bingham, George Alexander, René van der Salm and Jay Peterson were granted options to purchase 326,602, 326,602, 272,521 and 163,397 shares of our common stock, respectively. On March 1, 2011, Jay Peterson was granted options to purchase an additional 27,136 shares of our common stock. The October 2010 grants were recommended by the executive management team and subsequently approved by our board of directors. The March 2011 grant to Mr. Peterson was also recommended by the executive management team and subsequently approved by the compensation committee.
All such options shall become eligible for vesting in five equal tranches, with the portion of each tranche that vests determined by the board of directors based on the attainment of annual performance objectives established by the board of directors. The performance condition for the fiscal 2011 vesting tranche was based on an adjusted EBITDA target of $48 million, which was approved by the board of directors in August 2010; however, the actual vesting of the awards remains subject to the discretion of our board of directors. For purposes of the fiscal 2011 grants, adjusted EBITDA was equal to operating income plus incentive compensation, depreciation and amortization expenses and management fees and related expenses. Any portion of the shares eligible for vesting that do not vest based on the attainment of such performance objectives shall be added to the number of shares eligible to vest on the next scheduled vesting date, subject to the participant's continuous employment. All shares subject to such options shall vest on the seventh anniversary of the grant date if the participant remains continuously employed by us and our outstanding equity securities attain a specified fair value as of such vesting date. Pursuant to the option award agreements, we have the right to repurchase any shares acquired upon the exercise of the option for fair market value following termination of the optionee's employment for death or disability or termination without cause. For all other termination events, we have the right to repurchase the shares acquired on exercise of the option for the lower of fair market value or the exercise price. Fair market value is determined by our board of directors in good faith.
No further grants or awards will be made under 2010 Equity Plan following the consummation of this offering.
Employee Benefits and Other Benefits
Each of our named executive officers is entitled to participate in our employee benefit plans (including 401(k) retirement savings, and medical, dental, and life insurance benefits) on the same basis as our other employees. In addition, we maintain a corporate apartment and lease a Company vehicle for Mr. Bingham's use in commuting between our facilities in Houston and San Marcos, Texas.
Employment-Related Agreements
Concurrent with the closing of the Acquisition, we entered into employment agreements with Rodney Bingham and George Alexander. In addition, in July 2010, the Company entered into an
102
employment agreement with Jay Peterson. For fiscal 2011, none of the other named executive officers were subject to an employment agreement. The material terms of Messrs. Bingham, Alexander, and Peterson's fiscal 2011 employment agreements are described below. Please see the "Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control" section for further information regarding the post-termination benefits payable under each of these agreements.
Rodney Bingham and George Alexander
Term. The term of each executive's employment agreement commenced on April 30, 2010. Pursuant to the original terms of the employment agreement, unless terminated earlier, each employment agreement was scheduled to terminate on its second anniversary. In connection with the offering, the compensation committee approved a three-year extension of each executive's employment agreement.
Salary and Bonus. The employment agreements of Messrs. Bingham and Alexander provide for an initial base salary of $280,000 and $250,000, respectively. In addition, if certain annual performance targets are met in the future, each executive will be eligible to receive an annual performance-based bonus. For fiscal 2012, the compensation committee increased Messrs. Bingham's and Alexander's base salaries to $350,000 and $275,000, respectively.
Restrictive Covenants. The employment agreement of each executive prohibits the officer from competing with us during his employment period and for a period of one year thereafter.
Termination Benefits. We may terminate the employment agreement of each executive without cause, and each executive may terminate the employment agreement for any reason, upon ten days prior written notice to the other.
If an executive terminates his employment for "good reason" or we terminate his employment other than for "cause," "death," or "disability" (as such terms are defined in each executive's employment agreement), then the executive is entitled to receive a continuation of such executive's base salary for twelve months, a bonus for the current fiscal year (based on actual financial results and prorated for the period in the year in which the executive performs services for the Company), any earned but unpaid salary, and any accrued but unpaid bonus and benefits.
Upon termination of employment for death or "disability," if an executive terminates his employment without "good reason" or we terminate his employment for "cause" (as such terms are defined in each executive's employment agreement), then the executive is entitled to receive any earned but unpaid salary and any accrued but unpaid benefits.
The employment agreements do not provide for the payment of any benefits upon a change in control transaction.
Jay Peterson
Term. Mr. Peterson's employment commenced in July 2010. Mr. Peterson's employment is "at will," and either we or Mr. Peterson may terminate his employment agreement at any time, for any reason, with or without notice to the other.
Salary and Bonus. The employment agreement provides for an initial base salary of $225,000 per annum and, if certain annual performance targets are met in the future, Mr. Peterson will be eligible to receive an annual performance-based bonus, with a target award of 40% of his base salary.
Restrictive Covenants. The employment agreement prohibits Mr. Peterson from competing with us during his employment period and for a period of one year thereafter.
103
Termination Benefits. If Mr. Peterson terminates his employment due to a "change of control" or "significant diminution of duties," or if we terminate his employment other than for "cause" (as such terms are defined in his employment agreement), then Mr. Peterson is entitled to receive any earned but unpaid salary, any accrued but unpaid bonus and benefits, a bonus for the current fiscal year (based on actual financial results and prorated for the period in the year in which Mr. Peterson performs services for the Company), and, provided that no grounds for termination for "cause" existed at the time of such termination, a lump sum payment equal to 75% of his base salary. If Mr. Peterson's employment is terminated for any reason not specified above, Mr. Peterson is entitled to receive any earned but unpaid salary and any accrued but unpaid benefits.
Impact of Tax and Accounting Treatments
We believe that the compensation paid to our named executive officers is fully deductible under the Internal Revenue Code at the time it is paid. We further believe that FASB Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, CompensationStock Compensation, does not have a material effect on our compensation program because we do not regularly award stock options, restricted shares or other equity-based compensation.
Timing of Compensation Decisions
Prior to or shortly after the beginning of each fiscal year, the named executive officers as a group review prior year performance and prepare recommendations with respect to base salaries and the distribution of annual bonus and long-term incentives, if any, for the prior year.
2011 Long-Term Incentive Plan
Prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to adopt a 2011 Long-Term Incentive Plan, which we refer to as the LTIP, which is intended to provide our officers, employees, non-employee directors and consultants with added incentive to remain employed by or perform services for us and align such individuals' interests with those of our stockholders. The material terms of the LTIP are expected to be as follows:
Plan Term. The LTIP term begins upon the date of approval by the board and terminates on the tenth anniversary of its effective date, unless terminated earlier by the board.
Eligible Participants. All officers, employees, independent contractors, consultants and non-employee directors and persons expected to become officers, employees, independent contractors, consultants or non-employee directors of us or any of our subsidiaries are eligible to receive awards under the LTIP. The compensation committee shall determine the participants under the LTIP.
Shares Authorized. shares of our common stock will be available for awards granted under the LTIP, subject to adjustment for stock splits and other similar changes in capitalization. The number of available shares will be reduced by the aggregate number of shares that become subject to outstanding awards granted under the LTIP. To the extent that shares subject to an outstanding award granted under the LTIP are not issued or delivered by reason of the expiration, termination, cancellation or forfeiture of such award or by reason of the settlement of such award in cash, then such shares will again be available under the LTIP.
Award Types. Awards include non-qualified and incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance units, any or all of which may be subject to time-based or performance-based vesting requirements. The compensation committee has the discretionary authority to determine the size of an award.
104
Administration. The compensation committee shall interpret, construe and administer the LTIP. The compensation committee's interpretation, construction and administration of the LTIP and all of its determinations thereunder shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons.
The compensation committee shall have the authority to determine the participants in the LTIP, the form, amount and timing of any awards, the performance measures, if any, and all other terms and conditions pertaining to any award. The compensation committee may take any action such that (i) any outstanding options and stock appreciation rights become exercisable in part or in full, (ii) all or any portion of a restriction period on any restricted stock or restricted stock units shall lapse, (iii) all or a portion of any performance period applicable to any performance-based award shall lapse and (iv) any performance measures applicable to any outstanding award be deemed satisfied at the target level or any other level. The compensation committee may delegate some or all of its powers and authority to the President and Chief Executive Officer or other executive officer as the compensation committee deems appropriate, except for awards granted to any officer who is subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act. Only the compensation committee may make decisions concerning the timing, pricing or amounts of an award to such officers.
Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights. The LTIP provides for the grant of stock options and stock appreciation rights. Stock options may be either tax-qualified incentive stock options or non-qualified stock options. The compensation committee will determine the terms and conditions to the exercisability of each option and stock appreciation right.
The period for the exercise of a non-qualified stock option or stock appreciation right will be determined by the compensation committee provided that no option may be exercised later than ten years after its date of grant. The exercise price of a non-qualified stock option and the base price of a stock appreciation right will not be less than 100% of the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant, provided that the base price of a stock appreciation right granted in tandem with an option will be the exercise price of the related option. A stock appreciation right entitles the holder to receive upon exercise (subject to tax withholding in respect of an employee) shares of our common stock (which may be restricted stock) with a value equal to the difference between the fair market value of our common stock on the exercise date and the base price of the stock appreciation right.
Each incentive stock option will be exercisable for not more than ten years after its date of grant, unless the optionee owns greater than ten percent of the voting power of all shares of our capital stock, who we refer to as a ten percent holder, in which case the option will be exercisable for not more than five years after its date of grant. The exercise price of an incentive stock option will not be less than the fair market value of a share of our common stock on its date of grant, unless the optionee is a ten percent holder, in which case the option exercise price will be the price required by the Internal Revenue Code, currently 110% of fair market value.
Upon exercise, the option exercise price may be paid in cash, by the delivery of previously owned shares of our common stock or through a cashless exercise arrangement. All of the terms relating to the exercise, cancellation or other disposition of an option or stock appreciation right upon a termination of employment, whether by reason of disability, retirement, death or any other reason, shall be determined by the compensation committee.
Concurrently with the pricing of this offering, we intend to grant to our executive officers and certain other employees options to purchase shares, each with an exercise price equal to the initial public offering price of this offering, under the LTIP.
Stock Awards. The LTIP provides for the grant of stock awards. The compensation committee may grant a stock award either as a restricted stock award or a restricted stock unit award and, in either case, the compensation committee may determine that such award shall be subject to the
105
attainment of performance measures over an established performance period. All of the terms relating to the satisfaction of performance measures and the termination of a restriction period, or the forfeiture and cancellation of a stock award upon a termination of employment, whether by reason of disability, retirement, death or any other reason, will be determined by the compensation committee.
The agreement awarding restricted stock units will specify whether such award may be settled in shares of our common stock, cash or a combination thereof and whether the holder will be entitled to receive dividend equivalents, on a current or deferred basis, with respect to such award. Prior to settlement of a restricted stock unit, the holder of a restricted stock unit will have no rights as our stockholder.
Unless otherwise set forth in a restricted stock award agreement, the holder of shares of restricted stock will have rights as our stockholder, including the right to vote and receive dividends with respect to the shares of restricted stock, except that (i) distributions made with respect to shares of restricted stock, other than regular cash dividends, and (ii) regular cash dividends with respect to shares of restricted stock subject to performance-based vesting conditions, in each case, will be held by us and will be subject to the same restrictions as the restricted stock.
Performance Unit Awards. The LTIP also provides for the grant of performance unit awards. Each performance unit is a right, contingent upon the attainment of performance measures within a specified performance period, to receive a specified cash amount or shares of our common stock, which may be restricted stock, having a fair market value equal to such cash amount. Prior to the settlement of a performance unit award in shares of our common stock, the holder of such award will have no rights as our stockholder with respect to such shares. Performance units will be non-transferable and subject to forfeiture if the specified performance measures are not attained during the specified performance period. All of the terms relating to the satisfaction of performance measures and the termination of a performance period, or the forfeiture and cancellation of a performance unit award upon a termination of employment, whether by reason of disability, retirement, death or any other reason, will be determined by the compensation committee.
Performance Measures. Under the LTIP, the vesting or payment of performance-based awards will be subject to the satisfaction of certain performance measures. The performance measures applicable to a particular award will be determined by the compensation committee at the time of grant. The performance measures may be one or more of the following corporate-wide or subsidiary, division, operating unit or individual measures, stated in either absolute terms or relative terms, such as rates of growth or improvement: the attainment by a share of our common stock of a specified fair market value for a specified period of time, earnings per share, return to stockholders (including dividends), return on assets, return on equity, our earnings before or after taxes and/or interest, revenues, expenses, market share, cash flow or cost reduction goals, interest expense after taxes, return on investment, return on investment capital, return on operating costs, economic value created, operating margin, gross margin, achievement of annual operating profit plans, net income before or after taxes, pretax earnings before interest, depreciation and/or amortization, pretax operating earnings after interest expense and before incentives, and/or extraordinary or special items, operating earnings, net cash provided by operations, and strategic business criteria, consisting of one or more objectives based on meeting specified market penetration, geographic business expansion goals, cost targets, days sales outstanding goals, customer satisfaction, attainment of specified safety metrics, reductions in errors and omissions, reductions in lost business, management of employment practices and employee benefits, supervision of litigation and information technology, quality and quality audit scores, productivity, efficiency, and goals relating to acquisitions or divestitures, or any combination of the foregoing.
Change of Control. In the event of a change of control, the board may, in its discretion, (1) provide that (A) some or all outstanding options and stock appreciation rights shall immediately become exercisable in full or in part, (B) the restriction period applicable to some or all outstanding
106
stock awards shall lapse in full or in part, (C) the performance period applicable to some or all outstanding awards shall lapse in full or in part, and (D) the performance measures applicable to some or all outstanding awards shall be deemed to be satisfied at target, maximum or any other level, (2) require that shares of stock of the corporation resulting from such change of control, or a parent corporation thereof, be substituted for some or all of our shares subject to an outstanding award, and/or (3) require outstanding awards, in whole or in part, to be surrendered by the holder, and to be immediately cancelled, and to provide for the holder to receive (A) a cash payment in an amount equal to (i) in the case of an option or stock appreciation right, the number of our shares then subject to the portion of such option or stock appreciation right surrendered, whether vested or unvested, multiplied by the excess, if any, of the fair market value of a share of our common stock as of the date of the change of control, over the purchase price or base price per share of our common stock subject to such option or stock appreciation right, (ii) in the case of a stock award, the number of shares of our common stock then subject to the portion of such award surrendered, whether vested or unvested, multiplied by the fair market value of a share of our common stock as of the date of the change of control, and (iii) in the case of a performance unit award, the value of the performance units then subject to the portion of such award surrendered, whether vested or unvested; (B) shares of capital stock of the corporation resulting from such change of control, or a parent corporation thereof, having a fair market value not less than the amount determined under clause (A) above; or (C) a combination of the payment of cash pursuant to clause (A) above and the issuance of shares pursuant to clause (B) above.
Under the LTIP, a change of control shall occur upon: (i) the acquisition of fifty percent (50%) or more of either the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company or the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company, but excluding any such acquisition by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, the Company's sponsors, any fund affiliated with the Company' sponsors, or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or its subsidiaries, or any entity with respect to which, following such acquisition, more than 50% of, respectively, the then outstanding equity of such entity and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting equity of such entity is then beneficially owned by the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the common stock and voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition; (ii) the consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company, in each case, with respect to which all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the respective beneficial owners of the common stock and voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such reorganization, merger or consolidation do not, following such reorganization, merger or consolidation, beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such reorganization, merger or consolidation; or (iii) a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company. This offering and any bona find primary or secondary public offering following the occurrence of this offering will not constitute a change of control.
Amendment or Termination of the LTIP. The board may amend or terminate the LTIP as it deems advisable, subject to any requirement of stockholder approval required by law, rule or regulation.
New Plan Benefits. The benefits that might be received by officers, employees and non-employee directors cannot be determined at this time. All officers, employees and non-employee directors are eligible for consideration to participate in the LTIP.
107
2011 Summary Compensation Table
The following table summarizes the compensation of the named executive officers for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2011, March 31, 2010 and March 31, 2009. The named executive officers are our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, former principal financial officer, our two other most highly compensated executives serving as executive officers as of March 31, 2011 and our former Senior Vice President, Marketing and Technology.
Name and Principal Position
|
Fiscal
Year |
Salary
($) |
Bonus
($)(1) |
Option
Awards ($)(2) |
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Compensation ($)(3) |
All Other
Compensation ($)(4) |
Total
($) |
|||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Rodney Bingham
|
2011
2010 2009 |
281,165
265,608 231,238 |
1,000
160,000 161,000 |
808,332
|
|
48,045
47,179 34,064 |
1,138,542
472,787 426,302 |
|||||||||||||||
George P. Alexander
|
2011 2010 2009 |
250,047 220,578 204,664 |
1,000 155,000 146,000 |
808,332 |
|
8,842 9,637 8,259 |
1,068,221 385,215 358,923 |
|||||||||||||||
Jay Peterson(5)
|
2011 |
152,098 |
500 |
531,290 |
|
1,150 |
685,038 |
|||||||||||||||
René van der Salm
|
2011 2010 2009 |
164,505 160,536 160,568 |
141,000 120,000 121,000 |
674,483 |
|
8,246 7,836 7,364 |
988,234 288,372 288,932 |
|||||||||||||||
Richard Hageman(6)
|
2011 2010 2009 |
77,102 165,567 165,593 |
61,000 100,000 121,000 |
|
|
5,749 8,795 8,195 |
143,851 274,362 294,788 |
|||||||||||||||
David Ralph(7)
|
2011 2010 2009 |
125,297 210,624 210,654 |
151,000 155,000 151,000 |
|
|
6,439 8,221 7,321 |
282,736 373,845 368,975 |
108
publicly traded, the expected volatility is based on a comparable group of companies. The expected term is based on the simplified method due to the lack of historical exercise data. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the Treasury bill coupon rate for U.S. Treasury securities with a maturity that approximates the expected term and we used a dividend yield of zero. Please see note 14 to the Unaudited Financial Statements for the Nine Months Ended December 31, 2010, included elsewhere in this prospectus, for a discussion of the relevant assumptions used in calculating these amounts.
Name
|
Company
Contribution to 401(k) ($) |
Group Life
Insurance ($) |
Company
Apartment ($)(a) |
Company
Provided Vehicle ($)(a) |
All Other
Compensation Total ($) |
||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Rodney Bingham |
7,467 | 1,320 | 22,693 | 16,565 | 48,045 | ||||||||||||
George P. Alexander |
7,561 | 1,281 | | | 8,842 | ||||||||||||
Jay Peterson |
654 | 496 | | | 1,150 | ||||||||||||
René van der Salm |
7,385 | 861 | | | 8,246 | ||||||||||||
Richard Hageman |
5,313 | 436 | | | 5,749 | ||||||||||||
David Ralph |
5,885 | 554 | | | 6,439 |
109
2011 Grants of Plan-Based Awards
The following table summarizes awards made to our named executive officers in fiscal 2011.
Name
|
Grant Date |
Estimated
Possible Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards Target ($)(1) |
Estimated Future
Payouts Under Equity Incentive Plan Awards Target (#)(2) |
Exercise or
Base Price of Option Awards ($/sh) |
Grant Date
Fair Value of Stock and Option Awards ($)(3) |
|||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Rodney Bingham |
10/20/2010 | | 326,602 | 5.20 | 808,332 | |||||||||||
George P. Alexander |
10/20/2010 | | 326,602 | 5.20 | 808,332 | |||||||||||
Jay Peterson |
| 60,000 | | | | |||||||||||
|
10/20/2010 | | 163,397 | 5.20 | 404,404 | |||||||||||
|
03/01/2011 | | 27,136 | 9.82 | 126,886 | |||||||||||
René van der Salm |
10/20/2010 | | 272,521 | 5.20 | 674,483 | |||||||||||
Richard Hageman |
| | | | | |||||||||||
David Ralph |
| | | | |
2011 Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End
The following table provides information regarding outstanding option awards held by each of the named executive officers at March 31, 2011.
|
Option Awards | ||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Name
|
Number of
Securities Underlying Unexercised Options Exercisable (#) |
Equity
Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Unearned Options (#)(1) |
Option
Exercise Price ($) |
Option
Expiration Date |
|||||||||
Rodney Bingham |
| 326,602 | 5.20 | 10/20/2020 | |||||||||
George P. Alexander |
| 326,602 | 5.20 | 10/20/2020 | |||||||||
Jay Peterson |
| 163,397 | 5.20 | 10/20/2020 | |||||||||
|
| 27,136 | 9.82 | 03/01/2021 | |||||||||
René van der Salm |
| 272,521 | 5.20 | 10/20/2020 | |||||||||
Richard Hageman |
| | | | |||||||||
David Ralph |
| | | |
110
27,136 options on March 1, 2011. The option awards granted to the named executive officers in fiscal 2011 become eligible for vesting in five equal tranches, with the portion of each tranche that vests determined by the board of directors based on the attainment of annual performance objectives established by the board of directors. Any portion of the shares eligible for vesting that do not vest based on the attainment of such performance objectives shall be added to the number of shares eligible to vest on the next scheduled vesting date, subject to the participant's continuous employment. All shares subject to such options shall vest on the seventh anniversary of the grant date if the participant remains continuously employed by us and our outstanding equity securities attain a specified fair value as of such vesting date. These outstanding options shall vest and become exercisable immediately prior to the consummation of the offering.
2011 Stock Vested Table
The following table provides information concerning the vesting of P Units in connection with the Acquisition for each of the named executive officers.
|
Stock Awards | ||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Name
|
Number of Units
Acquired on Vesting(1) (#) |
Value Realized
on Vesting ($) |
|||||
Rodney Bingham |
500 | 1,897,265 | |||||
George P. Alexander |
500 | 1,897,265 | |||||
Jay Peterson |
| | |||||
René van der Salm |
224 | 851,929 | |||||
Richard Hageman |
277 | 1,045,355 | |||||
David Ralph |
277 | 1,045,355 |
Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change of Control
Employment Agreements
Pursuant to the terms of the Company's employment agreements with Messrs. Bingham, Alexander and Peterson, each is eligible to receive certain payments upon a qualifying termination or, in the case of Mr. Peterson, a change of control of the Company.
Post-Termination Payments Payable to Rodney Bingham and George Alexander
If either Mr. Bingham or Mr. Alexander terminates his employment for "good reason" or we terminate his employment other than for "cause," "death," or "disability," then the executive is entitled to receive the continuation of such executive's base salary for twelve months, any earned but unpaid bonus from the current fiscal year (based on actual financial results and prorated for the period in the year in which the executive performs services for the Company), any earned but unpaid salary, and any accrued but unpaid bonus and benefits. If such a termination occurred as of March 31, 2011, Messrs. Bingham and Alexander would have received salary continuation payments of $280,000 and $250,000, respectively. As noted above, as of the date of this prospectus, the fiscal 2011 bonuses have not been determined.
If either Mr. Bingham or Mr. Alexander terminates his employment without "good reason," we terminate his employment for "cause" or the employment terminates due to death or "disability," then the executive is entitled to receive any earned but unpaid salary and any accrued but unpaid benefits.
111
Under Mr. Bingham and Mr. Alexander's employment agreement, "cause" means: (i) the commission by the executive of a felony (or a crime involving moral turpitude); (ii) the theft, conversion, embezzlement or misappropriation by executive of funds or other assets of the Company or any of its affiliates or any other act of fraud or dishonesty with respect to the Company or any of its affiliates (including acceptance of any bribes or kickbacks or other acts of self-dealing); (iii) intentional, grossly negligent, or unlawful misconduct by executive which causes harm or embarrassment to the Company or any of its affiliates or exposes the Company or any of its affiliates to a substantial risk of harm or embarrassment; (iv) the violation by executive of any law regarding employment discrimination or sexual harassment; (v) the failure by executive to comply with any material policy generally applicable to Company employees, which failure is not cured within 30 days after notice to executive; (vi) the repeated failure by executive to follow the reasonable directives of any supervisor or the board of directors, which failure is not cured within 30 days after notice to executive; (vii) the unauthorized dissemination by executive of confidential information in violation of the employment agreement; (viii) any material misrepresentation or materially misleading omission in any resume or other information regarding executive (including executive's work experience, academic credentials, professional affiliations or absence of criminal record) provided by or on behalf of executive; (ix) the Company's discovery that, prior to executive's employment with the Company, executive engaged in conduct of the type described in clauses (i) through (iv) above; or (x) any other material breach by executive of the employment agreement that is not cured within 30 days after notice to executive.
Under Mr. Bingham and Mr. Alexander's employment agreement, "good reason" means any of the following without executive's consent: (i) the assignment to executive of any duties or responsibilities materially inconsistent with executive's position and title, or a material reduction in executive's responsibilities and authority, except in connection with the termination of executive's employment for cause, disability or death; (ii) a reduction by the Company in executive's base salary below the initial base salary set forth in the employment agreement, except for a non-permanent reduction that is part of a program applied to other senior executives of the Company necessitated by economic or other financial conditions; or (iii) requiring the executive to relocate or perform services on a regular basis more than 25 miles from executive's principal place of business as of the date hereof, or, in the event executive consents to any relocation, the failure by the Company to pay (or reimburse executive) for reasonable moving expenses under the Company relocation policy in effect at the time of the relocation.
Post-Termination Payments Payable to Jay Peterson
Under the terms of Mr. Peterson's employment agreement, if Mr. Peterson terminates his employment due to a "change of control" or "significant diminution of duties," or if we terminate his employment other than for "cause," then Mr. Peterson is entitled to receive any earned but unpaid salary, any accrued but unpaid bonus and benefits, a bonus for the current fiscal year (based on actual financial results and prorated for the period in the year in which Mr. Peterson performs services for the Company), and, provided that no grounds for termination for "cause" existed at the time of such termination, a lump sum payment equal to 75% of his base salary. If such a termination occurred as of March 31, 2011, Mr. Peterson would have received a lump sum payment equal to $168,750. As noted above, as of the date of this prospectus, the fiscal 2011 bonuses have not been determined.
If Mr. Peterson's employment is terminated for any reason not specified above, Mr. Peterson is entitled to receive any earned but unpaid salary and any accrued but unpaid benefits.
Under Mr. Peterson's agreement, "change of control" means the sale (in a single transaction or a series of related transactions) of the Company to any person (other than our sponsor) pursuant to which such person acquires (i) all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and all of its wholly-owned subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis, or (ii) a majority of the then outstanding shares of the Company's common stock (whether by merger, consolidation, sale or transfer of shares,
112
reorganization, recapitalization or otherwise); provided that Mr. Peterson provides written notice, within 180 days of the change of control, of his intention to terminate his employment.
Under Mr. Peterson's agreement, "cause" means: (i) the commission of a felony (or a crime involving moral turpitude); (ii) the theft, conversion, embezzlement or misappropriation of funds or other assets of the Company or any of its affiliates or any other act of fraud or dishonesty with respect to the Company or any of its affiliates (including acceptance of any bribes or kickbacks or other acts of self-dealing); (iii) intentional, grossly negligent, or unlawful misconduct which causes harm or embarrassment to the Company or any of its affiliates or exposes the Company or any of its affiliates to a substantial risk of harm or embarrassment; (iv) the violation of any law regarding employment discrimination or sexual harassment; (v) the failure to comply with any material policy generally applicable to Company employees, which failure is not cured within 30 days after notice to the executive; (vi) the repeated failure to follow the reasonable directives of the Chief Executive Officer or the board of directors, which failure is not cured within 30 days after notice to executive; (vii) the unauthorized dissemination of confidential information in violation of the employment agreement; (viii) any material misrepresentation or materially misleading omission in any resume or other information regarding executive (including work experience, academic credentials, professional affiliations or absence of criminal record) provided by or on behalf of executive; (ix) the Company's discovery that, prior to executive's employment with the Company, executive engaged in conduct of the type described in clauses (i) through (iv) above; or (x) any other material breach by executive of this Agreement that is not cured within 30 days after notice to executive.
Under Mr. Peterson's employment agreement, "significant diminution of duties" means the assignment to Mr. Peterson of any duties or responsibilities materially inconsistent with his position and title, or a material reduction in Mr. Peterson's responsibilities and authority, except in connection with the termination of Mr. Peterson's employment for cause, disability or death.
Acceleration of Equity
In the event of any merger, consolidation, reorganization or liquidation of the Company or other similar transaction or in the event of a sale of the Company, the board of directors, in its discretion, may (i) require outstanding options to be surrendered by the participant and to be immediately cancelled, and to provide for the participant to receive a cash payment in an amount equal to the number of our shares then subject to the option, whether vested or unvested, multiplied by the excess, if any, of the fair market value of a share of our common stock as of the date of the transaction, over the exercise price; (ii) require that the option be assumed, or an equivalent option substituted, by the acquiring entity or its parent; (iii) require that the exercisable portion of an option be exercised by the participant within a specified period preceding the transaction; or (iv) provide that all or a portion of any option become exercisable or vested immediately prior to the transaction. Pursuant to the outstanding stock option agreements, all outstanding option awards shall vest and become exercisable immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. Assuming that a sale of the Company occurred as of March 31, 2011 and the board of directors exercised its discretion to require that all outstanding options be surrendered and for the holder of such options to receive a cash payment equal to the number of shares subject to the option multiplied by the excess, if any, of the fair market value per share over the exercise price, Messrs. Bingham, Alexander, Peterson and van der Salm each would have received equity values with respect to the vesting of options of approximately $1,510,000, $1,510,000, $755,000 and $1,260,000, respectively. For purposes of this calculation, the Company estimated the fair market value of a share of common stock to be equal to $9.82, representing the fair market value determined as of March 1, 2011.
As noted above, all outstanding option awards shall vest and become exercisable immediately prior to the consummation of this offering.
113
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
The following table shows the beneficial ownership of shares of our common stock immediately preceding and following this offering by (i) each of our directors and executive officers, individually and as a group, (ii) each person known to our management to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, and (iii) each selling stockholder. As of the date of this prospectus, there were 24,933,407 outstanding shares of our common stock. Investment funds sponsored by the sponsors and certain members of management, together with certain former managers, own all of our common stock.
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Beneficially
Owned After the Offering (Assuming No Exercise of the Over-allotment Option) |
Shares Beneficially
Owned After the Offering (Assuming Full Exercise of the Over-allotment Option) |
|||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to the Offering(1) |
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Shares Being Sold
In Base Offering |
Shares Being Sold
In Over-allotment Option(2) |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Name of Beneficial Owner
|
Number | Percentage | Number | Percentage | Number | Percentage | |||||||||||||||||||
5% Stockholders: |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
CHS Private Equity V LP |
13,863,954 | (3) | 55.6 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||
Thompson Street Capital Partners II, L.P(4) |
4,811,467 | 19.3 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Crown Investment Series LLCSeries 4(5) |
2,838,766 | 11.4 | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Star Investment Series LLCSeries 1(6) |
144,344 | * | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Directors and Executive Officers: |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
George P. Alexander |
381,840 | (7)(8) | 1.5 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||
Rodney Bingham |
384,917 | (7) | 1.5 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||
Jay Peterson |
163,397 | (7) | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||
René van der Salm |
157,046 | (7) | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||
James A. Cooper |
4,811,467 | (9) | 19.3 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||
Marcus J. George |
13,863,954 | (10) | 55.6 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||
Richard E. Goodrich |
19,246 | (7) | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Daniel J. Hennessy |
13,863,954 | (10) | 55.6 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||
Brian P. Simmons |
13,863,954 | (10) | 55.6 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||
Charles A. Sorrentino |
28,869 | (7) | * | ||||||||||||||||||||||
All executive officers and directors as a group (11 persons) |
19,777,248 | (11) | 79.3 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other Selling Stockholders: |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
114
115
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Audax Management Fee
Upon the closing of the Audax Transaction, we entered into a management services agreement with an affiliate of the Audax Group pursuant to which said affiliate provided management and consulting services and financial and other advisory services. Pursuant to such agreement, we paid to an affiliate of the Audax Group management fees and expense reimbursements in the amounts of $824,964 in fiscal 2009 and $862,167 in fiscal 2010. Additionally, pursuant to the management services agreement, we paid management fees and expense reimbursement in the amount of $79,142 and a transaction success fee in connection with the CHS Acquisition to an affiliate of the Audax Group in an aggregate amount of $4,715,640 in the one month ended April 30, 2010.
Prior Audax Sale Processes
On the advice of the Audax Group, our then-controlling stockholder, and the Audax Group designees serving on our board of directors, we initiated negotiations with a third party in fiscal 2009 and commenced an auction process in fiscal 2010 to sell Audax's controlling interest in us. Both the fiscal 2009 negotiations and the fiscal 2010 auction process were abandoned by the parties and no definitive purchase agreements were entered into by us or Audax. While we incurred significant legal, financial and other advisory and consulting fees and expenses in connection with both processes, Audax did not receive any fees or other compensation for its role in these processes, except for ordinary management fees and expense reimbursements as described above in "Audax Management Fee."
The CHS Transactions
On April 30, 2010, Thermon Holdings, LLC and an investor group led by CHS completed the Acquisition. The purchase price was $320.9 million (subject to finalization of a post-closing income tax adjustment and restricted cash payment obligations). The Acquisition purchase price and related expenses were financed with the proceeds from the issuance of $210.0 million in aggregate principal amount of our senior secured notes and a $129.2 million equity investment by the equity investors.
As the controlling equity holder of Thermon Holdings, LLC, the Audax Group would be deemed the beneficial holder of Thermon Holdings, LLC. At closing of the Acquisition, Thermon Holdings, LLC distributed the proceeds received from the Acquisition through cash payments to each of its equity holders with respect to his or her equity interests. In addition, certain equity holders reinvested a portion of their acquisition proceeds in exchange for shares of stock in the Company. The following table sets forth, with respect to each of the directors and executive officers of Thermon Holdings, LLC (and related persons) as of the closing of the Acquisition set forth below, (i) his or her percentage ownership in Thermon Holdings, LLC prior to the Acquisition, (ii) his or her acquisition
116
proceeds received at closing and (iii) the amount of acquisition proceeds he or she reinvested in our common stock:
Name (Relationship with Thermon Holdings, LLC)
|
% Total
Ownership Pre- Acquisition(1) |
Proceeds
Received ($)(2) |
Reinvestment
in Our Common Stock($)(3) |
|||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Mark Burdick (Director) |
5.3 | % | $ | 9,800,306 | $ | 2,200,000 | ||||
Richard L. Burdick (Father of Mark Burdick) |
2.1 | % | $ | 3,920,122 | $ | 739,000 | ||||
Rodney Bingham (President and Chief Executive Officer, Senior Vice President, Western Hemisphere) |
3.2 | % | $ | 7,577,636 | $ | 2,000,000 | ||||
George Alexander (Senior Vice President, Eastern Hemisphere) |
1.1 | % | $ | 3,712,893 | $ | 496,000 | ||||
David Ralph (Senior Vice President, Finance) |
1.9 | % | $ | 4,471,504 | $ | 544,000 | ||||
Richard Hageman (Senior Vice President, Marketing and Technology) |
0.8 | % | $ | 2,356,441 | $ | 131,000 | ||||
René van der Salm (Senior Vice President, Operations) |
0.6 | % | $ | 1,925,705 | $ | 816,000 | ||||
Richard Burdick (Son of Mark Burdick) |
0.1 | % | $ | 196,006 | $ | 133,000 | ||||
Bridget Alexander (Wife of George Alexander) |
0.7 | % | $ | 1,257,497 | $ | 496,000 | ||||
The BA 2008 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust (for the benefit of George Alexander) |
1.7 | % | $ | 3,064,615 | $ | 496,000 | ||||
Bridget Alexander Trust (as successor in interest to the GA 2008 Grantor Retained Annuity Trust) (for the benefit of Bridget Alexander) |
1.2 | % | $ | 2,278,446 | $ | 496,000 | ||||
Andy Russell (Son-in-law of Richard Hageman) |
0.1 | % | $ | 196,008 | $ | 123,000 |
In connection with the Acquisition, the P Unit program was cancelled and the outstanding P Units held by Messrs. Bingham, Alexander, Hageman, Ralph and van der Salm vested, entitling them to the right to receive cash consideration per P Unit. In addition, a portion of the proceeds from the vested P Units were reinvested into equity of the Company. Messrs. Hageman, Ralph and van der Salm also received transaction-based bonuses. Please see "Compensation Discussion and AnalysisElements of Our Compensation ProgramLong-Term Incentives" for more information.
At December 31, 2010, we had estimated remaining income tax adjustment and restricted cash payment obligations in connection with the Acquisition of approximately $4.2 million. On September 9, 2010, we paid $2.4 million to Thermon Holdings, LLC in full satisfaction of the post-closing working capital adjustment. We anticipate that the post-closing income tax adjustment will be finalized by the end of June 2011. We currently estimate that the final adjustment amount will be approximately $2.1 million in favor of Thermon Holdings, LLC. Finally, pursuant to the stock purchase agreement governing the Acquisition, we are required to pay to Thermon Holdings, LLC, within 30 days after each calendar quarter following the closing of the Acquisition, the net amount of cash released to us during such quarterly period that, as of April 30, 2010, had been posted or otherwise used to secure our performance bonds, bank guarantees, letters of credit or similar obligations. On July 30, 2010,
117
October 29, 2010 and January 20, 2011, we made restricted cash payments in the amounts of $48,499, $301,549 and $115,577, respectively, to Thermon Holdings, LLC for the quarters ended June 30, 2010, September 30, 2010 and December 31, 2010, respectively, and we currently estimate the aggregate amount of the remaining restricted cash payments will be approximately $1.6 million. We believe that any amount paid to Thermon Holdings, LLC in respect of the post-closing working capital and income tax adjustments or restricted cash payment obligation will be subsequently distributed on a pro rata basis to the equity holders of Thermon Holdings, LLC, including the individuals or entities listed in the above table.
Agreements with Management
Concurrently with the closing of the Acquisition, Mr. Bingham and Mr. Alexander entered into employment agreements with the Company. See "Compensation Discussion and AnalysisEmployment-Related Agreements" for more information regarding these employment agreements.
Effective as of July 31, 2010, Mr. Peterson entered into an employment agreement with the Company. See "Compensation Discussion and AnalysisEmployment-Related Agreements" for more information regarding Mr. Peterson's employment agreement.
In connection with this offering, we will enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and certain officers, including all of our named executive officers. The indemnification agreements and indemnification provisions included in our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, to be effective upon the consummation of this offering, will require us to indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. For further information, see "ManagementIndemnification of directors and officers."
Stock Options
Certain stock option grants to our named executive officers and certain other employees are described in "Compensation Discussion and AnalysisElements of Our Compensation ProgramLong-Term Incentives" and "Compensation Discussion and Analysis2011 Long-Term Incentive Plan." Certain stock option grants to our non-employee directors who are not affiliated with our sponsors are described in "ManagementCompensation of directors."
Securityholder Agreement
The sponsors and our other existing equity holders are parties to an amended and restated securityholder agreement, which we refer to as the Securityholder Agreement, which sets forth certain significant provisions that will survive the consummation of this offering relating to, among other things, our board of directors, open market transfer restrictions, drag-along rights and registration rights.
Board of Directors. The Securityholder Agreement provides that each of the parties thereto will vote its shares of our common stock and take all other necessary actions to cause our board of directors to include: (i) so long as CHS owns, in the aggregate, capital stock representing 5% or more of the outstanding shares of our common stock, one director designated by CHS and (ii) until the earlier of the first anniversary of the listing date of our common stock with the NYSE and the date on which TSCP owns, in the aggregate, capital stock representing less than 5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, one director designated by TSCP. CHS and TSCP have the right to remove at any time, and to fill any vacancy arising from time to time with respect to, their respective designated directors. TSCP has agreed to remove its designated director from our board of directors prior to the first anniversary of the listing date of our common stock with the NYSE. In addition, the Securityholder Agreement provides that CHS may, for so long as it owns, in the aggregate, capital
118
stock representing 5% or more of the outstanding shares of our common stock, designate a non-voting observer reasonably acceptable to us to attend any meetings of our board of directors.
Transfer Restrictions. The Securityholder Agreement places certain restrictions on the transfer of our securities in the open market by current and former employee stockholders. See "Shares Available for Future SaleLock-up Agreements." Furthermore, each securityholder has agreed not to transfer any securities during the 180-day lock up period described in "Underwriting."
Drag-Along Rights. In the event that CHS approves a sale of the Company (whether by merger, sale of shares of common stock, sale of substantially all of the assets of the Company and our subsidiaries, or otherwise), all other securityholders must, upon CHS' request, sell in such transaction the same percentage of their respective shares of common stock as CHS proposes to sell.
Registration Rights
Demand registration rights. At any time following the consummation of this offering, the holders of at least a majority of the shares of our common stock that were originally issued to or transferred to CHS (other than those shares to be sold by CHS in this offering) may, subject to certain exceptions and conditions, demand registration of part or all of such shares under the Securities Act. Such securityholders shall be entitled to request an unlimited number of demand registrations and to select the managing underwriter for any public offering pursuant to such a demand registration, subject to our reasonable approval; provided, however, that such a registration may not be demanded during the six-month period immediately following the effective date of any long-form registration statement. We may, but not more than once in any 365-day period, defer such a registration for up to six months if it is advised by its counsel that that undertaking such registration would accelerate the disclosure of a material development involving us and we determine in good faith that such disclosure is not in our best interests. Notwithstanding the above, each securityholder that would be entitled to such registration rights has agreed not to exercise such right until the expiration of the 180-day lock-up period described in "Underwriting."
Piggyback registration rights. If, at any time, we determine (or are required as a result of a demand registration) to file a registration statement with the SEC covering any shares of our common stock, other than shares of common stock or other securities that are issuable in an offering to our officers or employees pursuant to an employee benefit plan or in connection with the acquisition of a business, each securityholder will have the right to request that we include their shares of common stock in any such registration statement, subject to specified limitations.
Cutback. In connection with the above demand and piggyback registrations, the managing underwriters may limit, including entirely, the number of shares offered for marketing reasons. In such case, the shares to be included in the registration shall be prioritized in accordance with the terms of the Securityholder Agreement.
Expenses. We are required to pay the expenses associated with preparing and filing any registration statement in connection with the above demand and piggyback registrations, other than any underwriting discounts and commissions applicable to the sale of shares.
Manager Equity Agreements and Co-Investor Agreement
We and CHS have entered into manager equity agreements with each of our current and former members of management and key employees who made equity investments in us in connection with the CHS Transactions, whom we collectively refer to as the management investors, which agreements set forth additional provisions relating to the ownership of our securities. Pursuant to the manager equity agreements, each management investor will maintain the confidentiality of our confidential or proprietary information obtained as a result of such management investor's employment and is subject
119
to non-competition and non-solicitation covenants during employment and for a period of two years thereafter. Following the consummation of the offering, upon the termination of a management investor's employment for cause, we will have the option to repurchase any of such management investor's securities at the lower of cost or the fair market value (as determined in good faith by our board of directors) of such securities. Rodney Bingham, George P. Alexander, René van der Salm, David P. Ralph and Richard Hageman are among the management investors who are party to manager equity agreements.
Transaction Fee and Management Fee
Immediately following the closing of the Acquisition, our wholly owned subsidiary, Thermon Group, Inc., and CHS executed a closing fee agreement, pursuant to which CHS received an aggregate fee of $5.6 million, plus out of pocket expenses incurred in connection with the Acquisition. Upon closing of the Acquisition, we entered into a management services agreement with the sponsors pursuant to which they have agreed to provide us with management, consulting, financial and other advisory services. Pursuant to such agreement, the sponsors will receive an annual management fee of $2.0 million, in the aggregate, and reimbursement of out of pocket expenses incurred in connection with the provision of such services. At the closing of the Acquisition, TSCP was paid $1.0 million as prepayment for the annual management fee payable for the first two years and three months. Pursuant to such agreement, during fiscal 2011, we paid management fees and expense reimbursements of $1.2 million, $252,000 and $13,000 to CHS, Crown and Star Investment Series LLCSeries 1, respectively, and an expense reimbursement of $13,000 to TSCP in addition to its prepaid management fee. The management services agreement includes customary indemnification provisions in favor of the sponsors.
In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into an agreement with the sponsors to terminate the management and consulting services provided under the management services agreement and to eliminate our obligation to pay any management fees going forward. Pursuant to the terms of such termination agreement, we will pay a one-time cash termination fee in the aggregate amount of $7,356,757 (of which $5,032,570 will be paid to CHS, $1,159,936 will be paid to TSCP, $1,107,906 will be paid to Crown and $56,345 will be paid to Star Investment Series LLCSeries 1). Our obligations with respect to the indemnification of the sponsors or their respective affiliates and reimbursement of their expenses will not be affected by such termination. We expect to finance the payment of the termination and advisory fees from available cash on hand.
Corporate Opportunity
See "Description of Capital StockAnti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Our Amended and Restated Bylaws and Delaware LawCorporate Opportunity."
Review and Approval of Transactions with Related Persons
We have adopted a Statement of Policy Regarding Transactions with Related Parties, which requires that each director and executive officer promptly advise the chairman of the audit committee of any Related Person Transaction, as defined therein, of which he or she becomes aware in which we are to be a participant, the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and the applicable Related Person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, and all material facts with respect thereto. The audit committee (or, if determined by the audit committee as advisable, the disinterested members of our board of directors) shall then consider such Related Person Transaction for approval or ratification.
120
In considering whether to approve or ratify any Related Person Transaction, the audit committee or the disinterested members of our board of directors, as the case may be, shall consider all factors that are relevant to the Related Person Transaction, including, without limitation, the following:
No Related Person Transaction will be consummated without the approval or ratification of the audit committee or the disinterested members of the board of directors as described above. It will be our policy that no director shall participate in any discussion or approval of a Related Person Transaction for which he or she is a Related Person.
121
Immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, we will (i) file an amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation providing for the automatic conversion our common stock into one class of voting stock, after which our authorized capital stock will consist of shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, of which shares will be issued and outstanding, and (ii) adopt our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation. The number of shares outstanding at the closing of this offering will vary depending on the initial public offering price. See "Prospectus SummaryThe Offering." As of December 31, 2010, there were 82 holders of record of our common stock.
The following description of our capital stock is intended as a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering and which will be filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of the DGCL. The descriptions of our common stock reflect changes to our capital structure that will become effective immediately prior to the completion of this offering.
Common Stock
Shares of our common stock have the following rights, preferences and privileges:
We have applied to list our common stock on the NYSE under the symbol "THR."
122
Preferred Stock
Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the board of directors has the authority, without action by the stockholders, to designate and issue up to shares of preferred stock in one or more classes or series and to fix for each class or series the powers, rights, preferences and privileges of each series of preferred stock, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any class or series, which may be greater than the rights of the holders of the common stock. There will be no shares of preferred stock outstanding immediately after the closing of this offering. Any issuance of shares of preferred stock could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock, and the likelihood that the holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon liquidation could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control. We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.
Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Our Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, Our Amended and Restated Bylaws and Delaware Law
Some provisions of Delaware law and our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, as will be in effect upon completion of this offering, contain provisions that could have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing another party from acquiring or seeking to acquire control of us. These provisions are intended to discourage certain types of coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to encourage anyone seeking to acquire control of us to negotiate first with our board of directors. However, these provisions may also delay, deter or prevent a change in control or other takeover of our company that our stockholders might consider to be in their best interests, including transactions that might result in a premium being paid over the market price of our common stock and also may limit the price that investors are willing to pay in the future for our common stock. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in our management.
Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws
Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws include anti-takeover provisions that:
123
Business Combinations
We have opted out of Section 203 of the DGCL, which regulates corporate takeovers. However, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains provisions that are similar to Section 203 of the DGCL. Specifically, our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we may not engage in certain "business combinations" with any "interested stockholder" for a three-year period following the time that the person became an interested stockholder, unless:
Generally, a business combination includes a merger, consolidation, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Subject to certain exceptions, an interested stockholder is a person who, together with that person's affiliates and associates, owns, or within the previous three years owned, 15% or more of our voting stock. However, in the case of our company, the sponsors and any of their respective permitted transferees receiving 15% or more of our voting stock, such stockholders will not be deemed to be interested stockholders regardless of the percentage of our voting stock owned by them. The statute could prohibit or delay mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts with respect to us and, accordingly, may discourage attempts to acquire us.
Corporate Opportunity
Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we renounce any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any business opportunity that may be from time to time presented to the sponsors or any of their respective affiliates (other than us and our subsidiaries), subsidiaries, officers, directors, agents, stockholders, members, partners and employees and that may be a business opportunity for such sponsor, even if the opportunity is one that we or our subsidiaries might reasonably have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so. No such person will be liable to us for breach of any fiduciary or other duty, as a director or officer or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such person, acting in good faith, pursues or acquires any such business opportunity, directs any such business opportunity to another person or fails to present any such business opportunity, or information regarding any such business opportunity, to us unless, in the case of any such person who is our director or officer, any such business opportunity is expressly offered to such director or officer solely in his or her capacity as our
124
director or officer. None of the sponsors has any duty to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us or any of our subsidiaries.
These provisions will continue to apply with respect to a particular sponsor until the date on which no person who is our director or officer is also a director, officer, member, partner or employee of such sponsor or its affiliates (other than us and our subsidiaries).
Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors
Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws limit the liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL and provide that we will indemnify our officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by this law. We also intend to maintain director and officer liability insurance, if available on reasonable terms.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, located at 59 Maiden Lane, New York, NY 10038.
125
SHARES AVAILABLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock and we cannot assure you that a significant market for our common stock will develop or be sustained after this offering. Future sales of our common stock in the public market, or the availability of such shares for sale in the public market, including upon the exercise of outstanding stock options, could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock from time to time. As described below, only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering due to contractual and legal restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after such restrictions lapse, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the trading price of our common stock and our ability to raise equity-related capital at a time and price we deem appropriate.
Sales of Restricted Securities
Upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding shares of common stock, based on the number of shares outstanding at December 31, 2010. Of those shares, the shares sold by us and the selling stockholders in this offering, including any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares, will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act (unless purchased by an "affiliate", as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, in which case such affiliate will be subject to the restrictions imposed by Rule 144). All remaining shares of common stock held by existing stockholders, and any shares of our common stock purchased by affiliates in this offering pursuant to the directed share program described below under "UnderwritingDirected Share Program," will be subject to the restrictions imposed by Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below, or another exemption. Under the lock-up agreements described below and the provisions of Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act, these restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market as follows:
Number of Shares and % of Total Outstanding
|
Date Available for Sale Into Public Market | |
---|---|---|
shares or % | On the date of this prospectus | |
shares or % |
|
Up to and including 180 days after the date of this prospectus |
shares or % |
|
More than 180 days after the date of this prospectus, of which , or % (including shares purchased by affiliates in this offering pursuant to the directed share program), are subject to volume, manner of sale and other limitations under Rule 144, and of which , or %, are subject to the restrictions on open market transfers pursuant to the terms of our Securityholder Agreement (as described below under "Lock-up Agreements") |
In addition, 2,757,524 shares of common stock will be eligible for sale upon exercise of vested options 180 days following the date of this prospectus, subject to extension as described under "Underwriting."
Lock-up Agreements
Our officers, directors, other stockholders, including the selling stockholders, holders of vested stock options, and participants in the directed share program described below, collectively representing
126
shares of our common stock, will be subject to lock-up agreements with the underwriters that will restrict the sale of the shares of our common stock held by them for 180 days, subject to certain exceptions, including the shares of common stock being sold in this offering. See "Underwriting" for a description of these lock-up agreements.
In addition, pursuant to the terms of the Securityholder Agreement, the management investors owning, in the aggregate, 2,603,389 shares of our common stock have agreed to limit their sales of our common stock in the open market following the expiration of the 180 day lock-up period described above. This limitation applies to any calendar quarter during which we are subject to a standstill agreement with the underwriters that permits the transfer of our shares, and to each calendar quarter thereafter. A standstill agreement is an agreement we enter into in connection with any public offering or other public sale of our common stock that limits our right to offer or sell our common stock except in such offering or sale. The provisions of the Securityholder Agreement effectively limit the aggregate number of shares of our common stock that may be sold during each calendar quarter following the expiration of the 180 day lock-up period described above by each management investor as follows: (a) if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock to cover over-allotments and all management investors who have validly requested to sell shares in the over-allotment option are able to sell all such shares so requested, then each management investor will be able to sell up to 12.5% of the shares of common stock held by such management investor (taking into account any vested options) immediately following the exercise of the over-allotment option; and (b) if the underwriters do not exercise, or exercise only in part, the over-allotment option and all management investors who have validly requested to sell shares in the over-allotment option are unable to sell all such shares so requested, then each management investor will be able to sell up to 25% of the shares of common stock held by such management investor (taking into account any vested options) immediately following the exercise or expiration, as applicable, of the over-allotment option. These limitations will cease to apply when CHS no longer owns 10% or more of the outstanding shares of our common stock.
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144, a person who is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months will be entitled to sell any shares of our common stock that such person has beneficially owned for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, without regard to volume limitations. Sales of our common stock by any such person would be subject to the availability of current public information about us if the shares to be sold were beneficially owned by such person for less than one year.
Approximately shares of our common stock that are not subject to the lock-up agreements described above will be eligible for sale under Rule 144 immediately upon the closing of this offering.
Our affiliates who have beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:
127
Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.
Rule 701
In general, subject to the lock-up agreements discussed above, under Rule 701 of the Securities Act, any of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchased shares from us in connection with a qualified compensatory stock plan or other written agreement is eligible to resell these shares in compliance with the manner of sale provisions of Rule 144, but without compliance with the other restrictions, including the availability of public information about us, holding period and volume limitations, in Rule 144.
Stock Options
As of the date of this prospectus, we had outstanding options to purchase 2,757,524 shares of common stock under the 2010 Equity Plan, none of which were vested. Pursuant to the terms of the 2010 Equity Plan, all outstanding options to purchase shares of our common stock shall vest and become exercisable immediately prior to the consummation of this offering.
Following this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all of the shares of common stock subject to outstanding options under the 2010 Equity Plan as well as all shares of our common stock that may be covered by additional options and other awards granted under the LTIP. Please see "Compensation Discussion and Analysis2011 Long-Term Incentive Plan" for additional information regarding the LTIP. Shares of our common stock issued under the S-8 registration statement will be available for sale in the public market, subject to the Rule 144 provisions applicable to affiliates, and subject to any vesting restrictions and lock-up agreements applicable to these shares.
Registration Rights
Following this offering and the sale by the selling stockholders of the shares offered by them hereby, the holders of at least a majority of the shares of common stock held by or originally issued to or transferred to CHS (other than those shares to be sold by CHS in this offering) shall have the right, pursuant to the terms of the Securityholder Agreement, subject to certain exceptions and conditions set forth therein, to demand registration or part or all of such shares under the Securities Act. Any such demand must be provided to us in writing and specify the number of shares of our common stock requested to be registered and the anticipated per share price for such offering. Such demanding stockholders shall be entitled to request an unlimited number of demand registrations and to select the managing underwriter for any public offering pursuant to such a demand registration, subject to our reasonable approval; provided, however, that such a registration may not be demanded during the six-month period immediately following the effective date of any long-form registration statement. We may, but not more than once in any 365-day period, defer such a registration for up to six months if it is advised by its counsel that that undertaking such registration would accelerate the disclosure of a material development involving us and we determine in good faith that such disclosure is not in our best interests. The existing holders of shares of our common stock will also have the right to participate in future registrations of securities by us. Registration of any of these outstanding shares of common stock would result in such shares becoming freely tradable without compliance with Rule 144 upon effectiveness of the registration statement. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party TransactionsSecurityholder Agreement."
128
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. STOCKHOLDERS
The following is a general discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock by a Non-U.S. Stockholder. For purposes of this discussion, a Non-U.S. Stockholder is a beneficial owner of our common stock that is treated for U.S. federal tax purposes as:
This discussion does not address the tax consequences to partnerships or other pass-through entities or persons investing through such partnerships or entities. If a partnership (or any other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in such partnership will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Such a partner should consult its own tax advisors as to the U.S. federal income tax consequences of being a partner in a partnership that purchases, owns or disposes of our common stock.
This summary assumes that our common stock is held as a capital asset for U.S. federal income tax purposes (generally, property held for investment). This discussion is of a general nature and thus does not address all of the U.S. federal income tax considerations that might be relevant to a Non-U.S. Stockholder in light of its particular circumstances or to a Non-U.S. Stockholder subject to special treatment under U.S. federal tax laws (including financial institutions, insurance companies, real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies, grantor trusts, dealers or traders in securities or currencies or notional principal contracts, tax-exempt entities, certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States, persons that will hold shares as part of a "hedging" or "conversion" transaction or as a position in a "straddle" or as part of "synthetic security" or other integrated transaction for U.S. federal income tax purposes, "controlled foreign corporations" and "passive foreign investment companies"). Furthermore, this summary does not discuss any aspects of U.S. federal estate or gift taxation, and does not describe any state, local or non-U.S. taxation. This summary is based on current provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which we refer to as the Code, U.S. Treasury regulations, judicial opinions, published positions of the Internal Revenue Service, which refer to as the IRS, and other applicable authorities, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. Each prospective purchaser of our common stock is advised to consult its tax advisor with respect to the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of purchasing, owning and disposing of our common stock. No assurance exists that the IRS will not challenge any of the tax consequences described herein, and we have not obtained, nor do we intend to obtain, an opinion of counsel with respect to the U.S. federal income tax consequences to a Non-U.S. Stockholder of purchasing, owning and disposing of our common stock.
PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS CONSIDERING THE PURCHASE OF OUR COMMON STOCK SHOULD CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE APPLICATION OF UNITED STATES FEDERAL TAX LAWS TO THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATIONS AS WELL AS ANY
129
CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER THE LAWS OF ANY OTHER TAXING JURISDICTION AND ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.
Distributions
If we make distributions on our common stock, the distributions will be dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent distributions exceed our current and accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a return of capital that will first reduce your basis, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain on sale of stock (as discussed further below).
Any dividend paid to a Non-U.S. Stockholder with respect to our common stock generally will be subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty). Generally, a Non-U.S. Stockholder must certify as to its eligibility for reduced withholding under an applicable income tax treaty on a properly completed IRS Form W-8BEN in order to obtain the benefits of such treaty. A Non-U.S. Stockholder that does not timely provide us with the required certification, but which qualifies for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Non-U.S. Stockholders should consult their tax advisors regarding possible entitlement to benefits under a tax treaty.
If, however, the Non-U.S. Stockholder provides a valid IRS Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividend is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Stockholder's conduct of a trade or business within the United States, and otherwise complies with applicable certification requirements, the dividend will not be subject to withholding. Instead, such dividend will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in the manner described below under "Effectively Connected Income."
Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Our Common Stock
Except as otherwise discussed below, a Non-U.S. Stockholder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock unless (i) such gain is effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Stockholder's conduct of a U.S. trade or business (or, if an income tax treaty applies, the gain is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by such Non-U.S. Stockholder in the United States), (ii) the Non-U.S. Stockholder is an individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which such sale, exchange or other taxable disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met, or (iii) we are or become a "United States real property holding corporation", or USRPHC, for U.S. federal income tax purposes and certain other conditions are met. Generally, a corporation is a USRPHC if the fair market value of its "U.S. real property interests" equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. We do not believe that we are or will become a USRPHC, however, there can be no assurance in that regard.
Gain described in clause (i) immediately above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in the manner described below under "Effectively Connected Income." During each taxable year, a Non-U.S. Stockholder described in clause (ii) immediately above will be subject to tax at a 30% rate (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) on the net gain derived from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition, which may be offset by U.S.-source capital losses of the Non-U.S. Stockholder during the taxable year.
Effectively Connected Income
Any dividend with respect to, or gain recognized upon the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of, our common stock that is effectively connected with a trade or business carried on by a
130
Non-U.S. Stockholder within the United States (or, if an income tax treaty applies, that is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by such Non-U.S. Stockholder in the United States) will be subject to U.S. federal income tax, based on the Non-U.S. Stockholder's net income, in the same manner as if the Non-U.S. Stockholder were a United States person for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If a dividend or gain is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business of a Non-U.S. Stockholder that is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such corporate Non-U.S. Stockholder may be subject to a "branch profits tax" at a 30% rate (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty), subject to certain adjustments. Non-U.S. Stockholders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable tax treaties that may provide for different rules.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
Annual reporting to the IRS and to each Non-U.S. Stockholder will be required as to the amount of dividends paid to such Non-U.S. Stockholder and the amount, if any, of tax withheld with respect to such dividends, unless the Non-U.S. Stockholder is an exempt recipient or otherwise establishes an exemption from such requirements. This information may also be made available to the tax authorities in the Non-U.S. Stockholder's country of residence. Dividends generally are not subject to "backup withholding" if the Non-U.S. Stockholder properly certifies as to its non-U.S. status (usually by completing an IRS Form W-8BEN, including any claim to reduced withholding under an applicable income tax treaty).
The payment of the proceeds of the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock to or through the U.S. office of a broker will be subject to both backup withholding and information reporting unless the Non-U.S. Stockholder certifies its non-U.S. status on IRS Form W-8BEN, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Information reporting requirements, but not backup withholding, will also generally apply to payments of the proceeds of a sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock by Non-U.S. offices of U.S. brokers or Non-U.S. brokers with certain types of relationships to the United States unless the Non-U.S. Stockholder establishes an exemption.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from payments made to a Non-U.S. Stockholder may be refunded or credited against such Non-U.S. Stockholder's U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS.
Withholding on Payments to Foreign Financial Entities and Other Foreign Entities
Beginning with payments made after December 31, 2012, recently enacted legislation will generally impose a 30% withholding tax on U.S. source dividends and gross proceeds from the sale or other disposition of stock or property that is capable of producing U.S. source dividends paid to (i) a foreign financial institution (as defined in Section 1471(d)(4) of the Code) unless the foreign financial institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. Treasury Department to collect and disclose information regarding its U.S. account holders (including certain account holders that are foreign entities that have U.S. owners) and satisfies certain other requirements, and (ii) certain other non-U.S. entities unless the entity provides the payor with information regarding certain direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity, or certifies that it has no such U.S. owners, and complies with certain other requirements. Under certain circumstances, a Non-U.S. Stockholder might be eligible for refunds or credits of the tax. Non-U.S. Stockholders should consult their tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock.
131
Barclays Capital Inc. and Jefferies & Company, Inc. are acting as representatives of the underwriters and joint book-running managers of this offering. Under the terms of an underwriting agreement, which will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, each of the underwriters named below has severally agreed to purchase from us and the selling stockholder the respective number of shares of common stock shown opposite its name below:
Underwriters
|
Number of Shares | ||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Barclays Capital Inc. |
|||||
Jefferies & Company, Inc |
|||||
William Blair & Company, L.L.C. |
|||||
BMO Capital Markets Corp. |
|||||
KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc. |
|||||
Total |
|||||
The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters' obligation to purchase shares of common stock depends on the satisfaction of the conditions contained in the underwriting agreement including:
Commissions and Expenses
The following table summarizes the underwriting discounts and commissions we and the selling stockholders will pay to the underwriters. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares. The underwriting fee is the difference between the initial price to the public and the amount the underwriters pay to us and the selling stockholders for the shares.
|
Paid for by Thermon |
Paid for by the Selling
Stockholders |
||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
No Exercise |
|
||||||||||
|
Exercise | No Exercise | Exercise | |||||||||
Per share |
||||||||||||
Total |
The representatives of the underwriters have advised us that the underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock directly to the public at the public offering price on the cover of this prospectus and to selected dealers, which may include the underwriters, at such offering price less a selling concession not in excess of $ per share. After the offering, the representatives may change the offering price and other selling terms. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.
The expenses of the offering that are payable by us and the selling stockholders are estimated to be $ (excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions). We have agreed to pay expenses
132
incurred by the selling stockholders in connection with the offering, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions.
Option to Purchase Additional Shares
We and certain of the selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an option exercisable for 30 days after the date of the underwriting agreement, to purchase, from time to time, in whole or in part, up to an aggregate of shares at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions. This option may be exercised if the underwriters sell more than shares in connection with this offering. To the extent that this option is exercised, each underwriter will be obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase its pro rata portion of these additional shares based on the underwriter's underwriting commitment in the offering as indicated in the table at the beginning of this Underwriting section. To the extent this option is exercised in part, the underwriters are obligated to purchase first up to shares from the selling stockholders (on a pro rata basis based on the maximum number of shares to be sold by each selling stockholder participating in the over-allotment option) and second up to shares from us.
Lock-Up Agreements
We, all of our directors and executive officers, holders of all our outstanding stock and vested options, and the selling stockholders have agreed that, without the prior written consent of each of Barclays Capital Inc. and Jefferies & Company, Inc., we and they will not directly or indirectly, (1) offer for sale, sell, pledge, or otherwise dispose of (or enter into any transaction or device that is designed to, or could reasonably be expected to, result in the disposition by any person at any time in the future of) any shares of common stock (including, without limitation, shares of common stock that may be deemed to be beneficially owned by us or them in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and shares of common stock that may be issued upon exercise of any options or warrants) or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock, (2) enter into any swap or other derivatives transaction that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock (other than in connection with this offering), (3) make any demand for or exercise any right or file or cause to be filed a registration statement, including any amendments thereto, with respect to the registration of any shares of common stock or securities convertible, exercisable or exchangeable into common stock or any of our other securities, or (4) publicly disclose the intention to do any of the foregoing, in each case for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. The foregoing restrictions do not apply to (i) bona fide gifts and certain transfers to affiliates and family members, (ii) transfers by will or intestacy, (iii) the exercise of outstanding options, (iv) transactions relating to shares of our common stock or other securities of the Company acquired in open market transactions, block purchases or pursuant to a public offering, (vi) the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act or (vii) the sale of shares of our common stock to the underwriters pursuant to the terms of the underwriting agreement, provided that, in the case of each of the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii), the transferee agrees to be subject to the same restrictions.
The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be extended if:
in which case the restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement
133
of the material news or occurrence of a material event, unless such extension is waived in writing by Barclays Capital Inc. and Jefferies & Company, Inc.
Barclays Capital Inc. and Jefferies & Company, Inc., in their sole discretion, may release the common stock and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time with or without notice. When determining whether or not to release common stock and other securities from lock-up agreements, Barclays Capital Inc. and Jefferies & Company, Inc. will consider, among other factors, the holder's reasons for requesting the release, the number of shares of common stock and other securities for which the release is being requested and market conditions at the time.
As described below under "Directed Share Program," any participants in the Directed Share Program shall be subject to a 180-day lock up with respect to any shares sold to them pursuant to that program. This lock up will have similar restrictions and an identical extension provision as the lock-up agreement described above.
Offering Price Determination
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be negotiated between the representatives and us. In determining the initial public offering price of our common stock, the representatives will consider:
Indemnification
We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act and liabilities incurred in connection with the directed share program referred to below, and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make for these liabilities.
Directed Share Program
At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale at the initial public offering price up to shares offered hereby for certain other persons associated with us. The number of shares available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent such persons purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered hereby. Any participants in this program shall be prohibited from selling, pledging or assigning any shares sold to them pursuant to this program for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. This 180-day lock up period shall be extended with respect to our issuance of an earnings release or if a material news or a material event relating to us occurs, in the same manner as described above under "Lock-Up Agreements."
134
Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids
The representatives may engage in stabilizing transactions, short sales and purchases to cover positions created by short sales, and penalty bids or purchases for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the price of the common stock, in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act:
These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.
Neither we nor any of the underwriters makes any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the common stock. In addition, neither we nor any of the underwriters makes any representation that the representatives will engage in these stabilizing transactions or that any transaction, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.
Electronic Distribution
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the Internet sites or through other online services maintained by one or more of the underwriters and/or selling group members participating in this offering, or by their affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and, depending upon the particular underwriter or selling group member, prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. The underwriters may agree with us to allocate a specific number of shares for sale to online brokerage account holders. Any such allocation for online distributions will be made by the representatives on the same basis as other allocations.
135
Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on any underwriter's or selling group member's web site and any information contained in any other web site maintained by an underwriter or selling group member is not part of the prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or any underwriter or selling group member in its capacity as underwriter or selling group member and should not be relied upon by investors.
The New York Stock Exchange
We have applied to list our shares of common stock for quotation on the NYSE under the symbol "THR." In connection with that listing, the underwriters will undertake to sell the minimum number of common shares to the minimum number of beneficial owners necessary to meet the NYSE listing requirements.
Discretionary Sales
The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend to confirm sales to discretionary accounts that exceed 5% of the total number of shares offered by them.
Stamp Taxes
If you purchase shares of common stock offered in this prospectus, you may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase, in addition to the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus.
Relationships
Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged, and may in the future engage, in commercial and investment banking transactions with us in the ordinary course of their business. They have received, and expect to receive, customary compensation and expense reimbursement for these commercial and investment banking transactions. In particular, Jefferies & Company, Inc., BMO Capital Markets Corp. and KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc. were initial purchasers in our senior secured notes offering in April 2010. In addition, affiliates of BMO Capital Markets Corp. and KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc. are lenders under our revolving credit facility. Each of these transactions were negotiated on an arm's length basis and contained or contains customary terms pursuant to which those parties received or receive customary fees and reimbursement for out-of-pocket costs.
Selling Restrictions
European Economic Area
In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each of which we refer to as a Relevant Member State, including each Relevant Member State that has implemented amendments to Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive with regard to persons to whom an offer of securities is addressed and the denomination per unit of the offer of securities, each of which we refer to as an Early Implementing Member State, with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, which we refer to as the Relevant Implementation Date, no offer of shares of our common stock offered hereby will be made in the Institutional Offering to the public in that Relevant Member State (other than offers, which we refer to as Permitted Public Offers where a prospectus will be published in relation to the shares of our common stock offered hereby that has been approved by the competent authority in a Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive), except that with effect from and including that Relevant Implementation
136
Date, offers of shares of our common stock offered hereby may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:
Each person in a Relevant Member State (other than a Relevant Member State where there is a Permitted Public Offer) who initially acquires any shares of our common stock offered hereby or to whom any offer is made under the Institutional Offering will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with each Subscriber and the Bank that (A) it is a "qualified investor," and (B) in the case of any shares of our common stock offered hereby acquired by it as a financial intermediary, as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, (x) the shares of our common stock offered hereby acquired by it in the Institutional Offering have not been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any Relevant Member State other than "qualified investors" as defined in the Prospectus Directive, or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the Subscribers has been given to the offer or resale, or (y) where shares of our common stock offered hereby have been acquired by it on behalf of persons in any Relevant Member State other than "qualified investors" as defined in the Prospectus Directive, the offer of those shares to it is not treated under the Prospectus Directive as having been made to such persons.
For the purpose of the above provisions, the expression "an offer to the public" in relation to any shares of our common stock offered hereby in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer of any such shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any such shares, as the same may be varied in the Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in the Relevant Member State and the expression "Prospectus Directive" means Directive 2003/71/EC (including that Directive as amended, in the case of Early Implementing Member States) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.
137
United Kingdom
This prospectus is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive, which we refer to as Qualified Investors that are also (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, which we refer to as the Order, or (ii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order, all such persons which we refer to together as relevant persons. This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other persons in the United Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant persons should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.
Switzerland
This document, as well as any other material relating to the shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, do not constitute an issue prospectus pursuant to Article 652a and/or 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations. The shares will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange and, therefore, the documents relating to the shares, including, but not limited to, this document, do not claim to comply with the disclosure standards of the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange. The shares are being offered in Switzerland by way of a private placement, i.e., to a small number of selected investors only, without any public offer and only to investors who do not purchase the shares with the intention to distribute them to the public. The investors will be individually approached by the issuer from time to time. This document, as well as any other material relating to the shares, is personal and confidential and do not constitute an offer to any other person. This document may only be used by those investors to whom it has been handed out in connection with the offering described herein and may neither directly nor indirectly be distributed or made available to other persons without express consent of the issuer. It may not be used in connection with any other offer and shall in particular not be copied and/or distributed to the public in (or from) Switzerland.
Hong Kong
The shares of our common stock offered hereby may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to "professional investors" as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made under that Ordinance, or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a "prospectus" as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32, Laws of Hong Kong), or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares of our common stock offered hereby may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of the issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to the shares of our common stock offered hereby which are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) or any rules made under that Ordinance.
Singapore
This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares of our common stock offered hereby may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other
138
than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Future Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore, which we refer to as the SFA, (ii) to a "relevant person" as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275 (1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.
Where the shares of our common stock offered hereby are subscribed and purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:
By accepting this prospectus, the recipient hereof represents and warrants that he is entitled to receive it in accordance with the restrictions set forth above and agrees to be bound by limitations contained herein. Any failure to comply with these limitations may constitute a violation of law.
139
Certain legal matters in connection with this offering, including the validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby, will be passed upon for us by Sidley Austin LLP, Chicago, Illinois. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by White & Case LLP, New York, New York.
Our consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2010 and March 31, 2009 and for the years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, the period from August 30, 2007 through March 31, 2008 ("predecessor"), and the period from April 1, 2007 through August 29, 2007 ("pre-predecessor"), appearing in this registration statement and prospectus have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon appearing herein, and are based in part on the reports of Meyers Norris Penny LLP, Bell Partners and Shanghai JiaLiang CPAs, with respect to Thermon Canada Inc., Thermon Australia Pty Ltd. and Thermon Heat Tracing & Engineering (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., respectively. The financial statements referred to above are included in reliance upon such reports given on the authority of such firms as experts in accounting and auditing.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC, Washington, D.C. 20549, a registration statement on Form S-1 with respect to the common stock being sold in this offering. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits thereto because some parts have been omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. You will find additional information about us and the common stock being sold in this offering in the registration statement and the exhibits thereto. For further information with respect to us and the common stock being sold in this offering, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete and in each instance, if such contract or document is filed as an exhibit, reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. A copy of the registration statement, including the exhibits thereto, may be read and copied at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet site at http://www.sec.gov , from which interested persons can electronically access the registration statement, including the exhibits and any schedules thereto. Copies of the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules thereto, are also available at your request, without charge, from Thermon Group Holdings, Inc., 100 Thermon Drive, San Marcos, TX 78666, Attention: Investor Relations. Our telephone number at that address is (512) 396-5801.
As a result of the offering, we will become subject to the full informational requirements of the Exchange Act. We will fulfill our obligations with respect to such requirements by filing periodic reports and other information with the SEC. We also maintain an Internet site at http://www.thermon.com. Our website and the information contained therein or connected thereto shall not be deemed to be incorporated into this prospectus or the registration statement of which it forms a part.
140
F-1
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Members
and Board of Directors
Thermon Holdings, LLC
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Thermon Holdings, LLC (the Company and Predecessor) as of March 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, members'/shareholders' equity, and cash flows for the years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009 and for the period from August 30, 2007 to March 31, 2008 (Predecessor); and for the period from April 1, 2007 to August 29, 2007 of Thermon Industries, Inc. (Pre-Predecessor). These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We did not audit the financial statements of Thermon Canada, Inc., Thermon Australia, PTY., LTD, and Thermon Heat Tracing & Engineering (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., wholly owned subsidiaries, which statements reflect total assets of $96.3 million and $71.7 million as of March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, and total revenues of $59.0 million, and $68.6 million, $38.9 million, and $16.2 million, for the years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, the period from August 30, 2007 to March 31, 2008, and for the period from April 1, 2007 to August 29, 2007, respectively. Those statements were audited by other auditors whose reports have been furnished to us, and our opinion, insofar as it relates to the amounts included for Thermon Canada, Inc., Thermon Australia, PTY., LTD (each of which are before certain adjustments to conform to United States generally accepted accounting principles), and Thermon China is based solely on the reports of the other auditors.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits and the reports of other auditors provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
We have audited the adjustments presented in the reconciliation from Canadian generally accepted accounting principles and Australian generally accepted accounting principles to United States generally accepted accounting principles for Thermon Canada, Inc. and Thermon Australia, PTY., LTD, respectively, reflected in Notes 17 and 18 to the consolidated financial statements.
In our opinion, based on our audits and the reports of other auditors, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Thermon Holdings, LLC at March 31, 2010 and 2009, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, and the period from August 30, 2007 to March 31, 2008 (Predecessor); and for the period from April 1, 2007 to August 29, 2007 of Thermon Industries, Inc. (Pre-Predecessor) in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.
/s/
Ernst & Young LLP
Austin, Texas
November 22, 2010, except for Note 21,
as to which the date is April 1, 2011
F-2
Report of the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Shareholder of Thermon Canada Inc.:
We have audited the balance sheets of Thermon Canada Inc. as at March 31, 2010 and 2009 and the statements of earnings (loss) and comprehensive income (loss), retained earnings (deficit), cash flows, and the related schedules, for each of the years in the three-year period ended March 31, 2010. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards and the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform an audit to obtain reasonable assurance whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
In our opinion, these financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as at March 31, 2010 and 2009 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended March 31, 2010 in accordance with Canadian generally accepted accounting principles.
As discussed more fully in Note 17, the financial statements as of and for the year ended March 31, 2008 have been restated to reflect changes resulting from a correction to corporate income taxes.
/s/ Meyers Norris Penny LLP | ||
Calgary, Alberta October 28, 2010 |
|
Chartered Accountants |
F-3
Thermon Australia Pty Ltd
ABN: 79 000 554 932
Independent Audit Report to the members of Thermon Australia Pty Ltd
We have audited the accompanying financial statements of Thermon Australia Pty Ltd, which comprises the statement of financial position as at 31 March 2010, and the statement of comprehensive income, statement of changes in equity and statement of cash flows for the year ended that date a summary of significant accounting policies, other explanatory notes and the director's declaration.
Directors' Responsibility for the Financial Statements
The directors of the company are responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements and have determined that the accounting policies described in Note 1 to the financial statements, which form part of the financial statements, are appropriate to meet the requirements of the Corporations Act 2001, and are appropriate to meet the needs of the members. The directors responsibility also includes establishing and maintaining internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of the financial report that is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; selecting and applying accounting policies; and making accounting estimates that are reasonable in the circumstances.
Auditor's Responsibility
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements based on our audit. No opinion is expressed as to whether the accounting policies used, as described in Note 1, are appropriate to meet the needs of the members. We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards and the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). These Auditing Standards require that we comply with relevant ethical requirements relating to audit engagements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement.
An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor's judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the company's preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity's internal control. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by the directors, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.
The financial statements have been prepared for distribution to members for the purpose of fulfilling the directors' financial reporting under the Corporations Act 2001. We disclaim an assumption of responsibility for any reliance on this statement or on the financial statements to which it relates to any person other than the members, or for any purpose other than that for which it was prepared.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.
Independence
In conducting our audit, we have complied with the independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001. We confirm that the independence declaration required by the Corporations
F-4
Thermon Australia Pty Ltd
ABN: 79 000 554 932
Independent Audit Report to the members of Thermon Australia Pty Ltd
Act 2001, provided to the directors of Thermon Australia Pty Ltd on 24 May 2010, would be in the same terms if provided to the directors as at the date of this auditor's report.
Auditor's Opinion
In our opinion the financial statements of Thermon Australia Pty Ltd are prepared in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including:
/s/ BELL PARTNERS
Bell Partners Chartered Accountants |
||
/s/ T G REES T G Rees Partner |
|
|
Level 7,
468 St Kilda Road, Melbourne
31 May 2010
F-5
Thermon Australia Pty Ltd
ABN: 79 000 554 932
Independent Audit Report to the members of Thermon Australia Pty Ltd
Report on the Financial Report
We have audited the accompanying financial report of Thermon Australia Pty Ltd, which comprises the balance sheet as at 31 March 2009, and the income statement, statement of changes in equity and cash flow statement for the year ended that date a summary of significant accounting policies, other explanatory notes and the directors' declaration.
Directors' Responsibility for the Financial Report
The directors of the company are responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial report in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards (including the Australian Accounting Interpretations) and the Corporations Act 2001. The directors responsibility also includes establishing and maintaining internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of the financial report that is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; selecting and applying accounting policies; and making accounting estimates that are reasonable in the circumstances.
Auditor's Responsibility
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial report based on our audit. No opinion is expressed as the whether the accounting policies used, as described in Note 1, are appropriate to meet the needs of the members. We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards and the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). These Auditing Standards require that we comply with relevant ethical requirements relating to audit engagements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance whether the financial report is free from material misstatement.
An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial report. The procedures selected depend on the auditor's judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial report, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the company's preparation and fair presentation of the financial report in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity's internal control. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by the directors, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial report.
The financial report has been prepared for distribution to members for the purpose of fulfilling the directors' financial reporting under the Corporations Act 2001. We disclaim an assumption of responsibility for any reliance on this report or on the financial report to which it relates to any person other than the members, or for any purpose other than that for which it was prepared.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.
Independence
In conducting our audit, we have complied with the independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001. We confirm that the independence declaration required by the Corporations Act 2001, provided to the directors of Thermon Australia Pty Ltd on 15 May 2009, would be in the same terms if provided to the directors as at the date of this auditor's report.
F-6
Thermon Australia Pty Ltd
ABN: 79 000 554 932
Independent Audit Report to the members of Thermon Australia Pty Ltd
Auditor's Opinion
In our opinion the financial report of Thermon Australia Pty Ltd is in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including:
/s/ BELL PARTNERS
Bell Partners Chartered Accountants |
||
/s/ T G REES T G Rees Partner |
|
|
Level 7, 468 St Kilda Road, Melbourne
21 May 2009
F-7
THERMON AUSTRALIA PTY LTD 79 000 554 932
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF
THERMON AUSTRALIA PTY LTD
Report on the financial report
We have audited the accompanying financial report, being a special purpose financial report, of Thermon Australia Pty Ltd, which comprises the balance sheet as at 31 March 2008, and the income statement, statement of changes in equity and cash flow statement for the year then ended, a summary of significant accounting policies, other explanatory notes and the directors' declaration.
Directors' responsibility for the financial report
The directors of the company are responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial report and have determined that the accounting policies described in Note 1 to the financial statements, which form part of the financial report, are appropriate to meet the requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 and are appropriate to meet the needs of the members. The directors' responsibility also includes establishing and maintaining internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of the financial report that is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; selecting and applying appropriate accounting policies; and making accounting estimates that are reasonable in the circumstances.
Auditor's responsibility
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial report based on our audit. No opinion is expressed as to whether the accounting policies used, as described in Note 1, are appropriate to meet the needs of the members. We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards and the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). These Auditing Standards require that we comply with relevant ethical requirements relating to audit engagements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance whether the financial report is free from material misstatement.
An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial report. The procedures selected depend on the auditor's judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial report, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity's preparation and fair presentation of the financial report in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity's internal control. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by the directors, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial report.
The financial report has been prepared for distribution to members for the purpose of fulfilling the directors' financial reporting under the Corporations Act 2001 . We disclaim any assumption of responsibility for any reliance on this report or on the financial report to which it relates to any person other than the members, or for any purpose other than that for which it was prepared.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.
Independence
In conducting our audit, we have complied with the independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001. We confirm that the independence declaration required by the Corporations
F-8
THERMON AUSTRALIA PTY LTD 79 000 554 932
INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT TO THE MEMBERS OF
THERMON AUSTRALIA PTY LTD(continued)
Act 2001, provided to the directors Thermon Australia Pty Ltd on 21 May 2008, would be in the same terms if provided to the directors as at the date of this auditor's report.
Auditor's opinion
In our opinion the financial report of Thermon Australia Pty Ltd is in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including:
Name of Firm: |
|
/s/ BELL DUKE & CO Bell Duke & Co |
|
|
Name of Partner: |
|
/s/ T. G. REES T. G. Rees |
|
|
Address: |
|
Level 7 468 St Kilda Road Melbourne VIC 3004 |
|
|
Dated this 27th day of May 2008
F-9
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS
BOARD
OF DIRECTORS
THERMON HEAT TRACING & ENGINEERING (SHANGHAI) CO., LTD.
We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Thermon Heat Tracing & Engineering (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. ("the Company") as of March 31, 2010 and 2009, and the statement of income for the years ended March 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the Independent Auditing Standards for Certified Public Accountants of China and the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of March 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of its operations for the years ended March 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
/s/ SHANGHAI JIALIANG CPAS
Shanghai Jialiang CPAs |
Shanghai, the People's Republic of China
October 31, 2010
F-10
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(Dollars in Thousands)
|
Predecessor |
|
||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Pre-Predecessor | |||||||||||||
|
|
|
For the Period
From August 30, 2007 Through March 31, 2008 |
|||||||||||
|
Year Ended
March 31, 2010 |
Year Ended
March 31, 2009 |
For the Period
From April 1, Through August 29, 2007 |
|||||||||||
Sales |
$ | 192,713 | $ | 202,755 | $ | 124,196 | $ | 61,615 | ||||||
Cost of sales |
101,401 | 105,456 | 76,291 | 33,801 | ||||||||||
Gross profit |
91,312 | 97,299 | 47,905 | 27,814 | ||||||||||
Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||||
Marketing, general and administrative and engineering |
47,343 | 49,807 | 29,862 | 17,182 | ||||||||||
Amortization of other intangible assets |
2,426 | 6,627 | 6,716 | | ||||||||||
Income from operations |
41,543 | 40,865 | 11,327 | 10,632 | ||||||||||
Other income (expenses): |
||||||||||||||
Interest income |
6 | 94 | 154 | 13 | ||||||||||
Interest expense |
(7,357 | ) | (9,625 | ) | (7,934 | ) | (440 | ) | ||||||
Gain (loss) on disposition of property, plant and equipment |
(1 | ) | (18 | ) | (41 | ) | (75 | ) | ||||||
Miscellaneous income (expense) |
(1,285 | ) | (3,120 | ) | (3,715 | ) | (9,222 | ) | ||||||
|
(8,637 | ) | (12,669 | ) | (11,536 | ) | (9,724 | ) | ||||||
Income (loss) from operations before provision for income taxes |
32,906 | 28,196 | (209 | ) | 908 | |||||||||
Income taxes |
(13,966 | ) | (1,795 | ) | (20,019 | ) | (1,693 | ) | ||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 18,940 | $ | 26,401 | $ | (20,228 | ) | $ | (785 | ) | ||||
Net income (loss) per common share: |
||||||||||||||
Basic |
$ | 401.23 | $ | 559.28 | $ | (428.51 | ) | $ | (19.70 | ) | ||||
Diluted |
362.47 | 490.41 | (428.51 | ) | (19.70 | ) | ||||||||
Weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per common share: |
||||||||||||||
Basic |
47,205 | 47,205 | 47,205 | 39,850 | ||||||||||
Diluted |
52,253 | 53,835 | 47,205 | 39,850 | ||||||||||
Cash distributions per share |
$ | 182.18 | | | |
See accompanying notes.
F-11
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Dollars in Thousands)
|
March 31 | |||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2010 | 2009 | ||||||
Assets |
||||||||
Current assets: |
||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 30,147 | $ | 13,402 | ||||
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $1,835 and $1,233 as of March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively |
41,882 | 37,874 | ||||||
Notes receivable and other |
3 | 558 | ||||||
Inventories, net |
22,835 | 25,103 | ||||||
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts |
1,636 | 2,458 | ||||||
Income taxes receivable |
1,368 | 370 | ||||||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
4,331 | 3,649 | ||||||
Deferred income taxes |
1,428 | 1,872 | ||||||
Total current assets |
103,630 | 85,286 | ||||||
Property, plant and equipment, net |
22,750 | 22,255 | ||||||
Goodwill |
42,013 | 37,008 | ||||||
Intangibles, net |
50,137 | 46,171 | ||||||
Debt issuance costs, net |
2,586 | 3,016 | ||||||
Total assets |
$ | 221,116 | $ | 193,736 | ||||
Liabilities and members' equity |
||||||||
Current liabilities: |
||||||||
Accounts payable |
$ | 9,397 | $ | 10,458 | ||||
Accrued liabilities |
13,505 | 13,711 | ||||||
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts |
1,035 | 1,038 | ||||||
Income taxes payable |
2,158 | 1,777 | ||||||
Due to former shareholders |
| 2,363 | ||||||
Deferred income taxes |
138 | 185 | ||||||
Total current liabilities |
26,233 | 29,532 | ||||||
Long-term debt, net of current maturities |
109,249 | 99,032 | ||||||
Deferred income taxes |
30,005 | 26,361 | ||||||
Other noncurrent liabilities |
555 | 597 | ||||||
Members' equity |
55,074 | 38,214 | ||||||
Total liabilities and members' equity |
$ | 221,116 | $ | 193,736 | ||||
See accompanying notes.
F-12
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Consolidated Statements of Members' Equity
(Shares and Dollars in Thousands)
|
Ownership Units |
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Issued and
Outstanding |
Amount |
Retained
Earnings/ (Deficit) |
Currency
Translation Adjustment |
Other | Total | ||||||||||||||
Initial capitalization, August 30, 2007: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Issuance of Class A Units for cash |
33,837 | $ | 33,837 | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | 33,837 | |||||||||
Exchange Class A Units for certain shares of Thermon Industries, Inc. |
12,943 | 3,232 | | | | 3,232 | ||||||||||||||
Issuance of Class A Units for cash |
425 | 425 | | | | 425 | ||||||||||||||
Award of Unvested Series P Units for cash |
6,630 | 7 | | | | 7 | ||||||||||||||
Stock compensation |
| 71 | | | | 71 | ||||||||||||||
Net loss |
| | (20,228 | ) | | | (20,228 | ) | ||||||||||||
Translation adjustment |
| | | 2,928 | | 2,928 | ||||||||||||||
Other |
| | | | 73 | 73 | ||||||||||||||
Comprehensive loss |
| | | | | (17,227 | ) | |||||||||||||
Balances at March 31, 2008 |
53,835 | 37,572 | (20,228 | ) | 2,928 | 73 | 20,345 | |||||||||||||
Series P units forfeited |
(1,582 | ) | | | | | | |||||||||||||
Stock compensation |
| (71 | ) | | | | (71 | ) | ||||||||||||
Net income |
| | 26,401 | | | 26,401 | ||||||||||||||
Translation adjustment |
| | | (8,474 | ) | | (8,474 | ) | ||||||||||||
Other |
| | | | 13 | 13 | ||||||||||||||
Comprehensive income |
| | | | | 17,940 | ||||||||||||||
Balances at March 31, 2009 |
52,253 | 37,501 | 6,173 | (5,546 | ) | 86 | 38,214 | |||||||||||||
Dividend paid |
| | (8,600 | ) | | | (8,600 | ) | ||||||||||||
Net income |
| | 18,940 | | | 18,940 | ||||||||||||||
Translation adjustment |
| | | 6,606 | | 6,606 | ||||||||||||||
Other |
| | | | (86 | ) | (86 | ) | ||||||||||||
Comprehensive income |
| | | | | 25,460 | ||||||||||||||
Balances at March 31, 2010 |
52,253 | $ | 37,501 | $ | 16,513 | $ | 1,060 | $ | | $ | 55,074 | |||||||||
F-13
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Pre-Predecessor's Consolidated Statement of Shareholders' Equity
(Dollars in Thousands)
|
Common
Stock Amount |
Additional
Paid-in Capital |
Retained
Earnings |
Accumulated
Other Comprehensive Income |
Total
Shareholders' Equity |
||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Balance at March 31, 2007 |
$ | 40 | $ | 186 | $ | 28,883 | $ | 1,406 | $ | 30,515 | |||||||
Issuances of common stock |
| 39 | | | 39 | ||||||||||||
Net loss |
| | (785 | ) | | (785 | ) | ||||||||||
Translation adjustments |
| | | 1,209 | 1,209 | ||||||||||||
Comprehensive income |
| | | | 424 | ||||||||||||
Balance at August 29, 2007 |
$ | 40 | $ | 225 | $ | 28,098 | $ | 2,615 | $ | 30,978 | |||||||
F-14
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Dollars in Thousands)
|
Predecessor |
Pre-Predecessor | ||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Year Ended
March 31, 2010 |
Year Ended
March 31, 2009 |
For the Period From
August 30, 2007 Through March 31, 2008 |
For the Period
From April 1, Through August 29, 2007 |
||||||||||
Operating activities |
||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 18,940 | $ | 26,401 | $ | (20,228 | ) | $ | (785 | ) | ||||
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities: |
||||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
4,424 | 8,497 | 15,239 | 654 | ||||||||||
Amortization of debt cost, net |
657 | 656 | 390 | | ||||||||||
(Benefit)/provision for deferred income taxes |
4,040 | (11,622 | ) | 15,423 | (157 | ) | ||||||||
Loss on disposition of property, plant and equipment |
1 | 19 | 41 | 75 | ||||||||||
Other |
| (15 | ) | 88 | (98 | ) | ||||||||
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisition: |
||||||||||||||
Accounts receivable |
(2,971 | ) | 6,417 | (14,982 | ) | (1,189 | ) | |||||||
Inventories |
2,855 | 33 | (1,893 | ) | (4,334 | ) | ||||||||
Costs and estimated earnings and billings on construction contracts |
819 | (1,607 | ) | 493 | 9 | |||||||||
Other current and noncurrent assets |
(1,125 | ) | (503 | ) | (31 | ) | (729 | ) | ||||||
Accounts payable |
(789 | ) | (3,283 | ) | 5,036 | (1,140 | ) | |||||||
Accrued liabilities and noncurrent liabilities |
(189 | ) | (1,255 | ) | 6,666 | (3,163 | ) | |||||||
Change in liability to former shareholders |
(2,363 | ) | (1,081 | ) | 3,444 | | ||||||||
Income taxes payable |
382 | 1,029 | (358 | ) | 284 | |||||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities |
24,681 | 23,686 | 9,328 | (10,573 | ) | |||||||||
Investing activities |
||||||||||||||
Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment |
2 | 32 | 12 | 1 | ||||||||||
Purchases of property, plant and equipment |
(1,587 | ) | (2,708 | ) | (4,229 | ) | (1,085 | ) | ||||||
Cash paid for Thermon Industries, Inc. (net of cash acquired of $3,700) |
| | (145,933 | ) | | |||||||||
Proceeds from insurance recoveries on building |
| | | 1,278 | ||||||||||
Other investing transactions |
| 408 | | | ||||||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities |
(1,585 | ) | (2,268 | ) | (150,150 | ) | 194 |
F-15
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows(continued)
(Dollars in Thousands)
|
Predecessor |
Pre-Predecessor | |||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Year Ended
March 31, 2010 |
Year Ended
March 31, 2009 |
For the Period From
August 30, 2007 Through March 31, 2008 |
For the Period
From April 1, Through August 29, 2007 |
|||||||||
Financing activities |
|||||||||||||
Proceeds from revolving lines of credit and long-term debt |
$ | | $ | | $ | 116,975 | $ | 39,333 | |||||
Debt issuance costs |
| | (4,268 | ) | | ||||||||
Payments on revolving lines of credit and long-term debt |
| (11,957 | ) | | (28,503 | ) | |||||||
Proceeds from short-term notes payable |
| | 303 | 1 | |||||||||
Payments on short-term notes payable |
| (310 | ) | | | ||||||||
Issuance of common stock |
| | 34,270 | 39 | |||||||||
Dividend paid |
(8,600 | ) | | | | ||||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities |
(8,600 | ) | (12,267 | ) | 147,280 | 10,870 | |||||||
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents |
2,249 | (2,223 | ) | 16 | 1,147 | ||||||||
Change in cash and cash equivalents |
16,745 | 6,928 | 6,474 | 1,638 | |||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period |
13,402 | 6,474 | | 2,062 | |||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period |
$ | 30,147 | $ | 13,402 | $ | 6,474 | $ | 3,700 | |||||
Supplemental Noncash investing and financing activities |
|||||||||||||
Predecessor equity rollover |
$ | | $ | | $ | 3,232 | $ | | |||||
Effect of exchange rate changes on long-term debt |
$ | 10,218 | $ | (9,652 | ) | $ | 1,849 | $ | | ||||
Effect of exchange rate changes on fixed assets |
$ | (909 | ) | $ | 1,931 | $ | 119 | $ | | ||||
Effect of exchange rate changes on intangibles |
$ | (6,619 | ) | $ | 7,981 | $ | | $ | | ||||
Effect of exchange rate changes on Goodwill |
$ | (5,005 | ) | $ | 4,829 | $ | | $ | | ||||
Cash paid for interest and income taxes |
|||||||||||||
Interest, net |
$ | 6,920 | $ | 8,521 | $ | 7,532 | $ | 434 | |||||
Income taxes, net |
$ | 10,432 | $ | 12,482 | $ | 5,037 | $ | 1,119 |
See accompanying notes.
F-16
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Dollars in Thousands)
March 31, 2010
1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Organization
Thermon is a global manufacturing and engineering company dedicated to electrical and steam trace heating of piping, vessels, instrumentation and associated equipment. Through a network of international subsidiaries, the Company provides services to industrial and commercial businesses in most of the major industrial centers around the world. The Company's largest markets are the U.S., Europe, Asia and Canada. The Company's primary base of customers operates in the oil, chemical processing and power generation industries.
On August 30, 2007, Thermon Holdings, LLC (the Company and Predecessor) was established by the Audax Private Equity Fund II, L.P. and its affiliates (Audax), to acquire Thermon Industries, Inc. and its subsidiaries (Thermon and Pre-Predecessor).
The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase combination. The purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired based on their estimated fair values and liabilities assumed were recorded based upon their actual value. The Company engaged an independent third party appraisal firm to assist in the Company's determination of the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The Company's management ultimately takes responsibility for valuations assigned to the assets and liabilities assumed in connection with the purchase combination.
The Company's accounting basis was changed to reflect the acquisition of the Pre-Predecessor by the Company because the Predecessor's shareholders retained a minority ownership interest in the Company in accordance with the accounting standards for leveraged buyout transactions. The Company's accounting basis was changed to fair value to reflect the new shareholder's interest in the Company and the continuing shareholders' residual interest was valued at the continuing shareholders' basis in the Pre-Predecessor of approximately $3,232, instead of the $12,943 fair value of the 12,942 Class A Units exchanged. This difference of $9,711 was prorated to the fair value adjustments to the net assets acquired.
Basis of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and subsidiaries. All significant inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Consolidated subsidiaries domiciled in foreign countries comprised approximately 66%, 70%, 65%, and 62% of the Company's consolidated sales, $18,509, $17,500, $(700), and $5,500 of the Company's consolidated pretax income for the period from April 1, 2009 to March 31, 2010 (fiscal year 2010) April 1, 2008 to March 31, 2009 (fiscal year 2009), August 30, 2007 to March 31, 2008 and the period from April 1, 2007 to August 29, 2007, respectively, and 65% and 59%, of the Company's consolidated total assets at March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
In November 2008, Thermon Manufacturing Company (TMC), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, purchased all outstanding minority interest shares of Thermon Heat Tracers PVT. LTD. (India). As of March 31, 2010 and 2009, Thermon Heat Tracers PVT., LTD. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of TMC.
F-17
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements(continued)
(Dollars in Thousands)
March 31, 2010
1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies(continued)
During fiscal year 2010, the Company adopted standards for and disclosures of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before the financial statements are available to be issued. Management has evaluated subsequent events through June 28, 2010, the date at which the financial statements were available to be issued.
Segment Reporting
The Company's chief operating decision maker allocates resources and assesses the performance of its electrical and stream trace heating of piping, vessels, instrumentation and associated equipment sales activities as one segment.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results inevitably will differ from those estimates, and such differences may be material to the financial statements.
Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash in bank and money market funds. All highly liquid investments purchased with maturities of three months or less from time of purchase are considered to be cash equivalents.
Receivables
The Company's receivables are recorded at cost when earned and represent claims against third parties that will be settled in cash. The carrying value of the Company's receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts, represents their estimated net realizable value. If events or changes in circumstances indicate specific receivable balances may be impaired, further consideration is given to the Company's ability to collect those balances and the allowance is adjusted accordingly. The Company has established an allowance for doubtful accounts based upon an analysis of aged receivables. Past-due receivable balances are written-off when the Company's internal collection efforts have been unsuccessful in collecting the amounts due.
The Company's primary base of customers operates in the oil, chemical processing and power generation industries. Although the Company has a concentration of credit risk within these industries, the Company has not experienced significant collection losses on sales to these customers. The Company's foreign receivables are not concentrated within any one geographic region nor are they subject to any current economic conditions that would subject the Company to unusual risk. The Company does not generally require collateral or other security from customers.
The Company performs credit evaluations of new customers and sometimes require deposits, prepayments or use of trade letters of credit to mitigate our credit risk. Allowance for doubtful account
F-18
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements(continued)
(Dollars in Thousands)
March 31, 2010
1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies(continued)
balances are $1,835 and $1,233 as of March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Although we have fully provided for these balances, we continue to pursue collection of these receivables.
The following table summarizes the annual changes in our allowance for doubtful accounts:
Pre-Predecessor: |
|||||
Balance at March 31, 2007 |
$ | 611 | |||
Additions charged to expense |
91 | ||||
Write-off of uncollectible accounts |
(6 | ) | |||
Balance at August 29, 2007 |
$ | 696 | |||
Predecessor: |
|||||
Balance at August 30, 2007 |
$ | 696 | |||
Additions charged to expense |
284 | ||||
Write-off of uncollectible accounts |
(137 | ) | |||
Balance at March 31, 2008 |
843 | ||||
Additions charged to expense |
738 | ||||
Write-off of uncollectible accounts |
(348 | ) | |||
Balance at March 31, 2009 |
1,233 | ||||
Additions charged to expense |
881 | ||||
Write-off of uncollectible accounts |
(279 | ) | |||
Balance at March 31, 2010 |
$ | 1,835 | |||
Inventories
Inventories, principally raw materials and finished goods, are valued at the lower of cost (weighted average cost) or market.
Revenue Recognition
Revenues from sales of the Company's products are recognized when persuasive evidence of an agreement exists, delivery of the product has occurred, the fee is fixed or determinable and collectibility is probable.
Construction contract revenues are recognized using the percentage-of-completion method, primarily based on contract costs incurred to date compared with total estimated contract costs. Changes to total estimated contract costs or losses, if any, are recognized in the period they are determined. Revenues recognized in excess of amounts billed are classified as costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts. Essentially all of such amounts are expected to be billed and collected within one year and are classified as current assets. Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts are classified as current liabilities. When reasonably dependable estimates cannot be made, construction contract revenues are recognized using the completed contract method.
F-19
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements(continued)
(Dollars in Thousands)
March 31, 2010
1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies(continued)
Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Expenditures for renewals and improvements that significantly extend the useful life of an asset are capitalized. Expenditures for maintenance and repairs of assets are charged to operations as incurred when assets are sold or retired, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any gain or loss is credited or changed to operations.
Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the following lives:
|
Useful Lives in Years | |||
---|---|---|---|---|
Land improvements |
15 to 20 | |||
Buildings and improvements |
10 to 40 | |||
Machinery and equipment |
3 to 25 | |||
Office furniture and equipment |
3 to 10 |
Fair Value Measurements
Financial instruments for which the Company did not elect the fair value option include cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, other current assets, current and long-term debt, accounts payable, and other current liabilities. The carrying amounts of these financial instruments, approximate their fair values due to their short-term nature or variable rates.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Costs in excess of net asset value (goodwill) of purchased businesses relates to the acquisition made by the Company. Separable intangible assets that have finite lives are amortized over their useful lives, and goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets are not amortized, but are reviewed for impairment annually, or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. In making this assessment, management relies on a number of factors including operating results, business plans, economic projections, anticipated future cash flows, transactions, and market place data. There are inherent uncertainties related to these factors and management's judgment in applying them to the analysis of goodwill impairment. As such, U.S. GAAP requires that "push down" accounting be applied for wholly owned subsidiaries if the ownership is 95 percent or more. In connection with the Audax transaction, goodwill was allocated to the companies subsidiaries in the U.S., Canada and Europe accordingly. As such, the Company has identified three reporting units: U.S., Canada and Europe, for goodwill impairment testing, which are at a level below its operating segment. Factors considered important which could trigger an impairment review include the following:
F-20
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements(continued)
(Dollars in Thousands)
March 31, 2010
1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies(continued)
When testing for goodwill impairment, the Company performs a step 1 goodwill impairment test to identify a potential impairment. In doing so, the Company compares the fair value of a reporting unit with its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, goodwill may be impaired and a step 2 goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the amount of any impairment loss. In the step 2 goodwill impairment test, the Company compares the implied fair value of reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. If the carrying amount of reporting unit goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to the excess. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in the same manner that the amount of goodwill recognized in a business combination is determined. The Company allocates the fair value of a reporting unit to all of the assets and liabilities of that unit, including intangible assets, as if the reporting unit had been acquired in a business combination. Any excess of the value of a reporting unit over the amounts assigned to its assets and liabilities is the implied fair value of goodwill.
Estimates about fair value used in the step 1 goodwill impairment tests have been calculated using an income approach based on the present value of future cash flows of each reporting unit. The income approach has been supported by additional transaction and guideline analyses. These approaches incorporate a number of assumptions including future growth rates, discount factors, and income tax rates in assessing fair value. Changes in economic and operating conditions impacting these assumptions could result in goodwill impairments in future periods.
There was no impairment of goodwill for any period presented in these financial statements.
Long-Lived Assets
The Company evaluates its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of these assets is measured by comparison of the carrying amounts to the future undiscounted cash flows that the assets are expected to generate. If the long-lived assets are considered impaired, the impairment to be recognized equals the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds the estimated fair value and is recorded in the period the determination was made.
Income Taxes
Taxable income or loss of Thermon Holdings, LLC is included in the income tax returns of its members. However, its sole direct subsidiary, Thermon Holding Corp. has elected C-Corporation status for income tax purposes. As a result, the income tax amounts recorded in these consolidated financial statements relate to Thermon Holding Corp. and its subsidiaries through which substantially all of the operations of the Company are derived.
The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method that requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the financial statements or tax returns. Judgment is required in assessing the future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the financial statements or tax returns. Variations in the actual outcome of these future tax consequences could materially impact the
F-21
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements(continued)
(Dollars in Thousands)
March 31, 2010
1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies(continued)
Company's financial position or results of operations. In estimating future tax consequences, all expected future events are considered other than enactments of changes in tax laws or rates. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to amounts which are more likely than not to be realized.
In June 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued a pronouncement entitled Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (the Pronouncement), which clarifies the accounting for uncertain tax positions. The Pronouncement requires the Company recognize in its financial statements the impact of a tax position, if the position is more likely than not of being sustained on audit, based on the technical merits of the position. The Pronouncement was effective for the Company on April 1, 2009. The adoption did not have a material effect on the Company's financial statements.
Foreign Currency Transactions and Translation
Exchange adjustments resulting from foreign currency transactions are recognized in income as realized. For the Company's non-U.S. Dollar functional currency subsidiaries, assets and liabilities of foreign subsidiaries are translated into U.S. Dollars using year-end exchange rates. Income and expense items are translated at a weighted average exchange rate prevailing during the year. Adjustments resulting from translation of financial statements are reflected as a separate component of members' equity.
Warranties
The Company offers a standard warranty on product sales in which they will replace a defective product for a period of one year. Warranties on construction projects are negotiated individually, are typically one year in duration, and may include the cost of labor to replace products. Factors that affect the Company's warranty liability include the amount of sales, historical and anticipated rates of warranty claims, and cost per claim. The Company periodically assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty liabilities and adjusts the amounts as necessary.
Research and Development
Research and development expenditures are expensed when incurred and are included in marketing, general and administrative and engineering expenses. Research and development expenses include salaries, direct costs incurred, and building and overhead expenses. The amounts expensed in fiscal year 2010 and 2009, in the period from August 30, 2007 through March 31, 2008, and the period from April 1, 2007 through August 29, 2007 were $1,770, $1,676, $1,087, and $727, respectively.
Shipping and Handling Cost
The Company includes shipping and handling costs as part of cost of goods sold.
F-22
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements(continued)
(Dollars in Thousands)
March 31, 2010
1. Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies(continued)
Economic Dependence
Customer A accounted for 14% of the Company's total revenue during fiscal year 2009. No customer represented more than 10% of the Company's revenues in any of the other periods reported.
No customer represented more than 10% of the Company's accounts receivable at March 31, 2010 and 2009.
Reclassifications
Certain reclassifications of prior year Class P-unit amounts, miscellaneous income (expense) and operating cash flow amounts have been made to conform to current year presentations. Such reclassification had no impact on net income or total members' equity.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In September 2009, the FASB updated FASB ASC 105, Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (FASB ASC 105). The update establishes the FASB Standards Accounting Codification (Codification) as the source of authoritative U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) recognized by the FASB to be applied to nongovernmental entities and rules and interpretive releases of the SEC as authoritative GAAP for SEC registrants. The Codification supersedes all existing non-SEC accounting and reporting standards. This update is effective for financial statements issued for annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. We adopted the update on March 31, 2010, as required and concluded it did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position or results of operations.
In December 2007, the FASB issued FASB ASC 805, Business Combinations (FASB ASC 805), which significantly changes the principles and requirements for how the acquirer of a business recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, any non-controlling interest in the acquiree, and the goodwill acquired. This statement is effective prospectively, except for certain retrospective adjustments to deferred tax balances, for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008. The Company's adoption of FASB ASC 805, on April 1, 2009, had no material impact on its financial position or results of operations.
In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued guidance in ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures , that defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, expands disclosure about fair value measurements, and introduces the fair value option for certain for certain financial assets and liabilities. The Company adopted the fair value provisions of ASC 820 on April 1, 2008. Prior to adoption, the fair value measurement and disclosure requirements for non-financial assets and liabilities were deferred by one year. The Company adopted the fair value provisions of ASC 820 for non-financial assets and liabilities on April 1, 2009. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company's financial position, result of operations or cash flows.
F-23
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements(continued)
(Dollars in Thousands)
March 31, 2010
2. Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share
Basic net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each period. Diluted net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares and common share equivalents outstanding (if dilutive) during each period. The number of common share equivalents, which include options and P units, is computed using the treasury stock method.
The basic and diluted net income per share calculations are presented below (in thousands, except for per share amounts):
|
Year Ended
March 31, 2010 |
Year Ended
March 31, 2009 |
For the
period From August 30, 2007 Through March 31, 2008 |
For the
Period From April 1, Through August 29, 2007 |
|||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Basic net income (loss) per common share |
|||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 18,940 | $ | 26,401 | $ | (20,228 | ) | $ | (785 | ) | |||
Weighted-average common shares outstanding(1) |
47,205 | 47,205 | 47,205 | 39,850 | |||||||||
Basic net income (loss) per common share |
$ | 401.23 | $ | 559.28 | $ | (428.51 | ) | $ | (19.70 | ) | |||
F-24
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements(continued)
(Dollars in Thousands)
March 31, 2010
2. Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share(continued)
|
Year Ended
March 31, 2010 |
Year Ended
March 31, 2009 |
For the
period From August 30, 2007 Through March 31, 2008 |
For the
Period From April 1, Through August 29, 2007 |
|||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Diluted net income (loss) per common share |
|||||||||||||
Net income (loss) used to determine diluted net income (loss) per common share |
$ | 18,940 | $ | 26,401 | $ | (20,228 | ) | $ | (785 | ) | |||
Weighted-average common shares outstanding |
47,205 | 47,205 | 47,205 | 39,850 | |||||||||
Adjustment for incremental shares arising from assumed exercise of Class P units and options |
5,048 | 6,630 | | | |||||||||
Weighted-average common shares for diluted net income (loss) per share |
52,253 | 53,835 | 47,205 | 39,850 | |||||||||
Diluted net income (loss) per common share(1) |
$ | 362.47 | $ | 490.41 | $ | (428.51 | ) | $ | (19.70 | ) | |||
3. Inventories
Inventories consisted of the following at March 31:
|
2010 | 2009 | |||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Raw materials |
$ | 7,451 | $ | 7,361 | |||
Work in progress |
1,831 | 2,798 | |||||
Finished goods |
14,725 | 16,297 | |||||
|
24,007 | 26,456 | |||||
Valuation reserves |
(1,172 | ) | (1,353 | ) | |||
Net inventory |
$ | 22,835 | $ | 25,103 | |||
F-25
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements(continued)
(Dollars in Thousands)
March 31, 2010
3. Inventories(continued)
The following table summarizes the annual charges in our valuation reserve accounts:
Pre-Predecessor: |
|||||
Balance at March 31, 2007 |
$ | 448 | |||
Additions charged to expense |
83 | ||||
Charged to reserve |
(1 | ) | |||
Balance at August 29, 2007 |
$ | 530 | |||
Predecessor: |
|||||
Balance at August 30, 2007 |
$ | 530 | |||
Additions charged to expense |
1,356 | ||||
Charged to reserve |
(58 | ) | |||
Balance at March 31, 2008 |
1,828 | ||||
Additions charged to expense |
349 | ||||
Charged to reserve |
(824 | ) | |||
Balance at March 31, 2009 |
1,353 | ||||
Additions charged to expense |
173 | ||||
Charged to reserve |
(354 | ) | |||
Balance at March 31, 2010 |
$ | 1,172 | |||
4. Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following at March 31:
|
2010 | 2009 | |||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Land, buildings and improvements |
$ | 13,437 | $ | 13,001 | |||
Machinery and equipment |
11,739 | 9,757 | |||||
Office furniture and equipment |
2,866 | 2,521 | |||||
|
28,042 | 25,279 | |||||
Accumulated depreciation |
(5,292 | ) | (3,024 | ) | |||
|
$ | 22,750 | $ | 22,255 | |||
Depreciation expense was $1,998, $1,870, $1,377, and $654 in fiscal 2010 and 2009, for the period from August 30, 2007 to March 31, 2008, and for the period from April 1, 2007 to August 29, 2007, respectively.
F-26
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements(continued)
(Dollars in Thousands)
March 31, 2010
5. Acquisition, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
On August 30, 2007, the Company paid approximately $149,633 in cash, including approximately $3,224 in closing costs, and issued 12,942 Class A Member Units to certain Thermon management investors in exchange for all of the common stock and options to acquire common stock of the Pre-Predecessor. The Company financed the cash portion of the acquisition with proceeds from (i) issuance of 33,837 Class A Member Units to Audax for $33,837 and (ii) cash from the issuance of $107,000 of term loans and (iii) cash from the issuance of $9,588 of revolving credit loans.
The following table summarizes the estimated fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed.
Assets acquired: |
|||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 3,700 | |||
Accounts receivable, net |
29,812 | ||||
Inventories, net |
30,080 | ||||
Other current assets |
4,546 | ||||
Property, plant and equipment |
20,232 | ||||
Identifiable intangible assets |
64,883 | ||||
Goodwill |
41,695 | ||||
Other noncurrent assets |
50 | ||||
Total assets |
194,998 | ||||
Liabilities assumed: |
|||||
Current liabilities |
18,430 | ||||
Other long-term debt |
1,711 | ||||
Noncurrent deferred tax liability |
21,071 | ||||
Other noncurrent liabilities |
922 | ||||
Total liabilities |
42,134 | ||||
Purchase price |
152,864 | ||||
Less: cash |
(3,700 | ) | |||
Purchase price net of cash |
$ | 149,164 | |||
At March 31, 2010, approximately $3,911 of the purchase price was held in escrow by a third party for the benefit of the Company in the event of any breaches of representations and warranties contained in the definitive agreements.
F-27
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements(continued)
(Dollars in Thousands)
March 31, 2010
5. Acquisition, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets(continued)
Other intangible assets at March 31, 2010 consist of the following:
|
Life |
Gross
Carrying Amount |
Accumulated
Amortization |
Net
Carrying Amount |
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Trademarks |
| $ | 27,767 | $ | | $ | 27,767 | |||||
Developed technology |
20 years | 6,408 | 828 | 5,580 | ||||||||
Customer relationships |
10 years | 21,632 | 5,588 | 16,044 | ||||||||
Backlog |
3-16 months | 9,770 | 9,770 | | ||||||||
Certifications |
| 521 | 57 | 464 | ||||||||
Noncompete agreements |
5 years | 464 | 240 | 224 | ||||||||
Other |
| 58 | | 58 | ||||||||
Total |
$ | 66,620 | $ | 16,483 | $ | 50,137 | ||||||
Other intangible assets at March 31, 2009 consist of the following:
|
Life |
Gross
Carrying Amount |
Accumulated
Amortization |
Net
Carrying Amount |
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Trademarks |
| $ | 24,678 | $ | | $ | 24,678 | |||||
Developed technology |
20 years | 5,695 | 451 | 5,244 | ||||||||
Customer relationships |
10 years | 18,415 | 2,916 | 15,499 | ||||||||
Backlog |
3-16 months | 8,184 | 8,184 | | ||||||||
Certifications |
| 413 | | 413 | ||||||||
Noncompete agreements |
5 years | 413 | 131 | 282 | ||||||||
Other |
| 55 | | 55 | ||||||||
Total |
$ | 57,853 | $ | 11,682 | $ | 46,171 | ||||||
The change in the gross carrying value from March 31, 2009 to March 31, 2010 is mainly related to foreign exchange rate fluctuations.
The Company recorded amortization expense of $2,426, $6,627, $6,716, and $-0- for fiscal year 2010, 2009, the period from August 30, 2007 through March 31, 2008, and the period from April 1, 2007 through August 29, 2007, respectively. Annual amortization for the next five years and thereafter will approximate the following:
2011 |
$ | 2,426 | ||
2012 |
2,426 | |||
2013 |
2,374 | |||
2014 |
2,337 | |||
2015 |
2,337 | |||
Thereafter |
9,948 | |||
Total |
$ | 21,848 | ||
F-28
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements(continued)
(Dollars in Thousands)
March 31, 2010
5. Acquisition, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets(continued)
The following reconciles goodwill recorded at the date of acquisition through March 31, 2010:
Balance at acquisition |
$ | 41,695 | ||
Foreign currency impact |
876 | |||
Balance at March 31, 2008 |
42,571 | |||
Reductions |
(734 | ) | ||
Foreign currency impact |
(4,829 | ) | ||
Balance at March 31, 2009 |
37,008 | |||
Foreign currency impact |
5,005 | |||
Balance at March 31, 2010 |
$ | 42,013 | ||
None of the balance of Goodwill and Other Intangible assets is deductible for income tax purposes.
6. Accrued Liabilities
Accrued current liabilities consisted of the following at March 31:
|
Fiscal | ||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2010 | 2009 | |||||
Accrued employee compensation and related expenses |
$ | 6,171 | $ | 9,180 | |||
Warranty reserve |
699 | 975 | |||||
Professional fees |
1,097 | 807 | |||||
Interest |
280 | 567 | |||||
Taxes payable |
567 | 395 | |||||
Compliance costs |
704 | 748 | |||||
Other |
3,987 | 1,039 | |||||
Total accrued current liabilities |
$ | 13,505 | $ | 13,711 | |||
7. Short-Term Revolving Lines of Credit
The Company's subsidiary in the Netherlands has a revolving credit facility in the amount of Euro 4,000 (equivalent to $5,381 USD at March 31, 2010) collateralized by receivables, inventory, equipment, furniture and real estate. No loans were outstanding on this facility at March 31, 2010 or 2009.
The Company's subsidiary in India has a revolving credit facility in the amount of 80,000 rupees (equivalent to $1,777 USD at March 31, 2010). The facility is collateralized by receivables, inventory, real estate, a letter of credit, and cash. No loans were outstanding under the facility at March 31, 2010 or 2009.
F-29
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements(continued)
(Dollars in Thousands)
March 31, 2010
7. Short-Term Revolving Lines of Credit(continued)
The Company's subsidiary in Australia has a revolving credit facility in the amount of $325 Australian Dollars (equivalent to $298 USD at March 31, 2010). The facility is collateralized by real estate. The facilities had no loans outstanding as of March 31, 2010 or 2009.
8. Long-Term Debt
Long-term debt consists of the following at March 31:
The change in long-term debt from March 31, 2009 to March 31, 2010 is related to the effect of exchange rates in the amount of $10,217. The carrying amounts of long-term debt approximate their fair values due to their variable interest rates.
Substantially all of the Company's receivables, inventories and property, plant and equipment are pledged as collateral under one or more of its notes payable and, under the terms of certain of its notes payable, the Company has restrictions on additional indebtedness and dividends and, among other things, must maintain specific cash flow and debt ratios.
F-30
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements(continued)
(Dollars in Thousands)
March 31, 2010
8. Long-Term Debt(continued)
Maturities of long-term debt are as follows for the years ended March 31:
2011 |
$ | | ||
2012 |
| |||
2013 |
| |||
2014 |
| |||
2015 |
109,249 | |||
Total |
$ | 109,249 | ||
9. Related-Party Transactions
The Company paid management fees and expenses to Audax in fiscal year 2010 and 2009 of $862 and $825, and $475 during the period from August 30, 2007 to March 31, 2008. In connection with formation on August 30, 2007, the Company also paid Audax success fees of $2,376 that were expensed, and reimbursed out of pocket expenses of $410 that were included in the cost of the acquisition.
The Company paid rent of $4 and $5 during the period from August 30, 2007 through March 31, 2008, and the period from April 1, 2007 through August 29, 2007, respectively, to the Company's President and Chairman for lease of certain buildings and facilities in San Marcos, Texas. There was no such rent paid during fiscal year 2009 and 2010.
Notes receivable and other includes $-0- and $477 due from former shareholders under indemnity agreements at March 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
In connection with the acquisition the selling shareholders issued the Company a collateral loan of $2,363 to secure certain letters of credit and bank guarantees. The balance of the loan was repaid in March 2010.
10. Employee Benefits
The Company has defined contribution plans covering substantially all domestic employees and certain foreign subsidiary employees who meet certain service and eligibility requirements. Participant benefits are 100% vested upon participation. The Company matches employee contributions, limited to 50% of the first 6% of each employee's salary contributed. The Company's matching contributions to defined contribution plans on a consolidated basis were approximately $749, $697, $339, and $331 in fiscal year 2010 and 2009 and during the period from August 30, 2007 through March 31, 2008, and the period from April 1, 2007 through August 29, 2007, respectively.
The Company has an incentive compensation program to provide employees with incentive pay based on the Company's ability to achieve certain profitability objectives. The Company recorded approximately $3,253, $5,400, $3,612, and $1,410, for incentive compensation earned during fiscal year 2010 and 2009, the period from August 30, 2007 through March 31, 2008, and the period from April 1, 2007 through August 29, 2007, respectively. The bulk of the incentive is normally paid subsequent to the finalization of fiscal results for the fiscal year. In the fiscal year 2010, the amount actually paid out
F-31
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements(continued)
(Dollars in Thousands)
March 31, 2010
10. Employee Benefits(continued)
with respect to fiscal 2009 was reduced by approximately $1,043 and the benefit was reflected in the fiscal 2010 incentive expense.
11. Commitments and Contingencies
At March 31, 2010, the Company had in place letter of credit guarantees from banks, securing performance obligations of the Company, totaling $4,580 relating to certain sales contracts of which $2,066 is secured by cash deposits. Included in prepaid expenses and other current assets at March 31, 2010 and 2009, was approximately $2,066 and $400, respectively, of foreign currency deposits pledged as collateral on performance bonds and letters of credit.
The Company leases various property and equipment under operating leases. Lease expense was approximately $1,697, $1,605, $974, and $747 in fiscal year 2010 and 2009, the period from August 30, 2007 through March 31, 2008, and the period from April 1, 2007 through August 29, 2007, respectively. Future minimum annual lease payments under these leases are as follows for the years ended March 31:
2011 |
$ | 1,490 | ||
2012 |
758 | |||
2013 |
409 | |||
2014 |
311 | |||
2015 |
102 | |||
Thereafter |
| |||
|
$ | 3,070 | ||
The Company has entered into information technology service agreements with several vendors. The service fees expense amounted to $1,114, $1,106, $461, and $645 during fiscal year 2010 and 2009, the period from August 30, 2007 through March 31, 2008, and the period from April 1, 2007 through August 29, 2007, respectively. The future annual service fees under the service agreements are as follows for the fiscal years ended March 31:
2011 |
$ | 1,034 | ||
2012 |
843 | |||
2013 |
329 | |||
2014 |
55 | |||
2015 |
| |||
|
$ | 2,261 | ||
In the ordinary course of conducting its business, the Company becomes involved in various lawsuits and administrative proceedings. Some of these proceedings may result in fines, penalties, or judgment being assessed against the Company, which, from time to time, may have an impact on earnings. It is the opinion of management the following proceeding will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's operations or financial position.
F-32
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements(continued)
(Dollars in Thousands)
March 31, 2010
11. Commitments and Contingencies(continued)
The Company filed voluntary self disclosure reports with the Department of the Treasury, Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) and the Department of Commerce, Bureau of Industry and Security (BIS) to advise of possible violations of U.S. export control and sanctions laws. The Company settled the matter with OFAC in August 2009 and agreed to pay a civil penalty of $15. The Company settled the matter with BIS in September 2009 and agreed to pay a civil penalty of $176. The penalties and legal expenses related to these matters were reimbursed from a $2,000 escrow fund created under the 2007 Agreement and Plan of Merger (CBT Escrow). The remainder of the CBT Escrow was distributed to former shareholders after the settlements were finalized.
The Company also filed a voluntary self disclosure report to the Department of Commerce (OAC), Office of Antiboycott Compliance to advise of possible violations of U.S. antiboycott regulations. At March 31, 2010, the Company had not received a formal response from the OAC and the Company cannot predict the ultimate outcome or estimate of loss for the petition at this stage. An escrow fund created under the 2007 Agreement and Plan of Merger (the General Indemnity Escrow) will reimburse the Company for fees, penalties and expenses in excess of $1,510 (the Deductible). The General Indemnity Escrow had a balance of $3,911 as of March 31, 2010 (See Note 5). As of March 31, 2010, the Company has incurred $806 in expenses subject to the Deductible. Therefore, if additional fees, penalties and expenses exceed $704, the Company expects to be reimbursed up to the amount then remaining in the General Indemnity Escrow.
The OAC sent draft charging letters to the Company on June 25, 2010 and indicated that it intended to initiate settlement discussions promptly. The amount remaining in the General Indemnity Escrow as of June 28, 2010 is $1,000.
F-33
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements(continued)
(Dollars in Thousands)
March 31, 2010
11. Commitments and Contingencies(continued)
Changes in the Company's product liability for the three-year period ended March 31, 2010 are as follows:
Pre-Predecessor: |
||||
Balance at March 31, 2007 |
$ | 464 | ||
Reserve for warranties issued during the period |
107 | |||
Settlements made during the period |
(87 | ) | ||
Balance at August 29, 2007 |
$ | 484 | ||
Predecessor: |
||||
Balance at August 30, 2007 |
$ | 484 | ||
Reserve for warranties issued during the period |
318 | |||
Settlements made during the period |
(186 | ) | ||
Balance at March 31, 2008 |
616 | |||
Reserve for warranties issued during the period |
518 | |||
Settlements made during the period |
(159 | ) | ||
Balance at March 31, 2009 |
975 | |||
Reserve for warranties issued during the period |
188 | |||
Settlements made during the period |
(464 | ) | ||
Balance at March 31, 2010 |
$ | 699 | ||
12. Members' Equity
The limited liability company agreement (Operating Agreement) entered into in August 2007 in connection with the acquisition of Thermon sets forth that ownership interests are comprised of Class A Units for investors and a series of Class P Units as profits interest units. The Operating Agreement sets forth the terms of ownership and how the profits, losses and gains will be allocated to the capital accounts of its members. The timing and aggregate amount of distributions to unit holders are determined at the sole discretion of the Board of Managers. Only Class A Units are voting units. Unless specifically agreed, holders of the Company's ownership interest have no liability for the Company's obligations.
Units are not transferable, except in limited circumstances as set out in the Operating Agreement.
Class P Units are additionally subject to the terms of the certificate documenting the award, including vesting and repurchase rights at the lower of original cost of fair market value upon separation of service.
In the event of a change of control transactions, Class A Units receive all distributions until capital is returned. Then, Class P units receive all distributions until their capital is returned. Thereafter, Class A Units and Class P-1 Units participate until two times capital is returned. Thereafter, Class A Units and Class P-1 and P-2 Units participate until three times capital is returned. Thereafter, Class A
F-34
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements(continued)
(Dollars in Thousands)
March 31, 2010
12. Members' Equity(continued)
Units and Class P-1, P-2 and P-3 Units participate until four times capital is returned. Thereafter all Units participate. Distributions are currently prohibited by agreement with lenders to the Company.
In February 2008, certain members of management were issued 6,630 restricted and unvested Class P series units for $7 in cash. These units vest at a rate of 20% at each anniversary of the grant through February 2013, and are exercisable in the event of a change in control transaction. The following table summarizes activity in Member units by class during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2010.
|
Shares
Outstanding March 31, 2009 |
Shares
Forfeited |
Shares
Outstanding March 31, 2010 |
Shares
Vested March 31, 2010 |
Available for
Issuance March 31, 2010 |
|||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Class A Units |
47,205 | | 47,205 | | | |||||||||||
Class P1 Units |
2,319 | | 2,319 | 929 | 1,508 | |||||||||||
Class P2 Units |
858 | | 858 | 343 | 560 | |||||||||||
Class P3 Units |
906 | | 906 | 363 | 593 | |||||||||||
Class P4 Units |
965 | | 965 | 385 | 622 | |||||||||||
Total P Units |
5,048 | | 5,048 | 2,020 | 3,283 | |||||||||||
Total |
52,253 | | 52,253 | 2,020 | 3,283 | |||||||||||
F-35
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements(continued)
(Dollars in Thousands)
March 31, 2010
13. Income Taxes
Income taxes included in the consolidated income statement consisted of the following:
|
Predecessor |
Pre-Predecessor | ||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Year Ended
March 31, 2010 |
Year Ended
March 31, 2009 |
For the Period From
August 30, 2007 Through March 31, 2008 |
For the Period
from April 1, 2007 Through August 29, 2007 |
||||||||||
Current provision: |
||||||||||||||
Federal provision |
$ | 4,481 | $ | 4,643 | $ | 1,189 | $ | 202 | ||||||
Foreign provision |
5,168 | 8,427 | 3,242 | 1,735 | ||||||||||
State provision (benefit) |
277 | 347 | 165 | (87 | ) | |||||||||
Deferred provision: |
||||||||||||||
Federal deferred provision (benefit) |
3,413 | (8,367 | ) | 18,161 | (178 | ) | ||||||||
Foreign deferred provision (benefit) |
617 | (3,082 | ) | (2,576 | ) | 26 | ||||||||
State deferred provision (benefit) |
10 | (173 | ) | (162 | ) | (5 | ) | |||||||
Total provision for income taxes |
$ | 13,966 | $ | 1,795 | $ | 20,019 | $ | 1,693 | ||||||
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities were as follows:
|
March 31, | ||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2010 | 2009 | |||||
Deferred tax assets: |
|||||||
Accrued liabilities and reserves |
$ | 874 | $ | 1,372 | |||
Inventories |
251 | 294 | |||||
Pensions |
100 | 67 | |||||
International, net |
203 | 139 | |||||
|
1,428 | 1,872 | |||||
Deferred tax liabilities: |
|||||||
Intangible assets |
12,171 | 11,755 | |||||
Property, plant and equipment |
2,860 | 2,522 | |||||
Canadian debt facility |
14,945 | 11,973 | |||||
Other |
167 | 296 | |||||
|
30,143 | 26,546 | |||||
Net deferred tax liability |
$ | 28,715 | $ | 24,674 | |||
F-36
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements(continued)
(Dollars in Thousands)
March 31, 2010
13. Income Taxes(continued)
The U.S. and non-U.S. components of income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes were as follows:
|
Predecessor |
Pre-Predecessor | |||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Year Ended
March 31, 2010 |
Year Ended
March 31, 2009 |
For the Period From
August 30, 2007 Through March 31, 2008 |
For the Period
from April 1, 2007 Through August 29, 2007 |
|||||||||
U.S. |
$ | 14,398 | $ | 10,766 | $ | 557 | $ | (4,572 | ) | ||||
Non-U.S. |
18,508 | 17,430 | (766 | ) | 5,480 | ||||||||
Income (loss) from continuing operations |
$ | 32,906 | $ | 28,196 | $ | (209 | ) | $ | 908 | ||||
The difference between the provision for income taxes and the amount that would result from applying the U.S. statutory tax rate to income before provision for income taxes is as follows:
|
Predecessor |
Pre-Predecessor | |||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Year Ended
March 31, 2010 |
Year Ended
March 31, 2009 |
For the Period From
August 30, 2007 Through March 31, 2008 |
For the Period
from April 1, 2007 Through August 29, 2007 |
|||||||||
Notional U.S. federal income tax expense (benefit) at the statutory rate |
$ | 11,517 | $ | 9,888 | $ | (67 | ) | $ | 327 | ||||
Adjustments to reconcile to the income tax provision (benefit): |
|||||||||||||
U.S. state income tax provision (benefit), net |
86 | 51 | 155 | 14 | |||||||||
Effects on Canadian debt facility |
2,463 | (7,755 | ) | 19,997 | | ||||||||
Rate differenceinternational subsidiaries |
(410 | ) | (1,122 | ) | (5 | ) | 1,826 | ||||||
Nondeductible charges |
38 | (36 | ) | 60 | (574 | ) | |||||||
Adjustment to tax account balances |
251 | 479 | (258 | ) | (47 | ) | |||||||
Other |
21 | 290 | 137 | 147 | |||||||||
Provision (benefit) for income taxes |
$ | 13,966 | $ | 1,795 | $ | 20,019 | $ | 1,693 | |||||
The Company views undistributed earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries as permanently re-invested. Foreign tax credits would substantially offset any such earnings should they be distributed and, therefore, the Company has provided no deferred taxes related to these earnings.
In connection with obtaining financing in Canada during the acquisition discussed in Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements, the stock of Thermon Canada, a subsidiary of Thermon Manufacturing Company ("TMC"), was transferred to Thermon Holding Corp. ("THC"). This caused TMC to realize a gain on the difference between its tax basis in Thermon Canada and the fair market value of Thermon Canada's stock under IRC Section 311(b); however, the gain was deferred under the
F-37
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements(continued)
(Dollars in Thousands)
March 31, 2010
13. Income Taxes(continued)
consolidated return rules and created a "deferred intercompany gain". This deferred gain is a tax attribute which is not reflected on the financial statements of the Company since it is avoidable.
Additionally, as a result of certain transactions related to the acquisition and internal reorganization, Thermon Canada was deemed to have assumed approximately CAD 54 million of third party debt from its U.S. parent for U.S. income tax purposes. As a general rule, the assumption of a parent's debt by a wholly-owned subsidiary is the equivalent of a dividend from the subsidiary to the parent. However, since THC remains jointly and severally liable on the debt pursuant to the credit agreement, the constructive dividend is not deemed to occur until Thermon Canada pays interest and/or principal on the debt thereby relieving THC of its obligation. The deemed assumption of the debt created a deferred tax liability, which will reverse as debt service payments are made over the term of the loan. Furthermore, since the debt is in Canadian currency, the deferred tax liability recorded on the U.S. financial statements is also subject to fluctuations in the foreign currency exchange rate each year.
As of March 31, 2010, the tax years 2004 through 2009 remain open to examination by the major taxing jurisdictions to which we are subject.
As a result of the implementation of the pronouncement entitled Accounting for Uncertainty of Income Taxes, the Company recognized no change in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits and no adjustments to the April 1, 2009 balance of retained earnings.
14. Miscellaneous Income (Expense)
Miscellaneous income (expense) included in the consolidated income statement consisted of the following for the year ended March 31:
|
Predecessor |
Pre-Predecessor | |||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Year Ended
March 31, 2010 |
Year Ended
March 31, 2009 |
For the Period From
August 30, 2007 Through March 31, 2008 |
For the Period
from April 1, 2007 Through August 29, 2007 |
|||||||||
Professional fees and expenses related to proposed capital transactions |
$ | (1,012 | ) | $ | (1,273 | ) | $ | (3,470 | ) | $ | (5,350 | ) | |
Compliance fees and costs |
| (1,220 | ) | (300 | ) | | |||||||
Employee compensation related to sale on August 29, 2007 |
| | | (3,930 | ) | ||||||||
Other |
(273 | ) | (627 | ) | 55 | 58 | |||||||
Total |
$ | (1,285 | ) | $ | (3,120 | ) | $ | (3,715 | ) | $ | (9,222 | ) | |
15. Geographic Information
The Company has determined its operating segments using the management approach. The management approach designates the internal organization that is used by management for making
F-38
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements(continued)
(Dollars in Thousands)
March 31, 2010
15. Geographic Information(continued)
operating decisions and assessing performance as the source of our operating segments. It requires disclosures about products and services, geographic areas and major customers.
The Company has defined its operating segment based on geographic regions. The Company sells its products in two geographic regions. The Company's sales in these regions share similar economic characteristics, similar product mix, similar customers and similar distribution methods. Accordingly, the Company elected to aggregate these two geographic regions into a single operating segment. Revenue from the sale of its products which are similar in nature and revenue from construction and engineering are reflected as sales in its consolidated statement of operations.
Within its operating segment, the Company has provided further detail for those countries or regions that generate significant revenue and operating income. For purposes of this note, revenue is attributed to individual countries on the basis of the physical location and jurisdiction of organization of the subsidiary that invoices the material and services.
F-39
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements(continued)
(Dollars in Thousands)
March 31, 2010
15. Geographic Information(continued)
Total sales, operating income and long-lived assets, classified by major geographic areas in which the Company operates are as follows:
|
Predecessor |
Pre-Predecessor | ||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Year Ended
March 31, 2010 |
Year Ended
March 31, 2009 |
For the Period
August 30, 2007 Through March 31, 2008 |
For the Period
April 1, 2007 Through August 29, 2007 |
||||||||||
Sales by geographic area: |
||||||||||||||
Western hemisphere: |
||||||||||||||
United States |
$ | 65,453 | $ | 61,931 | $ | 43,325 | $ | 23,298 | ||||||
Canada |
50,740 | 60,528 | 33,582 | 13,272 | ||||||||||
Elsewhere in the Western Hemisphere |
1,165 | 2,151 | 1,224 | 2,299 | ||||||||||
Intercompany sales |
38,149 | 45,721 | 24,225 | 13,347 | ||||||||||
|
155,507 | 170,331 | 102,356 | 52,216 | ||||||||||
Eastern hemisphere: |
||||||||||||||
Europe |
52,329 | 50,114 | 29,851 | 13,995 | ||||||||||
Asia |
23,027 | 28,031 | 16,215 | 8,751 | ||||||||||
Intercompany sales |
2,105 | 1,741 | 1,480 | 864 | ||||||||||
|
77,461 | 79,886 | 47,546 | 23,610 | ||||||||||
Eliminations |
(40,255 | ) | (47,462 | ) | (25,706 | ) | (14,211 | ) | ||||||
|
192,713 | 202,755 | 124,196 | 61,615 | ||||||||||
Operating income: |
||||||||||||||
Western hemisphere: |
||||||||||||||
United States |
14,496 | 14,051 | 3,141 | 2,107 | ||||||||||
Canada |
15,212 | 12,769 | 4,699 | 3,344 | ||||||||||
Elsewhere in the Western Hemisphere |
(128 | ) | 569 | 145 | 762 | |||||||||
Eastern hemisphere: |
||||||||||||||
Europe |
8,597 | 10,360 | 2,174 | 2,852 | ||||||||||
Asia |
3,866 | 3,892 | 2,387 | 1,461 | ||||||||||
Unallocated: |
||||||||||||||
Management fees |
(862 | ) | (825 | ) | (475 | ) | | |||||||
Other |
362 | 49 | (744 | ) | 106 | |||||||||
|
$ | 41,543 | $ | 40,865 | $ | 11,327 | $ | 10,632 | ||||||
|
March 31, | ||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2010 | 2009 | |||||
Long-lived assets |
|||||||
Western hemisphere |
$ | 18,852 | $ | 18,511 | |||
Eastern hemisphere |
3,898 | 3,744 | |||||
|
$ | 22,750 | $ | 22,255 | |||
F-40
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements(continued)
(Dollars in Thousands)
March 31, 2010
16. Subsequent EventsCHS Acquisition
In April 2010, a group of private equity entities led by CHS Capital LLC (f/k/a Code Hennessy & Simmons LLC), which we refer to as CHS, purchased Thermon Holding Corp. from its then-existing owners (primarily equity group Audax) for approximately $310 million in a transaction that was financed by approximately $129 million of equity, and $210 million of debt raised in a private bond offering under Rule 144A-sales to qualified investors. These financings include amounts used to purchase the business as well as transaction costs.
17. Summary of Significant Differences Between Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) in the United States and Canada
The accounting principles followed by the Company conform with U.S. GAAP. Significant differences affecting the Company between U.S. GAAP and Canadian GAAP as it relates to Thermon Canada, Inc are summarized below.
F-41
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements(continued)
(Dollars in Thousands)
March 31, 2010
17. Summary of Significant Differences Between Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) in the United States and Canada(continued)
(a) Consolidated Balance Sheets under U.S. GAAP
|
As of March 31, | ||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
2010 | 2009 | |||||||
ASSETS |
|||||||||
Current assets: |
|||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 30,147 | $ | 13,402 | |||||
Accounts receivable |
41,882 | 37,874 | |||||||
Notes receivable and other |
3 | 558 | |||||||
Inventories |
22,835 | 25,103 | |||||||
Cost and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts |
1,636 | 2,458 | |||||||
Income tax receivable |
1,368 | 370 | |||||||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
4,331 | 3,649 | |||||||
Deferred income taxes (Note d) |
1,428 | 1,872 | |||||||
Total current assets |
103,630 | 85,286 | |||||||
Property, plant and equipment |
22,750 | 22,255 | |||||||
Goodwill (Note c) |
42,013 | 37,008 | |||||||
Intangibles, net (Note c) |
50,137 | 46,171 | |||||||
Deferred issuance cost (Note b) |
2,586 | 3,016 | |||||||
Total assets |
$ | 221,116 | $ | 193,736 | |||||
LIABILITIES |
|||||||||
Current liabilities |
$ | 26,233 | $ | 29,532 | |||||
Long term debt (Note b) |
109,249 | 99,032 | |||||||
Deferred income taxes (Note d) |
30,005 | 26,361 | |||||||
Other noncurrent liabilities |
555 | 597 | |||||||
Total liabilities |
166,042 | 155,522 | |||||||
Commitments and contingencies |
|||||||||
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY |
|||||||||
Members' equity (Note e) |
55,074 | 38,214 | |||||||
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity |
$ | 221,116 | $ | 193,736 | |||||
(b) Deferred issuance cost
Under GAAP in the United States, debt issuance costs are capitalized as an asset and amortized over the term of the debt. Canadian GAAP does not permit an entity to classify debt issuance costs as deferred charges but instead requires capitalized financing fees to be deducted from the amortized cost of the debt. As such, the long term debt balance is approximately $1.0 million lower under Canadian GAAP with the balance being recorded as a deferred issuance cost in the consolidated financial statements under U.S. GAAP. No differences were noted as it related to the statement of operations.
F-42
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements(continued)
(Dollars in Thousands)
March 31, 2010
17. Summary of Significant Differences Between Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) in the United States and Canada(continued)
(c) Push down accounting
In connection with the Audax Transaction in fiscal year 2008, approximately 70% of Thermon Industries, Inc. was acquired by the private equity investor and the remaining 30% consisted of management rollover equity. Pursuant to pre-codification guidance under EITF 88-16, Basis in Leveraged Buyout Transactions , and pre-codification guidance under EITF 90-12, Allocating Basis to Individual Assets and Liabilities for Transactions within the Scope of Issue No. 88-16 , under GAAP in the United States, if less than 100% of a Company is acquired, the portion of the Company not acquired is valued at the predecessor basis. Such provision does not exist under Canadian GAAP, therefore 100% of the step-up was recorded under GAAP in Canada. This resulted in a basis difference of approximately $3.2 million in the opening balance sheet as of August 30, 2007. The basis differences as of March 31, 2010 and 2009 were $2.8 million and $2.4 million, respectively, including the effects of foreign currency fluctuations. See note (e) below as it relates to the effects on the statement of operations for the periods presented.
(d) Taxes
Tax accounting rules are essentially the same under both U.S. and Canadian GAAP, tax account differences can arise from differing treatment of various assets and liabilities. Based on an analysis performed by the Company for the years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, no significant differences were identified. On April 1, 2009, we adopted the provisions of FIN 48 (as codified in ASC topic 740 "Income Taxes") ("ASC 740") for U.S. GAAP purposes. ASC 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. ASC 740 requires that we recognize in our consolidated financial statements, only those tax positions that are "more-likely-than-not" of being sustained as of the adoption date, based on the technical merits of the position. As a result of the implementation of ASC 740, we performed a comprehensive review of our material tax positions in accordance with recognition and measurement standards established by ASC 740. Based on this review the provisions of ASC 740 had no effect on our financial position, cash flows or results of operations at either March 31, 2010 or March 31, 2009.
(e) Statement of operations and statement of members' equity/shareholders' equity
The adjustments to comply with GAAP in the United States for the Predecessor years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, and the period from August 30, 2007 to March 31, 2008; and for the Pre-Predecessor period from April 1, 2007 to August 29, 2007 would have no material effect on net income or members' equity/shareholders' equity. As a result of the difference in basis related to intangible assets under U.S. GAAP disclosed further under (c) above, less amortization expense was recorded under U.S. GAAP for the Predecessor years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, and the period from August 30, 2007 to March 31, 2008 of approximately $160, $530, and $420. No such basis difference was noted during the Pre-predecessor period.
F-43
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements(continued)
(Dollars in Thousands)
March 31, 2010
17. Summary of Significant Differences Between Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) in the United States and Canada(continued)
(f) Statements of cash flow
The adjustment to comply with GAAP in the United States for the Predecessor the years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, and the period from August 30, 2007 to March 31, 2008; and for the Pre-Predecessor period from April 1, 2007 to August 29, 2007 would have no effect on net cash and cash equivalents provided by operating activities, cash provided by (used in) financing activities, and cash used in investing activities aside from the difference in amortization expense disclosed under (e) above.
18. Summary of Significant Differences Between Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) in the United States and Australia
The accounting principles followed by the Company conform with U.S. GAAP. No significant differences affecting the Company between U.S. GAAP and Australian GAAP as it relates to Thermon Australia, PTY., LTD were identified for the Predecessor years ended March 31, 2010 and 2009, and the period from August 30, 2007 to March 31, 2008; and for the Pre-Predecessor period from April 1, 2007 to August 29, 2007.
19. Guarantor Consolidation
Thermon Industries, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Thermon Holdings, LLC, assumed the obligations of Thermon Finance, Inc. under the senior secured notes issued in connection with the sale by Thermon Holdings, LLC of Thermon Holding Corp. to Thermon Group, Inc. in April 2010 (See Note 16). The senior secured notes are guaranteed by Thermon Holding Corp. and each of its existing and future wholly-owned U.S. Subsidiaries other than Thermon Industries, Inc. However, all other subsidiaries located outside of the United States are not guarantors under the senior secured notes. The accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets as of March 31, 2010 and March 31, 2009 and the accompanying condensed statements of operations and cash flows for the year ended March 31, 2010 and March 31, 2009 and for the period from August 30, 2007 through March 31, 2008, represent the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of Thermon Holdings, LLC, Thermon Holding Corp. and other U.S. restricted subsidiaries. The information is presented on the equity method of accounting together with elimination entries necessary to reconcile to the consolidated financial statements.
F-44
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements(continued)
(Dollars in Thousands)
March 31, 2010
19. Guarantor Consolidation(continued)
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Condensed Statement of Operations
(Dollars in Thousands)
|
Year Ended March 31, 2010 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Thermon
Holdings, LLC |
Thermon
Holding Corp. (Guarantor) |
Thermon
Industries, Inc. (Issuer) |
Thermon
Manufacturing Company and U.S. Subsidiaries (Guarantor) |
International
Subsidiaries (Non-guarantors) |
Eliminations | Consolidated | ||||||||||||||||
Revenues |
$ | | $ | | $ | | $ | 101,712 | $ | 131,256 | $ | (40,255 | ) | $ | 192,713 | ||||||||
Cost of sales |
| | | 65,554 | 76,462 | (40,615 | ) | 101,401 | |||||||||||||||
Gross profit |
| | | 36,158 | 54,794 | 360 | 91,312 | ||||||||||||||||
Operating expenses: |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Marketing, general and administrative and engineering |
| | | 22,069 | 25,274 | | 47,343 | ||||||||||||||||
Amortization of other intangible assets |
| | | 454 | 1,972 | | 2,426 | ||||||||||||||||
Income from operations |
| | | 13,635 | 27,548 | 360 | 41,543 | ||||||||||||||||
Other income/(expenses): |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries |
18,940 | 18,940 | 12,271 | 11,274 | | (61,425 | ) | | |||||||||||||||
Interest income |
| 4,016 | 4,016 | 41 | (16 | ) | (8,051 | ) | 6 | ||||||||||||||
Interest expense |
| (4,016 | ) | (4,016 | ) | (4,016 | ) | (3,341 | ) | 8,032 | (7,357 | ) | |||||||||||
Miscellaneous income (expense) and other |
| | | 4,397 | (5,683 | ) | | (1,286 | ) | ||||||||||||||
|
18,940 | 18,940 | 12,271 | 11,696 | (9,040 | ) | (61,444 | ) | (8,637 | ) | |||||||||||||
Income before provision for income taxes |
18,940 |
18,940 |
12,271 |
25,331 |
18,508 |
(61,084 |
) |
32,906 |
|||||||||||||||
Income taxes |
| | | (8,309 | ) | (5,547 | ) | (110 | ) | (13,966 | ) | ||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 18,940 | $ | 18,940 | $ | 12,271 | $ | 17,022 | $ | 12,961 | $ | (61,194 | ) | $ | 18,940 | ||||||||
F-45
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements(continued)
(Dollars in Thousands)
March 31, 2010
19. Guarantor Consolidation(continued)
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Condensed Statement of Operations(continued)
(Dollars in Thousands)
|
Year Ended March 31, 2009 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Thermon
Holdings, LLC |
Thermon
Holding Corp. (Guarantor) |
Thermon
Industries, Inc. (Issuer) |
Thermon
Manufacturing Company and U.S. Subsidiaries (Guarantor) |
International
Subsidiaries (Non-guarantors) |
Eliminations | Consolidated | ||||||||||||||||
Revenues |
$ | | $ | | $ | | $ | 104,693 | $ | 145,524 | $ | (47,462 | ) | $ | 202,755 | ||||||||
Cost of sales |
| | | 66,360 | 86,527 | (47,431 | ) | 105,456 | |||||||||||||||
Gross profit |
| | | 38,333 | 58,997 | (31 | ) | 97,299 | |||||||||||||||
Operating expenses: |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Marketing, general and administrative and engineering |
| | | 24,644 | 25,234 | (71 | ) | 49,807 | |||||||||||||||
Amortization of other intangible assets |
| | | 382 | 6,173 | 72 | 6,627 | ||||||||||||||||
Income from operations |
| | | 13,307 | 27,590 | (32 | ) | 40,865 | |||||||||||||||
Other income/(expenses): |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries |
26,401 | 26,401 | 22,883 | 13,578 | | (89,263 | ) | | |||||||||||||||
Interest income |
| 5,275 | 5,275 | 36 | 96 | (10,588 | ) | 94 | |||||||||||||||
Interest expense |
| (5,275 | ) | (5,275 | ) | (5,275 | ) | (4,377 | ) | 10,577 | (9,625 | ) | |||||||||||
Miscellaneous income (expense) and other |
| | | 2,785 | (5,879 | ) | (44 | ) | (3,138 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
26,401 | 26,401 | 22,883 | 11,124 | (10,160 | ) | (89,318 | ) | (12,669 | ) | |||||||||||||
Income before provision for income taxes |
26,401 |
26,401 |
22,883 |
24,431 |
17,430 |
(89,350 |
) |
28,196 |
|||||||||||||||
Income taxes |
| | | 3,221 | (5,023 | ) | 7 | (1,795 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | 26,401 | $ | 26,401 | $ | 22,883 | $ | 27,652 | $ | 12,407 | $ | (89,343 | ) | $ | 26,401 | ||||||||
F-46
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements(continued)
(Dollars in Thousands)
March 31, 2010
19. Guarantor Consolidation(continued)
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Condensed Statement of Operations(continued)
(Dollars in Thousands)
|
For the Period From August 30, 2007 Through March 31, 2008 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Thermon
Holdings, LLC |
Thermon
Holding Corp. (Guarantor) |
Thermon
Industries, Inc. (Issuer) |
Thermon
Manufacturing Company and U.S. Subsidiaries (Guarantor) |
International
Subsidiaries (Non-guarantors) |
Eliminations | Consolidated | ||||||||||||||||
Revenues |
$ | | $ | | $ | | $ | 66,378 | $ | 83,524 | $ | (25,706 | ) | $ | 124,196 | ||||||||
Cost of sales |
| | | 48,694 | 53,099 | (25,502 | ) | 76,291 | |||||||||||||||
Gross profit |
| | | 17,684 | 30,425 | (204 | ) | 47,905 | |||||||||||||||
Operating expenses: |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Marketing, general and administrative and engineering |
| | | 13,740 | 16,122 | | 29,862 | ||||||||||||||||
Amortization of other intangible assets |
| | | 1,312 | 5,475 | (71 | ) | 6,716 | |||||||||||||||
Income from operations |
| | | 2,632 | 8,828 | (133 | ) | 11,327 | |||||||||||||||
Other income/(expenses): |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries |
(20,228 | ) | (20,228 | ) | (18,438 | ) | 2,949 | | 55,945 | | |||||||||||||
Interest income |
| 3,990 | 3,990 | 98 | 58 | (7,982 | ) | 154 | |||||||||||||||
Interest expense |
| (3,990 | ) | (3,990 | ) | (3,990 | ) | (3,947 | ) | 7,983 | (7,934 | ) | |||||||||||
Miscellaneous income (expense) and other |
| | | 1,562 | (5,705 | ) | 387 | (3,756 | ) | ||||||||||||||
|
(20,228 | ) | (20,228 | ) | (18,438 | ) | 619 | (9,594 | ) | 56,333 | (11,536 | ) | |||||||||||
Income before provision for income taxes |
(20,228 |
) |
(20,228 |
) |
(18,438 |
) |
3,251 |
(766 |
) |
56,200 |
(209 |
) |
|||||||||||
Income taxes |
| | | (19,561 | ) | (515 | ) | 57 | (20,019 | ) | |||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | (20,228 | ) | $ | (20,228 | ) | $ | (18,438 | ) | $ | (16,310 | ) | $ | (1,281 | ) | $ | 56,257 | $ | (20,228 | ) | |||
F-47
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements(continued)
(Dollars in Thousands)
March 31, 2010
19. Guarantor Consolidation(continued)
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Condensed Statement of Operations(continued)
(Dollars in Thousands)
|
For the Period From April 1, 2007 Through August 29, 2007 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Thermon
Holdings, LLC(1) |
Thermon
Holding Corp. (Guarantor)(1) |
Thermon
Industries, Inc. (Issuer) |
Thermon
Manufacturing Company and U.S. Subsidiaries (Guarantor) |
International
Subsidiaries (Non-guarantors) |
Eliminations | Consolidated | ||||||||||||||||
Revenues |
$ | | $ | | $ | | $ | 36,214 | $ | 39,612 | $ | (14,211 | ) | $ | 61,615 | ||||||||
Cost of sales |
| | | 24,714 | 23,387 | (14,300 | ) | 33,801 | |||||||||||||||
Gross profit |
| | | 11,500 | 16,225 | 89 | 27,814 | ||||||||||||||||
Operating expenses: |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Marketing, general and administrative and engineering |
| | | 9,376 | 7,806 | | 17,182 | ||||||||||||||||
Amortization of other intangible assets |
| | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||
Income from operations |
| | | 2,124 | 8,419 | 89 | 10,632 | ||||||||||||||||
Other income/(expenses): |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries |
| | (785 | ) | 4,787 | | (4,002 | ) | | ||||||||||||||
Interest income |
| | | 1 | 12 | | 13 | ||||||||||||||||
Interest expense |
| | | (359 | ) | (81 | ) | | (440 | ) | |||||||||||||
Miscellaneous income (expense) and other |
| | | (6,427 | ) | (2,844 | ) | (26 | ) | (9,297 | ) | ||||||||||||
|
| | (785 | ) | (1,998 | ) | (2,913 | ) | (4,028 | ) | (9,724 | ) | |||||||||||
Income before provision for income taxes |
|
|
(785 |
) |
126 |
5,506 |
(3,939 |
) |
908 |
||||||||||||||
Income taxes |
| | | 2 | (1,659 | ) | (36 | ) | (1,693 | ) | |||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | | $ | | $ | (785 | ) | $ | 128 | $ | 3,847 | $ | (3,975 | ) | $ | (785 | ) | ||||||
F-48
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements(continued)
(Dollars in Thousands)
March 31, 2010
19. Guarantor Consolidation(continued)
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Condensed Balance Sheet
(Dollars in Thousands)
|
Year Ended March 31, 2010 | |||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Thermon
Holdings, LLC |
Thermon
Holding Corp. (Guarantor) |
Thermon
Industries, Inc. (Issuer) |
Thermon
Manufacturing Company and U.S. Subsidiaries (Guarantor) |
International
Subsidiaries (Non-guarantors) |
Eliminations | Consolidated | |||||||||||||||
Assets |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Current assets |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | | $ | | $ | | $ | 4,692 | $ | 25,455 | $ | | $ | 30,147 | ||||||||
Accounts receivable, net |
| | | 15,829 | 30,472 | (4,419 | ) | 41,882 | ||||||||||||||
Notes and other |
| | | 3,024 | 3 | (3,024 | ) | 3 | ||||||||||||||
Inventories, net |
| | | 10,666 | 13,531 | (1,362 | ) | 22,835 | ||||||||||||||
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts |
| | | 1,209 | 427 | | 1,636 | |||||||||||||||
Income taxes receivable |
| | | 1,098 | 270 | | 1,368 | |||||||||||||||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
| | | 1,633 | 2,291 | 407 | 4,331 | |||||||||||||||
Deferred income taxes |
| | | 1,125 | 303 | | 1,428 | |||||||||||||||
Total current assets |
| | | 39,276 | 72,752 | (8,398 | ) | 103,630 | ||||||||||||||
Property, plant and equipment, net |
|
|
|
15,366 |
7,384 |
|
22,750 |
|||||||||||||||
Goodwill |
| | | 15,404 | 26,609 | | 42,013 | |||||||||||||||
Intangible assets, net |
| | | 12,858 | 37,279 | | 50,137 | |||||||||||||||
Debt issuance costs, net |
| | | 1,545 | 1,041 | | 2,586 | |||||||||||||||
Intercompany loans |
| 56,000 | 56,000 | 335 | | (112,335 | ) | | ||||||||||||||
Investment in subsidiaries |
55,074 | 55,074 | 28,409 | 63,467 | | (202,024 | ) | | ||||||||||||||
|
$ | 55,074 | $ | 111,074 | $ | 84,409 | $ | 148,251 | $ | 145,065 | $ | (322,757 | ) | $ | 221,116 | |||||||
Liabilities and members' equity |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Current liabilities: |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Accounts payable |
$ | | $ | | $ | | $ | 4,232 | $ | 9,001 | $ | (3,836 | ) | $ | 9,397 | |||||||
Accrued liabilities |
| | | 6,671 | 9,262 | (2,428 | ) | 13,505 | ||||||||||||||
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts |
| | | 1,035 | | | 1,035 | |||||||||||||||
Income taxes payable |
| | | 182 | 1,976 | | 2,158 | |||||||||||||||
Notes payable |
| | | 1,155 | 358 | (1,513 | ) | | ||||||||||||||
Deferred income taxes |
| | | 138 | | | 138 | |||||||||||||||
Total current liabilities |
| | | 13,413 | 20,597 | (7,777 | ) | 26,233 | ||||||||||||||
Long-term debt, net of current maturities |
|
56,000 |
|
|
53,249 |
|
109,249 |
|||||||||||||||
Intercompany debt |
| | 56,000 | 56,000 | | (112,000 | ) | | ||||||||||||||
Deferred income taxes |
| | | 21,861 | 8,144 | | 30,005 | |||||||||||||||
Other noncurrent liabilities |
| | | | 555 | | 555 | |||||||||||||||
Members'/shareholder's equity |
55,074 | 55,074 | 28,409 | 56,977 | 62,520 | (202,980 | ) | 55,074 | ||||||||||||||
|
$ | 55,074 | $ | 111,074 | $ | 84,409 | $ | 148,251 | $ | 145,065 | $ | (322,757 | ) | $ | 221,116 | |||||||
F-49
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements(continued)
(Dollars in Thousands)
March 31, 2010
19. Guarantor Consolidation(continued)
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Condensed Balance Sheet(continued)
(Dollars in Thousands)
|
Year Ended March 31, 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Thermon
Holdings, LLC |
Thermon
Holding Corp. (Guarantor) |
Thermon
Industries, Inc. (Issuer) |
Thermon
Manufacturing Company and U.S. Subsidiaries (Guarantor) |
International
Subsidiaries (Non-guarantors) |
Eliminations | Consolidated | |||||||||||||||
Assets |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Current assets |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | | $ | | $ | | $ | 5,912 | $ | 7,490 | $ | | $ | 13,402 | ||||||||
Accounts receivable, net |
| | | 15,204 | 28,433 | (5,763 | ) | 37,874 | ||||||||||||||
Notes and other |
432 | | | 3,323 | 81 | (3,278 | ) | 558 | ||||||||||||||
Inventories, net |
| | | 12,329 | 14,498 | (1,724 | ) | 25,103 | ||||||||||||||
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts |
| | | 1,398 | 1,060 | | 2,458 | |||||||||||||||
Income taxes receivable |
| | | 143 | 227 | | 370 | |||||||||||||||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
| | | 1,091 | 2,558 | | 3,649 | |||||||||||||||
Deferred income taxes |
| | | 1,150 | 161 | 561 | 1,872 | |||||||||||||||
Total current assets |
432 | | | 40,550 | 54,508 | (10,204 | ) | 85,286 | ||||||||||||||
Property, plant and equipment, net |
|
|
|
15,321 |
6,934 |
|
22,255 |
|||||||||||||||
Goodwill |
| | | 15,404 | 21,604 | | 37,008 | |||||||||||||||
Intangible assets, net |
| | | 13,312 | 32,859 | | 46,171 | |||||||||||||||
Debt issuance costs, net |
| | | 1,973 | 1,043 | | 3,016 | |||||||||||||||
Deferred income taxes non-current |
| | | | 45 | (45 | ) | | ||||||||||||||
Intercompany loans |
| 56,000 | 56,000 | 80 | | (112,080 | ) | | ||||||||||||||
Investment in subsidiaries |
37,782 | 37,782 | 22,167 | 52,909 | | (150,640 | ) | | ||||||||||||||
|
$ | 38,214 | $ | 93,782 | $ | 78,167 | $ | 139,549 | $ | 116,993 | $ | (272,969 | ) | $ | 193,736 | |||||||
Liabilities and members' equity |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Current liabilities: |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Accounts payable |
$ | | $ | | $ | | $ | 4,739 | $ | 11,867 | $ | (6,148 | ) | $ | 10,458 | |||||||
Accrued liabilities |
| | | 8,546 | 6,407 | (1,242 | ) | 13,711 | ||||||||||||||
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts |
| | | 1,038 | | | 1,038 | |||||||||||||||
Income taxes payable |
| | | 153 | 1,624 | | 1,777 | |||||||||||||||
Notes payable |
| | | 1,587 | 145 | (1,732 | ) | | ||||||||||||||
Due to former shareholders |
| | | 2,363 | | | 2,363 | |||||||||||||||
Deferred income taxes |
| | | 185 | | | 185 | |||||||||||||||
Total current liabilities |
| | | 18,611 | 20,043 | (9,122 | ) | 29,532 | ||||||||||||||
Long-term debt, net of current maturities |
|
56,000 |
|
|
43,032 |
|
99,032 |
|||||||||||||||
Intercompany debt |
| | 56,000 | 56,000 | | (112,000 | ) | | ||||||||||||||
Deferred income taxes |
| | | 18,933 | 7,428 | | 26,361 | |||||||||||||||
Other noncurrent liabilities |
| | | | 597 | | 597 | |||||||||||||||
Members'/shareholder's equity |
38,214 | 37,782 | 22,167 | 46,005 | 45,893 | (151,847 | ) | 38,214 | ||||||||||||||
|
$ | 38,214 | $ | 93,782 | $ | 78,167 | $ | 139,549 | $ | 116,993 | $ | (272,969 | ) | $ | 193,736 | |||||||
F-50
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements(continued)
(Dollars in Thousands)
March 31, 2010
19. Guarantor Consolidation(continued)
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Condensed Statement of Cash Flows
(Dollars in Thousands)
|
Year Ended March 31, 2010 | |||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Thermon
Holdings, LLC |
Thermon
Holding Corp. (Guarantor) |
Thermon
Industries, Inc. (Issuer) |
Thermon
Manufacturing Company and U.S. Subsidiaries (Guarantor) |
International
Subsidiaries (Non-guarantors) |
Eliminations | Consolidated | |||||||||||||||
Net cash provided by operations |
$ | 8,600 | $ | 8,600 | $ | 8,600 | $ | 8,848 | $ | 19,162 | $ | (29,129 | ) | $ | 24,681 | |||||||
Investing activities |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Proceeds from sales of P.P.& E. |
| | | 2 | | | 2 | |||||||||||||||
Purchases of P.P.& E. |
| | | (1,200 | ) | (387 | ) | | (1,587 | ) | ||||||||||||
Other investing transactions |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||
Net cash (used) in investing activities |
| | | (1,198 | ) | (387 | ) | | (1,585 | ) | ||||||||||||
Financing activities |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Payments on debt |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||
Payment of dividends to members |
(8,600 | ) | | | | | | (8,600 | ) | |||||||||||||
Payment of intercompany dividends |
| (8,600 | ) | (8,600 | ) | (8,600 | ) | (2,856 | ) | 28,656 | | |||||||||||
Change in affiliate debt |
| | | (270 | ) | (203 | ) | 473 | | |||||||||||||
Net cash (used) in financing activities |
(8,600 | ) | (8,600 | ) | (8,600 | ) | (8,870 | ) | (3,059 | ) | 29,129 | (8,600 | ) | |||||||||
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents |
| | | | 2,249 | | 2,249 | |||||||||||||||
Change in cash and cash equivalents |
| | | (1,220 | ) | 17,965 | | 16,745 | ||||||||||||||
Cash at beginning of period |
| | | 5,912 | 7,490 | | 13,402 | |||||||||||||||
Cash at end of period |
$ | | $ | | $ | $ | 4,692 | $ | 25,455 | $ | | $ | 30,147 | |||||||||
F-51
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements(continued)
(Dollars in Thousands)
March 31, 2010
19. Guarantor Consolidation(continued)
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Condensed Statement of Cash Flows(continued)
(Dollars in Thousands)
|
Year Ended March 31, 2009 | |||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Thermon
Holdings, LLC |
Thermon
Holding Corp. (Guarantor) |
Thermon
Industries, Inc. (Issuer) |
Thermon
Manufacturing Company and U.S. Subsidiaries (Guarantor) |
International
Subsidiaries (Non-guarantors) |
Eliminations | Consolidated | |||||||||||||||
Net cash provided by operations |
$ | | $ | | $ | | $ | 10,206 | $ | 15,262 | $ | (1,782 | ) | $ | 23,686 | |||||||
Investing activities |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Proceeds from sales of P.P.&E. |
| | | 21 | 11 | | 32 | |||||||||||||||
Purchases of P.P.&E. |
| | | (1,387 | ) | (1,321 | ) | | (2,708 | ) | ||||||||||||
Other investing transactions |
| | | 408 | | | 408 | |||||||||||||||
Net cash (used) in investing activities |
| | | (958 | ) | (1,310 | ) | | (2,268 | ) | ||||||||||||
Financing activities |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Payments on debt |
| (4,588 | ) | | (1,080 | ) | (6,599 | ) | | (12,267 | ) | |||||||||||
Payment of intercompany dividends |
| | | | (1,948 | ) | 1,948 | | ||||||||||||||
Change in affiliate debt |
| 4,588 | | (5,261 | ) | 839 | (166 | ) | | |||||||||||||
Net cash (used) in financing activities |
| | | (6,341 | ) | (7,708 | ) | 1,782 | (12,267 | ) | ||||||||||||
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents |
| | | | (2,223 | ) | | (2,223 | ) | |||||||||||||
Change in cash and cash equivalents |
| | | 2,907 | 4,021 | | 6,928 | |||||||||||||||
Cash at beginning of period |
| | | 3,005 | 3,469 | | 6,474 | |||||||||||||||
Cash at end of period |
$ | | $ | | $ | | $ | 5,912 | $ | 7,490 | $ | | $ | 13,402 | ||||||||
F-52
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements(continued)
(Dollars in Thousands)
March 31, 2010
19. Guarantor Consolidation(continued)
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Condensed Statement of Cash Flows(continued)
(Dollars in Thousands)
|
For the Period From August 30, 2007 Through March 31, 2008 | |||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Thermon
Holdings, LLC |
Thermon
Holding Corp. (Guarantor) |
Thermon
Industries, Inc. (Issuer) |
Thermon
Manufacturing Company and U.S. Subsidiaries (Guarantor) |
International
Subsidiaries (Non-guarantors) |
Eliminations | Consolidated | |||||||||||||||
Net cash provided by operations |
$ | | $ | | $ | | $ | 11,306 | $ | (2,783 | ) | $ | 805 | $ | 9,328 | |||||||
Investing activities |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Proceeds from sales of P.P.& E. |
| | | 1 | 11 | | 12 | |||||||||||||||
Purchases of P.P.&E. |
| | | (2,463 | ) | (1,766 | ) | | (4,229 | ) | ||||||||||||
Cash paid for Thermon Industries, Inc. |
| (145,933 | ) | | | | | (145,933 | ) | |||||||||||||
Purchase accounting adjustments |
| 47,843 | | (3,438 | ) | (46,832 | ) | 2,427 | | |||||||||||||
Investment in subsidiaries |
(37,502 | ) | | | | | 37,502 | | ||||||||||||||
Net cash (used) in investing activities |
(37,502 | ) | (98,090 | ) | | (5,900 | ) | (48,587 | ) | 39,929 | (150,150 | ) | ||||||||||
Financing activities |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Proceeds from debt issued, net of costs |
| 60,588 | | (2,401 | ) | 54,823 | | 113,010 | ||||||||||||||
Issuance of common stock |
37,502 | 37,502 | | | | (40,734 | ) | 34,270 | ||||||||||||||
Net cash (used) in financing activities |
37,502 | 98,090 | | (2,401 | ) | 54,823 | (40,734 | ) | 147,280 | |||||||||||||
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents |
| | | | 16 | | 16 | |||||||||||||||
Change in cash and cash equivalents |
| | | 3,005 | 3,469 | | 6,474 | |||||||||||||||
Cash at beginning of period |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||
Cash at end of period |
$ | | $ | | $ | | $ | 3,005 | $ | 3,469 | $ | | $ | 6,474 | ||||||||
F-53
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements(continued)
(Dollars in Thousands)
March 31, 2010
19. Guarantor Consolidation(continued)
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Condensed Statement of Cash Flows(continued)
(Dollars in Thousands)
|
For the Period From April 1, 2007 Through August 29, 2007 | |||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Thermon
Holdings, LLC(1) |
Thermon
Holding Corp. (Guarantor)(1) |
Thermon
Industries, Inc. (Issuer) |
Thermon
Manufacturing Company and U.S. Subsidiaries (Guarantor) |
International
Subsidiaries (Non-guarantors) |
Eliminations | Consolidated | |||||||||||||||
Net cash provided by operations |
$ | | $ | | $ | (39 | ) | $ | (10,424 | ) | $ | (110 | ) | $ | | $ | (10,573 | ) | ||||
Investing activities |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Proceeds from sales of P.P.& E and insurance recoveries. |
| | | 1,279 | | | 1,279 | |||||||||||||||
Purchases of P.P.&E. |
| | | (477 | ) | (608 | ) | | (1,085 | ) | ||||||||||||
Net cash (used) in investing activities |
| | | 802 | (608 | ) | | 194 | ||||||||||||||
Financing activities |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Proceeds from revolving lines of credit |
| | | 39,333 | | | 39,333 | |||||||||||||||
Payments on revolving lines of credit |
| | | (26,475 | ) | (2,027 | ) | | (28,502 | ) | ||||||||||||
Issuance of common stock |
| | 39 | | | | 39 | |||||||||||||||
Net cash (used) in financing activities |
| | 39 | 12,858 | (2,027 | ) | | 10,870 | ||||||||||||||
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents |
| | | | 1,147 | | 1,147 | |||||||||||||||
Change in cash and cash equivalents |
| | | 3,236 | (1,598 | ) | | 1,638 | ||||||||||||||
Cash at beginning of period |
| | | 60 | 2,002 | | 2,062 | |||||||||||||||
Cash at end of period |
$ | | $ | | $ | | $ | 3,296 | $ | 404 | $ | | $ | 3,700 | ||||||||
F-54
Thermon Holdings, LLC
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements(continued)
(Dollars in Thousands)
March 31, 2010
20. Quarterly Results (Unaudited)
The following quarterly results have been derived from unaudited consolidated financial statements that, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair presentation of such quarterly information. The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period. The unaudited quarterly financial data for each of the eight quarters in the two years ended March 31, 2010 are as follows:
|
Three Months Ended | ||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
June 30
2009 |
September 30
2009 |
December 31
2009 |
March 31
2010 |
|||||||||
Sales |
$ | 50,812 | $ | 44,745 | $ | 47,348 | $ | 49,808 | |||||
Gross profit |
22,837 | 22,906 | 23,196 | 22,373 | |||||||||
Income from operations |
11,670 | 11,665 | 10,031 | 8,177 | |||||||||
Net income |
$ | 5,243 | $ | 5,304 | $ | 4,182 | $ | 4,212 |
|
Three Months Ended | ||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
June 30
2008 |
September 30
2008 |
December 31
2008 |
March 31
2009 |
|||||||||
Sales |
$ | 53,398 | $ | 52,060 | $ | 52,766 | $ | 44,531 | |||||
Gross profit |
22,875 | 25,657 | 26,712 | 22,055 | |||||||||
Income from operations |
8,347 | 10,969 | 12,122 | 9,427 | |||||||||
Net income |
$ | 4,288 | $ | 6,341 | $ | 7,119 | $ | 8,653 |
Note 21. Subsequent EventsIncrease in Authorized Shares and Stock Split
On March 31, 2011, the Board of Directors of Thermon Group Holdings, Inc. ("Successor") approved an increase in the number of authorized shares to 150,000,000 shares of common stock and a 192.458681-to-one split of Successor's issued and outstanding common stock. The increase in the authorized shares and the stock split became effective on March 31, 2011. The common share and per common share amounts in these consolidated financial statements and notes to consolidated financial statements have not been restated to reflect the 192.458681-to-one split, as the capital structures of the Predecessor and Successor are substantially different and the reported per common share amounts are not comparable.
F-55
Thermon Group Holdings, Inc.
Unaudited Financial Statements for the Nine Months
Ended December 31, 2010
F-56
Thermon Group Holdings, Inc.
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited)
(Dollars in Thousands)
|
December 31, 2010
(Successor) |
March 31,
2010 (Predecessor) |
||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
||||||
Assets |
||||||||
Current assets: |
||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 35,201 | $ | 30,147 | ||||
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $1,331 and $1,835 as of December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2010, respectively |
47,073 | 41,882 | ||||||
Notes receivable and other |
| 3 | ||||||
Inventories, net |
27,600 | 22,835 | ||||||
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts |
1,245 | 1,636 | ||||||
Income taxes receivable |
1,999 | 1,368 | ||||||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
7,883 | 4,331 | ||||||
Deferred income taxes |
1,421 | 1,428 | ||||||
Total current assets |
122,422 | 103,630 | ||||||
Property, plant and equipment, net |
23,404 | 22,750 | ||||||
Goodwill |
116,626 | 42,013 | ||||||
Intangible assets, net |
159,346 | 50,137 | ||||||
Debt issuance costs, net |
12,263 | 2,586 | ||||||
|
$ | 434,061 | $ | 221,116 | ||||
Liabilities and shareholder's/members' equity |
||||||||
Current liabilities: |
||||||||
Accounts payable |
$ | 16,319 | $ | 9,397 | ||||
Accrued liabilities |
16,789 | 13,505 | ||||||
Advance payment |
10,248 | | ||||||
Obligations due to settle the CHS Transaction |
3,754 | | ||||||
Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts |
| 1,035 | ||||||
Income taxes payable |
129 | 2,158 | ||||||
Deferred income taxes |
| 138 | ||||||
Total current liabilities |
47,239 | 26,233 | ||||||
Long-term debt, net of current maturities |
210,000 | 109,249 | ||||||
Deferred income taxes |
53,916 | 30,005 | ||||||
Other noncurrent liabilities |
1,844 | 555 | ||||||
Common stock, 24,933,407 shares issued and outstanding $.001 par value, 150,000,000 authorized |
| | ||||||
Additional paid-in capital |
130,236 | |||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustment |
1,786 | | ||||||
Retained deficit |
(10,960 | ) | | |||||
Shareholder's/Members' equity |
121,062 | 55,074 | ||||||
|
$ | 434,061 | $ | 221,116 | ||||
See accompanying notes.
F-57
Thermon Group Holdings, Inc.
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and
Comprehensive Income/Loss (Unaudited)
(Dollars in Thousands)
|
For the Period
From May 1, Through December 31, 2010 (Successor) |
For the Period
From April 1, Through April 30, 2010 (Predecessor) |
Nine Months
Ended December 31, 2009 (Predecessor) |
||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Sales |
$ | 165,905 | $ | 13,063 | $ | 142,905 | |||||
Cost of sales |
98,795 | 6,447 | 73,966 | ||||||||
Gross profit |
67,110 | 6,616 | 68,939 | ||||||||
Operating expenses: |
|||||||||||
Marketing, general and administrative and engineering |
37,227 | 4,263 | 33,770 | ||||||||
Amortization of other intangible assets |
15,126 | 215 | 1,803 | ||||||||
Income from operations |
14,757 | 2,138 | 33,366 | ||||||||
Other income/(expenses): |
|||||||||||
Interest income |
10 | 7 | 54 | ||||||||
Interest expense |
(17,111 | ) | (6,229 | ) | (5,570 | ) | |||||
Success fees to owners related to the CHS Transaction |
(3,022 | ) | (4,716 | ) | | ||||||
Miscellaneous expense |
(4,667 | ) | (8,901 | ) | (881 | ) | |||||
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes |
(10,033 | ) | (17,701 | ) | 26,969 | ||||||
Income taxes (expense) benefit |
(927 | ) | 17,434 | (12,241 | ) | ||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | (10,960 | ) | $ | (267 | ) | $ | 14,728 | |||
Comprehensive income (loss): |
|||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
(10,960 | ) | $ | (267 | ) | $ | 14,728 | ||||
Foreign currency translation adjustment |
1,786 | (576 | ) | 6,886 | |||||||
Comprehensive income (loss) |
$ | (9,174 | ) | $ | (843 | ) | $ | 21,614 | |||
Net income (loss) per common share: |
|||||||||||
Basic |
$ | (0.44 | ) | $ | (5.11 | ) | $ | 312.00 | |||
Diluted |
(0.44 | ) | (5.11 | ) | 281.86 | ||||||
Weighted-average shares used in computing net income (loss) per common share: |
|||||||||||
Basic |
24,887,987 | 52,253 | 47,205 | ||||||||
Diluted |
24,887,987 | 52,253 | 52,253 |
See accompanying notes.
F-58
Thermon Group Holdings, Inc.
Condensed Consolidated Statement of Changes in
Shareholders'/Members' Equity (Unaudited)
(Dollars in Thousands,
except share data)
|
Shares
Outstanding |
Stock/Capital
Amount |
Retained
Earnings/ (Deficit) |
Currency
Translation Adjustment |
Total | ||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Predecessor: |
|||||||||||||||||
Balances at March 31, 2010 |
52,253 | $ | 37,501 | $ | 16,513 | $ | 1,060 | $ | 55,074 | ||||||||
Net loss |
| | (267 | ) | | (267 | ) | ||||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustment |
| | | (576 | ) | (576 | ) | ||||||||||
Balances at April 30, 2010 |
52,253 | $ | 37,501 | $ | 16,246 | $ | 484 | $ | 54,231 | ||||||||
Successor: |
|||||||||||||||||
Initial Capitalization at May 1, 2010: |
|||||||||||||||||
Issuance of common stock for cash |
21,658,530 | $ | 112,536 | $ | | $ | | $ | 112,536 | ||||||||
Exchange for certain units of Thermon Holdings, LLC |
2,825,293 | 14,680 | | | 14,680 | ||||||||||||
Issuance for cash related to certain management investments |
391,846 | 2,036 | | | 2,036 | ||||||||||||
Stock-based compensation expense |
9,623 | 734 | | | 734 | ||||||||||||
Shares issued for cash to directors |
48,115 | 250 | | | 250 | ||||||||||||
Net loss |
| | (10,960 | ) | | (10,960 | ) | ||||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustment |
| | | 1,786 | 1,786 | ||||||||||||
Balances at December 31, 2010 |
24,933,407 | 130,236 | (10,960 | ) | 1,786 | 121,062 | |||||||||||
Predecessor: |
|||||||||||||||||
Balances at March 31, 2009 |
52,253 | $ | 37,501 | $ | 6,173 | $ | (5,460 | ) | $ | 38,214 | |||||||
Net income |
| | 14,728 | | 14,728 | ||||||||||||
Foreign currency translation adjustment |
| | | 6,886 | 6,886 | ||||||||||||
Balances at December 31, 2009 |
52,253 | 37,501 | 20,901 | 1,426 | 59,828 | ||||||||||||
See accompanying notes.
F-59
Thermon Group Holdings, Inc.
Condensed Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows (Unaudited)
(Dollars in Thousands)
|
For the Period
From May 1, Through December 31, 2010 (Successor) |
For the Period
From April 1, Through April 30, 2010 (Predecessor) |
Nine Months
Ended December 31, 2009 (Predecessor) |
|||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Operating activities |
||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | (10,960 | ) | $ | (267 | ) | $ | 14,728 | ||||
Adjustment to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities: |
||||||||||||
Depreciation and amortization |
24,040 | 392 | 3,223 | |||||||||
Amortization of debt costs |
3,365 | 2,586 | 512 | |||||||||
Stock-based compensation expense |
734 | | | |||||||||
Provision (benefit) for deferred income taxes |
(2,660 | ) | (15,122 | ) | 3,080 | |||||||
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: |
||||||||||||
Accounts receivable |
(6,452 | ) | 1,365 | 240 | ||||||||
Inventories |
(2,972 | ) | (1,719 | ) | 2,932 | |||||||
Costs and estimated earnings and billings on construction contracts |
(678 | ) | 34 | 204 | ||||||||
Other current and noncurrent assets |
(1,241 | ) | (3,151 | ) | (1,765 | ) | ||||||
Accounts payable |
5,672 | 825 | (223 | ) | ||||||||
Accrued liabilities and noncurrent liabilities |
18,161 | 9,515 | (281 | ) | ||||||||
Change in liability to former shareholders |
| | (1,437 | ) | ||||||||
Income taxes payable |
(937 | ) | (860 | ) | 1,974 | |||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities |
26,072 | (6,402 | ) | 23,187 | ||||||||
Investing activities |
||||||||||||
Purchases of property, plant and equipment |
(1,149 | ) | (97 | ) | (976 | ) | ||||||
Cash paid for Thermon Holding Corp. (net of cash acquired of $2,852) |
(318,048 | ) | | | ||||||||
Other investing activities |
| (1,397 | ) | | ||||||||
Net cash used in investing activities |
(319,197 | ) | (1,494 | ) | (976 | ) | ||||||
Financing activities |
||||||||||||
Proceeds from senior secured notes |
210,000 | | | |||||||||
Proceeds from revolving line of credit |
4,599 | | | |||||||||
Obligation due to settle the CHS Transaction |
6,600 | | | |||||||||
Payments to settle the CHS Transaction |
(2,846 | ) | | | ||||||||
Payments on revolving lines of credit and long-term debt |
(4,599 | ) | (19,385 | ) | | |||||||
Capital contributions |
129,502 | | | |||||||||
Dividend paid |
(8,600 | ) | ||||||||||
Debt issuance costs |
(15,473 | ) | | | ||||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities |
327,783 | (19,385 | ) | (8,600 | ) | |||||||
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents |
543 | (14 | ) | (1,128 | ) | |||||||
Change in cash and cash equivalents |
35,201 | (27,295 | ) | 12,483 | ||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period |
| 30,147 | 13,402 | |||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period |
$ | 35,201 | $ | 2,852 | $ | 25,885 | ||||||
F-60
Thermon Group Holdings, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements
For the Nine Months Ended December 31, 2010
1. Basis of Presentation
On April 30, 2010, a group of investors led by CHS Capital LLC (f/k/a Code Hennessy & Simmons LLC) ("CHS") and certain management investors acquired Thermon Holdings, Corp. and its subsidiaries from Thermon Holdings, LLC ("Predecessor") for approximately $320.9 million in a transaction that was financed by approximately $129.2 million of equity investments and $210 million of debt raised in an exempt Rule 144A senior secured note offering to qualified institutional investors (the "CHS Transaction"). The proceeds from the equity investments and debt financing were used both to finance the acquisition and pay related transaction costs. As a result of the CHS Transaction, Thermon Group Holdings, Inc. became the ultimate parent of Thermon Holding Corp. Thermon Group Holdings, Inc. and its direct and indirect subsidiaries are referred to collectively as "we", the "Company" or "Successor" herein.
In the CHS Transaction, the senior secured notes were issued by Thermon Finance, Inc., which immediately after the closing of the CHS Transaction was merged into our wholly-owned subsidiary Thermon Industries, Inc.
The CHS Transaction was accounted for as a purchase combination. The purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired based on their estimated fair values, and liabilities assumed were recorded based upon their actual value. The allocation of the assets is preliminary and subject to change as the independent third party appraisal process has commenced but has not been finalized. The Company's management ultimately takes responsibility for valuations assigned to the assets and liabilities assumed in connection with the purchase combination.
Pushdown accounting was employed to reflect the purchase price paid by our new owner.
We have prepared our condensed consolidated financial statements as if Thermon Group Holdings, Inc. had been in existence throughout all relevant periods. The historical financial and other data prior to the closing of the CHS Transaction on April 30, 2010 have been prepared using the historical results of operations and bases of the assets and liabilities of the Predecessor. Our historical financial data prior to May 1, 2010 may not be indicative of our future performance.
The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto of Thermon Holdings, LLC for the year ended March 31, 2010. In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring items) considered necessary to present fairly our financial position at December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2010, and the results of our operations and the cash flows for the period from May 1 through December 31, 2010, the period from April 1 through April 30, 2010 and the nine month period ended December 31, 2009. Operating results for the period from May 1 through December 31, 2010 and for the period from April 1 through April 30, 2010 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year ending March 31, 2011. Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior period presentation to conform to the current period presentation. All dollar and share amounts are presented in thousands, unless otherwise noted.
2. New Accounting Pronouncements
In October 2009, the FASB issued an Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") that amended the accounting rules addressing revenue recognition for multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements by
F-61
Thermon Group Holdings, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements(continued)
For the Nine Months Ended December 31, 2010
2. New Accounting Pronouncements(continued)
eliminating the criterion for objective and reliable evidence of fair value for the undelivered products or services. Instead, revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables should be divided into separate units of accounting provided the deliverables meet certain criteria. Additionally the ASU provides for elimination of the use of the residual method of allocation and requires that arrangement consideration be allocated at the inception of the arrangement to all deliverables based on their relative selling price. A hierarchy for estimating such selling price is included in the update. This ASU will be effective prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010. Early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating whether this update will have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.
3. Net Income (Loss) Per Share
Basic net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each period. Diluted net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares and common share equivalents outstanding (if dilutive) during each period. The number of common share equivalents, which include P units, is computed using the treasury stock method.
The basic and diluted net income per share calculations are presented below (in thousands, except for per share amounts):
|
For the period From May 1, Through December 31, 2010 | For the period From April 1, Through April 30, 2010 (Predecessor) | Nine Months Ended December 31, 2009 (Predecessor) | |||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Basic net income (loss) per common share |
||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | (10,960 | ) | $ | (267 | ) | $ | 14,728 | ||
Weighted-average common shares outstanding |
24,887,987 | 52,253 | 47,205 | |||||||
Basic net income (loss) per common share |
$ | (0.44 | ) | $ | (5.11 | ) | $ | 312.00 | ||
F-62
Thermon Group Holdings, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements(continued)
For the Nine Months Ended December 31, 2010
3. Net Income (Loss) Per Share(continued)
|
For the period From May 1, Through December 31, 2010 | For the period From April 1, Through April 30, 2010 (Predecessor) | Nine Months Ended December 31, 2009 (Predecessor) | |||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Diluted net income (loss) per common share |
||||||||||
Net income (loss) used to determine diluted net income (loss) per common share |
$ | (10,960 | ) | $ | (267 | ) | $ | 14,728 | ||
Weighted-average common shares outstanding |
24,887,987 | 52,253 | 47,205 | |||||||
Adjustment for incremental shares arising from assumed exercise of Class P units |
| | 5,048 | |||||||
Weighted-average common shares for diluted net income (loss) per share |
24,887,987 | 52,253 | 52,253 | |||||||
Diluted net income (loss) per common share |
$ | (0.44 | ) | $ | (5.11 | )(1) | $ | 281.86 | ||
4. Inventories
Inventories consisted of the following:
|
December 31, 2010 (Successor) | March 31, 2010 (Predecessor) | |||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Raw materials |
$ | 9,143 | $ | 7,451 | |||
Work in process |
1,669 | 1,831 | |||||
Finished goods |
18,244 | 14,725 | |||||
|
29,056 | 24,007 | |||||
Valuation reserves |
(1,456 | ) | (1,172 | ) | |||
Net inventory |
$ | 27,600 | $ | 22,835 | |||
F-63
Thermon Group Holdings, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements(continued)
For the Nine Months Ended December 31, 2010
5. Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following:
|
December 31, 2010 (Successor) | March 31, 2010 (Predecessor) | |||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Land, buildings and improvements |
$ | 14,070 | $ | 13,437 | |||
Machinery and equipment |
8,079 | 11,739 | |||||
Office furniture and equipment |
2,693 | 2,866 | |||||
|
24,842 | 28,042 | |||||
Accumulated depreciation |
(1,438 | ) | (5,292 | ) | |||
|
$ | 23,404 | $ | 22,750 | |||
6. Acquisition, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
We were acquired on April 30, 2010 for $320,900 as follows:
|
|
|||
---|---|---|---|---|
Consideration to or on behalf of sellers at close |
$ | 220,600 | ||
Payoff existing debt, interest and bank fees at close |
93,700 | |||
Accrual for obligations in settlement with seller(1) |
6,600 | |||
|
$ | 320,900 | ||
F-64
Thermon Group Holdings, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements(continued)
For the Nine Months Ended December 31, 2010
6. Acquisition, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets(continued)
The following table summarizes the fair value of the assets and liabilities assumed:
|
|
||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|
Assets acquired: |
|||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 2,852 | |||
Accounts receivable, net |
40,595 | ||||
Inventories, net |
32,325 | ||||
Other current assets |
10,676 | ||||
Property, plant and equipment |
23,983 | ||||
Identifiable intangible assets |
173,711 | ||||
Goodwill |
115,775 | ||||
Other noncurrent assets |
284 | ||||
Total assets |
400,201 | ||||
Liabilities assumed: |
|||||
Current liabilities |
21,281 | ||||
Other long-term debt |
|||||
Noncurrent deferred tax liability |
56,757 | ||||
Other noncurrent liabilities |
1,263 | ||||
Total liabilities |
79,301 | ||||
Purchase price |
320,900 | ||||
Less: cash |
(2,852 | ) | |||
Purchase price net of cash |
$ | 318,048 | |||
The push-down accounting effects of the CHS Transaction resulted in an increase in shareholder's equity of approximately $155,421, which we allocated to the historical balance sheet. The following is a summary of the fair value adjustments pushed down to the Company:
|
Original Allocation | Adjustments | December 31, 2010 (Successor) | |||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Inventory |
$ | 7,648 | $ | | $ | 7,648 | ||||
Property, plant and equipment |
| 1,354 | 1,354 | |||||||
Identifiable intangible assets |
92,533 | 29,193 | 121,726 | |||||||
Goodwill |
85,598 | (19,142 | ) | 66,456 | ||||||
Noncurrent deferred tax liability |
(30,358 | ) | (11,405 | ) | (41,763 | ) | ||||
|
$ | 155,421 | $ | | $ | 155,421 | ||||
F-65
Thermon Group Holdings, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements(continued)
For the Nine Months Ended December 31, 2010
6. Acquisition, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets(continued)
Goodwill for the nine months ended December 31, 2010 is as follows:
|
|
|||
---|---|---|---|---|
Balance at May 1, 2010 |
$ | 134,917 | ||
Adjustment of the allocation of fair values |
(19,142 | ) | ||
Subtotal |
115,775 | |||
Foreign currency translation impact |
851 | |||
Balance at December 31, 2010 |
$ | 116,626 | ||
Other intangible assets at December 31, 2010 consist of the following:
|
Successor | |||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Gross Carrying Amount | Accumulated Amortization | Net Carrying Amount | |||||||
Trademarks |
$ | 48,280 | $ | | $ | 48,280 | ||||
Developed technology |
11,063 | 449 | 10,614 | |||||||
Customer relationships |
102,425 | 4,472 | 97,953 | |||||||
Backlog |
10,289 | 10,289 | | |||||||
Certification |
504 | | 504 | |||||||
Other |
2,205 | 210 | 1,995 | |||||||
Total |
$ | 174,766 | $ | 15,420 | $ | 159,346 | ||||
The effect of foreign currency translation on the gross carrying amount at December 31, 2010 was $1,055.
Other intangible assets at March 31, 2010 consist of the following:
|
Predecessor | |||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Gross Carrying
Amount |
Accumulated
Amortization |
Net Carrying
Amount |
|||||||
Trademarks |
$ | 27,767 | $ | | $ | 27,767 | ||||
Developed technology |
6,408 | 828 | 5,580 | |||||||
Customer relationships |
21,632 | 5,588 | 16,044 | |||||||
Backlog |
9,770 | 9,770 | | |||||||
Certification |
521 | 57 | 464 | |||||||
Noncompete agreements |
464 | 240 | 224 | |||||||
Other |
58 | | 58 | |||||||
Total |
$ | 66,620 | $ | 16,483 | $ | 50,137 | ||||
At December 31, 2010, approximately $11,626 of the purchase price was held in escrow to secure the Predecessor's indemnification obligations in the event of any breaches of representations and warranties contained in the definitive agreements.
The Company allocates the purchase price in connection with the Acquisition to the tangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed and intangible assets acquired based on their estimated fair values. The
F-66
Thermon Group Holdings, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements(continued)
For the Nine Months Ended December 31, 2010
6. Acquisition, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets(continued)
excess of the purchase price over these fair values is recorded as goodwill. The Company engaged an independent third-party appraisal firm to assist the Company in determining the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Such valuations require management to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets. The Company's management ultimately takes responsibility for valuations assigned to the assets and liabilities assumed in connection with the purchase combination. The significant purchased intangible assets recorded by the Company include trademarks, customer relationships, backlog and developed technology.
Critical estimates in valuing certain intangible assets include, without limitation, future expected cash flows from customer relationships, acquired developed technologies and trademarks and discount rates. Management's estimates of fair value are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain and unpredictable and, as a result, actual results may differ from estimates. Other estimates associated with the accounting for acquisitions may change as additional information becomes available regarding the assets acquired and liabilities assumed.
Acquisition-related transaction costs, such as advisory, legal and other professional fees, are not included as a component of consideration transferred, but are accounted for as expenses in the periods in which costs are incurred. Total advisory, legal and other fees incurred by the Company were approximately $37.3 million, of which $7.7 million was expensed in the period from May 1 through December 31, 2010, $13.9 million was incurred and expensed by the Predecessor in the period from April 1, 2010 through April 30, 2010, and the remainder is being capitalized as debt issuance cost.
The Company does not expect goodwill recorded in connection with the Acquisition to be deductible for tax purposes.
7. Accrued Liabilities
Accrued current liabilities consisted of the following:
|
December 31,
2010 (Successor) |
March 31,
2010 (Predecessor) |
|||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Accrued employee compensation and related expenses |
$ | 7,997 | $ | 6,171 | |||
Warranty reserve |
1,041 | 699 | |||||
Professional fees |
854 | 1,097 | |||||
Interest |
3,434 | 280 | |||||
Taxes payable |
724 | 567 | |||||
Compliance costs |
55 | 704 | |||||
Other |
2,684 | 3,987 | |||||
Total accrued current liabilities |
$ | 16,789 | $ | 13,505 | |||
F-67
Thermon Group Holdings, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements(continued)
For the Nine Months Ended December 31, 2010
8. Advance payment
At December 31, 2010, the Company had received a deposit in the amount of $10,289 from a customer in advance of our delivery of products and services. We expect to recognize this revenue upon the delivery of our products and the completion of our services.
9. Related-Party Transactions
We paid management and transaction success fees to, and reimbursed the out of pocket expenses of, our private equity sponsors of $7,696 in the nine months ended December 31, 2010. Of this amount, $736 is included in prepaid expenses, $2,605 was included in deferred debt issuance costs, net, $3,022 is included in success fees to owners related to the CHS Transaction expense, and $1,333 is included in Marketing, general and administrative and engineering expense.
The Predecessor paid management fees and expenses to its private equity sponsor in the one month ended April 30, 2010 of $4,795. Of this amount $79 is included in Marketing, general and administrative and engineering expense and $4,716 is included in Miscellaneous income/expense as it was related to the CHS Transactions. During the nine months ended December 31, 2009, the predecessor paid management fees and expenses of $671 to its private equity sponsor, which is included in Marketing, general and administrative and engineering expense.
See Note 6, Acquisition, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets for further information regarding payments due to the sellers in the CHS Transactions. Estimated amounts due the sellers are shown as a current liability labeled "Obligations due to settle the CHS Transactions."
10. Short-Term Revolving Lines of Credit
The Company's subsidiary in the Netherlands has a revolving credit facility in the amount of Euro 4,000 (equivalent to $5,256 USD at December 31, 2010) collateralized by receivables, inventory, equipment, furniture and real estate. No loans were outstanding on this facility at December 31, 2010 or 2009.
The Company's subsidiary in India has a revolving credit facility in the amount of 80,000 rupees (equivalent to $1,753 USD at December 31, 2010). The facility is collateralized by receivables, inventory, real estate, a letter of credit, and cash. No loans were outstanding under the facility at December 31, 2010 or 2009.
The Company's subsidiary in Australia has a revolving credit facility in the amount of $325 Australian Dollars (equivalent to $329 USD at December 31, 2010). The facility is collateralized by real estate. The facilities had no loans outstanding as of December 31, 2010 or 2009.
In August 2010, the Company's subsidiary in Japan established a revolving credit facility in the amount of 45,000 Japanese Yen (equivalent to $548 USD at December 31, 2010). The credit facility is collateralized by a standby letter of credit in the amount of $300 issued as part of the revolving credit facility referred to in Note 10. No loans were outstanding under the Japanese revolving credit facility at December 31, 2010.
F-68
Thermon Group Holdings, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements(continued)
For the Nine Months Ended December 31, 2010
11. Long-Term Debt
Long-term debt consisted of the following:
|
December 31,
2010 (Successor) |
March 31,
2010 (Predecessor) |
|||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
9.500% Senior Secured Notes, due May 2017 |
$ | 210,000 | $ | | |||
Notes payable |
| 109,249 | |||||
|
210,000 | 109,249 | |||||
Less current portion |
| | |||||
|
$ | 210,000 | $ | 109,249 | |||
Revolving Credit Facility and Senior Secured Notes
Revolving credit facility. Simultaneously with the closing of the Acquisition and the sale of our senior secured notes, our wholly owned subsidiary, Thermon Industries, Inc., entered into a five-year, $40.0 million senior secured revolving credit facility, which we refer to as our revolving credit facility, of which up to $20.0 million is available to our Canadian subsidiary, subject to borrowing base availability. Availability of funds under our revolving credit facility is determined by a borrowing base equal to the sum of 85% of eligible accounts receivable, plus 60% of eligible inventory, plus 85% of the net orderly liquidation value of eligible equipment, plus 50% of the fair market value of eligible owned real property. In no case shall availability under our revolving credit facility exceed the commitments thereunder. As of December 31, 2010, we had $34.8 million of capacity available under our revolving credit facility after taking into account the borrowing base, outstanding loan advances and letters of credit. In addition to our revolving credit facility, we have various short term revolving lines of credit available to us at our foreign affiliates, and no borrowings were outstanding under any such lines of credit at December 31, 2010.
The revolving credit facility will mature in 2015. Any borrowings on our revolving credit facility will incur interest expense that is variable in relation to the LIBOR rate. Borrowings denominated in Canadian Dollars under the Canadian facility bear interest at a variable rate in relation to the bankers' acceptance rate, as set forth in the revolving credit facility. In addition to paying interest on outstanding borrowings under our revolving credit facility, we are required to pay a 0.75% per annum commitment fee to the lenders in respect of the unutilized commitments thereunder and letter of credit fees equal to the LIBOR margin or the bankers' acceptance rate, as applicable, on the undrawn amount of all outstanding letters of credit. At December 31, 2010, we had no outstanding borrowings under our revolving credit facility. Had there been outstanding borrowings, the interest rate on the facility would have been 5.75%.
Senior secured notes. As of December 31, 2010, we had $210.0 million of indebtedness outstanding under our senior secured notes with annual cash interest expense of approximately $20.0 million. Our senior secured notes mature on May 1, 2017 and accrue interest at a fixed rate of 9.500%. We pay interest in cash semi-annually on May and November 1 of each year. Our senior secured notes were issued in a Rule 144A exempt senior secured note offering to qualified institutional investors. The proceeds were used to fund the purchase price for the Acquisition and related
F-69
Thermon Group Holdings, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements(continued)
For the Nine Months Ended December 31, 2010
11. Long-Term Debt(continued)
transaction costs. In January 2011, we consummated an offer to exchange the old restricted senior secured notes for new, SEC-registered senior secured notes.
Guarantees; security. The obligations under our revolving credit facility and our senior secured notes are guaranteed on a senior secured basis by the Company and each of its existing and future domestic restricted subsidiaries, other than Thermon Industries, Inc., the issuer of the senior secured notes. The obligations under our revolving credit facility are secured by a first priority perfected security interest in substantially all of our and the guarantors' assets, subject to certain exceptions, permitted liens and encumbrances reasonably acceptable to the agent under our revolving credit facility. Our senior secured notes and guarantees are also secured by liens on substantially all of our and the guarantors' assets, subject to certain exceptions; provided, however, that the liens are contractually subordinated to the liens thereon that secure our revolving credit facility.
Restrictive covenants. The revolving credit facility and senior secured notes contain various restrictive covenants that include restrictions or limitations on our ability to: incur additional indebtedness or issue disqualified capital stock unless certain financial tests are satisfied; pay dividends, redeem subordinated debt or make other restricted payments; make certain investments or acquisitions; issue stock of subsidiaries; grant or permit certain liens on our assets; enter into certain transactions with affiliates; merge, consolidate or transfer substantially all of our assets; incur dividend or other payment restrictions affecting certain of our subsidiaries; transfer or sell assets, including capital stock of our subsidiaries; and change the business we conduct. However, all of these covenants are subject to exceptions.
As of December 31, 2010, the aggregate market value of our debt, with a face amount of $210 million, was approximately $224 million. At March 31, 2010, the carrying amounts of long-term debt related to obligations of the former owners approximate their fair values due to their variable rates.
Other Financial Assets and Liabilities
Financial assets and liabilities with the carrying amounts approximating fair value include cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, other current assets, current debt, accounts payable and other current liabilities.
12. Commitments and Contingencies
At December 31, 2010, the Company had in place letter of credit guarantees from banks securing performance obligations of the Company. These arrangements totaled approximately $5,505 and related to certain sales contracts and local lines of credit for which $2,449 is secured by cash deposits. Included in prepaid expenses and other current assets at December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2010, was approximately $2,449 and $2,066, respectively, of cash deposits pledged as collateral on performance bonds and letters of credit.
The Company is involved in various legal proceedings that arise from time to time in the ordinary course of doing business and believes that adequate reserves have been established for any probable losses. Expenses related to litigation are included in operating income. We do not believe that the
F-70
Thermon Group Holdings, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements(continued)
For the Nine Months Ended December 31, 2010
12. Commitments and Contingencies(continued)
outcome of any of these proceedings would have a significant adverse effect on our financial position, long-term results of operations, or cash flows. It is possible, however, that charges related to these matters could be significant to our results or cash flows in any one accounting period.
The Company has no outstanding legal matters outside of matters arising in the ordinary course of business, except as described below.
Asbestos Litigation Since 1999, we have been named as one of many defendants in 16 personal injury suits alleging exposure to asbestos from our products. None of the cases alleges premises liability. Six cases are currently pending. Insurers are defending us in three of the six lawsuits, and we expect that an insurer will defend us in the remaining three matters. Of the concluded suits, there were five cost of defense settlements and the remainder were dismissed without payment. There are no claims unrelated to asbestos exposure for which coverage has been sought under the policies that are providing coverage.
Indian Sales Tax and Customs Disputes Our Indian subsidiary is currently disputing assessments of administrative sales tax and customs duties with Indian tax and customs authorities. In addition, we currently have a customs duty case before the Supreme Court in India, on appeal by custom authorities.
We can give no assurances we will prevail in any of these matters.
Warranty Reserve Changes in the Company's product liability reserve are as follows:
|
For the Period
From May 1, Through December 31, 2010 (Successor) |
For the Period
From April 1, Through April 30, 2010 (Predecessor) |
Nine Months
Ended December 31, 2009 (Predecessor) |
|||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Balance at beginning of period |
$ | 1,057 | $ | 699 | $ | 975 | ||||
Provision for warranties issued |
604 | 19 | 539 | |||||||
Reclassification of other liabilities |
| 339 | | |||||||
Changes in estimates |
| | (807 | ) | ||||||
Settlements |
(620 | ) | | (223 | ) | |||||
Balance at end of period |
$ | 1,041 | $ | 1,057 | $ | 484 | ||||
13. Shareholder's Equity/Members' Equity
We have 24,933,407 shares of $0.001 par value common stock issued and outstanding. All of our outstanding shares of common stock are held by our sponsors and certain of our current and former employees and directors.
14. Stock-Based Compensation Expense
On October 20, 2010 and October 27, 2010, our board of directors granted employees options to purchase 2,648,424 shares of our common stock, each with an exercise price of $5.20 per share, pursuant to the terms of our existing restricted stock and stock option plan. The options are for the purchase of shares of common stock of our ultimate parent entity, Thermon Group Holdings, Inc. All
F-71
Thermon Group Holdings, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements(continued)
For the Nine Months Ended December 31, 2010
14. Stock-Based Compensation Expense(continued)
such options become eligible for vesting in five equal tranches, with the portion of each tranche that vests determined by the board of directors based on the attainment of annual performance objectives established by the board of directors. Accordingly, the Company will estimate the likelihood of vesting based on its periodic performance. Any portion of the shares eligible for vesting that do not vest based on the attainment of such performance objectives shall be added to the number of shares eligible to vest on the next scheduled vesting date, subject to the participant's continuous employment. All shares subject to such options shall vest on the seventh anniversary of the grant date if the participant remains continuously employed by us and our outstanding equity securities attain a specified fair value as of such vesting date. Pursuant to the outstanding stock option agreements, we have the right to repurchase any shares acquired on exercise of the option at fair market value following termination of the optionee's employment for death, disability or termination without cause. For all other termination events, we have the right to repurchase the shares acquired on exercise of the option at the lower of fair market value or the exercise price. Fair market value is determined by our board of directors in good faith.
The Company determined that vesting in fiscal year 2011 was likely and therefore recorded its initial stock-based compensation expense of $685 during the nine months ended December 31, 2010. As of December 31, 2010, the estimated unrecognized stock-based compensation expense for the remainder of fiscal 2011 will be $622. To arrive at this estimate, the Company used a Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate the fair value of the options granted. Due to the fact that the common stock underlying the options is not publicly traded, the expected volatility is based on a comparable group of companies. The expected term is based on the simplified method due to the lack of historical exercise data. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the Treasury bill coupon rate for U.S. Treasury securities with a maturity that approximates the expected term. We do not intend to pay dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future, and accordingly we used a dividend yield of zero. The estimated fair value of the underlying stock at time of grant was $5.20 per share. By using an estimated volatility of 45%, life of option of 6.66 years, risk free rate of 2.02% and no dividend assumption, the weighted-average estimated grant date fair value for employee stock options granted was $2.47 per share during the three and eight months ended December 31, 2010. No stock options were granted in a prior period presented.
As indicated in Note 18. Subsequent Event, our ultimate parent entity, Thermon Group Holdings, Inc., has indicated that it is pursuing an initial public offering. Pursuant to the outstanding stock option agreements, all outstanding option awards shall vest and become exercisable immediately prior to an initial public offering. In the event that the offering is completed, we will record stock-based compensation expense for all unvested outstanding option awards in the period in which the offering is completed.
During the nine months ended December 31, 2010, Thermon Group Holdings, Inc., issued 9,623 shares of common stock to an employee of one of our foreign subsidiaries under our restricted stock and stock option plan. The fair value of the stock at the time of the award was $5.20 per share. Accordingly, we recorded stock-based compensation expense of $50,000.
F-72
Thermon Group Holdings, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements(continued)
For the Nine Months Ended December 31, 2010
15. Miscellaneous Income (Expense)
Miscellaneous income (expense) is as follows:
|
For the Period
From May 1, Through December 31, 2010 (Successor) |
For the Period
From April 1, Through April 30, 2010 (Predecessor) |
Nine Months
Ended December 31, 2009 (Predecessor) |
|||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Professional fees and expenses related to CHS Transactions |
$ | (4,662 | ) | $ | (5,660 | ) | $ | (312 | ) | |
Employee bonus payments paid in connection with CHS Transactions |
| (3,545 | ) | | ||||||
Changes in estimates for compliance fees and costs |
600 | | | |||||||
Losses on foreign currency transactions |
(566 | ) | (303 | ) | ||||||
Other |
(39 | ) | 304 | (266 | ) | |||||
Total |
$ | (4,667 | ) | $ | (8,901 | ) | $ | (881 | ) | |
16. Income Taxes
Our anticipated annual effective tax rate of approximately (3.9%) has been applied to our consolidated pre-tax loss for the period from May 1, 2010 through December 31, 2010. This tax rate is less than the U.S. statutory rate primarily due to the amount of buyer's expenses incurred in connection with the CHS Transactions that is estimated to be nondeductible, valuation reserves taken against our anticipated foreign tax credit and other carryforwards for U. S. taxation purposes, and differences between foreign and U.S. tax rates. For the period from April 1 through April 30, 2010 of the Predecessor, an income tax benefit of approximately $17,434 was recorded as a pre-tax loss. In connection with the CHS Transactions, the Canadian debt facility was repaid releasing a deferred tax liability of $14,945. Without the benefit of the deferred tax reversal related to the Canadian debt facility, the benefit rate amounted to approximately 14.1%. This benefit rate was increased by foreign tax credits and exchange losses associated with repatriated earnings and decreased by the amount of sellers' expense stemming from the CHS Transactions that is anticipated to be non-deductible.
For the nine months ended December 31, 2009 of the Predecessor, the anticipated annual effective tax rate applied to pre-tax income was approximately 45.6%. The effective tax rate was higher than the U.S. statutory rate due to the borrowings that were outstanding under the Canadian debt facility.
F-73
Thermon Group Holdings, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements(continued)
For the Nine Months Ended December 31, 2010
16. Income Taxes(continued)
During the three and eight months ended December 31, 2010, we established a long-term liability for uncertain tax positions in the amount of $1,225 in connection with the CHS Transactions to account for the differences in recognition thresholds and attribute measurement for purposes of financial statement disclosure as compared to tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return. All of our unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2010 would affect our effective income tax rate if recognized. The nature of the uncertainty relates to deductions taken or to be taken on tax returns that have not been examined by the applicable tax authority. There was no difference between the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefit for the period from May 1, 2010 through December 31, 2010.
17. Geographic Information
We have defined our operating segment based on geographic regions. We sell our products in two geographic regions. Our sales in these regions share similar economic characteristics, similar product mix, similar customers and similar distribution methods. Accordingly we have elected to aggregate these two geographic regions into a single operating segment. Revenue from the sale of our products which are similar in nature and revenue from construction and engineering are reflected as sales in our consolidated statement of operations.
Within its operating segment, the Company has provided further detail for those countries or regions that generate significant revenue and operating income. For purposes of this note, revenue is attributed to individual countries on the basis of the physical location and jurisdiction of organization of the subsidiary that invoices the material and services.
F-74
Thermon Group Holdings, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements(continued)
For the Nine Months Ended December 31, 2010
17. Geographic Information(continued)
Total sales and operating income classified by major geographic area in which the Company operates are as follows:
|
For the Period
From May 1, Through December 31, 2010 (Successor) |
For the Period
From April 1, Through April 30, 2010 (Predecessor) |
Nine Months
Ended December 31, 2009 (Predecessor) |
|||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Sales by geographic area: |
||||||||||||
Western hemisphere |
||||||||||||
United States |
$ | 46,082 | $ | 4,959 | $ | 45,393 | ||||||
Canada |
55,369 | 3,992 | 41,035 | |||||||||
Elsewhere in the western hemisphere |
697 | 25 | 696 | |||||||||
Intercompany sales |
34,784 | 3,850 | 32,342 | |||||||||
|
136,932 | 12,826 | 119,466 | |||||||||
Eastern hemisphere: |
||||||||||||
Europe |
44,719 | 2,970 | 38,521 | |||||||||
Asia |
19,038 | 1,117 | 17,260 | |||||||||
Intercompany sales |
105 | 51 | | |||||||||
|
63,862 | 4,138 | 55,781 | |||||||||
Eliminations of intercompany sales |
(34,889 | ) | (3,901 | ) | (32,342 | ) | ||||||
|
165,905 | 13,063 | 142,905 | |||||||||
Operating income |
||||||||||||
Western hemisphere |
||||||||||||
United States |
(281 | ) | 1,126 | 12,593 | ||||||||
Canada |
10,400 | 1,066 | 11,545 | |||||||||
Elsewhere in the western hemisphere |
148 | (30 | ) | (316 | ) | |||||||
Eastern hemisphere: |
||||||||||||
Europe |
3,108 | 125 | 7,214 | |||||||||
Asia |
2,819 | 18 | 3,174 | |||||||||
Unallocated: |
||||||||||||
Management fees |
(1,333 | ) | (79 | ) | (671 | ) | ||||||
Other |
(104 | ) | (88 | ) | (173 | ) | ||||||
|
$ | 14,757 | $ | 2,138 | $ | 33,366 | ||||||
18. Subsequent Events
Initial Public Offering
On February 2, 2011, we announced that we had filed a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to a proposed initial public offering of our common stock. The number of shares to be offered and the price range for the offering have not yet been determined. The
F-75
Thermon Group Holdings, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements(continued)
For the Nine Months Ended December 31, 2010
18. Subsequent Events(continued)
shares of common stock to be sold in the offering are expected to be offered by us and certain of our stockholders.
19. Guarantor Consolidation
The senior secured notes issued by Thermon Industries, Inc., our wholly-owned subsidiary, are guaranteed by the Company and our other existing, wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries: Thermon Manufacturing Company, Thermon Heat Tracing Services, Inc., Thermon Heat Tracing Services-I, Inc. and Thermon Heat Tracing Services-II, Inc. (collectively, the "Guarantors"). Our foreign subsidiaries (collectively, the "Non-Guarantors") are not guarantors of the senior secured notes.
The following tables set forth financial information of the Guarantors and Non-Guarantors for the condensed consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2010 and March 31, 2010 (Predecessor), the condensed consolidated statements of operations for the period from May 1, 2010 through December 31, 2010, the period from April 1 through April 30, 2010 (Predecessor) and for the nine month periods ended December 31, 2009 (Predecessor) and the condensed consolidated statements of cash flows for the period from May 1 through December 31, 2010, the period from April 1 through April 30, 2010 (Predecessor) and the three and nine month period ended December 31, 2009 (Predecessor). The information is presented on the equity method of accounting together with elimination entries necessary to reconcile to the consolidated financial statements.
F-76
Thermon Group Holdings, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements(continued)
For the Nine Months Ended December 31, 2010
19. Guarantor Consolidation(continued)
Thermon Group Holdings, Inc.
Condensed Balance Sheet
(Unaudited)
|
December 31, 2010 | |||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Thermon Group
Holdings, Inc. |
Thermon
Holding, Corp. (Guarantor) |
Thermon
Industries, Inc. (Issuer) |
Thermon
Manufacturing Company and US Subsidiaries (Guarantor) |
International
Subsidiaries (Non-guarantors) |
Eliminations | Consolidated | |||||||||||||||
Assets |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Current assets: |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | 250 | $ | | $ | | $ | 5,409 | $ | 29,542 | $ | | $ | 35,201 | ||||||||
Accounts receivable, net |
| | | 17,714 | 34,510 | (5,151 | ) | 47,073 | ||||||||||||||
Notes and other |
| | | 2,425 | 2,327 | (4,752 | ) | | ||||||||||||||
Inventories, net |
| | | 13,959 | 15,310 | (1,669 | ) | 27,600 | ||||||||||||||
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts |
| | | 762 | 483 | | 1,245 | |||||||||||||||
Income taxes receivable |
| | | 1,913 | 86 | | 1,999 | |||||||||||||||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
| 736 | | 840 | 5,858 | 449 | 7,883 | |||||||||||||||
Deferred Income taxes |
| | | 1,125 | 296 | | 1,421 | |||||||||||||||
Total current assets |
250 | 736 | | 44,147 | 88,412 | (11,123 | ) | 122,422 | ||||||||||||||
Property, plant and equipment, net |
| | | 16,079 | 7,325 | | 23,404 | |||||||||||||||
Goodwill |
| | | 46,131 | 70,495 | | 116,626 | |||||||||||||||
Intangible assets, net |
| 1,997 | | 79,314 | 78,035 | | 159,346 | |||||||||||||||
Debt Issuance costs, net |
| | 12,263 | | | | 12,263 | |||||||||||||||
Intercompany loans |
| 130 | | (130 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||
Investment in subsidiaries |
118,939 | 116,206 | 212,567 | 105,758 | | (553,469 | ) | | ||||||||||||||
|
$ | 119,189 | $ | 118,939 | $ | 224,830 | $ | 291,558 | $ | 244,267 | $ | (564,722 | ) | $ | 434,061 | |||||||
Liabilities and shareholder's equity |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Current liabilities: |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Accounts payable |
$ | | $ | | $ | | $ | 7,922 | $ | 13,535 | $ | (5,138 | ) | $ | 16,319 | |||||||
Accrued liabilities |
| | 3,381 | 6,832 | 8,113 | (1,537 | ) | 16,789 | ||||||||||||||
Deferred revenue |
| | | | 10,248 | | 10,248 | |||||||||||||||
Obligations in settlement of the CHS Transaction |
| | | 3,754 | | | 3,754 | |||||||||||||||
Billings in excess of costs and estimated |
| |||||||||||||||||||||
Earnings on uncompleted contracts |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||
Income taxes payable (receivable) |
| | | (4,043 | ) | 4,172 | | 129 | ||||||||||||||
Foreign revolving credit facilities |
| | 10,318 | (7,137 | ) | 177 | (3,358 | ) | | |||||||||||||
Total current liabilities |
| | 13,699 | 7,328 | 36,245 | (10,033 | ) | 47,239 | ||||||||||||||
Long-term debt, net of current maturities |
| | 210,000 | | | | 210,000 | |||||||||||||||
Deferred Income taxes |
| | | 35,009 | 19,608 | (701 | ) | 53,916 | ||||||||||||||
Other noncurrent liabilities |
| | | 1,230 | 614 | | 1,844 | |||||||||||||||
Shareholder's equity |
119,189 | 118,939 | 1,131 | 247,991 | 187,800 | (553,988 | ) | 121,062 | ||||||||||||||
|
$ | 119,189 | $ | 118,939 | $ | 224,830 | $ | 291,558 | $ | 244,267 | $ | (564,722 | ) | $ | 434,061 | |||||||
F-77
Thermon Group Holdings, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements(continued)
For the Nine Months Ended December 31, 2010
19. Guarantor Consolidation(continued)
Thermon Group Holdings, Inc.
Condensed Balance Sheet(continued)
(Unaudited)
|
March 31, 2010 (Predecessor) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Thermon
Group Holdings, Inc. |
Thermon
Holdings, Corp. LLC |
Thermon
Holding, Corp. (Guarantor) |
Thermon
Industries, Inc. (Issuer) |
Thermon
Manufacturing Company and US Subsidiaries (Guarantor) |
International
Subsidiaries (Non-guarantors) |
Eliminations | Consolidated | |||||||||||||||||
Assets |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Current assets: |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | 4,692 | $ | 25,455 | $ | | $ | 30,147 | |||||||||
Accounts receivable, net |
| | | | 15,829 | 30,472 | (4,419 | ) | 41,882 | ||||||||||||||||
Notes and other |
| | | | 3,024 | 3 | (3,024 | ) | 3 | ||||||||||||||||
Inventories, net |
| | | | 10,666 | 13,531 | (1,362 | ) | 22,835 | ||||||||||||||||
Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts |
| | | | 1,209 | 427 | | 1,636 | |||||||||||||||||
Income taxes receivable |
| | | | 1,098 | 270 | | 1,368 | |||||||||||||||||
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
| | | | 1,633 | 2,291 | 407 | 4,331 | |||||||||||||||||
Deferred Income taxes |
| | | | 1,125 | 303 | | 1,428 | |||||||||||||||||
Total current assets |
| | | | 39,276 | 72,752 | (8,398 | ) | 103,630 | ||||||||||||||||
Property, plant and equipment, net |
| | | | 15,366 | 7,384 | | 22,750 | |||||||||||||||||
Goodwill |
| | | | 15,404 | 26,609 | | 42,013 | |||||||||||||||||
Intangible assets, net |
| | | | 12,858 | 37,279 | | 50,137 | |||||||||||||||||
Debt Issuance costs, net |
| | | | 1,545 | 1,041 | | 2,586 | |||||||||||||||||
Intercompany loans |
| 56,000 | 56,000 | 335 | | (112,335 | ) | | |||||||||||||||||
Investment in subsidiaries |
| 55,074 | 55,074 | 28,409 | 63,467 | | (202,024 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||
|
$ | | $ | 55,074 | $ | 111,074 | $ | 84,409 | $ | 148,251 | $ | 145,065 | $ | (322,757 | ) | $ | 221,116 | ||||||||
Liabilities and shareholder's equity |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Current liabilities: |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Accounts payable |
$ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | 4,232 | $ | 9,001 | $ | (3,836 | ) | $ | 9,397 | ||||||||
Accrued liabilities |
| | | | 6,671 | 9,262 | (2,428 | ) | 13,505 | ||||||||||||||||
Billings in excess of costs and estimated |
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Earnings on uncompleted contracts |
| | | | 1,035 | | | 1,035 | |||||||||||||||||
Income taxes payable (receivable) |
| | | | 182 | 1,976 | | 2,158 | |||||||||||||||||
Foreign revolving credit facilities |
| | | | 1,155 | 358 | (1,513 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||
Deferred income tax |
| | | | 138 | | 138 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total current liabilities |
| | | | 13,413 | 20,597 | (7,777 | ) | 26,233 | ||||||||||||||||
Long-term debt, net of current maturities |
| | 56,000 | | | 53,249 | | 109,249 | |||||||||||||||||
Intercompany debt |
| | | 56,000 | 56,000 | | (112,000 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||
Deferred Income taxes |
| | | | 21,861 | 8,144 | | 30,005 | |||||||||||||||||
Other noncurrent liabilities |
| | | | | 555 | | 555 | |||||||||||||||||
Shareholder's equity |
| 55,074 | 55,074 | 28,409 | 56,977 | 62,520 | (202,980 | ) | 55,074 | ||||||||||||||||
|
$ | | $ | 55,074 | $ | 111,074 | $ | 84,409 | $ | 148,251 | $ | 145,065 | $ | (322,757 | ) | $ | 221,116 | ||||||||
F-78
Thermon Group Holdings, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements(continued)
For the Nine Months Ended December 31, 2010
19. Guarantor Consolidation(continued)
Thermon Group Holdings, Inc.
Condensed Statement of Operations
(Unaudited)
|
For the Period From May 1, 2010 Through December 31, 2010 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Thermon
Group Holdings, Inc. |
Thermon
Holding, Corp. (Guarantor) |
Thermon
Industries, Inc. (Issuer) |
Thermon
Manufacturing Company and U.S. Subsidiaries (Guarantors) |
International
Subsidiaries (Non-guarantors) |
Eliminations | Consolidated | ||||||||||||||||
Revenues |
$ | | $ | | $ | | $ | 80,866 | $ | 119,928 | $ | (34,889 | ) | $ | 165,905 | ||||||||
Cost of sales |
| | | 55,855 | 77,776 | (34,836 | ) | 98,795 | |||||||||||||||
Gross profit |
| | | 25,011 | 42,152 | (53 | ) | 67,110 | |||||||||||||||
Operating expenses: |
| ||||||||||||||||||||||
Marketing, general and administrative and engineering |
| 1,044 | | 18,701 | 17,482 | | 37,227 | ||||||||||||||||
Amortization of other intangible assets |
| 210 | | 6,721 | 8,195 | | 15,126 | ||||||||||||||||
Income (loss) from operations |
| (1,254 | ) | | (411 | ) | 16,475 | (53 | ) | 14,757 | |||||||||||||
Other income/(expenses): |
| ||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries |
| (6,055 | ) | 6,805 | 6,994 | | (7,744 | ) | | ||||||||||||||
Interest income |
| | | 1 | 9 | | 10 | ||||||||||||||||
Interest expense |
| | (16,820 | ) | (195 | ) | (96 | ) | | (17,111 | ) | ||||||||||||
Miscellaneous income/(expense) |
| (5,524 | ) | (461 | ) | 3,429 | (5,133 | ) | | (7,689 | ) | ||||||||||||
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes |
| (12,833 | ) | (10,476 | ) | 9,818 | 11,255 | (7,797 | ) | (10,033 | ) | ||||||||||||
Income tax benefit (expense) |
| | | 3,290 | (4,187 | ) | (30 | ) | (927 | ) | |||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | | $ | (12,833 | ) | $ | (10,476 | ) | $ | 13,108 | $ | 7,068 | $ | (7,827 | ) | $ | (10,960 | ) | |||||
F-79
Thermon Group Holdings, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements(continued)
For the Nine Months Ended December 31, 2010
19. Guarantor Consolidation(continued)
Thermon Group Holdings, Inc.
Condensed Statement of Operations(continued)
(Unaudited)
|
For the Period From April 1, 2010 Through April 30, 2010 (Predecessor) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Thermon Group Holdings,
Inc. |
Thermon Holdings,
LLC |
Thermon Holding, Corp. (Guarantor) |
Thermon Industries,
Inc. (Issuer) |
Thermon
Manufacturing Company and U.S. Subsidiaries (Guarantors) |
International
Subsidiaries (Non- guarantors) |
Eliminations | Consolidated | ||||||||||||||||||
Revenues |
$ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | 8,621 | $ | 8,342 | $ | (3,900 | ) | $ | 13,063 | |||||||||
Cost of sales |
| | | | 5,223 | 5,027 | (3,803 | ) | 6,447 | |||||||||||||||||
Gross profit |
| | | | 3,398 | 3,315 | (97 | ) | 6,616 | |||||||||||||||||
Operating expenses: |
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Marketing, general and administrative and engineering |
| | | | 2,304 | 1,959 | | 4,263 | ||||||||||||||||||
Amortization of other intangible assets |
| | | | 38 | 177 | | 215 | ||||||||||||||||||
Income (loss) from operations |
| | | | 1,056 | 1,179 | (97 | ) | 2,138 | |||||||||||||||||
Other income/(expenses): |
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries |
| (267 | ) | 7,689 | 11,780 | (307 | ) | | (18,895 | ) | | |||||||||||||||
Interest income |
| | | | 1 | 6 | | 7 | ||||||||||||||||||
Interest expense |
| | (1,245 | ) | | (3,404 | ) | (1,580 | ) | | (6,229 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Miscellaneous income/(expense) |
| | (6,711 | ) | (3,080 | ) | (2,076 | ) | (1,750 | ) | | (13,617 | ) | |||||||||||||
|
| (267 | ) | (267 | ) | 8,700 | (5,786 | ) | (3,324 | ) | (18,895 | ) | (19,839 | ) | ||||||||||||
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes |
| (267 | ) | (267 | ) | 8,700 | (4,730 | ) | (2,145 | ) | (18,992 | ) | (17,701 | ) | ||||||||||||
Income tax benefit (expense) |
| | | | 17,063 | 341 | 30 | 17,434 | ||||||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | | $ | (267 | ) | $ | (267 | ) | $ | 8,700 | $ | 12,333 | $ | (1,804 | ) | $ | (18,962 | ) | $ | (267 | ) | |||||
F-80
Thermon Group Holdings, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements(continued)
For the Nine Months Ended December 31, 2010
19. Guarantor Consolidation(continued)
Thermon Group Holdings, Inc.
Condensed Statement of Operations(continued)
(Unaudited)
|
For the Nine Months Ended December 31, 2009 (Predecessor) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Thermon
Group Holdings, Inc. |
Thermon
Holdings, LLC |
Thermon
Holding, Corp. (Guarantor) |
Thermon
Industries, Inc. (Issuer) |
Thermon
Manufacturing Company and U.S. Subsidiaries (Guarantors) |
International
Subsidiaries (Non-guarantors) |
Eliminations | Consolidated | ||||||||||||||||||
Revenues |
$ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | 77,734 | $ | 97,512 | $ | (32,341 | ) | $ | 142,905 | |||||||||
Cost of sales |
| | | | 50,063 | 56,072 | (32,169 | ) | 73,966 | |||||||||||||||||
Gross profit |
| | | | 27,671 | 41,440 | (172 | ) | 68,939 | |||||||||||||||||
Operating expenses: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Marketing, general and administrative and engineering |
| | | | 15,410 | 18,360 | | 33,770 | ||||||||||||||||||
Amortization of other intangible assets |
| | | | 340 | 1,463 | | 1,803 | ||||||||||||||||||
Income (loss) from operations |
| | | | 11,921 | 21,617 | (172 | ) | 33,366 | |||||||||||||||||
Other income/(expenses): |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity in earnings of subsidiaries |
| 14,728 | 14,728 | 10,064 | 5,523 | | (45,043 | ) | | |||||||||||||||||
Interest income |
| | 3,094 | 3,094 | 38 | 16 | (6,188 | ) | 54 | |||||||||||||||||
Interest expense |
| | (3,094 | ) | (3,094 | ) | (3,094 | ) | (2,476 | ) | 6,188 | (5,570 | ) | |||||||||||||
Miscellaneous income/(expense) |
| | | | 3,461 | (4,341 | ) | (1 | ) | (881 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes |
| 14,728 | 14,728 | 10,064 | 17,849 | 14,816 | (45,216 | ) | 26,969 | |||||||||||||||||
Income tax benefit (expense) |
| | | | (7,785 | ) | (4,530 | ) | 74 | (12,241 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Net income (loss) |
$ | | $ | 14,728 | $ | 14,728 | $ | 10,064 | $ | 10,064 | $ | 10,286 | $ | (45,142 | ) | $ | 14,728 | |||||||||
F-81
Thermon Group Holdings, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements(continued)
For the Nine Months Ended December 31, 2010
19. Guarantor Consolidation(continued)
Thermon Group Holdings, Inc.
Condensed Statement of Cash Flows
(Unaudited)
|
For the Period May 1, 2010 Through December 31, 2010 | |||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Thermon
Group Holdings, Inc. |
Thermon
Holding, Corp. (Guarantor) |
Thermon
Industries, Inc. (Issuer) |
Thermon
Manufacturing Company and U.S. Subsidiaries (Guarantor) |
International
Subsidiaries (Non-guarantors) |
Eliminations | Consolidated | |||||||||||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) operations |
$ | | $ | (6,570 | ) | $ | (217 | ) | $ | 6,566 | $ | 26,262 | $ | 31 | $ | 26,072 | ||||||
Investing activities |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Purchases of P.P.&E. |
| | (884 | ) | (265 | ) | | (1,149 | ) | |||||||||||||
Cash paid for Thermon |
129,252 | (172,631 | ) | (145,417 | ) | | | 129,252 | (318,048 | ) | ||||||||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities |
129,252 | (172,631 | ) | (145,417 | ) | (884 | ) | (265 | ) | 129,252 | (319,197 | ) | ||||||||||
Financing activities |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Proceeds from Senior Secured Notes |
| | 210,000 | | | | 210,000 | |||||||||||||||
Proceeds from revolving line of credit |
| | 2,000 | 2,599 | | 4,599 | ||||||||||||||||
Obligation on in settlement of the CHS Transaction |
| | | 6,600 | | | 6,600 | |||||||||||||||
Payments to settle the CHS Transaction |
| | | (2,846 | ) | | | (2,846 | ) | |||||||||||||
Payments on revolving lines of credit and long-term debt |
| | | (2,000 | ) | (2,599 | ) | | (4,599 | ) | ||||||||||||
Capital contributions |
129,502 | 129,252 | | | | 129,252 | 129,502 | |||||||||||||||
Debt issuance costs |
| | (15,473 | ) | | | | (15,473 | ) | |||||||||||||
Change in affiliate debt |
| 49,949 | (48,893 | ) | (4,027 | ) | 3,002 | (31 | ) | | ||||||||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities |
129,502 | 179,201 | 145,634 | (273 | ) | 3,002 | (129,283 | ) | 327,783 | |||||||||||||
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents |
| | | | 543 | | 543 | |||||||||||||||
|
| |||||||||||||||||||||
Change in cash and cash equivalents |
250 | | | 5,409 | 29,542 | | 35,201 | |||||||||||||||
Cash at beginning of period |
| | | | | | | |||||||||||||||
Cash at End of period |
$ | 250 | $ | | $ | | $ | 5,409 | $ | 29,542 | $ | | $ | 35,201 | ||||||||
F-82
Thermon Group Holdings, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements(continued)
For the Nine Months Ended December 31, 2010
19. Guarantor Consolidation(continued)
Thermon Group Holdings, Inc.
Condensed Statement of Cash Flows(continued)
(Unaudited)
|
For the Period From April 1 Through April 30, 2010 (Predecessor) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Thermon
Group Holdings, Inc. |
Thermon
Holdings, LLC |
Thermon
Holding, Corp. (Guarantor) |
Thermon
Industries, Inc. (Issuer) |
Thermon
Manufacturing Company and U.S. Subsidiaries (Guarantor) |
International
Subsidiaries (Non-guarantors) |
Eliminations | Consolidated | |||||||||||||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) operations |
$ | | $ | | $ | (55 | ) | $ | | $ | (1,118 | ) | $ | (1,892 | ) | $ | (3,337 | ) | $ | (6,402 | ) | ||||
Investing activities |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Purchases of P.P.&E. |
| | | | (15 | ) | (82 | ) | | (97 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Other investing transactions |
| | (1,399 | ) | | | 2 | (1,397 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities |
| | (1,399 | ) | | (15 | ) | (80 | ) | | (1,494 | ) | |||||||||||||
Financing activities |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Payments on debt |
| | (4,857 | ) | | | (14,528 | ) | (19,385 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Payment of Intercompany dividends |
| | | | | (2,543 | ) | 2,543 | | ||||||||||||||||
Change in affiliate debt |
| | 6,311 | | (3,482 | ) | (3,623 | ) | 794 | | |||||||||||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities |
| | 1,454 | | (3,482 | ) | (20,694 | ) | 3,337 | (19,385 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents |
| | | | | (14 | ) | | (14 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Change in cash and cash equivalents |
| | | | (4,615 | ) | (22,680 | ) | | (27,295 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Cash at beginning of period |
| | | | 4,692 | 25,455 | | 30,147 | |||||||||||||||||
Cash at End of period |
$ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | 77 | $ | 2,775 | $ | | $ | 2,852 | |||||||||
F-83
Thermon Group Holdings, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements(continued)
For the Nine Months Ended December 31, 2010
19. Guarantor Consolidation(continued)
Thermon Group Holdings, Inc.
Condensed Statement of Cash Flows(continued)
(Unaudited)
|
For the Nine Months Ended December 31, 2009 (Predecessor) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
|
Thermon
Group Holdings, Inc. |
Thermon
Holdings, LLC |
Thermon
Holding, Corp. (Guarantor) |
Thermon
Industries, Inc. (Issuer) |
Thermon
Manufacturing Company and U.S. Subsidiaries (Guarantor) |
International
Subsidiaries (Non-guarantors) |
Eliminations | Consolidated | |||||||||||||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) operations |
$ | | $ | 8,600 | $ | 8,600 | $ | 8,600 | $ | 9,666 | $ | 16,282 | $ | (28,561 | ) | $ | 23,187 | ||||||||
Investing activities |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Purchases of P.P.&E. |
| | | | (671 | ) | (305 | ) | | (976 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities |
| | | | (671 | ) | (305 | ) | | (976 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Financing activities |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Dividend paid to owners' |
| (8,600 | ) | | | | | | (8,600 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Payment of Intercompany Dividends |
| | (8,600 | ) | (8,600 | ) | (8,600 | ) | (2,854 | ) | 28,654 | | |||||||||||||
Change in affiliate debt |
| | | | (182 | ) | 275 | (93 | ) | | |||||||||||||||
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities |
| (8,600 | ) | (8,600 | ) | (8,600 | ) | (8,782 | ) | (2,579 | ) | 28,561 | (8,600 | ) | |||||||||||
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents |
| | | | | (1,128 | ) | | (1,128 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Change in cash and cash equivalents |
| | | | 213 | 12,270 | | 12,483 | |||||||||||||||||
Cash at beginning of period |
| | | | 5,912 | 7,490 | | 13,402 | |||||||||||||||||
Cash at End of period |
$ | | $ | | $ | | $ | | $ | 6,125 | $ | 19,760 | $ | | $ | 25,885 | |||||||||
F-84
Thermon Group Holdings, Inc.
Notes to Financial Statements(continued)
For the Nine Months Ended December 31, 2010
Note 20. Subsequent Events
March 31, 2011 Increase in Authorized Shares and Stock Split
On March 31, 2011, the Successor's Board of Directors approved an increase in the number of authorized shares to 150,000,000 shares of common stock and a 192.458681-to-one split of the Successor's issued and outstanding common stock. The increase in the authorized shares and the stock split became effective on March 31, 2011. All common share and per common share amounts in these consolidated financial statements and notes to consolidated financial statements have been restated to reflect the 192.458681-to-one split for the period from May 1 through December 31, 2010, but not for the period from April 1 through April 30, 2010, as the capital structures of the Predecessor and Successor are substantially different and the reported per common share amounts are not comparable.
Redemption of Senior Secured Notes
On March 30, 2011, we gave notice to the holders of our senior secured notes that, in accordance with the terms of our senior secured note indenture, we will be redeeming $21.0 million aggregate principal amount of the $210.0 million outstanding principal amount at a redemption price equal to 103% of the principal amount redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the redemption date, on April 29, 2011.
F-85
Shares
Thermon Group Holdings, Inc.
Common Stock
Prospectus
, 2011
Barclays Capital
Jefferies
William Blair & Company
BMO Capital Markets
KeyBanc Capital Markets
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
The following table sets forth the estimated expenses payable by us in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities registered hereby, other than the underwriting discounts or commissions. All amounts are estimates except for the SEC registration fee and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority filing fee.
SEC Registration Fee |
$ | 16,689 | ||
FINRA Filing Fee |
$ | 14,875 | ||
Stock Exchange Listing Fee |
$ | * | ||
Printing Fees and Expenses |
$ | * | ||
Accounting Fees and Expenses |
$ | * | ||
Legal Fees and Expenses |
$ | * | ||
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses |
$ | * | ||
Transfer Agent Fees and Expenses |
$ | * | ||
Miscellaneous |
$ | * | ||
Total: |
$ | * | ||
Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
Delaware General Corporation Law. Under the Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which we refer to as the DGCL, a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he or she is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding (i) if such person acted in good faith and in a manner that person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and (ii) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, if he or she had no reasonable cause to believe such conduct was unlawful. In actions brought by or in the right of the corporation, a corporation may indemnify such person against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner that person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification may be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which that person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or other such court shall deem proper. To the extent that such person has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defending any such action, suit or proceeding referred to above or any claim, issue or matter therein, he or she is entitled to indemnification for expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith. The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided for or granted pursuant to Section 145 of the DGCL is not exclusive of any other rights of
II-1
indemnification or advancement of expenses to which those seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled, and a corporation may purchase and maintain insurance against liabilities asserted against any former or current, director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or a person who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, whether or not the power to indemnify is provided by the statute.
Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions, or for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. Our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for such limitation of liability.
Certificate of Incorporation. Article X of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we shall, to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, indemnify any person made, or is threatened to be made or otherwise involved in, a party to any action, suit or proceeding (whether civil, criminal or otherwise) by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Company. We may, by action of our board of directors, provide indemnification to employees and agents of the Company to such extent and to such effect as our board of directors shall determine to be appropriate and authorized by the DGCL. Article X of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation also provides that no director of the Company shall be personally liable to the Company or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Company or our stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the DGCL, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
Bylaws. Article VII of our amended and restated bylaws provides that we shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, indemnify any person made or threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding (whether civil, criminal or otherwise) by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Company or is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture or other enterprise. We may, by action of our board of directors, provide indemnification to such employees and agents of the Company to such extent and to such effect as our board of directors shall determine to be appropriate and authorized by Delaware law.
Indemnification Agreements. In addition to the provisions of the second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws described above, we will enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and certain officers to indemnify such directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws.
D&O Insurance. We maintain standard policies of insurance under which coverage is provided to our directors and officers against loss rising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act, and to us with respect to payments which may be made by us to such officers and directors pursuant to the above indemnification provision or otherwise as a matter of law.
II-2
Securityholder Agreement. Section 5.3 of the Securityholder Agreement provides that the Company shall, to the extent allowable under applicable law, indemnify our directors from any loss, cost, liability or expense that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by such directors in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action or failure to act and against and from any and all amounts paid by him or her in satisfaction of judgment in such action, suit, or proceeding against him or her.
Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
Since the incorporation of Thermon Group Holdings, Inc. in March 2010, the registrant has issued the following securities that were not registered under the Securities Act (after giving effect to our 192.458681-for-one split of our common stock effective as of March 31, 2011):
In connection with the registrant's April 30, 2010 acquisition of all of the outstanding capital stock of Thermon Holding Corp. from Thermon Holdings, LLC, the management investors and the sponsors acquired an aggregate of 24,875,669 shares of our common stock for $129,252,000. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party TransactionsThe CHS Transactions". These shares were issued in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
In October 2010, we sold 28,869 shares to one of our directors, Mr. Charles A. Sorrentino, for $150,000. These shares were issued in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act. We also granted stock options under the 2010 Equity Plan to purchase an aggregate of 2,648,402 shares of common stock to our employees and directors and issued 9,623 shares of common stock under the 2010 Equity Plan to one of our employees.
In December 2010, we sold 19,246 shares of our common stock to one of our directors, Mr. Richard E. Goodrich, for $100,000. These shares were issued in reliance on the exemption provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.
On March 1, 2011, we granted options under the 2010 Equity Plan to purchase an aggregate of 109,122 shares of common stock to our employees.
On March 31, 2011, we issued additional shares of our common stock pursuant to a 192.458681-for-one split of our common stock.
All shares described in this Item 15 are deemed restricted securities for purposes of the Securities Act.
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
Exhibits
Certain of the agreements included as exhibits to this prospectus contain representations and warranties by each of the parties to the applicable agreement. These representations and warranties have been made solely for the benefit of the other parties to the applicable agreement and:
II-3
The registrants acknowledge that, notwithstanding the inclusion of the foregoing cautionary statements, they are responsible for considering whether additional specific disclosures of material information regarding material contractual provisions are required to make the statements in this registration statement not misleading.
II-4
Exhibit
Numbers |
Description | ||
---|---|---|---|
4.3 | First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 30, 2010, among Thermon Industries, Inc. (as successor by merger to Thermon Finance, Inc.), as issuer, the guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as trustee and collateral agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-168915) of Thermon Industries, Inc. and additional registrants named therein filed August 18, 2010) | ||
|
4.4 |
|
Form of 9.500% Senior Secured Note due 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to Amendment No. 3 to Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-168915) of Thermon Industries, Inc. and additional registrants named therein filed November 22, 2010) |
|
5.1 |
|
Opinion of Sidley Austin LLP* |
|
10.1 |
|
Credit Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2010, among Thermon Industries, Inc., Thermon Canada Inc., the other parties thereto that are designated as a "credit party" therein (including Thermon Holding Corp.), General Electric Capital Corporation, as US agent for the several financial institutions from time to time party thereto with a US revolving loan commitment and for itself as a US lender (including as US swingline lender), GE Canada Holding Finance Company, as Canadian agent for the several financial institutions from time to time party thereto with a Canadian revolving loan commitment, Bank of Montreal, as documentation agent for the lenders and for itself as a lender, and KeyBank National Association, as syndication agent for the lenders and for itself as a lender, and such other lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Amendment No. 3 to Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-168915) of Thermon Industries, Inc. and additional registrants named therein filed November 22, 2010)*** |
|
10.2 |
|
First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of November 30, 2010, among Thermon Industries, Inc., Thermon Canada Inc., the other parties thereto that are designated as a "credit party" therein, General Electric Capital Corporation, as US agent and a lender, GE Canada Holding Financing Company, as Canadian agent and a lender, and the other lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Amendment No. 5 to Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-168915) of Thermon Industries, Inc. and additional registrants named therein filed December 13, 2010) |
|
10.3 |
|
Second Amendment to Credit Agreement among Thermon Industries, Inc., Thermon Canada Inc., the other parties thereto that are designated as a "credit party" therein, General Electric Capital Corporation, as US agent and a lender, GE Canada Holding Financing Company, as Canadian agent and a lender, and the other lenders party thereto* |
|
10.4 |
|
First Lien Guaranty and Security Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2010, among Thermon Industries, Inc., the other U.S. Credit Parties named therein and General Electric Capital Corporation, as U.S. agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-168915) of Thermon Industries, Inc. and additional registrants named therein filed September 29, 2010) |
|
10.5 |
|
Second Lien Security Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2010, among Thermon Industries, Inc. (as successor by merger to Thermon Finance, Inc.), the guarantors party thereto and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as collateral agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-168915) of Thermon Industries, Inc. and additional registrants named therein filed September 29, 2010) |
II-5
Exhibit
Numbers |
Description | ||
---|---|---|---|
10.6 | Intercreditor Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2010, between General Electric Capital Corporation, as the first lien agent, and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as the second lien agent, and acknowledged by Thermon Industries, Inc. (as successor by merger to Thermon Finance, Inc.) and the guarantors listed on the signature pages thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-168915) of Thermon Industries, Inc. and additional registrants named therein filed August 18, 2010) | ||
|
10.7 |
|
Amended and Restated Securityholder Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2010, among Thermon Group Holdings, Inc., and the other parties identified therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-168915) of Thermon Industries, Inc. and additional registrants named therein filed August 18, 2010) |
|
10.8 |
|
Management Services Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2010, among Thermon Industries, Inc., CHS Private Equity V LP, Thompson Street Capital Partners II, L.P., Crown Investment Series LLCSeries 4, Star Investment Series LLCSeries 1 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-168915) of Thermon Industries, Inc. and additional registrants named therein filed August 18, 2010) |
|
10.9 |
|
Closing Fee Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2010, between Thermon Group, Inc. and CHS Management V LP (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-168915) of Thermon Industries, Inc. and additional registrants named therein filed September 29, 2010) |
|
10.10 |
|
Thermon Group Holdings, Inc. Restricted Stock and Stock Option Plan, as adopted on July 28, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-168915) of Thermon Industries, Inc. and additional registrants named therein filed August 18, 2010) |
|
10.11 |
|
Amendment No. 1 to the Thermon Group Holdings, Inc. Restricted Stock and Stock Option Plan, as adopted on October 27, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Amendment No. 3 to Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-168915) of Thermon Industries, Inc. and additional registrants named therein filed November 22, 2010) |
|
10.12 |
|
Form of Stock Option Agreement under Thermon Group Holdings, Inc. Restricted Stock and Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-168915) of Thermon Industries, Inc. and additional registrants named therein filed October 22, 2010) |
|
10.13 |
|
Form of Thermon Group Holdings, Inc. 2011 Long-Term Incentive Plan |
|
10.14 |
|
Confidential Employment Agreement, effective as of April 30, 2010, between Rodney Bingham and Thermon Holding Corp. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-168915) of Thermon Industries, Inc. and additional registrants named therein filed August 18, 2010) |
|
10.15 |
|
Confidential Employment Agreement, effective as of April 30, 2010, between George P. Alexander and Thermon Holding Corp. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-168915) of Thermon Industries, Inc. and additional registrants named therein filed August 18, 2010) |
|
10.16 |
|
Confidential Employment Agreement, effective as of July 31, 2010, between Jay Peterson and Thermon Holding Corp. |
II-6
Exhibit
Numbers |
Description | ||
---|---|---|---|
10.17 | Letter agreement dated July 28, 2010 between Charles A. Sorrentino and Thermon Group Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-168915) of Thermon Industries, Inc. and additional registrants named therein filed August 18, 2010) | ||
|
10.18 |
|
Letter agreement dated July 28, 2010 between Richard E. Goodrich and Thermon Group Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-168915) of Thermon Industries, Inc. and additional registrants named therein filed August 18, 2010) |
|
10.19 |
|
Form of Manager Equity Agreement among Thermon Group Holdings, Inc., CHS Private Equity V LP, and the management investors |
|
10.20 |
|
Co-Investor Letter Agreement dated April 30, 2010 among CHS Private Equity V LP, Thompson Street Capital Partners II, L.P., Crown Investment Series LLCSeries 4 and Star Investment Series LLCSeries 1 |
|
10.21 |
|
Form of Transaction Bonus Agreement between Thermon Holdings, LLC. and certain officers and employees of Thermon Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries |
|
10.22 |
|
Form of indemnification agreement for directors and certain officers of Thermon Group Holdings, Inc. |
|
10.23 |
|
Form of Termination Agreement among Thermon Industries, Inc., CHS Private Equity V LP, Thompson Street Capital Partners II, L.P., Crown Investment Series LLCSeries 4 and Star Investment Series LLCSeries 1 relating to Management Services Agreement dated April 30, 2010, to become effective concurrent with the consummation of this offering |
|
10.24 |
|
Form of Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Securityholder Agreement among Thermon Group Holdings, Inc., CHS Private Equity V LP, CHS Associates V, Thompson Street Capital Partners II, L.P., Crown Investment Series LLCSeries 4 and Star Investment Series LLCSeries 1, to become effective concurrent with the consummation of this offering |
|
10.25 |
|
Form of Amendment No. 1 to the Manager Equity Agreement among Thermon Group Holdings, Inc., CHS Private Equity V LP, and the management investors, to become effective concurrent with the consummation of this offering |
|
10.26 |
|
Confidential Employment Agreement between René van der Salm and Thermon Holding Corp.* |
|
21.1 |
|
Subsidiaries of Thermon Group Holdings, Inc. |
|
23.1 |
|
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP |
|
23.2 |
|
Consent of Meyers Norris Penny LLP |
|
23.3 |
|
Consent of Bell Partners |
|
23.4 |
|
Consent of Shanghai JiaLiang CPAs |
|
23.5 |
|
Consent of Sidley Austin LLP (contained in its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1)* |
|
23.6 |
|
Consent of Alvarez & Marsal Private Equity Performance Improvement Group, LLC |
|
23.7 |
|
Consent of Purvin & Gertz, Inc. |
|
24.1 |
|
Powers of Attorney (included on signature pages hereto) |
Financial Statement Schedule
None. Financial statement schedules have been omitted since the required information is included in our consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this registration statement.
II-7
(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
(i) to file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
(A) To include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;
(B) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the "Calculation of Registration Fee" table in the effective registration statement; and
(C) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;
(ii) that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof;
(iii) to remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering;
(iv) to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser; and
(v) that for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
II-8
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this amendment to the registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Marcos, State of Texas, on April 1, 2011.
THERMON GROUP HOLDINGS, INC. | ||||||
|
|
By: |
|
/s/ RODNEY BINGHAM |
||
Name: | Rodney Bingham | |||||
Title: | President and Chief Executive Officer |
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this amendment to the registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
|
Title
|
Date
|
||
---|---|---|---|---|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ RODNEY BINGHAM
Rodney Bingham |
President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) | April 1, 2011 | ||
* George Alexander |
|
Executive Vice President, Global Sales and Director |
|
April 1, 2011 |
* Jay Peterson |
|
Chief Financial Officer, Senior Vice President, Finance and Secretary (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) |
|
April 1, 2011 |
* Daniel J. Hennessy |
|
Chairman of the Board of Directors |
|
April 1, 2011 |
* Marcus J. George |
|
Director |
|
April 1, 2011 |
* James A. Cooper |
|
Director |
|
April 1, 2011 |
* Richard E. Goodrich |
|
Director |
|
April 1, 2011 |
II-9
Signature
|
Title
|
Date
|
||
---|---|---|---|---|
|
|
|
|
|
*
Brian P. Simmons |
Director | April 1, 2011 | ||
* Charles A. Sorrentino |
|
Director |
|
April 1, 2011 |
*By: |
/s/ RODNEY BINGHAM
Rodney Bingham Attorney-in-fact |
II-10
Exhibit
Numbers |
Description | ||
---|---|---|---|
10.8 | Management Services Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2010, among Thermon Industries, Inc., CHS Private Equity V LP, Thompson Street Capital Partners II, L.P., Crown Investment Series LLCSeries 4, Star Investment Series LLCSeries 1 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-168915) of Thermon Industries, Inc. and additional registrants named therein filed August 18, 2010) | ||
|
10.9 |
|
Closing Fee Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2010, between Thermon Group, Inc. and CHS Management V LP (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-168915) of Thermon Industries, Inc. and additional registrants named therein filed September 29, 2010) |
|
10.10 |
|
Thermon Group Holdings, Inc. Restricted Stock and Stock Option Plan, as adopted on July 28, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-168915) of Thermon Industries, Inc. and additional registrants named therein filed August 18, 2010) |
|
10.11 |
|
Amendment No. 1 to the Thermon Group Holdings, Inc. Restricted Stock and Stock Option Plan, as adopted on October 27, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Amendment No. 3 to Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-168915) of Thermon Industries, Inc. and additional registrants named therein filed November 22, 2010) |
|
10.12 |
|
Form of Stock Option Agreement under Thermon Group Holdings, Inc. Restricted Stock and Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-168915) of Thermon Industries, Inc. and additional registrants named therein filed October 22, 2010) |
|
10.13 |
|
Form of Thermon Group Holdings, Inc. 2011 Long-Term Incentive Plan |
|
10.14 |
|
Confidential Employment Agreement, effective as of April 30, 2010, between Rodney Bingham and Thermon Holding Corp. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-168915) of Thermon Industries, Inc. and additional registrants named therein filed August 18, 2010) |
|
10.15 |
|
Confidential Employment Agreement, effective as of April 30, 2010, between George P. Alexander and Thermon Holding Corp. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-168915) of Thermon Industries, Inc. and additional registrants named therein filed August 18, 2010) |
|
10.16 |
|
Confidential Employment Agreement, effective as of July 31, 2010, between Jay Peterson and Thermon Holding Corp. |
|
10.17 |
|
Letter agreement dated July 28, 2010 between Charles A. Sorrentino and Thermon Group Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-168915) of Thermon Industries, Inc. and additional registrants named therein filed August 18, 2010) |
|
10.18 |
|
Letter agreement dated July 28, 2010 between Richard E. Goodrich and Thermon Group Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to Registration Statement on Form S-4 (File No. 333-168915) of Thermon Industries, Inc. and additional registrants named therein filed August 18, 2010) |
|
10.19 |
|
Form of Manager Equity Agreement among Thermon Group Holdings, Inc., CHS Private Equity V LP, and the management investors |
|
10.20 |
|
Co-Investor Letter Agreement dated April 30, 2010 among CHS Private Equity V LP, Thompson Street Capital Partners II, L.P., Crown Investment Series LLCSeries 4 and Star Investment Series LLCSeries 1 |
Exhibit
Numbers |
Description | ||
---|---|---|---|
10.21 | Form of Transaction Bonus Agreement between Thermon Holdings, LLC. and certain officers and employees of Thermon Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries | ||
|
10.22 |
|
Form of indemnification agreement for directors and certain officers of Thermon Group Holdings, Inc. |
|
10.23 |
|
Form of Termination Agreement among Thermon Industries, Inc., CHS Private Equity V LP, Thompson Street Capital Partners II, L.P., Crown Investment Series LLCSeries 4 and Star Investment Series LLCSeries 1 relating to Management Services Agreement dated April 30, 2010, to become effective concurrent with the consummation of this offering |
|
10.24 |
|
Form of Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Securityholder Agreement among Thermon Group Holdings, Inc., CHS Private Equity V LP, CHS Associates V, Thompson Street Capital Partners II, L.P., Crown Investment Series LLCSeries 4 and Star Investment Series LLCSeries 1, to become effective concurrent with the consummation of this offering |
|
10.25 |
|
Form of Amendment No. 1 to the Manager Equity Agreement among Thermon Group Holdings, Inc., CHS Private Equity V LP, and the management investors, to become effective concurrent with the consummation of this offering |
|
10.26 |
|
Confidential Employment Agreement between René van der Salm and Thermon Holding Corp.* |
|
21.1 |
|
Subsidiaries of Thermon Group Holdings, Inc. |
|
23.1 |
|
Consent of Ernst & Young LLP |
|
23.2 |
|
Consent of Meyers Norris Penny LLP |
|
23.3 |
|
Consent of Bell Partners |
|
23.4 |
|
Consent of Shanghai JiaLiang CPAs |
|
23.5 |
|
Consent of Sidley Austin LLP (contained in its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1)* |
|
23.6 |
|
Consent of Alvarez & Marsal Private Equity Performance Improvement Group, LLC |
|
23.7 |
|
Consent of Purvin & Gertz, Inc. |
|
24.1 |
|
Powers of Attorney (included on signature pages hereto) |
Exhibit 2.5
CERTIFICATE OF OWNERSHIP AND MERGER
MERGING
THERMON GROUP, INC.
WITH AND INTO
THERMON GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
Pursuant to Section 253 of the General Corporation of Law of the State of Delaware (the DGCL ), Thermon Group Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company ), does hereby certify to the following:
FIRST: The Company is incorporated pursuant to the DGCL.
SECOND: The Company owns 100% of the outstanding shares of capital stock of Thermon Group, Inc. ( Subsidiary ), a Delaware corporation.
THIRD: The Board of Directors of the Company, by the following resolutions duly adopted by the unanimous written consent of the members thereof and filed with the minutes of the Board pursuant to Section 141(f) of the DGCL, on , 2011, determined to merge Subsidiary with and into the Company pursuant to Section 253 of the DGCL (the Merger ), which resolutions have not been amended or revoked and are in full force and effect:
WHEREAS, Thermon Group Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company), is the owner of all of the outstanding capital stock (Subsidiary Capital Stock) of Thermon Group Inc., a Delaware corporation (Subsidiary); and
WHEREAS, the Company desires to merge Subsidiary with and into itself pursuant to the provisions of Section 253 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the DGCL).
NOW, THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that pursuant to Section 253 of the DGCL, Subsidiary shall be merged with and into the Company (such transaction, the Merger), whereupon the separate existence of Subsidiary shall cease, and the Company shall be the surviving corporation (the Surviving Corporation), and shall succeed to and assume all the rights and obligations of Subsidiary in accordance with the DGCL;
FURTHER RESOLVED, that the Merger shall become effective upon the filing of a Certificate of Ownership and Merger
with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the Effective Time);
FURTHER RESOLVED, that at the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of the holder thereof, (a) each issued share of Subsidiary Capital Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be cancelled and no payment or conversion shall be made with respect thereto, and (b) each issued share of the Companys capital stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall remain outstanding as a share of common stock of the Surviving Corporation;
FURTHER RESOLVED, that at the Effective Time, the certificate of incorporation of the Company, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall be the certificate of incorporation of the Surviving Corporation until thereafter amended as provided by applicable law and such certificate of incorporation;
FURTHER RESOLVED, that at the Effective Time, the bylaws of the Company, as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall be the bylaws of the Surviving Corporation until thereafter changed or amended as provided by law, the certificate of incorporation of the Surviving Corporation or such bylaws;
FURTHER RESOLVED , that the directors of the Company immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the directors of the Surviving Corporation, each to hold office in accordance with the certificate of incorporation and bylaws of the Surviving Corporation, until their respective successors are duly elected or appointed and qualified, or until their earlier death, resignation or removal in accordance with the Surviving Corporations certificate of incorporation and bylaws;
FURTHER RESOLVED , that the officers of the Company immediately prior to the Effective Time shall be the officers of the Surviving Corporation until their respective successors are duly elected or appointed and qualified, or until their earlier death, resignation or removal in accordance with the Surviving Corporations certificate of incorporation and bylaws; and
FURTHER RESOLVED, that the officers of the Company be, and each of them hereby is, authorized and directed to make, execute and acknowledge, in the name and under the corporate seal of the Company, a Certificate of Ownership and Merger for the
purpose of effecting the Merger and to file the same in the office of the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, and to do all other acts and things that may be necessary to carry out and effectuate the purpose and intent of the resolutions relating to the Merger, and all actions heretofore taken by any of them in furtherance thereof are hereby authorized, approved, ratified and confirmed in all respects.
FOURTH: The Company shall be the Surviving Corporation of the Merger.
FIFTH: This Certificate of Ownership and Merger shall be effective upon filing.
[ Signature Page Follows ]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Certificate of Ownership and Merger to be executed by its duly authorized officer this day of , 2011.
|
Thermon Group Holdings, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Office: |
[ Signature Page to Certificate of Ownership and Merger ]
Exhibit 3.3
CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT
TO
AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
THERMON GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
Thermon Group Holdings, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the DGCL ), does hereby certify:
FIRST: That the name of this corporation is Thermon Group Holdings, Inc. (the Corporation ). The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on March 19, 2010. The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation (the Charter ) was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on March 23, 2010.
SECOND: That the Board of Directors of the Corporation, acting in accordance with the provisions of Sections 141(f) and 242 of the DGCL and Section 3.9 of the Bylaws of the Corporation (the Bylaws ), adopted resolutions setting forth a proposed amendment (the Amendment ) to the Charter, declaring the Amendment to be advisable and submitting the Amendment to the stockholders of the Corporation for their approval. The resolution set forth the Amendment as follows:
NOW THEREFORE, BE IT RESOLVED, that the Board of Directors of the Corporation hereby proposes that the first five paragraphs of Article Fourth of the Charter be amended and restated in their entirety to read as follows:
FOURTH: The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is One Hundred Fifty Million (150,000,000) shares of Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share ( Common Stock ), Twenty Two Million (22,000,000) shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share ( Class A Common ), and Six Million Five Hundred Thousand (6,500,000) shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share ( Class B Common ). Except as set forth in paragraph 2 of this ARTICLE FOURTH and as otherwise provided by applicable law, all shares of Common Stock, Class A Common and Class B Common shall be identical in all respects and shall entitle the holder thereof to the same rights and privileges.
1. Automatic Conversion into Common Stock Upon Initial Public Offering . Immediately prior to the consummation of an
underwritten initial public offering of equity securities of the Corporation registered under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to an effective registration statement, (i) each share of Class A Common shall automatically be converted, without any action on the part of the holder thereof, into one fully paid and nonassessable share of Common Stock, and (ii) each share of Class B Common shall automatically be converted, without any action on the part of the holder thereof, into one fully paid and nonassessable share of Common Stock.
2. Voting Rights . Each holder of Common Stock or Class A Common shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock or Class A Common, as applicable, held by such holder on all matters to be voted on by the stockholders of the Corporation. The holders of Common Stock shall vote together with the holders of Class A Common as one class. Class B Common shall have no voting rights.
3. Dividends . As and when dividends are declared or paid thereon, whether in cash, property or securities of the Corporation, all holders of outstanding shares of Common Stock, Class A Common and Class B Common shall be entitled to participate in such dividends ratably on a per share basis.
4. Liquidation . The holders of outstanding shares of Common Stock, Class A Common and Class B Common shall be entitled to participate ratably on a per share basis in all distributions to the holders of shares of capital stock in any liquidation of the Corporation.
THIRD: That thereafter, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228 and 242 of the DGCL and Section 2.11 of the Bylaws, stockholders of the Corporation holding the necessary number of shares as required by statute duly adopted the Amendment.
[ Signature Page Follows ]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has hereunto subscribed his name this 31st day of March, 2011.
|
THERMON GROUP HOLDINGS, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Jay Peterson |
|
Name: |
Jay Peterson |
|
Title: |
Chief Financial Officer, Senior
|
[ Signature Page to Certificate of Amendment ]
Exhibit 3.4
SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
THERMON GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
(a Delaware corporation)
Thermon Group Holdings, Inc. (the Corporation ), a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the DGCL ), does hereby certify:
1. That the original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on March 19, 2010 .
2. That the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on March 23, 2010.
3. That the Corporation amended its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation on March 31, 2011.
4. That this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted pursuant to Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the DGCL.
5. That the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, as amended, is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:
ARTICLE I
NAME
The name of the Corporation is Thermon Group Holdings, Inc. (hereinafter called the Corporation ).
ARTICLE II
REGISTERED OFFICE
The address of the Corporations registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808, County of New Castle, and the name of the registered agent at that address is Corporation Service Company.
ARTICLE III
PURPOSE
The purpose for which the Corporation is formed is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law (the DGCL ).
ARTICLE IV
STOCK
SECTION 4.01 Authorized Stock . The aggregate number of shares which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is One Hundred Sixty Million (160,000,000), of which One Hundred Fifty Million (150,000,000) shall be designated as Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share ( Common Stock ), and Ten Million (10,000,000) shall be designated as Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share ( Preferred Stock ).
SECTION 4.02 Common Stock .
(a) Voting . Except as otherwise provided (i) by the DGCL, (ii) by Section 4.03 of this Article IV, or (iii) by resolutions, if any, of the Board of Directors of the Corporation ( Board of Directors ) fixing the relative powers, preferences and rights and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the Preferred Stock, the entire voting power of the shares of the Corporation for the election of directors and for all other purposes shall be vested exclusively in the Common Stock. Each share of Common Stock shall have one vote upon all matters to be voted on by the holders of the Common Stock.
(b) Dividends . Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock, each share of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive and share equally in all dividends paid out of any funds of the Corporation legally available therefor when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors.
(c) Liquidation . Upon the dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation, subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock, the holders of shares of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive the assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders ratably in proportion to the number of shares held by them.
SECTION 4.03 Preferred Stock . The Preferred Stock may be issued at any time and from time to time in one or more series. Subject to the provisions of this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (this Certificate of Incorporation ), the Board of Directors is authorized to fix from time to time by resolution or resolutions the number of shares of any class or series of Preferred Stock, and to determine the voting powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, of any such class or series. Further, within the limits and restrictions stated in any resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors originally fixing the number of shares constituting any such class or series, the Board of Directors is authorized to increase or decrease (but not below the number of shares of such class or series then outstanding) the number of shares of any such class or series subsequent to the issuance of shares of that class or series.
ARTICLE V
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
SECTION 5.01 Number . Subject to the rights and preferences of any series of outstanding Preferred Stock, the number of directors constituting the whole Board of Directors shall be not fewer than three (3) and shall be fixed from time to time solely by resolution adopted by affirmative vote of a majority of such directors then in office and may not be fixed by any other person or persons, including stockholders.
SECTION 5.02 Vacancies . Subject to the rights and preferences of any series of outstanding Preferred Stock, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, removal from office or other cause shall, unless otherwise provided by law, be filled solely by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even if such a majority is less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by a sole remaining director, and shall not be filled by any other person or persons, including stockholders. Any director so chosen shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class for which such director shall have been chosen or in which such vacancy occurred and until his successor shall be elected and qualified. No decrease in the authorized number of directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.
SECTION 5.03 Powers . Except as otherwise expressly provided by the DGCL or this Certificate of Incorporation, the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation shall be vested in its Board of Directors.
SECTION 5.04 Election .
(a) Ballot Not Required . The directors of the Corporation need not be elected by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation so provide.
(b) Notice . Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors shall be given in the manner and to the extent provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.
ARTICLE VI
STOCKHOLDER ACTION
The authority contemplated by Section 228 of the DGCL which permits stockholders to act by written consent is expressly denied to the stockholders of the Corporation. Accordingly, the stockholders have no ability to take any action unless such action is taken at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders.
ARTICLE VII
SPECIAL MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
A special meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called at any time only by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer (or if there is no Chief Executive Officer, the President) or the Board of Directors of the Corporation pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of directors then in office. Only such business shall be conducted at a special meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporations notice of meeting.
ARTICLE VIII
EXISTENCE
The Corporation shall have perpetual existence.
ARTICLE IX
AMENDMENT
SECTION 9.01 Amendment of Certificate of Incorporation . The Corporation reserves the right to amend, alter, change or repeal any provision contained in this Certificate of Incorporation, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by the laws of the State of Delaware, and all rights conferred herein are granted subject to this reservation.
SECTION 9.02 Amendment of Bylaws . The Bylaws of the Corporation may be altered, changed or repealed, and new Bylaws made, by the majority vote of the whole Board of Directors.
ARTICLE X
LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS
SECTION 10.01 Personal Liability . To the fullest extent elimination or limitation of personal liability of directors is permitted by the DGCL, no director of the Corporation shall be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. No amendment to or repeal of this provision shall apply to or have any effect on the liability or alleged liability of any director of the Corporation for or with respect to any acts or omissions of such director occurring prior to such amendment or repeal.
SECTION 10.02 Indemnification . Each person (and the heirs, executors or administrators of such person) who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to, or is involved in any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. The right to indemnification conferred in this Article X shall also include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in connection with any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL. The rights to indemnification and advancement conferred in this Article X shall be contract rights and shall become vested by virtue of the directors or officers service at the time when the state of facts giving rise to the claim occurred. The Corporation
may, by action of its Board of Directors, provide indemnification to such of the employees and agents of the Corporation to such extent and to such effect as the Board of Directors shall determine to be appropriate and authorized by the DGCL.
SECTION 10.03 Insurance . The Corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss incurred by such person in any such capacity or arising out of such persons status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the DGCL.
SECTION 10.04 Non-Exclusivity . The rights and authority conferred in this Article X shall not be exclusive of any other right which any person may otherwise have or hereafter acquire.
SECTION 10.05 Applicability . Neither the amendment nor repeal of this Article X, nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Corporation, nor, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, any modification of law, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article X in respect of any acts or omissions occurring prior to such amendment, repeal, adoption or modification. Any vested rights to indemnification or advancement hereunder may not be amended or otherwise modified or limited without the express written consent of the affected director.
ARTICLE XI
BUSINESS OPPORTUNITIES
SECTION 11.01 Business Opportunities . To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL and except as may be otherwise expressly agreed in writing (i) by the Corporation and any fund, investment vehicle or portfolio company controlled by, or under common control with, CHS Capital LLC (collectively, CHS ) with respect to CHS, (ii) by the Corporation and any fund, investment vehicle or portfolio company controlled by, or under common control with, Thompson Street Capital LLC (collectively, TSCP ) with respect to TSCP, (iii) by the Corporation and any fund, investment vehicle or portfolio company controlled by, or under common control with, Crown Investment Fund (collectively, Crown ) with respect to Crown, or (iv) by the Corporation and any fund, investment vehicle or portfolio company controlled by, or under common control with, Star Investment Series LLCSeries 1 (collectively, Star ; CHS, TSCP, Crown and Star each being referred to herein as a Sponsor and collectively as the Sponsors ) with respect to Star, as the case may be, the Corporation, on behalf of itself and its subsidiaries, renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation and its subsidiaries in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, business opportunities that are from time to time presented to the Sponsors or any of their officers, directors, agents, stockholders, members, partners, affiliates and subsidiaries (other than the Corporation and its subsidiaries) and that may be business opportunities for such Sponsor, even if the opportunity is one that the Corporation or its subsidiaries might reasonably be deemed to have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so, and no such person shall be liable to the Corporation or any
of its subsidiaries for breach of any fiduciary or other duty, as a director or officer or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such person, acting in good faith, pursues or acquires such business opportunity, directs such business opportunity to another person or fails to present such business opportunity, or information regarding such business opportunity, to the Corporation or its subsidiaries unless, in the case of any such person who is a director or officer of the Corporation, such business opportunity is expressly offered to such director or officer solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Corporation. None of the Sponsors shall have any duty to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries.
SECTION 11.02 Termination . The provisions of this Article XI shall have no further force or effect with respect to a Sponsor on the date that no person who is a director or officer of the Corporation is also a director, officer, partner or member of any corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity that is a Sponsor. Neither the alteration, amendment or repeal of this Article XI nor the adoption of any provision of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article XI nor the termination of applicability pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article XI in respect of any business opportunity first identified or any other matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim that, but for this Article XI, would accrue or arise, prior to such alteration, amendment, repeal, adoption or termination.
SECTION 11.03 Deemed Notice . Any person purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any shares of stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Article XI.
ARTICLE XII
DGCL SECTION 203 AND BUSINESS COMBINATIONS
SECTION 12.01 The Corporation hereby expressly elects not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL.
SECTION 12.02 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall not engage in any business combination (as defined below) with any interested stockholder (as defined below) for a period of three (3) years following the time that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:
(a) prior to such time, the Board of Directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
(b) upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock (as defined below) of the Corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the number of shares of voting stock outstanding those shares owned (i) by persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares
held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or
(c) at or subsequent to such time, the business combination is approved by the Board of Directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation which is not owned by the interested stockholder.
SECTION 12.03 The restrictions contained in Section 12.02 shall not apply if:
(a) the Corporation does not have a class of voting stock that is: (i) listed on a national securities exchange; or (ii) held of record by more than 2,000 stockholders, unless any of the foregoing results from action taken, directly or indirectly, by an interested stockholder or from a transaction in which a person becomes an interested stockholder; or
(b) a stockholder becomes an interested stockholder inadvertently and (i) as soon as practicable divests itself of ownership of sufficient shares so that the stockholder ceases to be an interested stockholder; and (ii) would not, at any time within the 3-year period immediately prior to a business combination between the Corporation and such stockholder, have been an interested stockholder but for the inadvertent acquisition of ownership.
SECTION 12.04 For purposes of this Article XII, references to:
(a) affiliate means a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another person.
(b) associate, when used to indicate a relationship with any person, means: (i) any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity of which such person is a director, officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of 20% or more of any class of voting stock; (ii) any trust or other estate in which such person has at least a 20% beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (iii) any relative or spouse of such person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same residence as such person.
(c) business combination, when used in reference to the Corporation and any interested stockholder of the Corporation, means:
(i) any merger or consolidation of the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation (a) with the interested stockholder, or (b) with any other corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity if the merger or consolidation is caused by the interested stockholder and as a result of such merger or consolidation Section 12.02 is not applicable to the surviving entity;
(ii) any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation, to or with the interested stockholder, whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Corporation or of any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which assets have an aggregate market value equal to 10%
or more of either the aggregate market value of all the assets of the Corporation determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the outstanding stock of the Corporation;
(iii) any transaction which results in the issuance or transfer by the Corporation or by any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation of any stock of the Corporation or of such subsidiary to the interested stockholder, except: (A) pursuant to the exercise, exchange or conversion of any security exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which securities were outstanding prior to the time that the interested stockholder became such; (B) pursuant to a merger under Section 251(g) of the DGCL; (C) pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made, or the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into stock of the Corporation or any such subsidiary which security is distributed, pro rata to all holders of a class or series of stock of the Corporation subsequent to the time the interested stockholder became such; (D) pursuant to an exchange offer by the Corporation to purchase stock made on the same terms to all holders of said stock; or (E) any issuance or transfer of stock by the Corporation; provided, however , that in no case under items (C)-(E) of this subsection (iii) shall there be an increase in the interested stockholders proportionate share of the stock of any class or series of the Corporation or of the voting stock of the Corporation;
(iv) any transaction involving the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or series, or of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into the stock of any class or series, of the Corporation or of any such subsidiary which is owned by the interested stockholder, except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments or as a result of any purchase or redemption of any shares of stock not caused, directly or indirectly, by the interested stockholder; or
(v) any receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a stockholder of the Corporation), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges, or other financial benefits (other than those expressly permitted in subsections (i)-(iv) above) provided by or through the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary.
(d) control, including the terms controlling, controlled by and under common control with, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting stock, by contract, or otherwise. A person who is the owner of 20% or more of the outstanding voting stock of any corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity shall be presumed to have control of such entity, in the absence of proof by a preponderance of the evidence to the contrary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a presumption of control shall not apply where such person holds voting stock, in good faith and not for the purpose of circumventing this Article XII, as an agent, bank, broker, nominee, custodian or trustee for one or more owners who do not individually or as a group have control of such entity.
(e) Existing Sponsor means each of CHS, TSCP, Crown, Star and their respective controlled affiliates.
(f) Existing Sponsor Direct Transferee means any person (and its affiliates) who acquires (other than in a registered public offering) directly in one or more related transactions from one or more Existing Sponsors or any group, or any member of any such group, to which such Existing Sponsor is a party under Rule 13d-5 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act ) beneficial ownership of 15% or more in the aggregate of the then outstanding voting stock of the Corporation.
(g) Existing Sponsor Indirect Transferee means any person (and its affiliates) who acquires (other than in a registered public offering) directly in one or more related transactions from any Existing Sponsor Direct Transferee or any other Existing Sponsor Indirect Transferee beneficial ownership of 15% or more in the aggregate of the then outstanding voting stock of the Corporation.
(h) interested stockholder means any person (other than the Corporation or any direct or indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Corporation) that (i) is the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation, or (ii) is an affiliate or associate of the Corporation and was the owner of 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the Corporation at any time within the three (3) year period immediately prior to the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such person is an interested stockholder; and the affiliates and associates of such person; but interested stockholder shall not include (A) any Existing Sponsor, any Existing Sponsor Direct Transferee, any Existing Sponsor Indirect Transferee or any of their respective affiliates or successors or any group, or any member of any such group, to which such persons are a party under Rule 13d-5 of the Exchange Act, or (B) any person whose ownership of shares in excess of the 15% limitation set forth herein is the result of any action taken solely by the Corporation, provided, in the case of this clause (B), that such person shall be an interested stockholder if thereafter such person acquires additional shares of voting stock of the Corporation, except as a result of further corporate action not caused, directly or indirectly, by such person. For the purpose of determining whether a person is an interested stockholder, the voting stock of the Corporation deemed to be outstanding shall include stock deemed to be owned by the person through application of the definition of owner below but shall not include any other unissued stock of the Corporation which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.
(i) person means any individual, corporation, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity.
(j) stock means, with respect to any corporation, capital stock and, with respect to any other entity, any equity interest.
(k) voting stock means, with respect to any corporation, stock of any class or series entitled to vote generally in the election of directors and, with respect to any entity that is not a corporation, any equity interest entitled to vote generally in the election of the governing body of such entity. Every reference to a percentage of voting stock shall refer to such percentage of the
votes of such voting stock.
(l) owner, including the terms own and owned, when used with respect to any stock, means a person that individually or with or through any of its affiliates or associates:
(i) beneficially owns (as determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) such stock, directly or indirectly;
(ii) has (A) the right to acquire such stock (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; provided, however, that a person shall not be deemed the owner of stock tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by such person or any of such persons affiliates or associates until such tendered stock is accepted for purchase or exchange; or (B) the right to vote such stock pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided, however, that a person shall not be deemed the owner of any stock because of such persons right to vote such stock if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such stock arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to ten (10) or more persons; or
(iii) has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent as described in item (B) of subsection (l)(ii) above), or disposing of such stock with any other person that beneficially owns, or whose affiliates or associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, such stock.
[ Signature Page Follows ]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be executed, signed and acknowledged by the undersigned as of the date set forth below.
Dated: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
THERMON GROUP HOLDINGS, INC. |
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
[ Signature Page to Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation ]
Exhibit 3.5
AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS
OF
THERMON GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
(As adopted , 2011)
(to be effective immediately prior to the consummation of the
Corporations initial public offering)
ARTICLE I
Offices
Section 1.1 Registered Offices . The registered office of Thermon Group Holdings, Inc. (the Corporation) in the State of Delaware shall be located at 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington, Delaware 19808, County of New Castle. The name of the Corporations registered agent at such address shall be Corporation Service Company . The registered office and/or registered agent of the Corporation may be changed from time to time by action of the Board of Directors.
Section 1.2 Other Offices . The Corporation may also have offices at such other places both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require
Section 1.3 Books . The books of the Corporation may be kept within or without of the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.
ARTICLE II
Stockholders Meetings
Section 2.1 Annual Meetings .
(a) An annual meeting of stockholders shall be held for the election of directors and the transaction of such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting in accordance with these Bylaws at such date, time and place, if any, as may be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors of the Corporation from time to time.
(b) Only such business (other than stockholder nominations of directors, which shall be made in compliance with, and shall be exclusively governed by, Section 3.1(a)) shall be conducted at an annual meeting of stockholders as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. For business to be properly brought before the meeting, it must be (i) authorized by the Board of Directors and specified in the notice, or a supplemental notice, of the meeting, (ii) otherwise brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (iii) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record both at the time of giving of notice by the stockholder as provided for in this Section 2.1(b) and at the time of the annual meeting of stockholders, who is entitled to vote at the meeting on any such business and who has complied with the notice and other requirements set forth in these Bylaws; clause (iii) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to submit such business (other than proposals properly brought under Rule 14a-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act) and included in the Corporations notice of the meeting, which proposals are not governed by these Bylaws) before an annual meeting of stockholders.
(c) For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to Section 2.1(b)(iii), the stockholder must have given timely written notice thereof to the Secretary of the Corporation as hereinafter provided and such proposal must otherwise be a proper subject for action by the Corporations stockholders. To be timely, a stockholders written notice shall set forth all information required under this Section 2.1(c) and shall be delivered or mailed to and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary of the date on which the Corporation first mailed its proxy materials or a notice of availability of proxy materials (whichever is earlier) for the immediately preceding years annual meeting; provided , however , that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the annual meeting is called for a date that is not within 30 days from the first anniversary of the immediately preceding years annual meeting date, written notice by a stockholder in order to be timely must be received not earlier than the 120 th day before the date of such annual meeting and not later than the later of the 90 th day before the date of such annual meeting, as originally convened, or the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which the first public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting was made. In no event shall the public disclosure of an adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting commence a new time period for the giving of stockholders notice as described above. A stockholders notice to the Secretary delivered pursuant to this Section 2.1(c) shall set forth:
(i) as to each matter the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, (A) a description of the proposal or business (including the complete text of any resolutions to be presented at the annual meeting, and, in the event that such business includes a proposal to amend these Bylaws, the text of the proposed amendment) desired to be brought before the annual meeting, (B) the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting, and (C) any material interest in such business of such stockholder or any Stockholder Associated Person (as defined below), individually or in the aggregate, including any anticipated benefit to the stockholder or the Stockholder Associated Person therefrom;
(ii) to the extent known by the stockholder giving the notice, the name and address of any other stockholder supporting the proposal of business on the date of such stockholders notice;
(iii) as to the stockholder giving the notice and any Stockholder Associated Person:
(A) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock or other securities of the Corporation (collectively, Company Securities), if any, which are owned beneficially or of record by such person, the date(s) on which such Company Securities were acquired and the investment intent of such acquisition(s), and any short interest (including any opportunity to profit or share in any benefit from any decrease in the price of such stock or other security) in any Company Securities of any such person,
(B) the nominee holder for, and number of, any Company Securities owned beneficially but not of record by such person,
(C) whether and the extent to which such person, directly or indirectly (through brokers, nominees or otherwise), is subject to or during the last six months has engaged in any hedging, derivative or other transaction or series of transactions or entered into any other agreement, arrangement or understanding (including any short interest, any borrowing or lending of securities or any proxy or voting agreement), the effect or intent of which is to (x) manage risk or benefit of changes in the price of Company Securities for such person, or (y) increase or decrease the voting power of such person in the Corporation disproportionately to such persons economic interest in the Company Securities; and
(D) a representation that such stockholder or Stockholder Associated Person intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting;
(iv) as to the stockholder giving the notice or any Stockholder Associated Person with an interest or ownership referred to in clause (i) or clause (iii)(C) of this Section 2.1(c):
(A) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporations stock ledger, and the current name and business address, if different, of each such Stockholder Associated Person, and
(B) the investment strategy or objective, if any, of such stockholder and each such Stockholder Associated Person who is not an individual and a copy of the prospectus, offering memorandum or similar document, if any, provided to investors or potential investors in such stockholder and each such Stockholder Associated Person;
(v) as to the stockholder giving the notice and any Stockholder Associated Person, a description of all arrangements or understandings between such person and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder and any material interest of such stockholder or such beneficial owner in such business, including any anticipated benefit to the stockholder or such beneficial owner therefrom; and
(vi) as to the stockholder giving the notice and any Stockholder Associated Person, a representation that such person intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting (the information described in clauses (iii) through (vi), the Proposing Stockholder Information).
Unless otherwise required by law, if a stockholder (or qualified representative) does not appear at the meeting of stockholders to present business proposed by such stockholder pursuant to this
Section 2.1(c), such proposed business shall not be transacted, even though proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. No business shall be conducted at any annual meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this paragraph (c). The chairman of the meeting at which any business is proposed by a stockholder shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that such business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.1(c), and in such event, the business not properly before the meeting shall not be transacted.
Section 2.2 Special Meetings . Special meetings of stockholders may be called only as set forth in the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the Certificate of Incorporation) of the Corporation.
Section 2.3 Notice of Meetings . A written notice of each annual or special meeting of stockholders shall be given stating the place, if any, date and time of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (if such date is different from the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting) and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. Unless otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, such notice of meeting shall be given not less than ten nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting as of the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to notice of the meeting, personally, by mail or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by applicable law, electronically. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be given when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholders address as it appears on the records of the Corporation.
Section 2.4 Adjournments . Any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be adjourned from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, if any, and notice need not be given of any such adjourned meeting if the date, time and place, if any, thereof and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than 30 days, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting in accordance with Section 2.3. If the Board of Directors shall fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at an adjourned meeting, the Board of Directors shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as the record date determined for stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting.
Section 2.5 Quorum . Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the presence in person or by proxy of the holders of stock having a majority of the votes which could be cast by the holders of all outstanding stock entitled to vote at the meeting shall constitute a quorum at each meeting of stockholders. In the absence of a quorum, the stockholders so present may, by the affirmative vote of the holders of stock having a
majority of the votes which could be cast by all such holders, adjourn the meeting from time to time in the manner provided in Section 2.4 of these Bylaws until a quorum is present. If a quorum is present when a meeting is convened, the subsequent withdrawal of stockholders, even though less than a quorum remains, shall not affect the ability of the remaining stockholders lawfully to transact business.
Section 2.6 Conduct; Remote Communication .
(a) Meetings of stockholders shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board or, in his or her absence, by the Chief Executive Officer, or in his or her absence, by a chairman designated by the Board of Directors, or in the absence of such designation by a chairman chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting.
(b) If authorized by the Board of Directors in accordance with these Bylaws and applicable law, stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication, (1) participate in a meeting of stockholders and (2) be deemed present in person and vote at a meeting of stockholders, whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication, provided that (i) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxyholder, (ii) the Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings, and (iii) if any stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the Corporation.
Section 2.7 Voting .
(a) Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders shall be entitled to one vote for each share of stock held by such stockholder which has voting power on the matter in question.
(b) Voting at meetings of stockholders need not be by written ballot and need not be conducted by inspectors of election unless so required by Section 2.9 of these Bylaws or so determined by the holders of stock having a majority of the votes which could be cast by the holders of all outstanding stock entitled to vote which are present in person or by proxy at such meeting. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast in the election of directors. Each other question shall, unless otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, be decided by the vote of the holders of stock having a majority of the votes which could be cast by the holders of all stock entitled to vote on such question which are present in person or by proxy at the meeting.
(c) Stock of the Corporation standing in the name of another corporation and entitled to vote may be voted by such officer, agent or proxy as the Bylaws or other internal
regulations of such other corporation may prescribe or, in the absence of such provision, as the board of directors or comparable body of such other corporation may determine.
(d) Stock of the Corporation standing in the name of a deceased person, a minor, an incompetent or a debtor in a case under Title 11, United States Code, and entitled to vote may be voted by an administrator, executor, guardian, conservator, debtor-in-possession or trustee, as the case may be, either in person or by proxy, without transfer of such shares into the name of the official or other person so voting.
(e) A stockholder whose voting stock of the Corporation is pledged shall be entitled to vote such stock unless on the transfer records of the Corporation the pledgor has expressly empowered the pledgee to vote such shares, in which case only the pledgee, or such pledgees proxy, may represent such shares and vote thereon.
(f) If voting stock is held of record in the names of two or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety or otherwise, or if two or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary is given written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect: (i) if only one votes, such act binds all; (ii) if more than one vote, the act of the majority so voting binds all; and (iii) if more than one votes, but the vote is evenly split on any particular matter each faction may vote such stock proportionally, or any person voting the shares, or a beneficiary, if any, may apply to the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware or such other court as may have jurisdiction to appoint an additional person to act with the persons so voting the stock, which shall then be voted as determined by a majority of such persons and the person appointed by the Court. If the instrument so filed shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal interests, a majority or even split for the purpose of this subsection shall be a majority or even split in interest.
(g) Stock of the Corporation belonging to the Corporation, or to another corporation a majority of the shares entitled to vote in the election of directors of which are held by the Corporation, shall not be voted at any meeting of stockholders and shall not be counted in the total number of outstanding shares for the purpose of determining whether a quorum is present. Nothing in this Section 2.7 shall limit the right of the Corporation to vote shares of stock of the Corporation held by it in a fiduciary capacity.
Section 2.8 Proxies .
(a) Each stockholder entitled to vote at a meeting of stockholders may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder by proxy filed with the Secretary before or at the time of the meeting. No such proxy shall be voted or acted upon after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period. A duly executed proxy shall be irrevocable if it states that it is irrevocable and if, and only as long as, it is coupled with an interest sufficient in law to support an irrevocable power. A stockholder may revoke any proxy which is not irrevocable by attending the meeting and voting in person or by filing with the Secretary an instrument in writing revoking the proxy or another duly executed proxy bearing a later date.
(b) A stockholder may authorize another person or persons to act for such stockholder as proxy (i) by executing a writing authorizing such person or persons to act as such, which execution may be accomplished by such stockholder or such stockholders authorized officer, director, partner, employee or agent (or, if the stock is held in a trust or estate, by a trustee, executor or administrator thereof) signing such writing or causing his or her signature to be affixed to such writing by any reasonable means, including, but not limited to, facsimile signature, or (ii) by transmitting or authorizing the transmission of a telegram, cablegram or other means of electronic transmission (each, a Transmission) to the person who will be the holder of the proxy or to a proxy solicitation firm, proxy support service organization or like agent duly authorized by the person who will be the holder of the proxy to receive such Transmission; provided that any such Transmission must either set forth or be submitted with information from which it can be determined that such Transmission was authorized by such stockholder.
(c) Any inspector or inspectors appointed pursuant to Section 2.9 of these Bylaws shall examine Transmissions to determine if they are valid. If no inspector or inspectors are so appointed, the Secretary or such other person or persons as shall be appointed from time to time by the Board of Directors shall examine Transmissions to determine if they are valid. If it is determined that a Transmission is valid, the person or persons making that determination shall specify the information upon which such person or persons relied. Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of such a writing or Transmission may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing or Transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or Transmission could be used; provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or Transmission.
Section 2.9 Voting Procedures and Inspectors of Elections .
(a) If the Corporation has a class of voting stock that is (i) listed on a national securities exchange, (ii) authorized for quotation on an interdealer quotation system of a registered national securities association or (iii) held of record by more than 2,000 stockholders, the Board of Directors shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors (individually an Inspector, and collectively the Inspectors) to act at such meeting and make a written report thereof. The Board of Directors may designate one or more persons as alternate Inspectors to replace any Inspector who shall fail to act. If no Inspector or alternate is able to act at such meeting, the chairman of the meeting shall appoint one or more other persons to act as Inspectors. Each Inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of Inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability.
(b) The Inspectors shall (i) ascertain the number of shares of stock of the Corporation outstanding and the voting power of each, (ii) determine the number of shares of stock of the Corporation present in person or by proxy at such meeting and the validity of proxies and ballots, (iii) count all votes and ballots, (iv) determine and retain for a reasonable period of time a record of the disposition of any challenges made to any determination by the Inspectors and (v) certify their determination of the number of such shares present in person or
by proxy at such meeting and their count of all votes and ballots. The Inspectors may appoint or retain other persons or entities to assist them in the performance of their duties.
(c) The date and time of the opening and the closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at a meeting shall be announced at such meeting. No ballots, proxies or votes, nor any revocations thereof or changes thereto, shall be accepted by the Inspectors after the closing of the polls unless the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware upon application by any stockholder shall determine otherwise.
(d) In determining the validity and counting of proxies and ballots, the Inspectors shall be limited to an examination of the proxies, any envelopes submitted with such proxies, any information referred to in paragraphs (b) and (c) of Section 2.8 of these Bylaws, ballots and the regular books and records of the Corporation, except that the Inspectors may consider other reliable information for the limited purpose of reconciling proxies and ballots submitted by or on behalf of banks, brokers, their nominees or similar persons which represent more votes than the holder of a proxy is authorized by a stockholder of record to cast or more votes than such stockholder holds of record. If the Inspectors consider other reliable information for the limited purpose permitted herein, the Inspectors, at the time they make their certification pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 2.9, shall specify the precise information considered by them, including the person or persons from whom such information was obtained, when and the means by which such information was obtained and the basis for the Inspectors belief that such information is accurate and reliable.
Section 2.10 Fixing Date of Determination of Stockholders of Record .
(a) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors and which record date shall, unless otherwise required by law, be not more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If the Board of Directors so fixes a date, such date shall also be the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, unless the Board of Directors determines, at the time it fixes such record date, that a later date on or before the date of the meeting shall be the date for making such determination. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors in respect of a meeting, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided , however , that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for determination of stockholders entitled to vote at the adjourned meeting, and in such case shall also fix as the record date for stockholders entitled to notice of such adjourned meeting the same or an earlier date as that fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to vote in accordance herewith at the adjourned meeting.
(b) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to
exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no such record date is so fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.
Section 2.11 List of Stockholders Entitled to Vote . The Secretary shall prepare, at least ten days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting (provided, however, if the record date for determining the stockholders entitled to vote is less than ten (10) days before the date of the meeting, the list shall reflect the stockholders entitled to vote as of the tenth day before the meeting date), arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation. In the event that the Corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is to be held at a place, the list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, the list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time thereof on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting. The stock ledger shall be the only evidence as to who are the stockholders entitled to examine the stock ledger, the list of stockholders or the books of the Corporation, or to vote in person or by proxy at any meeting of stockholders.
ARTICLE III
Board of Directors
Section 3.1 Election; Resignation; Vacancies .
(a) Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 3.1(a) shall be eligible for election as directors of the Corporation. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a meeting of stockholders by the Board of Directors or by any stockholder of the Corporation entitled to vote in the election of directors at the meeting who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this paragraph (a). Any nomination by a stockholder must be made by timely written notice to the Secretary as hereinafter provided. To be timely, a stockholders written notice shall set forth all information required under this Section 3.1(a) and shall be delivered or mailed to and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation: (i) with respect to an election to be held at an annual meeting of stockholders, not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary of the date on which the Corporation first mailed its proxy materials or a notice of availability of proxy materials (whichever is earlier) for the immediately preceding
years annual meeting; provided , however , that in the event that no annual meeting was held in the previous year or the annual meeting is called for a date that is not within 30 days from the first anniversary of the immediately preceding years annual meeting date, written notice by a stockholder in order to be timely must be received not earlier than the 120 th day before the date of such annual meeting and not later than the later of the 90 th day before the date of such annual meeting, as originally convened, or the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which the first public disclosure of the date of such annual meeting was made, and (ii) with respect to an election to be held at a special meeting of stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors, not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the day on which the first public disclosure of the date of such special meeting was made. In no event shall the public disclosure of an adjournment or postponement of any annual or special meeting commence a new time period for giving of a stockholder notice as described above. A stockholders notice to the Secretary delivered pursuant to this Section 3.1(a) shall set forth:
(i) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director (each, a Proposed Nominee), all information relating to the Proposed Nominee that would be required to be disclosed in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the election of the Proposed Nominee as a director in an election contest (even if an election contest is not involved), or would otherwise be required in connection with such solicitation, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A (or any successor provision) under the Exchange Act and the rules thereunder; and
(ii) as to the stockholder giving the notice and any Stockholder Associated Person, the Proposing Stockholder Information with respect to such person.
Such notice shall be accompanied by a written representation and agreement, in the form provided by the Secretary upon written request, executed by the Proposed Nominee, that such Proposed Nominee (i) is not, and will not become a party to, any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation in connection with service or action as a director that has not been disclosed to the Corporation, (ii) consents to being named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected, (iii) is not and will not become a party to (A) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such Proposed Nominee, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question (a Voting Commitment) that has not been disclosed to the Corporation or (B) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with such Proposed Nominees ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Corporation, with such Proposed Nominees fiduciary duties under applicable law and (iv) would be in compliance if elected as a director of the Corporation, and will comply with all applicable corporate governance, conflict of interest, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines of the Corporation.
At the request of the Board of Directors any person nominated by the Board of Directors for election as a director shall furnish to the Secretary (in accordance with any applicable time periods prescribed for delivery of notice under these Bylaws) that information required to be set forth in a stockholders notice of nomination which pertains to the nominee. The Corporation may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as may reasonably be
required by the Corporation to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a director of the Corporation.
Notwithstanding anything in this Section 3.1(a) to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors is increased, and there is no public disclosure of such action at least 90 days prior to the first anniversary of the date on which the Corporation first mailed its proxy materials or a notice of availability of proxy materials (whichever is earlier) for the immediately preceding years annual meeting, a stockholders notice required by this Section 3.1(a) shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation not later than the tenth day following the day on which such public disclosure is first made by the Corporation.
No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 3.1(a). Unless otherwise required by law, if a stockholder (or qualified representative) does not appear at the meeting of stockholders to present a nomination proposed by such stockholder pursuant to this Section 3.1(a), such nomination shall be disregarded, even though proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. The chairman of the meeting at which a stockholder nomination is presented shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that such nomination was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by this Section 3.1(a), and, in such event, the defective nomination shall be disregarded.
(b) Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary. A resignation shall take effect when the resignation is delivered to the officer to whom it is directed unless the resignation specifies a later effective date or an effective date determined upon the happening of an event or events, without any need for its acceptance. A resignation that is conditioned upon the director failing to receive a specified vote for reelection as a director may provide that it is irrevocable.
(c) Any newly created directorship or any vacancy occurring in the Board of Directors for any reason shall be filled as set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation.
Section 3.2 Regular Meetings . Unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, a regular annual meeting of the Board of Directors shall be held, without call or notice, immediately after and, if the annual meeting of stockholders is held at a place, at the same place as the annual meeting of stockholders, for the purpose of organizing the Board of Directors, electing officers and transacting any other business that may properly come before such meeting. Additional regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without call or notice at such times as shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.
Section 3.3 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Secretary or by any member of the Board of Directors. Notice of a special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given by the person or persons calling the meeting at least twenty-four hours before the special meeting. The purpose or purposes of a special meeting need not be stated in the call or notice.
Section 3.4 Organization . Meetings of the Board of Directors shall be presided over by the Chairman of the Board or, in his or her absence, by the Chief Executive Officer, or in his or her absence, by a chairman chosen at the meeting. The Secretary shall act as secretary of the meeting, but in his or her absence the chairman of the meeting may appoint any person to act as secretary of the meeting. A majority of the directors present at a meeting, whether or not they constitute a quorum, may adjourn such meeting to any other date, time or place without notice other than announcement at the meeting.
Section 3.5 Quorum; Vote Required for Action . At all meetings of the Board of Directors a majority of the whole Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. Unless the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws otherwise provide, the vote of a majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board of Directors.
Section 3.6 Committees . The Board of Directors may, by resolution, designate one or more committees, including but not limited to an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee and a Nominating and Governance Committee, each committee to consist of one or more directors of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. In the absence or disqualification of a member of the committee, the member or members present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in place of any such absent or disqualified member. Any such committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in these Bylaws or in the resolution of the Board of Directors designating such committee, or an amendment to such resolution, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and may authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it.
Section 3.7 Telephonic Meetings . Directors, or any committee of directors designated by the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of the Board of Directors or such committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting pursuant to this Section 3.7 shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
Section 3.8 Board of Director Action by Written Consent Without a Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or such committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing (which may be in counterparts) or by electronic transmission, and the written consent or consents or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or such committee. Such filing shall be made in paper form if the minutes of the Corporation are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form. Such action by written consent or consent by electronic transmission shall have the same force and effect as a unanimous vote of the Board of Directors.
Section 3.9 Committee Rules . Unless the Board of Directors otherwise provides, each committee designated by the Board of Directors may make, alter and repeal rules not inconsistent with the provisions of law for the conduct of its business. In the absence of such rules, each committee shall conduct its business in the same manner as the Board of Directors conducts its business pursuant to this Article III of these Bylaws.
Section 3.10 Reliance upon Records . Every director, and every member of any committee of the Board of Directors, shall, in the performance of his or her duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of its officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors, or by any other person as to matters the director or member reasonably believes are within such other persons professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation, including, but not limited to, such records, information, opinions, reports or statements as to the value and amount of the assets, liabilities and/or net profits of the Corporation, or any other facts pertinent to the existence and amount of surplus or other funds from which dividends might properly be declared and paid, or with which the Corporations capital stock might properly be purchased or redeemed.
Section 3.11 Interested Directors . A director who is directly or indirectly a party to a contract or transaction with the Corporation, or is a director or officer of or has a financial interest in any other corporation, partnership, association or other organization which is a party to a contract or transaction with the Corporation, may be counted in determining whether a quorum is present at any meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof at which such contract or transaction is considered or authorized, and such director may participate in such meeting and vote on such authorization to the extent permitted by applicable law, including Section 144 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.
Section 3.12 Compensation . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of directors. The directors shall be paid their reasonable expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each such meeting and an annual retainer or salary for services as a director or committee member. No such payment shall preclude any director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.
ARTICLE IV
Officers
Section 4.1 Executive Officers; Election; Qualification; Term of Office . The Board of Directors shall elect a Chairman of the Board from among its members and shall elect a Chief Executive Officer and a Chief Financial Officer. The Board of Directors shall also elect a Secretary and may elect a President, one or more Vice Presidents, and one or more Assistant Secretaries. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. Each officer shall hold
office until the first meeting of the Board of Directors after the annual meeting of stockholders next succeeding his or her election, and until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal.
Section 4.2 Resignation; Removal; Vacancies . Any officer may resign at any time by giving written notice to the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer or the Secretary. Unless otherwise stated in a notice of resignation, it shall take effect when received by the officer to whom it is directed, without any need for its acceptance. The Board of Directors may remove any officer with or without cause at any time, but such removal shall be without prejudice to the contractual rights of such officer, if any, with the Corporation. A vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term thereof by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting.
Section 4.3 Powers and Duties of Executive Officers . The officers of the Corporation shall have such powers and duties in the management of the Corporation as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors and, to the extent not so provided, as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the control of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may require any officer, agent or employee to give security for the faithful performance of his or her duties.
Section 4.4 Chief Executive Officer . The Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation shall in general supervise and control all of the business affairs of the Corporation, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors. The Chief Executive Officer may execute, in the name and on behalf of the Corporation, any deeds, mortgages, bonds, contracts or other instruments which the Board of Directors or a committee thereof has authorized to be executed, except in cases where the execution shall have been expressly delegated by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof to some other officer or agent of the Corporation.
Section 4.5 President . The President shall perform such duties and possess such powers as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time prescribe. In the event of the absence, inability or refusal to act of the Chief Executive Officer, the President shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer and, when so performing, shall have all the powers and be subject to all the restrictions upon the office of Chief Executive Officer.
Section 4.6 Chief Financial Officer . The Chief Financial Officer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Chief Financial Officer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the Controlling Officer and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all such officers transactions as Chief Financial Officer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. If required by the Board of Directors, the Chief Financial Officer shall give the Corporation a bond in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of the office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in
case of such persons death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the Corporation.
Section 4.7 Secretary . In addition to such other duties, if any, as may be assigned to the Secretary by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, the Secretary shall (i) keep the minutes of proceedings of the stockholders, the Board of Directors and any committee of the Board of Directors in one or more books provided for that purpose; (ii) see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these Bylaws or as required by law; (iii) be the custodian of the records and seal of the Corporation; (iv) affix or cause to be affixed the seal of the Corporation or a facsimile thereof, and attest the seal by his or her signature, to all documents the execution of which under seal is authorized by the Board of Directors; and (v) unless such duties have been delegated by the Board of Directors to a transfer agent of the Corporation, keep or cause to be kept a register of the name and address of each stockholder, as the same shall be furnished to the Secretary by such stockholder, and have general charge of the stock transfer records of the Corporation.
Section 4.8 Assistant Secretaries . Except as may be otherwise provided in these Bylaws, Assistant Secretaries, if there be any, shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, if there be one, or any Vice President, if there be one, or the Secretary, and in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of such persons disability or refusal to act, shall perform the duties of the Secretary, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the Secretary.
Section 4.9 Vice Presidents . Except as may be otherwise provided in these Bylaws, Vice Presidents, if there be any, shall perform such duties and possess such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. The Board of Directors may assign to any Vice President the title of Executive Vice President, Senior Vice President or any other such title.
Section 4.10 Other Officers . Such other officers as the Board of Directors may choose shall perform such duties and have such powers as from time to time may be assigned to them by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may delegate to any other officer of the Corporation the power to choose such other officers and to prescribe their respective duties and powers.
ARTICLE V
Stock Certificates and Transfers
Section 5.1 Certificated and Uncertificated Shares . Shares of the Corporations stock may be certificated or uncertificated, as provided under Delaware law. All certificates of stock of the Corporation shall be numbered and shall be entered in the books of the Corporation as they are issued. The certificates shall be signed by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, if any, or a Vice President, if any, and
(ii) the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, and certify the number of shares owned by such holder in the Corporation.
Section 5.2 Signatures . Any signature required to be on a certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if such person were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue
Section 5.3 Lost Certificates; Issuance of New Certificates . The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate to be issued in place of any certificate theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed. When authorizing such issue of a new certificate, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as the Board of Directors shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.
Section 5.4 Transfers of Stock . Stock of the Corporation shall be transferable in the manner prescribed by law and in these Bylaws. Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation only by the record holder of such stock, or by their attorney lawfully constituted in writing, and, in the case of stock represented by a certificate, upon the surrender of the certificate.
Section 5.5 Stockholders of Record . In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) days nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any such other corporate action. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
Section 5.6 Beneficial Owners . The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by law.
ARTICLE VI
Notices
Section 6.1 Manner of Notice .
(a) Except as otherwise provided by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, whenever notice is required to be given to any stockholder, director or member of any committee of the Board of Directors, such notice may be given by (i) personal delivery, (ii) depositing it, in a sealed envelope, in the United States mails, first class, postage prepaid, addressed, (iii) delivering to a company for overnight or second day mail or delivery, (iv) delivering it to a telegraph company, charges prepaid, for transmission, or by transmitting it via telecopier, or (v) any other reliable means permitted by applicable law (including, subject to Section 6.1(b), electronic transmission) to such stockholder, director or member, either at the address of such stockholder, director or member as it appears on the records of the Corporation or, in the case of such a director or member, at his or her business address; and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when it is thus personally delivered, deposited, delivered or transmitted, as the case may be. Such requirement for notice shall also be deemed satisfied, except in the case of stockholder meetings, if actual notice is received orally or by other writing by the person entitled thereto as far in advance of the event with respect to which notice is being given as the minimum notice period required by law or these Bylaws.
(b) Without limiting the foregoing, any notice to stockholders given by the Corporation pursuant to these Bylaws shall be effective if given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given. Any such consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the Corporation and shall also be deemed revoked if (1) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices given by the Corporation in accordance with such consent and (2) such inability becomes known to the Secretary of the Corporation, the transfer agent or other person responsible for the giving of notice; provided, however, that the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action. Notice given by a form of electronic transmission in accordance with these Bylaws shall be deemed given: (i) if by facsimile telecommunication, when directed to a number at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (ii) if by electronic mail, when directed to an electronic mail address at which the stockholder has consented to receive notice; (iii) if by a posting on an electronic network, together with separate notice to the stockholder of such specific posting, upon the later of such posting and the giving of such separate notice; and (iv) if by another form of electronic transmission, when directed to the stockholder.
Section 6.2 Dispensation with Notice .
(a) Whenever notice is required to be given by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws to any stockholder to whom (i) notice of two consecutive annual meetings of stockholders, and all notices of meetings of stockholders to such stockholder during the period between such two consecutive annual meetings, or (ii) all, and at least two, payments (if sent by first class mail) of dividends or interest on securities of the Corporation during a 12-month period, have been mailed addressed to such stockholder at the address of such stockholder as shown on the records of the Corporation and have been returned undeliverable, the giving of such notice to such stockholder shall not be required. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to such stockholder shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. If any such stockholder shall deliver to the Corporation a
written notice setting forth the then current address of such stockholder, the requirement that notice be given to such stockholder shall be reinstated.
(b) Whenever notice is required to be given by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required, and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given.
Section 6.3 Waiver of Notice . Any written waiver of notice, signed by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any regular or special meeting of the stockholders, directors, or members of a committee or directors need be specified in any written waiver of notice.
ARTICLE VII
Indemnification
Section 7.1 Right to Indemnification .
(a) The Corporation shall indemnify and hold harmless, to the fullest extent permitted by law as in effect on the date of adoption of these Bylaws or as it may thereafter be amended, any person who was or is made or is threatened to be made a party or is otherwise involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a proceeding) by reason of the fact that he or she, or a person for whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture or other enterprise, against any and all liability and loss (including judgments, fines, penalties and amounts paid in settlement) suffered or incurred and expenses reasonably incurred by such person. The Corporation may, by action of its Board of Directors, provide indemnification to such of the employees and agents of the Corporation to such extent and to such effect as the Board of Directors shall determine to be appropriate and authorized by Delaware law. The Corporation shall not be required to indemnify a person in connection with a proceeding initiated by such person, including a counterclaim or crossclaim, unless the proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors.
(b) For purposes of this Article VII: (i) any reference to other enterprise shall include all plans, programs, policies, agreements, contracts and payroll practices and related trusts for the benefit of or relating to employees of the Corporation and its related entities (employee benefit plans); (ii) any reference to fines, penalties, liability and expenses shall include any excise taxes, penalties, claims, liabilities and reasonable expenses (including
reasonable legal fees and related expenses) assessed against or incurred by a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; (iii) any reference to serving at the request of the Corporation shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or trustee or administrator of any employee benefit plan which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, beneficiaries, fiduciaries, administrators and service providers; (iv) any reference to serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of a partnership or trust shall include service as a partner or trustee; and (v) a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation for purposes of this Article VII.
Section 7.2 Prepayment of Expenses . The Corporation shall pay or reimburse the reasonable expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition if the Corporation has received an undertaking by the person receiving such payment or reimbursement to repay all amounts advanced if it should be ultimately determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified under this Article VII or otherwise.
Section 7.3 Claims . If a claim for indemnification or payment of expenses under this Article VII is not paid in full within 60 days after a written claim therefor has been received by the Corporation, the claimant may file suit to recover the unpaid amount of such claim and, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid the expense of prosecuting such claim. In any such action the Corporation shall have the burden of proving that the claimant was not entitled to the requested indemnification or payment of expenses under applicable law.
Section 7.4 Non-Exclusivity of Rights . The rights conferred on any person by this Article VII shall not be exclusive of any other rights which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, these Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.
Section 7.5 Other Indemnification . The Corporations obligation, if any, to indemnify any person who was or is serving at its request as a director, officer, employee, partner or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount such person may collect as indemnification from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture or other enterprise.
Section 7.6 Amendment or Repeal . Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article VII shall not adversely affect any right or protection hereunder of any person in respect of any act or omission occurring prior to the time of such repeal or modification.
ARTICLE VIII
General
Section 8.1 Fiscal year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by resolution of the Board of Directors. Initially, the fiscal year of the Corporation shall end on March 31 of each year.
Section 8.2 Seal . The corporate seal shall have the name of the Corporation inscribed thereon and shall be in such form as may be approved from time to time by the Board of Directors.
Section 8.3 Definitions .
(a) For purposes of these Bylaws, electronic transmission means any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved and reviewed by a recipient thereof, and that may be directly reproduced in paper form by such a recipient through an automated process.
(b) For purposes of these Bylaws, public disclosure shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press, Business Wire, PR Newswire or comparable national news service, or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
(c) For purposes of these Bylaws, a qualified representative of a stockholder shall mean a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such stockholder or a person authorized by a writing executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders, which writing (or a reliable reproduction thereof) shall be produced at the meeting of stockholders.
(d) For purposes of these Bylaws, Stockholder Associated Person of any stockholder means (i) any person acting in concert with such stockholder, (ii) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the Corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder (other than a stockholder that is a depositary) and (iii) any person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such stockholder or such Stockholder Associated Person.
Section 8.4 Amendment of Bylaws . These Bylaws may be altered or repealed, and new Bylaws made, by the majority vote of the whole Board of Directors; provided , however , that a Bylaw adopted by the holders of stock representing a majority of the votes which could be cast by the holders of all outstanding stock that prescribes the required vote for the election of directors may not be altered by the Board of Directors. The holders of stock representing a majority of the votes which could be cast by the holders of all outstanding stock may make additional Bylaws and may alter and repeal any Bylaws whether adopted by them or otherwise.
Exhibit 4.1
|
THIS CERTIFIES THAT IS THE RECORD HOLDER OF transferable on the books of the Corporation in person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of the certificate properly endorsed. This certificate is not valid unless countersigned by the Transfer Agent and registered by the Registrar. WITNESS the facsimile signatures of the Corporations duly authorized officers. Dated: PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER SECRETARY CUSIP SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE COUNTERSIGNED AND REGISTERED: (NEW YORK, NY) TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR BY: AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE COMMON STOCK THERMON GROUP HOLDINGS, INC. FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK, $0.001 PAR VALUE PER SHARE, OF BY: THERMON GROUP HOLDINGS, INC. AMERICAN STOCK TRANSFER & TRUST COMPANY LLC ABnote North America 711 ARMSTRONG LANE COLUMBIA, TENNESSEE 38401 (931) 388-3003 SALES: HOLLY GRONER 931-490-7660 PROOF OF: MARCH 29, 2011 THERMON GROUP HOLDINGS, INC. WO 3422 VER 1 FC OPERATOR: JB NEW COLORS SELECTED FOR PRINTING: LOGO prints in pms 440 grey and 485 red. Intaglio prints in sc-13 red. COLOR: This proof was printed from a digital file or artwork on a graphics quality, color laser printer. It is a good representation of the color as it will appear on the final product. However, it is not an exact color rendition, and the final printed product may appear slightly different from the proof due to the difference between the dyes and printing ink. PLEASE INITIAL THE APPROPRIATE SELECTION FOR THIS PROOF: OK AS IS OK WITH CHANGES MAKE CHANGES AND SEND ANOTHER PROOF |
|
SIGNATURE(S) GUARANTEED: THE SIGNATURE(S) MUST BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15. TEN COM as tenants in common TEN ENT as tenants by the entireties JT TEN as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list. For value received, hereby sell, assign and transfer unto THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE, IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT, OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER. The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations: NOTICE: Shares PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS INCLUDING ZIP CODE OF ASSIGNEE of the common stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby Irrevocably constitute and appoint to transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises. Dated, PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE UNIF GIFT MIN ACT Custodian (Cust) (Minor) under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act (State) Attorney PLEASE INITIAL THE APPROPRIATE SELECTION FOR THIS PROOF: OK AS IS OK WITH CHANGES MAKE CHANGES AND SEND ANOTHER PROOF ABnote North America 711 ARMSTRONG LANE COLUMBIA, TENNESSEE 38401 (931) 388-3003 SALES: HOLLY GRONER 931-490-7660 PROOF OF MARCH 29, 2011: THERMON GROUP HOLDINGS, INC. WO 3422 BK OPERATOR: JB New |
Exhibit 10.13
THERMON GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
2011 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
I. INTRODUCTION
1.1 Purposes . The purposes of the Thermon Group Holdings, Inc. 2011 Long-Term Incentive Plan (this Plan ) are (i) to align the interests of the Companys stockholders and the recipients of awards under this Plan by increasing the proprietary interest of such recipients in the Companys growth and success, (ii) to advance the interests of the Company by attracting and retaining directors, officers, other employees and independent contractors and (iii) to motivate such persons to act in the long-term best interests of the Company and its stockholders.
1.2 Certain Definitions .
Agreement shall mean the written agreement evidencing an award hereunder between the Company and the recipient of such award.
Affiliated Fund means with respect to any Investor, each corporation, trust, limited liability company, general or limited partnership or other entity under common control with that Investor (including any such entity with the same general partner or principal investment advisor as that Investor or with a general partner or principal investment advisor that is an affiliate of the general partner or principal investment advisor of that Investor).
Board shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.
Change in Control shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.8(b).
Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Committee shall mean the Committee designated by the Board, consisting of two or more members of the Board, each of whom may be (i) a Non-Employee Director within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, (ii) an outside director within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and (iii) independent within the meaning of the rules of The New York Stock Exchange or, if the Common Stock is not listed on The New York Stock Exchange, within the meaning of the rules of the principal national stock exchange on which the Common Stock is then traded.
Common Stock shall mean the common stock, par value $.001 per share, of the Company, and all rights appurtenant thereto.
Company shall mean Thermon Group Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto.
Exchange Act shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Fair Market Value shall mean the closing transaction price of a share of Common Stock as reported on The New York Stock Exchange on the date as of which such value is being
determined or, if the Common Stock is not listed on The New York Stock Exchange, the closing transaction price of a share of Common Stock on the principal national stock exchange on which the Common Stock is traded on the date as of which such value is being determined or, if there shall be no reported transactions for such date, on the next preceding date for which transactions were reported; provided , however , that if the Common Stock is not listed on a national stock exchange or if Fair Market Value for any date cannot be so determined, Fair Market Value shall be determined by the Committee in good faith and in accordance with Section 409A of the Code.
Free-Standing SAR shall mean an SAR which is not granted in tandem with, or by reference to, an option, which entitles the holder thereof to receive, upon exercise, shares of Common Stock (which may be Restricted Stock) with an aggregate value equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock on the date of exercise over the base price of such SAR, multiplied by the number of such SARs which are exercised.
Incentive Stock Option shall mean an option to purchase shares of Common Stock that meets the requirements of Section 422 of the Code, or any successor provision, which is intended by the Committee to constitute an Incentive Stock Option.
Incumbent Board shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.8(b).
Initial Public Offering means the initial public offering of the Company registered on Form S-1 (or any successor form under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended).
Investors means CHS Private Equity V LP, Thompson Street Capital Partners II, L.P., Crown Investment Series LLCSeries 4, and Star Investment Series LLCSeries 1.
Nonqualified Stock Option shall mean an option to purchase shares of Common Stock which is not an Incentive Stock Option.
Performance Measures shall mean the criteria and objectives, established by the Committee, which shall be satisfied or met (i) as a condition to the grant or exercisability of all or a portion of an option or SAR or (ii) during the applicable Restriction Period or Performance Period as a condition to the vesting of the holders interest, in the case of a Restricted Stock Award, of the shares of Common Stock subject to such award, or, in the case of a Restricted Stock Unit Award or Performance Unit Award, to the holders receipt of the shares of Common Stock subject to such award or of payment with respect to such award. Such criteria and objectives may include, without limitation, one or more of the following corporate-wide or subsidiary, division, operating unit or individual measures, stated in either absolute terms or relative terms, such as rates of growth or improvement: the attainment by a share of our common stock of a specified fair market value for a specified period of time, earnings per share, return to stockholders (including dividends), return on assets, return on equity, our earnings before or after taxes and/or interest, revenues, expenses, market share, cash flow or cost reduction goals, interest expense after taxes, return on investment, return on investment capital, return on operating costs, economic value created, operating margin, gross margin, achievement of annual operating profit plans, net income before or after taxes, pretax earnings before interest, depreciation and/or amortization, pretax operating earnings after interest expense and before incentives, and/or extraordinary or special items, operating earnings, net cash provided by operations, and strategic
business criteria, consisting of one or more objectives based on meeting specified market penetration, geographic business expansion goals, cost targets, days sales outstanding goals, customer satisfaction, attainment of specified safety metrics, reductions in errors and omissions, reductions in lost business, management of employment practices and employee benefits, supervision of litigation and information technology, quality and quality audit scores, productivity, efficiency, and goals relating to acquisitions or divestitures, or any combination of the foregoing. In the sole discretion of the Committee, the Committee may amend or adjust the Performance Measures or other terms and conditions of an outstanding award in recognition of unusual, nonrecurring or one time events affecting the Company or its financial statements or changes in law or accounting principles.
Performance Option shall mean an Incentive Stock Option or Nonqualified Stock Option, the grant of which or the exercisability of all or a portion of which is contingent upon the attainment of specified Performance Measures within a specified Performance Period.
Performance Period shall mean any period designated by the Committee during which (i) the Performance Measures applicable to an award shall be measured and (ii) the conditions to vesting applicable to an award shall remain in effect.
Performance Unit shall mean a right to receive, contingent upon the attainment of specified Performance Measures within a specified Performance Period, a specified cash amount or, in lieu thereof, shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to such cash amount.
Performance Unit Award shall mean an award of Performance Units under this Plan.
Restricted Stock shall mean shares of Common Stock which are subject to a Restriction Period and which may, in addition thereto, be subject to the attainment of specified Performance Measures within a specified Performance Period.
Restricted Stock Award shall mean an award of Restricted Stock under this Plan.
Restricted Stock Unit shall mean a right to receive one share of Common Stock or, in lieu thereof, the Fair Market Value of such share of Common Stock in cash, which shall be contingent upon the expiration of a specified Restriction Period and which may, in addition thereto, be contingent upon the attainment of specified Performance Measures within a specified Performance Period.
Restricted Stock Unit Award shall mean an award of Restricted Stock Units under this Plan.
Restriction Period shall mean any period designated by the Committee during which (i) the Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Award may not be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise encumbered or disposed of, except as provided in this Plan or the Agreement relating to such award, or (ii) the conditions to vesting applicable to a Restricted Stock Unit Award shall remain in effect.
SAR shall mean a stock appreciation right which may be a Free-Standing SAR or a Tandem SAR.
Stock Award shall mean a Restricted Stock Award or a Restricted Stock Unit Award.
Subsidiary shall mean any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint venture or similar entity in which the Company owns, directly or indirectly, an equity interest possessing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the total outstanding equity interests of such entity.
Tandem SAR shall mean an SAR which is granted in tandem with, or by reference to, an option (including a Nonqualified Stock Option granted prior to the date of grant of the SAR), which entitles the holder thereof to receive, upon exercise of such SAR and surrender or cancellation of all or a portion of such option, shares of Common Stock (which may be Restricted Stock) with an aggregate value equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value of one share of Common Stock on the date of exercise over the base price of such SAR, multiplied by the number of shares of Common Stock subject to such option, or portion thereof, which is surrendered.
Tax Date shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.5.
Ten Percent Holder shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).
1.3 Administration . This Plan shall be administered by the Committee. Any one or a combination of the following awards may be made under this Plan to eligible persons: (i) options to purchase shares of Common Stock in the form of Incentive Stock Options or Nonqualified Stock Options (which may include Performance Options), (ii) SARs in the form of Tandem SARs or Free-Standing SARs, (iii) Stock Awards in the form of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units and (iv) Performance Units. The Committee shall, subject to the terms of this Plan, select eligible persons for participation in this Plan and determine the form, amount and timing of each award to such persons and, if applicable, the number of shares of Common Stock, the number of SARs, the number of Restricted Stock Units and the number of Performance Units subject to such an award, the exercise price or base price associated with the award, the time and conditions of exercise or settlement of the award and all other terms and conditions of the award, including, without limitation, the form of the Agreement evidencing the award. The Committee may, in its sole discretion and for any reason at any time, take action such that (i) any or all outstanding options and SARs shall become exercisable in part or in full, (ii) all or a portion of the Restriction Period applicable to any outstanding Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units shall lapse, (iii) all or a portion of the Performance Period applicable to any outstanding Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units or Performance Units shall lapse and (iv) the Performance Measures (if any) applicable to any outstanding award shall be deemed to be satisfied at the target, maximum or any other level. The Committee shall, subject to the terms of this Plan, interpret this Plan and the application thereof, establish rules and regulations it deems necessary or desirable for the administration of this Plan and may impose, incidental to the grant of an award, conditions with respect to the award, such as limiting competitive employment or other activities. All such interpretations, rules, regulations and conditions shall be conclusive and binding on all parties.
The Committee may delegate some or all of its power and authority hereunder to the Board or, subject to applicable law, to the President and Chief Executive Officer or other executive officer of the Company as the Committee deems appropriate; provided , however , that the Committee may not delegate its power and authority to the President and Chief Executive Officer or other executive officer of the Company with regard to the selection for participation in this Plan of an officer, director or other person subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act or decisions concerning the timing, pricing or amount of an award to such an officer, director or other person.
No member of the Board or Committee, and neither the President and Chief Executive Officer nor any other executive officer to whom the Committee delegates any of its power and authority hereunder, shall be liable for any act, omission, interpretation, construction or determination made in connection with this Plan in good faith, and the members of the Board and the Committee and the President and Chief Executive Officer or other executive officer shall be entitled to indemnification and reimbursement by the Company in respect of any claim, loss, damage or expense (including attorneys fees) arising therefrom to the full extent permitted by law (except as otherwise may be provided in the Companys Certificate of Incorporation and/or By-laws) and under any directors and officers liability insurance that may be in effect from time to time.
A majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum. The acts of the Committee shall be either (i) acts of a majority of the members of the Committee present at any meeting at which a quorum is present or (ii) acts approved in writing by all of the members of the Committee without a meeting.
1.4 Eligibility . Participants in this Plan shall consist of such officers, other employees, independent contractors and nonemployee directors, and persons expected to become officers, other employees, independent contractors and nonemployee directors, of the Company and its Subsidiaries as the Committee in its sole discretion may select from time to time. The Committees selection of a person to participate in this Plan at any time shall not require the Committee to select such person to participate in this Plan at any other time. For purposes of this Plan and except as otherwise provided for in an Agreement, references to employment by the Company shall also mean employment by a Subsidiary, and references to employment shall include service as a nonemployee director or independent contractor. The Committee shall determine, in its sole discretion, the extent to which a participant shall be considered employed during any periods during which such participant is on an approved leave of absence.
1.5 Shares Available . Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 5.7 and to all other limits set forth in this Section 1.5, shares of Common Stock shall be available for all awards under this Plan, reduced by the sum of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock which become subject to outstanding options, outstanding Free-Standing SARs and outstanding Stock Awards and delivered upon the settlement of Performance Units. To the extent that shares of Common Stock subject to an outstanding option, SAR or stock award granted under the Plan are not issued or delivered by reason of (i) the expiration, termination, cancellation or forfeiture of such award (excluding shares subject to an option cancelled upon settlement in shares of a related Tandem SAR or shares subject to a Tandem SAR cancelled upon
exercise of a related option) or (ii) the settlement of such award in cash, then such shares of Common Stock shall again be available under this Plan.
Notwithstanding anything in this Section 1.5 to the contrary, shares of Common Stock subject to an award under this Plan may not be made available for issuance under this Plan if such shares are: (i) shares that were subject to a stock-settled SAR and were not issued upon the net settlement or net exercise of such SAR, (ii) shares used to pay the exercise price of an Incentive Stock Option or Nonqualified Stock Option, (iii) shares delivered to or withheld by the Company to pay withholding taxes related to an award under this Plan, or (iv) shares repurchased on the open market with the proceeds of an option exercise.
Shares of Common Stock to be delivered under this Plan shall be made available from authorized and unissued shares of Common Stock, or authorized and issued shares of Common Stock reacquired and held as treasury shares or otherwise or a combination thereof.
II. STOCK OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS
2.1 Stock Options . The Committee may, in its discretion, grant options to purchase shares of Common Stock to such eligible persons as may be selected by the Committee. Each option, or portion thereof, that is not an Incentive Stock Option, shall be a Nonqualified Stock Option. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the date of grant) of shares of Common Stock with respect to which options designated as Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by a participant during any calendar year (under this Plan or any other plan of the Company, or any parent or Subsidiary) exceeds the amount (currently $100,000) established by the Code to qualify as Incentive Stock Options, such options shall constitute Nonqualified Stock Options.
Options may be granted in addition to, or in lieu of, any other compensation payable to officers, other employees, directors, and independent contractors, and in all cases shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of this Plan, as the Committee shall deem advisable:
(a) Number of Shares and Purchase Price . The number of shares of Common Stock subject to an option and the purchase price per share of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of the option shall be determined by the Committee; provided , however , that the purchase price per share of Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of a Nonqualified Stock Option or an Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant of such option; provided further , that if an Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to any person who, at the time such option is granted, owns capital stock possessing more than 10 percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of capital stock of the Company (or of any parent or Subsidiary) (a Ten Percent Holder ), the purchase price per share of Common Stock shall not be less than the price (currently 110% of Fair Market Value) required by the Code in order to constitute an Incentive Stock Option.
(b) Option Period and Exercisability . The period during which an option may be exercised shall be determined by the Committee; provided , however , that no Incentive Stock Option or Nonqualified Stock Option shall be exercised later than ten years after its date of grant;
provided further , that if an Incentive Stock Option shall be granted to a Ten Percent Holder, such option shall not be exercised later than five years after its date of grant. The Committee may, in its discretion, determine that an option is to be granted as a Performance Option and may establish an applicable Performance Period and Performance Measures which shall be satisfied or met as a condition to the grant of such option or to the exercisability of all or a portion of such option. The Committee shall determine whether an option shall become exercisable in cumulative or non-cumulative installments and in part or in full at any time. An exercisable option, or portion thereof, may be exercised only with respect to whole shares of Common Stock.
(c) Method of Exercise . An option may be exercised (i) by giving written notice to the Company specifying the number of whole shares of Common Stock to be purchased and accompanying such notice with payment therefor in full (or arrangement made for such payment to the Companys satisfaction) either (A) in cash, (B) by delivery (either actual delivery or by attestation procedures established by the Company) of shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined as of the date of exercise, equal to the aggregate purchase price payable by reason of such exercise, (C) by authorizing the Company to withhold whole shares of Common Stock which would otherwise be delivered having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the date of exercise, equal to the amount necessary to satisfy such obligation, (D) in cash by a broker-dealer acceptable to the Company to whom the optionee has submitted an irrevocable notice of exercise, or (E) a combination of (A), (B) and (C), in each case to the extent set forth in the Agreement relating to the option, (ii) if applicable, by surrendering to the Company any Tandem SARs which are cancelled by reason of the exercise of the option and (iii) by executing such documents as the Company may reasonably request. Any fraction of a share of Common Stock which would be required to pay such purchase price shall be disregarded and the remaining amount due shall be paid in cash by the optionee. No shares of Common Stock shall be issued and no certificate representing Common Stock shall be delivered until the full purchase price therefor and any withholding taxes thereon, as described in Section 5.5, have been paid (or arrangement made for such payment to the Companys satisfaction).
2.2 Stock Appreciation Rights . The Committee may, in its discretion, grant SARs to such eligible persons as may be selected by the Committee. The Agreement relating to an SAR shall specify whether the SAR is a Tandem SAR or a Free-Standing SAR.
SARs shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of this Plan, as the Committee shall deem advisable:
(a) Number of SARs and Base Price . The number of SARs subject to an award shall be determined by the Committee. Any Tandem SAR related to an Incentive Stock Option shall be granted at the same time that such Incentive Stock Option is granted. The base price of a Tandem SAR shall be the purchase price per share of Common Stock of the related option. The base price of a Free-Standing SAR shall be determined by the Committee; provided , however , that such base price shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant of such SAR.
(b) Exercise Period and Exercisability . The period for the exercise of an SAR shall be determined by the Committee; provided , however , that no Tandem SAR shall be exercised later than the expiration, cancellation, forfeiture or other termination of the related option and no Free-Standing SAR shall be exercised later than ten years after its date of grant. The Committee may, in its discretion, establish Performance Measures which shall be satisfied or met as a condition to the grant of an SAR or to the exercisability of all or a portion of an SAR. The Committee shall determine whether an SAR may be exercised in cumulative or non-cumulative installments and in part or in full at any time. An exercisable SAR, or portion thereof, may be exercised, in the case of a Tandem SAR, only with respect to whole shares of Common Stock and, in the case of a Free-Standing SAR, only with respect to a whole number of SARs. If an SAR is exercised for shares of Restricted Stock, a certificate or certificates representing such Restricted Stock shall be issued in accordance with Section 3.2(c), or such shares shall be transferred to the holder in book entry form with restrictions on the Shares duly noted, and the holder of such Restricted Stock shall have such rights of a stockholder of the Company as determined pursuant to Section 3.2(d). Prior to the exercise of an SAR, the holder of such SAR shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the shares of Common Stock subject to such SAR.
(c) Method of Exercise . A Tandem SAR may be exercised (i) by giving written notice to the Company specifying the number of whole SARs which are being exercised, (ii) by surrendering to the Company any options which are cancelled by reason of the exercise of the Tandem SAR and (iii) by executing such documents as the Company may reasonably request. A Free-Standing SAR may be exercised (A) by giving written notice to the Company specifying the whole number of SARs which are being exercised and (B) by executing such documents as the Company may reasonably request.
2.3 Termination of Employment or Service . All of the terms relating to the exercise, cancellation or other disposition of an option or SAR upon a termination of employment or service with the Company of the holder of such option or SAR, as the case may be, whether by reason of disability, retirement, death or any other reason, shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the applicable award Agreement.
2.4 No Repricing . Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary and subject to Section 5.7, without the approval of the stockholders of the Company the Committee will not amend or replace any previously granted option or SAR in a transaction that constitutes a repricing, as such term is used in Section 303A.08 of The New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual.
III. STOCK AWARDS
3.1 Stock Awards . The Committee may, in its discretion, grant Stock Awards to such eligible persons as may be selected by the Committee. The Agreement relating to a Stock Award shall specify whether the Stock Award is a Restricted Stock Award or a Restricted Stock Unit Award.
3.2 Terms of Restricted Stock Awards . Restricted Stock Awards shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of this Plan, as the Committee shall deem advisable.
(a) Number of Shares and Other Terms . The number of shares of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Award and the Restriction Period, Performance Period (if any) and Performance Measures (if any) applicable to a Restricted Stock Award shall be determined by the Committee.
(b) Vesting and Forfeiture . The Agreement relating to a Restricted Stock Award shall provide, in the manner determined by the Committee, in its discretion, and subject to the provisions of this Plan, for the vesting of the shares of Common Stock subject to such award (i) if the holder of such award remains continuously in the employment of the Company during the specified Restriction Period and (ii) if specified Performance Measures (if any) are satisfied or met during a specified Performance Period, and for the forfeiture of the shares of Common Stock subject to such award (x) if the holder of such award does not remain continuously in the employment of the Company during the specified Restriction Period or (y) if specified Performance Measures (if any) are not satisfied or met during a specified Performance Period.
(c) Stock Issuance . During the Restriction Period, the shares of Restricted Stock shall be held by a custodian in book entry form with restrictions on such shares duly noted or, alternatively, a certificate or certificates representing a Restricted Stock Award shall be registered in the holders name and may bear a legend, in addition to any legend which may be required pursuant to Section 5.6, indicating that the ownership of the shares of Common Stock represented by such certificate is subject to the restrictions, terms and conditions of this Plan and the Agreement relating to the Restricted Stock Award. All such certificates shall be deposited with the Company, together with stock powers or other instruments of assignment (including a power of attorney), each endorsed in blank with a guarantee of signature if deemed necessary or appropriate, which would permit transfer to the Company of all or a portion of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Award in the event such award is forfeited in whole or in part. Upon termination of any applicable Restriction Period (and the satisfaction or attainment of applicable Performance Measures), subject to the Companys right to require payment of any taxes in accordance with Section 5.5, the restrictions shall be removed from the requisite number of any shares of Common Stock that are held in book entry form, and all certificates evidencing ownership of the requisite number of shares of Common Stock shall be delivered to the holder of such award.
(d) Rights with Respect to Restricted Stock Awards . Unless otherwise set forth in the Agreement relating to a Restricted Stock Award, and subject to the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award, the holder of such award shall have all rights as a stockholder of the Company, including, but not limited to, voting rights, the right to receive dividends and the right to participate in any capital adjustment applicable to all holders of Common Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) a distribution made with respect to shares of Restricted Stock, other than a regular cash dividend, and (ii) a regular cash dividend with respect to shares of Restricted Stock that are subject to performance-based vesting conditions, in each case, shall be deposited with the Company and shall be subject to the same restrictions as the shares of Restricted Stock with respect to which such distribution was made.
3.3 Terms of Restricted Stock Unit Awards . Restricted Stock Unit Awards shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of this Plan, as the Committee shall deem advisable.
(a) Number of Shares and Other Terms . The number of shares of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award and the Restriction Period, Performance Period (if any) and Performance Measures (if any) applicable to a Restricted Stock Unit Award shall be determined by the Committee.
(b) Vesting and Forfeiture . The Agreement relating to a Restricted Stock Unit Award shall provide, in the manner determined by the Committee, in its discretion, and subject to the provisions of this Plan, for the vesting of such Restricted Stock Unit Award (i) if the holder of such award remains continuously in the employment of the Company during the specified Restriction Period and (ii) if specified Performance Measures (if any) are satisfied or met during a specified Performance Period, and for the forfeiture of the shares of Common Stock subject to such award (x) if the holder of such award does not remain continuously in the employment of the Company during the specified Restriction Period or (y) if specified Performance Measures (if any) are not satisfied or met during a specified Performance Period.
(c) Settlement of Vested Restricted Stock Unit Awards . The Agreement relating to a Restricted Stock Unit Award shall specify (i) whether such award may be settled in shares of Common Stock or cash or a combination thereof and (ii) whether the holder thereof shall be entitled to receive, on a current or deferred basis, dividend equivalents, and, if determined by the Committee, interest on, or the deemed reinvestment of, any deferred dividend equivalents, with respect to the number of shares of Common Stock subject to such award. Any dividend equivalents with respect to Restricted Stock Units that are subject to performance-based vesting conditions shall be subject to the same restrictions as such Restricted Stock Units. Prior to the settlement of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the holder of such award shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the shares of Common Stock subject to such award.
3.4 Termination of Employment or Service . All of the terms relating to the satisfaction of Performance Measures and the termination of the Restriction Period or Performance Period relating to a Stock Award, or any forfeiture and cancellation of such award upon a termination of employment or service with the Company of the holder of such award, whether by reason of disability, retirement, death or any other reason, shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the applicable award Agreement.
IV. PERFORMANCE UNIT AWARDS
4.1 Performance Unit Awards . The Committee may, in its discretion, grant Performance Unit Awards to such eligible persons as may be selected by the Committee.
4.2 Terms of Performance Unit Awards . Performance Unit Awards shall be subject to the following terms and conditions and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of this Plan, as the Committee shall deem advisable.
(a) (a) Number of Performance Units and Performance Measures . The number of Performance Units subject to a Performance Unit Award, the method of determining the value of each Performance Unit and the Performance Measures and Performance Period applicable to a Performance Unit Award shall be determined by the Committee.
(b) Vesting and Forfeiture . The Agreement relating to a Performance Unit Award shall provide, in the manner determined by the Committee, in its discretion, and subject to the provisions of this Plan, for the vesting of such Performance Unit Award if the specified Performance Measures are satisfied or met during the specified Performance Period and for the forfeiture of such award if the specified Performance Measures are not satisfied or met during the specified Performance Period.
(c) Settlement of Vested Performance Unit Awards . The Agreement relating to a Performance Unit Award shall specify whether such award may be settled in shares of Common Stock (including shares of Restricted Stock) or cash or a combination thereof. If a Performance Unit Award is settled in shares of Restricted Stock, such shares of Restricted Stock shall be issued to the holder in book entry form or a certificate or certificates representing such Restricted Stock shall be issued in accordance with Section 3.2(c) and the holder of such Restricted Stock shall have such rights as a stockholder of the Company as determined pursuant to Section 3.2(d). Prior to the settlement of a Performance Unit Award in shares of Common Stock, including Restricted Stock, the holder of such award shall have no rights as a stockholder of the Company.
4.3 Termination of Employment or Service . All of the terms relating to the satisfaction of Performance Measures and the termination of the Performance Period relating to a Performance Unit Award, or any forfeiture and cancellation of such award upon a termination of employment or service with the Company of the holder of such award, whether by reason of disability, retirement, death or any other reason, shall be determined by the Committee and set forth in the applicable award Agreement.
V. GENERAL
5.1 Effective Date and Term of Plan . This Plan shall be submitted to the stockholders of the Company for approval and, if approved, shall become effective as of , 2011. This Plan shall terminate as of the first annual meeting of shareholders to occur on or after the tenth anniversary of its effective date, unless terminated earlier by the Board. Termination of this Plan shall not affect the terms or conditions of any award granted prior to termination. Awards hereunder may be made at any time prior to the termination of this Plan, provided that no award may be made later than ten years after the effective date of this Plan.
5.2 Amendments . The Board may amend this Plan as it shall deem advisable, subject to any requirement of stockholder approval required by applicable law, rule or regulation, including Section 162(m) of the Code and any rule of The New York Stock Exchange, or, if the Common Stock is not listed on The New York Stock Exchange, any rule of the principal national stock exchange on which the Common Stock is then traded; provided , however , that no amendment may impair the rights of a holder of an outstanding award without the consent of such holder.
5.3 Agreement . Each award under this Plan shall be evidenced by an Agreement setting forth the terms and conditions applicable to such award. No award shall be valid until an Agreement is executed by the Company and, to the extent required by the Company, the recipient of such award and, upon such execution and delivery of the Agreement to the Company
within the time period specified by the Company, such award shall be effective as of the effective date set forth in the Agreement.
5.4 Non-Transferability . No award shall be transferable other than by will, the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to beneficiary designation procedures approved by the Company or, to the extent expressly permitted in the Agreement relating to such award, to the holders family members, a trust or entity established by the holder for estate planning purposes or a charitable organization designated by the holder. Except to the extent permitted by the foregoing sentence or the Agreement relating to an award, each award may be exercised or settled during the holders lifetime only by the holder or the holders legal representative or similar person. Except as permitted by the second preceding sentence, no award may be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, hypothecated, encumbered or otherwise disposed of (whether by operation of law or otherwise) or be subject to execution, attachment or similar process. Upon any attempt to so sell, transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate, encumber or otherwise dispose of any award, such award and all rights thereunder shall immediately become null and void.
5.5 Tax Withholding . The Company shall have the right to require, prior to the issuance or delivery of any shares of Common Stock or the payment of any cash pursuant to an award made hereunder, payment by the holder of such award of any federal, state, local or other taxes which may be required to be withheld or paid in connection with such award. An Agreement may provide that (i) the Company shall withhold whole shares of Common Stock which would otherwise be delivered to a holder, having an aggregate Fair Market Value determined as of the date the obligation to withhold or pay taxes arises in connection with an award (the Tax Date ), or withhold an amount of cash which would otherwise be payable to a holder, in the amount necessary to satisfy any such obligation or (ii) the holder may satisfy any such obligation by any of the following means: (A) a cash payment to the Company, (B) delivery (either actual delivery or by attestation procedures established by the Company) to the Company of previously owned whole shares of Common Stock having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the Tax Date, equal to the amount necessary to satisfy any such obligation, (C) authorizing the Company to withhold whole shares of Common Stock which would otherwise be delivered having an aggregate Fair Market Value, determined as of the Tax Date, or withhold an amount of cash which would otherwise be payable to a holder, in either case equal to the amount necessary to satisfy any such obligation, (D) in the case of the exercise of an option and except as may be prohibited by applicable law, a cash payment by a broker-dealer acceptable to the Company to whom the optionee has submitted an irrevocable notice of exercise, or (E) any combination of (A), (B) and (C), in each case to the extent set forth in the Agreement relating to the award. Shares of Common Stock to be delivered or withheld may not have an aggregate Fair Market Value in excess of the amount determined by applying the minimum statutory withholding rate. Any fraction of a share of Common Stock which would be required to satisfy such an obligation shall be disregarded and the remaining amount due shall be paid in cash by the holder.
5.6 Restrictions on Shares . Each award made hereunder shall be subject to the requirement that if at any time the Company determines that the listing, registration or qualification of the shares of Common Stock subject to such award upon any securities exchange or under any law, or the consent or approval of any governmental body, or the taking of any other action is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the delivery of
shares thereunder, such shares shall not be delivered unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent, approval or other action shall have been effected or obtained, free of any conditions not acceptable to the Company. The Company may require that certificates evidencing shares of Common Stock delivered pursuant to any award made hereunder bear a legend indicating that the sale, transfer or other disposition thereof by the holder is prohibited except in compliance with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder.
5.7 Adjustment . In the event of any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, combination, exchange of shares, liquidation, spin-off or other similar change in capitalization or event, or any distribution to holders of Common Stock other than a regular cash dividend, the number and class of securities available under this Plan, the number and class of securities subject to each outstanding option and the purchase price per security, the terms of each outstanding SAR, the terms of each outstanding Restricted Stock Award and Restricted Stock Unit Award, including the number and class of securities subject thereto, and the terms of each outstanding Performance Unit, shall be appropriately adjusted by the Committee, such adjustments to be made in the case of outstanding options and SARs in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. The decision of the Committee regarding any such adjustment shall be final, binding and conclusive. If any such adjustment would result in a fractional security being (a) available under this Plan, such fractional security shall be disregarded, or (b) subject to an award under this Plan, the Company shall pay the holder of such award, in connection with the first vesting, exercise or settlement of such award, in whole or in part, occurring after such adjustment, an amount in cash determined by multiplying (i) the fraction of such security (rounded to the nearest hundredth) by (ii) the excess, if any, of (A) the Fair Market Value on the vesting, exercise or settlement date over (B) the exercise or base price, if any, of such award.
5.8 Change in Control .
(a) Notwithstanding any provision in this Plan or any Agreement, in the event of a Change in Control, the Board (as constituted prior to such Change in Control) may, in its discretion:
(i) require that (A) some or all outstanding options and SARs shall immediately become exercisable in full or in part, (B) the Restriction Period applicable to some or all outstanding Restricted Stock Awards and Restricted Stock Unit Awards shall lapse in full or in part, (C) the Performance Period applicable to some or all outstanding awards shall lapse in full or in part, and (D) the Performance Measures applicable to some or all outstanding awards shall be deemed to be satisfied at the target, maximum or any other level;
(ii) require that shares of capital stock of the corporation resulting from or succeeding to the business of the Company pursuant to such Change in Control, or a parent corporation thereof, be substituted for some or all of the shares of Common Stock subject to an outstanding award, with an appropriate and equitable adjustment to such award as determined by the Board in accordance with Section 5.7; and/or
(iii) require outstanding awards, in whole or in part, to be surrendered to the Company by the holder, and to be immediately cancelled by the Company, and to provide for the holder to receive (A) a cash payment in an amount equal to (x) in the case of an option or an SAR, the number of shares of Common Stock then subject to the portion of such option or SAR surrendered, to the extent such option or SAR is then exercisable or becomes exercisable pursuant to Section 5.8(a)(i), multiplied by the excess, if any, of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock as of the date of the Change in Control, over the purchase price or base price per share of Common Stock subject to such option or SAR, (y) in the case of a Stock Award, the number of shares of Common Stock then subject to the portion of such award surrendered, to the extent the Restriction Period and Performance Period, if any, on such Stock Award have lapsed or will lapse pursuant to Section 5.8(a)(i) and to the extent that the Performance Measures, if any, have been satisfied or are deemed satisfied pursuant to Section 5.8(a)(i), multiplied by the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock as of the date of the Change in Control, and (z) in the case of a Performance Unit Award, the value of the Performance Units then subject to the portion of such award surrendered, to the extent the Performance Period applicable so such award has lapsed or will lapse pursuant to Section 5.8(a)(i) and to the extent the Performance Measures applicable to such award have been satisfied or are deemed satisfied pursuant to Section 5.8(a)(i); (B) shares of capital stock of the corporation resulting from or succeeding to the business of the Company pursuant to such Change in Control, or a parent corporation thereof, having a fair market value not less than the amount determined under clause (A) above; or (C) a combination of the payment of cash pursuant to clause (A) above and the issuance of shares pursuant to clause (B) above
(b) For purposes of this Plan, Change in Control means the occurrence of any of the following:
(i) The acquisition, other than from the Company, by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 50% or more of either the then outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company or the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, but excluding, for this purpose, any such acquisition by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, any Investor, any Affiliated Fund, or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or its Subsidiaries, or any entity with respect to which, following such acquisition, more than 50% of, respectively, the then outstanding equity of such entity and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting equity of such entity entitled to vote generally in the election of all or substantially all of the members of such entitys governing body is then beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Common Stock and voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such acquisition in substantially the same proportion as their ownership, immediately prior to such acquisition, of
the then outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company or the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be; or
(ii) The consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company, in each case, with respect to which all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the respective beneficial owners of the Common Stock and voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such reorganization, merger or consolidation do not, following such reorganization, merger or consolidation, beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of Common Stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such reorganization, merger or consolidation; or
(iii) a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Initial Public Offering and any bona find primary or secondary public offering following the occurrence of the Initial Public Offering shall not constitute a Change in Control.
5.9 Deferrals . The Committee may determine that the delivery of shares of Common Stock or the payment of cash, or a combination thereof, upon the settlement of all or a portion of any award made hereunder shall be deferred, or the Committee may, in its sole discretion, approve deferral elections made by holders of awards. Deferrals shall be for such periods and upon such terms as the Committee may determine in its sole discretion, subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.
5.10 No Right of Participation, Employment or Service . Unless otherwise set forth in an employment agreement, no person shall have any right to participate in this Plan. Neither this Plan nor any award made hereunder shall confer upon any person any right to continued employment by or service with the Company, any Subsidiary or any affiliate of the Company or affect in any manner the right of the Company, any Subsidiary or any affiliate of the Company to terminate the employment of any person at any time without liability hereunder.
5.11 Rights as Stockholder . No person shall have any right as a stockholder of the Company with respect to any shares of Common Stock or other equity security of the Company which is subject to an award hereunder unless and until such person becomes a stockholder of record with respect to such shares of Common Stock or equity security.
5.12 Designation of Beneficiary . A holder of an award may file with the Company a written designation of one or more persons as such holders beneficiary or beneficiaries (both primary and contingent) in the event of the holders death or incapacity. To the extent an outstanding option or SAR granted hereunder is exercisable, such beneficiary or beneficiaries shall be entitled to exercise such option or SAR pursuant to procedures prescribed by the Committee.
Each beneficiary designation shall become effective only when filed in writing with the Committee during the holders lifetime on a form prescribed by the Committee. The spouse of a married holder domiciled in a community property jurisdiction shall join in any designation of a beneficiary other than such spouse. The filing with the Committee of a new beneficiary designation shall cancel all previously filed beneficiary designations.
If a holder fails to designate a beneficiary, or if all designated beneficiaries of a holder predecease the holder, then each outstanding option and SAR hereunder held by such holder, to the extent exercisable, may be exercised by such holders executor, administrator, legal representative or similar person.
5.13 Governing Law . This Plan, each award hereunder and the related Agreement, and all determinations made and actions taken pursuant thereto, to the extent not otherwise governed by the Code or the laws of the United States, shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware and construed in accordance therewith without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws.
5.14 Foreign Employees . Without amending this Plan, the Committee may grant awards to eligible persons who are foreign nationals on such terms and conditions different from those specified in this Plan as may in the judgment of the Committee be necessary or desirable to foster and promote achievement of the purposes of this Plan and, in furtherance of such purposes the Committee may make such modifications, amendments, procedures, subplans and the like as may be necessary or advisable to comply with provisions of laws in other countries or jurisdictions in which the Company or its Subsidiaries operates or has employees.
Exhibit 10.22
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (Agreement) is made as of , 2011 by and between Thermon Group Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company), and , a director and/or officer of the Company (the Indemnitee).
WHEREAS, the Company has concluded that to retain and attract talented and experienced individuals to serve as directors and officers of the Company, it is necessary for the Company to contractually indemnify officers and directors and to assume for itself maximum liability for expenses and damages in connection with claims against such directors and officers in connection with their service to the Company;
WHEREAS, Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the DGCL), under which the Company is organized, empowers the Company to indemnify by agreement its officers, directors, employees and agents, and persons who serve, at the request of the Company, as directors, officers, employees or agents of other corporations or enterprises, and expressly provide that the indemnification provided by the DGCL is not exclusive;
WHEREAS, the Companys Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the Certificate of Incorporation) and the Companys Amended and Restated Bylaws (the Bylaws) authorize the Company to provide indemnification and to advance expenses to the full extent permitted by Delaware law;
WHEREAS, Indemnitee is currently serving as a[n] [director][and][officer] of the Company and the Company wishes Indemnitee to continue his service in such capacity without concern of unwarranted personal liability arising out of or related to such services to the Company;
WHEREAS, the Company wishes to provide Indemnitee with an independent contractual right to indemnification and advancement of expenses in addition to those rights provided by the DGCL, the Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws;
NOW, THEREFORE, the Company and Indemnitee, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:
1. Indemnification in Third Party Proceedings. The Company shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Indemnitee from and against, and shall compensate and reimburse Indemnitee for, any Damages (as defined below) that are directly or indirectly suffered or incurred by Indemnitee as a result of, or are directly or indirectly connected with, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (other than an action, suit or proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor), whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (a Proceeding), to which Indemnitee is or was a party, or is threatened to be made a party, by reason of, or arising from, the fact that Indemnitee is or was an officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or a member of the boards of directors of the Company or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, the Companys Board), by reason of any action or inaction on the part of Indemnitee in his role as an officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or member of the Companys Board, or by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or
was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify Indemnitee under this Section 1 unless Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, Indemnitee had no reasonable cause to believe Indemnitees conduct was unlawful. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not, of itself, create a presumption that (i) Indemnitee did not act in good faith, (ii) Indemnitee did not act in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Company, or (iii) with respect to any criminal Proceeding, Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitees conduct was unlawful. Anyone seeking to overcome the presumption that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Section 1 shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence. Damages shall mean any Expenses (as defined below), judgments, fines or amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his behalf in connection with a Proceeding. Expenses shall mean any direct and indirect costs and expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his behalf in connection with the investigation, defense or appeal of a Proceeding, including any fee (including any legal fee, expert fee, accounting fee or advisory fee), charge, cost (including any cost of investigation) or expense of any nature, but shall not include the amount of any judgments, fines or amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding.
2. Indemnification in Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company. The Company shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Indemnitee from and against, and shall compensate and reimburse Indemnitee for, any Expenses and, to the extent permitted by law, amounts paid in settlement that are directly or indirectly suffered or incurred by Indemnitee as a result of, or are directly or indirectly connected with, any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor, to which Indemnitee is or was a party, or is threatened to be made a party, by reason of, or arising from, the fact that Indemnitee is or was an officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or a member of the Companys Board, by reason of any action or inaction on the part of Indemnitee in his role as an officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or a member of the Companys Board or by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary of the Company or of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, provided , however , that the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify Indemnitee under this Section 2: (1) unless Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company; or (2) for any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Company by a court of competent jurisdiction due to willful misconduct of a culpable nature in the performance of his duty to the Company, unless and only to the extent that the court in which such Proceeding is or was pending shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of such liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for Expenses and then only to the extent that the court shall determine. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not, of itself, create a presumption that (i) Indemnitee did not act in good faith, or (ii) Indemnitee did not act in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in the best interests of the Company.
Anyone seeking to overcome the presumption that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Section 2 shall have the burden of proof and the burden of persuasion by clear and convincing evidence.
3. Expenses; Indemnification Procedure.
(a) Advancement of Expenses. The Company shall advance all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of any Proceeding referenced in Sections 1 or 2 hereof (but not amounts actually paid in settlement of any such Proceeding). Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay such amounts advanced only if, and to the extent that, it shall ultimately be determined such Expenses were not reasonable or that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company under the provisions of this Agreement, the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company, the DGCL or otherwise. The advances to be made hereunder shall be paid by the Company to Indemnitee within ten (10) days following delivery of a written statement therefor by Indemnitee to the Company. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee. Any advances and undertakings to repay pursuant to this Section 3(a) shall be made without regard to the financial ability of Indemnitee to make repayment and shall be unsecured and interest free.
(b) Witness Expenses . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of, or arising from, the fact that Indemnitee is or was an officer of the Company or a member of the Companys Board, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be indemnified against all expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith.
(c) Notice/Cooperation by Indemnitee . Indemnitee shall give the Company notice in writing as soon as practicable of the commencement of, or the threat of commencement of, any claim made against Indemnitee for which indemnification will or could be sought under this Agreement. Notice to the Company shall be directed to the President of the Company at the address shown on the signature page of this Agreement (or such other address as the Company shall designate in writing to Indemnitee). In addition, Indemnitee shall give the Company such information and cooperation as it may reasonably require and as shall be within Indemnitees power.
(d) Procedure. Any indemnification provided for in Sections 1 or 2 shall be made no later than thirty (30) days after receipt of the written request of Indemnitee. If a claim under this Agreement, under any statute, or under any provision of the Companys Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws providing for indemnification, is not paid in full by the Company within thirty (30) days after a written request for payment thereof has first been received by the Company, Indemnitee may, but need not, at any time thereafter bring an action against the Company to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, subject to Section 18 of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall also be entitled to be paid for the Expenses (including attorneys fees) of bringing such action. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for Expenses incurred in connection with any Proceeding in advance of its final disposition) that Indemnitee has not met the standard of conduct which make it permissible under applicable law for the Company to indemnify Indemnitee for the amount
claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Company. Neither the failure of the Company (including the Companys Board, any committee or subgroup of the Companys Board, independent legal counsel, or the Companys stockholders) to have made a determination that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct required by applicable law, nor an actual determination by the Company (including the Companys Board, any committee or subgroup of the Companys Board, independent legal counsel, or the Companys stockholders) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that Indemnitee has or has not met the applicable standard of conduct.
(e) Settlements. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Company shall not be required to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without the Companys prior written consent. The Company shall not settle any Proceeding in any manner that would impose any penalty or limitation on Indemnitee without Indemnitees prior written consent. Neither the Company nor Indemnitee shall unreasonably withhold their consent to any proposed settlement.
(f) Selection of Counsel. In the event the Company shall be obligated under Section 3(a) hereof to pay the Expenses of any Proceeding against Indemnitee, the Company, if appropriate, shall be entitled to assume the defense of Indemnitee in such Proceeding, with counsel approved by Indemnitee, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election so to do. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding; provided , that (i) Indemnitee shall have the right to employ his counsel in any such Proceeding at Indemnitees expense; and (ii) if (A) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (B) counsel to Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense or (C) the Company shall not, in fact, have employed counsel to assume the defense of such Proceeding, then in each case, the fees and expenses of Indemnitees counsel shall be at the expense of the Company, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement.
4. Additional Indemnification Rights; Nonexclusivity.
(a) Scope. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, the Company hereby agrees to indemnify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, notwithstanding that such indemnification is not specifically authorized by the other provisions of this Agreement, the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws or by statute. In the event of any change, after the date of this Agreement, in any applicable law, statute or rule which expands the right of a Delaware corporation to indemnify a member of its board of directors, such changes shall be, ipso facto , within the purview of Indemnitees rights and Companys obligations, under this Agreement. In the event of any change in any applicable law, statute or rule which narrows the right of a Delaware corporation to indemnify a member of its board of directors, such changes, to the extent not otherwise required by such law, statute or rule to be applied to this Agreement shall have no effect on this Agreement or the parties rights and obligations hereunder.
(b) Nonexclusivity. The provisions for indemnification and advancement of Expenses provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any rights to which Indemnitee may be entitled under the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, Delaware law, or otherwise, both as to action in Indemnitees official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. Indemnitees rights provided under this Agreement shall continue after Indemnitee has ceased acting as an officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or a member of the Companys Board.
5. Partial Indemnification and Contribution.
(a) Partial Indemnification. If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of the Expenses, judgments, fines or amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of any Proceeding, but is not entitled, however, to indemnification for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion of such Expenses, judgments, fines or amounts paid in settlement to which Indemnitee is entitled. For purposes of this Section 5(a) and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.
(b) Contribution. If the indemnification provided in this Agreement is unavailable in whole or in part and may not be paid to Indemnitee for any reason other than those explicitly set forth herein, then in respect to any Proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), to the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying and holding harmless Indemnitee, shall pay, in the first instance, all Damages and Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment, and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have at any time against Indemnitee.
6. Determination of Right To Indemnification. Any indemnification under this Agreement shall be made by the Company unless a determination is made that indemnification of such Indemnitee is not proper in the circumstances because he has not met the applicable standards of conduct set forth in Sections 1 or 2, as applicable, hereof. Any such determination shall be made (i) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to the Proceeding in question (disinterested directors), even if less than a quorum, (ii) by a majority vote of a committee of disinterested directors designated by majority vote of disinterested directors, even if less than a quorum, (iii) by a vote of stockholders who are not at that time parties to the Proceeding in question holding a majority of the outstanding shares of stock of all classes entitled to vote on the matter, voting as a single class, (iv) by independent legal counsel, or (v) by a court of competent jurisdiction.
7. Mutual Acknowledgment. Both the Company and Indemnitee acknowledge that in certain instances, Federal law or applicable public policy may prohibit the Company from indemnifying its directors, officers or other advisors under this Agreement or otherwise. Indemnitee understands and acknowledges that the Company has undertaken or may be required
in the future to undertake to the Securities and Exchange Commission to submit the question of indemnification to a court in certain circumstances for a determination of the Companys right under public policy to indemnify Indemnitee.
8. Severability. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to require or shall be construed as requiring the Company to do or fail to do any act in violation of applicable law. The Companys inability, pursuant to applicable law (as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction), to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement. The provisions of this Agreement shall be severable as provided in this Section 8. If this Agreement or any portion hereof shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, then (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, all portions of any provisions of this Agreement containing any such provision held by be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and (b) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, all portions of any provisions of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.
9. Exceptions. Any other provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to indemnify Indemnitee or to advance Expenses in connection with any of the following:
(a) Excluded Acts. Any actions or omissions or transactions from which an officer or director of a corporation may not be relieved of liability under Delaware law;
(b) Claims Initiated by Indemnitee. Any Proceedings or claims initiated or brought voluntarily by Indemnitee and not by way of defense, except with respect to Proceedings brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification and/or advancement of Expenses arising under this Agreement, the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws or any other statute or law, but such indemnification or advancement of Expenses may be provided by the Company in specific cases if the Companys Board finds it to be appropriate;
(c) Lack of Good Faith. Any Proceeding instituted by Indemnitee to enforce or interpret this Agreement, if a court of competent jurisdiction determines that each of the material assertions made by Indemnitee in such Proceeding was not made in good faith or was frivolous;
(d) Claims Under Section 16(b). Expenses and the payment of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any similar successor statute;
(e) Insurance Payments. Any claims for which payment is actually made to Indemnitee under a valid, enforceable and collectible insurance policy;
(f) Other Payments. To the extent that Indemnitee is indemnified and actually paid or Expenses are advanced otherwise than pursuant to this Agreement;
(g) Personal Advantage. If it is proved by final judgment in a court of law or other final adjudication to have been based upon or attributable to Indemnitees in fact having gained any personal profit or advantage to which he was not legally entitled; or
(h) Unlawful Indemnification. If a final decision by a court having jurisdiction in the matter shall determine that such indemnification or advancement of Expenses is not lawful.
10. Remedies of Indemnitee. In the event that (i) the Company makes a determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under Sections 1 or 2 of this Agreement, (ii) advancement of Expenses is not timely made pursuant to Section 3 of this Agreement, or (iii) payment of indemnification is not made pursuant to this Agreement within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication in an appropriate court in the State of Delaware, or in any other court of competent jurisdiction, of his entitlement to such indemnification and shall be entitled to reimbursement of Expenses incurred in connection therewith in accordance with Section 18.
11. Insurance. To the extent that the Company maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, agents or fiduciaries of the Company or any other corporation, partnership, joint venture or other enterprise which such person serves at the request of the Company, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any such director, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary under such policy or policies.
12. Subrogation. In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.
13. Effectiveness of Agreement. To the extent that the indemnification permitted under the terms of certain provisions of this Agreement exceeds the scope of the indemnification provided for under Delaware law, such provisions shall not be effective unless and until the indemnification permitted by such provisions comes within the scope of the indemnification provided for under Delaware law. In all other respects, the balance of this Agreement shall be effective as of the date set forth on the first page.
14. Enforcement. The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as an officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries and/or a member of the Companys Board, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement as consideration for serving as an officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or a member of the Companys Board.
15. Construction of Certain Phrases.
(a) For purposes of this Agreement, references to the Company shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any
constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, employees or agents, so that if Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, Indemnitee shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Agreement with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as Indemnitee would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.
(b) For purposes of this Agreement, references to other enterprises shall include employee benefit plans; references to fines shall include any ERISA excise taxes or penalties; and references to serving at the request of the Company shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries.
16. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original.
17. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and Indemnitees estate, heirs, legal representatives and assigns. This Agreement will continue in effect whether Indemnitee continues to serve as an officer or director of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any other enterprise at the Companys request.
18. Attorneys Fees. In the event that any action is instituted by Indemnitee under this Agreement to enforce or interpret any of the terms hereof, or to recover under any directors and officers liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid all court costs and Expenses, including reasonable attorneys fees, incurred by Indemnitee with respect to such action, unless as a part of such action, the court of competent jurisdiction determines that each of the material assertions made by Indemnitee as a basis for such action were not made in good faith or were frivolous. In the event of an action instituted by or in the name of the Company under this Agreement or to enforce or interpret any of the terms of this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be paid all court costs and Expenses, including attorneys fees, incurred by Indemnitee in defense of such action (including with respect to Indemnitees counterclaims and cross-claims made in such action), unless as a part of such action the court determines that each of Indemnitees material defenses to such action were made in bad faith or were frivolous.
19. Notices. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given (i) if delivered by hand and receipted for by the party addressee, on the date of such receipt, or (ii) if mailed by domestic certified or registered mail, properly addressed with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date postmarked; otherwise a notice shall be deemed duly given when such notice shall be actually received by the addressee. Addresses for notice to either party are as shown on the signature page of this Agreement, or as subsequently modified by written notice. The failure to notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise.
20. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification, termination or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both parties. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such wavier constitute a continuing waiver.
21. Choice of Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and its provisions construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware as applied to contracts between Delaware residents entered into and to be performed entirely within Delaware.
[Signature Page Follows]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Indemnification Agreement as of the date first above written.
|
AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INDEMNITEE: |
|
THERMON GROUP HOLDINGS, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
Address: |
|
Address: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit 10.23
TERMINATION AGREEMENT
(Management Services Agreement)
This Termination Agreement (this Termination Agreement ) is made as of [ ], 2011, among Thermon Industries, Inc., a Texas corporation, (the Company ), CHS Management V LP, a Delaware limited partnership ( CHS V ), Thompson Street Capital Manager LLC, a Delaware limited liability company ( TSCP ), Crown Investment Series LLC Series 4, a Delaware series limited liability company ( Crown ), and Star Investment Series LLC Series 1, a Delaware series limited liability company ( Star and, together with CHS V, TSCP and Crown, the Advisors ). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Management Agreement (defined below).
WHEREAS, the Company and the Advisors are parties to that certain Management Services Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2010 (the Management Agreement );
WHEREAS, Thermon Group Holdings, Inc., which indirectly holds all of the outstanding capital stock of the Company, is currently taking certain preliminary actions to sell shares of its common stock to the public in an initial public offering (the IPO ), including the filing of a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with the Securities and Exchange Commission; and
WHEREAS, the Company and the Advisors desire to terminate the Management Agreement in connection with the IPO.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the mutual covenants and provisions herein set forth, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, upon the terms and subject to the conditions contained herein, hereby agree as follows:
1. Effective upon the consummation of the IPO, the Management Agreement, and all rights, obligations and benefits pertaining thereto, are hereby terminated; provided , however , that the following provisions shall survive such termination in accordance with their respective terms: (i) Section 3(a) (Advisory Fees), but only to the extent such provision relates to the reimbursement by the Company of any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Advisors in connection with services previously rendered by the Advisors pursuant to the Management Agreement; (ii) Section 5 (Liability); and (iii) Section 6 (Indemnity). Prior to the consummation of the IPO, this Termination Agreement shall have no force or effect.
2. In consideration of this Termination Agreement and the termination of the Companys obligation to pay Advisory Payments to the Advisors, concurrent with the consummation of the IPO and effectiveness of this Termination Agreement, the Company shall pay a termination fee to the Advisors in an aggregate amount of $7,356,757 by wire transfer of immediately available funds, distributed as follows: $5,032,570 payable to CHS V, $1,159,936 payable to TSCP, $1,107,906 payable to Crown and $56,345 payable to Star.
3. This Termination Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to any conflict of law or choice of law provisions.
4. This Termination Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and replaces any prior negotiations and agreements among the parties hereto, whether written or oral, and cannot be amended without the express written consent of the parties hereto.
5. This Termination Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which is deemed to be an original, but all of which together constitute one and the same instrument.
6. This Termination Agreement shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the parties hereto and each of their respective successors and assigns.
[ Signature Page Follows ]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Termination Agreement as of the date first written above.
[ Signature Page to MSA Termination Agreement ]
Exhibit 10.24
AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO
AMENDED AND RESTATED SECURITYHOLDER AGREEMENT
THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE AMENDED AND RESTATED SECURITYHOLDER AGREEMENT (this Amendment ) is made as of , 2011, among Thermon Group Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company ), CHS Private Equity V LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the Fund ), CHS Associates V, a Delaware general partnership ( CHS Associates V ), Thompson Street Capital Partners II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership ( TSCP ), Crown Investment Series LLCSeries 4, a Delaware series limited liability company ( Crown ), and Star Investment Series LLCSeries 1, a Delaware series limited liability company ( Star , and together with TSCP and Crown, the Co-Investors ).
R E C I T A L S :
A. The Company, the Fund, CHS Associates V, the Co-Investors and the other Securityholders who are signatories thereto are parties to that certain Amended and Restated Securityholder Agreement, dated as of April 30, 2010 (the Securityholder Agreement ). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Securityholder Agreement.
B. Section 7.3 of the Securityholder Agreement provides that the Securityholder Agreement may be amended by the Company with the written consent of the Fund and the Securityholders (other than the Fund and any Fund Associate) owning a majority of shares of Common Stock then owned by such Securityholders, subject to certain exceptions as set forth therein.
C. The Co-Investors own a majority of shares of Common Stock outstanding (other than shares held by the Fund and any Fund Associate) on the date hereof.
D. The Company is currently taking certain preliminary actions to sell shares of its Common Stock in an initial public offering (the IPO ) of its shares of Common Stock, including the filing of a Registration Statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
E. The Company, the Fund, CHS Associates V and the Co-Investors desire to amend certain provisions of the Securityholder Agreement in connection with the IPO.
A G R E E M E N T S :
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises herein contained and other consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
1. Effective Date . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Amendment to the contrary, this Amendment shall automatically and without any further action by the parties hereto become effective upon consummation of the IPO. Prior to the consummation of the IPO, this Amendment shall have no force or effect.
2. Definitions .
(a) The following definition of IPO is hereby added to Section 1.3:
IPO means the Companys initial Public Offering of Shares.
(b) The following definition of IPO Overallotment Option is hereby added to Section 1.3:
IPO Overallotment Option means the option granted to the underwriters in the IPO to purchase additional Shares on the same terms and conditions as the Shares being offered to the public in the base IPO within 30 days of the pricing of the IPO.
(c) The following definition of Manager IPO Overallotment Shares is hereby added to Section 1.3:
Manager IPO Overallotment Shares has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(a).
(d) The definition of Open Market Transaction is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
Open Market Transactions means any Transfer of Shares by a Manager in the open market following the IPO.
(e) The definition of Qualified Public Offering set forth in Section 1.3 of the Securityholder Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
Qualified Public Offering means a Public Offering, including the IPO, in which the aggregate gross proceeds (prior to any underwriting or brokerage discounts or commissions or expenses related to such Public Offering), are at least $75,000,000.
3. Open Market Transactions . Section 3.4 of the Securityholder Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
3.4 Transfer of Shares in Open Market Transactions . This Section 3.4 shall apply to any proposed Transfer of Shares by any Manager in an Open Market Transaction. During each calendar quarter during which sales of Shares are permitted to be
made in accordance with agreements ( Standstill Agreements ) with the underwriters engaged in connection with a Public Sale, and during each calendar quarter following the termination of the Standstill Agreements, any Manager that desires to Transfer Shares in an Open Market Transaction may sell such number of Shares as follows:
(a) if the IPO Overallotment Option is exercised and all Managers who have validly requested to sell Shares in the IPO Overallotment Option (the Manager IPO Overallotment Shares ) are able to sell all such Shares so requested, then such Manager shall be entitled to Transfer in Open Market Transactions during each calendar quarter up to twelve-and-a-half percent (12.5%) of the Shares held by such Manager (determined on a Fully-Diluted Basis) immediately following the acquisition of Shares acquired by the underwriters pursuant to the exercise of the IPO Overallotment Option; and
(b) if the IPO Overallotment Option is not exercised or exercised in part and all Managers who have validly requested to sell Manager IPO Overallotment Shares are unable to sell all of the IPO Overallotment Shares so requested, then such Manager shall be entitled to Transfer in Open Market Transactions during each calendar quarter up to twenty-five percent (25%) of the Shares held by such Manager (determined on a Fully-Diluted Basis) immediately following the acquisition of Shares acquired by the underwriters pursuant to the exercise or expiration of the IPO Overallotment Option.
Fifteen (15) business days prior to the beginning of each calendar quarter during which sales of Shares are permitted under the Standstill Agreements, and fifteen (15) days prior to each calendar quarter after the termination of the Standstill Agreements, a Manager that desires to Transfer Shares shall deliver a written notice to the Board setting forth the number of Shares that such Manager desires to sell (up to such Managers aggregate quarterly maximum specified above) in Open Market Transactions during the succeeding quarter. Any Shares sold in an Open Market Transaction shall cease to be bound by the terms and provisions of this Agreement. The provisions of this Section 3.4 shall terminate and have no force or effect if at any time the Fund and any Fund Associate collectively own less than ten percent (10%) of the outstanding Shares.
4. Board of Directors .
(a) Section 5.1 of the Securityholder Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
5.1 Board of Directors . At all times during the term of this Agreement, each Securityholder shall Vote its shares of Common Stock and take all other necessary or desirable actions within such Securityholders control or
power (including attendance at meetings in person or by proxy for purposes of obtaining a quorum and execution of written consents in lieu of meetings) to cause the Board (and, if requested by the Fund, any board of directors, board of managers or similar governing body of any Subsidiary) to be comprised of the following Persons:
(a) So long as the Fund and any Fund Associate collectively own at least five percent (5%) of the outstanding Shares, one director (the Fund Director ) as designated by the Fund from time to time. The Fund shall have the right to remove the Fund Director at any time, and to fill any vacancy arising from time to time with respect to the Fund Director. In addition, so long as the Fund and any Fund Associate collectively own at least five percent (5%) of the outstanding Shares, the Fund shall have the right to designate an observer reasonably acceptable to the Company (the Observer ) to attend each meeting of the Board; provided , however , that the Observer may be excluded from all or a portion of any such Board meeting if in the judgment of legal counsel to the Company Group, such exclusion is necessary to preserve the attorney-client privilege during such meeting or portion thereof. The Observer shall be entitled to receive notice of all Board meetings in the same manner and at the same time as the members of the Board and shall be entitled to participate in all Board meetings, but the Observer shall not be entitled to vote on any matters submitted to the Board. The appointment of the Observer to the Board shall not limit the ability of the Board to take action without a meeting so long as such action is permissible under applicable law and this Agreement. Each Observer agrees to keep strictly confidential the topics and substance of discussions that occur at the Board meeting as well as any information presented or otherwise obtained at or in connection therewith.
(b) So long as Thompson Street Capital Partners II, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership and a Co-Investor ( TSCP ), owns at least five percent (5%) of the outstanding Shares, one (1) director (the TSCP Director ) as designated by TSCP, from time to time. TSCP shall have the right to remove the TSCP Director at any time and to fill any vacancy arising from time to time with respect to the TSCP Director. Notwithstanding the foregoing, TSCP agrees to remove the TSCP Director prior to the first anniversary of the listing date of the Common Stock with the New York Stock Exchange.
Directors need not be residents of the State of Delaware.
5. Purchase Rights Acknowledgment by Managers . Section 5.6 of the Securityholder Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety.
6. Piggyback Registration . Section 6.1(b) of the Securityholder Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
(b) Piggyback Registration . If, at any time or times, the Company determines (or is required as a result of a Demand Registration) to file with the SEC a registration statement covering any Shares, other than Shares or other securities of the Company which are issuable in an offering (i) to officers or employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries pursuant to an employee stock option, bonus or other employee benefit plan, or (ii) in connection with the acquisition of another Persons business (whether by acquisition of stock or assets, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction) or the formation of a joint venture, in each case by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (a Piggyback Event ), the Company shall (promptly after the filing of such registration statement with the SEC) notify each Securityholder in writing of such registration statement, such notification to describe in detail the proposed registration (including those jurisdictions where registration is required under federal and/or state securities laws and the names of the proposed underwriters, if any, of the Public Offering). If one or more of such Securityholders requests the Company in writing, within fifteen (15) days of the receipt of such notification from the Company, to include in such registration statement any of such Securityholders Shares, then, subject to the remaining provisions hereof, the Company shall use reasonable efforts to include those Shares in the registration statement and to have the registration statement declared effective. Each such request by a Securityholder shall specify the whole number of Shares intended to be offered and sold by each such Securityholder, shall express each such Securityholders present intent to offer such Shares for distribution, shall (subject to the provisions of Section 6.1(c)), if the Company has not arranged for a plan of distribution or other marketing arrangements for such distribution, describe the nature or method of the proposed offer and sale thereof and shall contain the undertaking of each such Securityholder to provide all such information and materials and take all such action as may be reasonably requested in order to permit the Company to comply with all applicable requirements of the SEC and to obtain acceleration of the effective date of such registration statement. The Company may elect in its sole discretion, at any time prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement (other than a registration statement filed pursuant to a Demand Registration), not to proceed with the registration which is the subject of such notice. The obligations of the Company under this Section 6.1(b) are subject to the limitations, conditions and qualifications set forth in Sections 6.1(a) and (c). Any Securityholder may elect, in its sole discretion, to withdraw from any registration statement filed in connection with a Piggyback Event by delivering written notice of such withdrawal to the Company prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement. If a Securityholder decides not to include (or is precluded from including) all of his, her or its Shares in any registration statement filed by the Company, such Securityholder will nevertheless continue to have the right under this Section 6.1(b) to include Shares in a registration statement filed in connection
with a future Piggyback Event, all upon the terms and subject to the conditions as set forth in this Agreement.
7. Effect on the Securityholder Agreement . On and after the date hereof, each reference in the Securityholder Agreement to this Agreement, herein, hereof, hereunder or words of similar import shall mean and be a reference to the Securityholder Agreement as amended hereby. Except as expressly modified and amended by this Amendment, all terms, covenants and conditions of the Securityholder Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms, and the Securityholder Agreement, as amended by this Amendment, is hereby ratified and confirmed in all respects.
8. Governing Law . This Amendment shall be governed and controlled as to validity, enforcement, interpretation, construction, effect and in all other respects by the internal laws of the State of Delaware applicable to contracts made in that State.
9. Severability . The invalidity of any provision of this Amendment or portion of a provision shall not affect the validity of any other provision of this Amendment or the remaining portion of the applicable provision.
10. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, and by facsimile, photo or other electronic means, each of which shall be effective only upon delivery and thereafter shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which shall be taken to be one and the same instrument with the same effect as if each of the parties hereto had signed the same document.
[ Signature Pages Follow ]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be executed on the date first written above.
|
THERMON GROUP HOLDINGS, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHS PRIVATE EQUITY V LP |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
CHS Management V LP, its general partner |
|
|
|
|
By: |
CHS Capital LLC, its general partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CHS ASSOCIATES V |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
CHS Capital LLC, its managing general partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
[ Signature Page to Amendment to Securityholder Agreement ]
|
THOMPSON STREET CAPITAL PARTNERS II, L.P. |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
Thompson Street Capital II GP, L.P.,
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
Thompson Street Capital LLC,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CROWN INVESTMENT SERIES LLC SERIES 4 |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
Longview Asset Management LLC,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
STAR INVESTMENT SERIES LLC SERIES 1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
Name: |
|
|
Title: |
|
[ Signature Page to Amendment to Securityholder Agreement ]
Exhibit 10.25
AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO THE
MANAGER EQUITY AGREEMENT
THIS AMENDMENT NO. 1 (this Amendment ) TO THE MANAGER EQUITY AGREEMENT (the Agreement ) is made as of , 2011, among the individual listed on the signature page hereto, a resident of the State listed below such individuals signature ( Manager ), Thermon Group Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the Company ), and CHS Private Equity V LP, a Delaware limited partnership (the Fund ). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Agreement.
WHEREAS , the Company is currently taking certain preliminary actions to sell its Shares to the public in an initial public offering (the IPO ), including the filing of a Registration Statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with the Securities and Exchange Commission; and
WHEREAS , the Company, the Fund and Manager desire to amend the call option provisions of the Agreement in connection with the IPO.
NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises herein contained and other consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
1. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Amendment to the contrary, this Amendment shall automatically and without any further action by the parties hereto become effective upon consummation of the IPO. Prior to the consummation of the IPO, this Amendment shall have no force or effect.
2. The definition of Cause set forth in Section 1 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
Cause means any of the following, as reasonably determined, in good faith, by the Board: (i) the prosecution via information or indictment, or, if Manager has waived any requirement of prosecution by indictment, the charge, of Manager for a felony; (ii) the theft, conversion, embezzlement or misappropriation by Manager of funds or other assets of the Company Group or any other act of fraud or dishonesty with respect to the Company Group (including acceptance of any bribes or kickbacks or other acts of self-dealing); (iii) the intentional, grossly negligent or unlawful misconduct by Manager, but only to the extent that such actions or inactions (a) actually cause material and significant harm to the Company Group; and (b) were engaged in by the Manager with knowledge that they would cause material and significant harm to the Company Group; (iv) the violation by Manager of any law regarding employment discrimination or sexual harassment; (v) the failure by Manager to comply with any material policy generally applicable to Company Group employees, which failure is not cured in all material respects within 30 days after notice to Manager; (vi) the repeated failure by Manager to
follow the reasonable directives of any supervisor or the Board, which failure is not cured in all material respects within 30 days after notice to Manager; (vii) the unauthorized dissemination by Manager of confidential information in violation of Section 4(b) of this Agreement; (viii) any material misrepresentation or materially misleading omission in any resume or other information regarding Manager (including Managers work experience, academic credentials, professional affiliations or absence of criminal record) provided by or on behalf of Manager when applying for employment with the Company Group; (ix) the Companys discovery that, prior to Managers employment with the Company Group, Manager engaged in conduct of the type described in clauses (i) through (iv) above (it being understood that, in the case of clause (iii) above, such harm having impacted Managers prior employer or the Company Group); or (x) any other material breach by Manager of this Agreement that is not cured within 30 days after notice to Manager.
3. Section 3 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
3. Call Options
(a) Generally . If Managers employment with the Company Group is terminated for Cause, then the Company has an option to purchase all or any portion of the Manager Securities (the Repurchase Option ). In order to exercise this option, the Company must give written notice to Manager no later than 90 days after the later to occur of the date on which employment ends or, in the case of Manager Securities issued pursuant to the exercise of Share Equivalents after the employment ends, the date on which such Manager Securities are issued.
(b) Purchase Price . The purchase price for the Manager Securities purchased under Section 3(a) shall be the lower of the Fair Market Value or the Cost of those Manager Securities.
(c) Manner of Payment .
(i) The purchase price pursuant to this Section 3 shall be paid at the Closing by (A) delivery of a cashiers check, cash or wire transfer of immediately available funds, (B) setoff against any and all obligations (but only to the extent of such obligations) owing the Company Group from Manager, or (C) delivery of an unsecured junior subordinated promissory note in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the Repurchase Note ) with such additional terms (including subordination provisions) as may be required by any lender of the Company Group.
(ii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any payment (whether at Closing or pursuant to a Repurchase Note) would violate any loan agreement with a lender of the Company or its Subsidiaries or applicable law, then the price will be paid in a manner that does not violate the loan agreement or applicable law (including by the issuance of a Repurchase Note).
(d) The Closing . The closing for a purchase by the Company under this Section 3 (a Closing ) shall take place at a place, time and date specified by the Company in a written notice given to Manager at least three days before the Closing. The notice must specify a Closing date that is a business day not later than 90 days after Managers employment ends or, in the case of Manager Securities issued pursuant to the exercise of Share Equivalents after the employment ends, the date on which such Manager Securities are issued. At the Closing, each Person selling securities must deliver to the Company (i) one or more certificates evidencing all of the securities being sold, duly endorsed for transfer or accompanied by an assignment separate from certificate (except for any security for which the issuer has never issued any certificate), (ii) customary written representations and warranties as to ownership, title (free and clear of all liens, claims and encumbrances), power and authority to sell, and the like, and (iii) any other documentation that the Company reasonably requests in connection with the purchase.
(e) Failure to Make Deliveries . Without limitation of any remedies, if for any reason a Person required to sell securities under this Section 3 does not make all required deliveries with respect to those securities (including instruments of assignment and any certificates) to the Company on the scheduled Closing date in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, then, as of that date: (i) those securities will be treated as if they had been sold to the Company, (ii) any certificates evidencing those securities that are issued in the name of the seller or the sellers predecessor in interest will be treated as being canceled, and (iii) the sellers only right, in connection with those securities, will be to receive the purchase price without interest.
(f) Remedies . The purchase rights in this Section 3 do not limit any remedies.
4. Except as modified above, all other terms and provisions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with their terms.
5. This Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Company, the Fund, Manager and their respective successors and assigns.
6. This Amendment may be executed in multiple counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Amendment may be executed and transmitted via facsimile or electronic transmission in PDF form.
[ Signature Page Follows ]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties execute this Amendment No. 1 to the Manager Equity Agreement as of the date first written above.
|
MANAGER |
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
Name: |
||
|
State of Residence: |
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
THERMON GROUP HOLDINGS, INC. |
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
By: |
|
|
|
Name: |
||
|
Title: |
||
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
CHS PRIVATE EQUITY V LP |
||
|
|
||
|
By: |
CHS Management V LP, its general partner |
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
CHS Capital LLC, its general partner |
|
|
|
||
|
|
||
|
By: |
|
|
|
Name: |
||
|
Its: |
||
|
Principal Place of Business: Illinois |
||
[ Signature Page to Amendment to MEA ]
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to the use of our reports dated November 22, 2010, except for Note 21 for which the date is April 1, 2011, in Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Thermon Group Holdings, Inc.
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Austin,
Texas
April 1, 2011
Consent of Independent Auditors
We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to the use of our report dated October 28, 2010 with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedules of Thermon Holdings, LLC included in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Thermon Group Holdings, Inc. for the registration of shares of common stock of Thermon Group Holdings, Inc.
/s/ Meyers Norris Penny LLP | ||
Calgary, Alberta March 31, 2011 |
|
Chartered Accountants |
Consent of Independent Auditors
We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to the use of our reports dated 31 May, 2010, 21 May, 2009 and 27 May, 2008 with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedules of Thermon Holdings, LLC included in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Thermon Group Holdings, Inc. for the registration of shares of common stock of Thermon Group Holdings, Inc.
/s/
Bell Partners
Bell Partners
Chartered Accountants
/s/
TG Rees
TG Rees
Partner
Level 7, 468 St Kilda Road Melbourne, VictoriaAUSTRALIA
March 31, 2011
Consent of Independent Auditors
We consent to the reference to our firm under the caption "Experts" and to the use of our reports dated October 31, 2010 with respect to the consolidated financial statements and schedules of Thermon Holdings, LLC included in the Registration Statement (Form S-1) and related Prospectus of Thermon Group Holdings, Inc. for the registration of shares of common stock of Thermon Group Holdings, Inc.
/s/ SHANGHAI JIALIANG CPAS
Shanghai JiaLiang CPAs Shanghai, People's Republic of China March 31, 2011 |